{"id":"qld:sl-2019-0178","name":"Fisheries (Commercial Fisheries) Regulation 2019","slug":"fisheries-commercial-fisheries-regulation-2019","collection":"regulation","jurisdiction":"qld","status":"in_force","isInForce":true,"actNumber":"178 of 2019","makingDate":null,"administeringDepartment":null,"currentVersion":{"id":174757,"registerId":"qld-qld:sl-2019-0178-current","compilationNumber":null,"startDate":"2026-04-05","status":"InForce","reasons":null,"registeredAt":null},"sections":[{"sectionNumber":"ch.2-pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":"General","content":"# General","sortOrder":0},{"sectionNumber":"sec.4","sectionType":"section","heading":"Commercial fisheries","content":"### sec.4 Commercial fisheries\n\nEach fishery named and described in schedules 2 to 8 is a commercial fishery.\nSchedules 2 to 8 state the following for each commercial fishery—\nthe fishery symbol;\nthe fishery area;\nmatters about what is authorised under a primary commercial fishing licence on which the fishery symbol for the fishery is written, including, for example—\nfish that may be taken in the fishery; and\nthe way in which fish may be taken in the fishery; and\npersons who may take fish in the fishery; and\nany other restrictions on a person’s authorisation to take fish in the fishery;\nconditions about carrying out activities in the fishery applying to a licence on which the fishery symbol for the fishery is written.\nA condition mentioned in subsection (2) (d) may restrict the carrying out of an activity, or the way an activity may be carried out, in a commercial fishery that is otherwise authorised under subsection (2) (c) .\ns 4 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 84\n(sec.4-ssec.1) Each fishery named and described in schedules 2 to 8 is a commercial fishery.\n(sec.4-ssec.2) Schedules 2 to 8 state the following for each commercial fishery— the fishery symbol; the fishery area; matters about what is authorised under a primary commercial fishing licence on which the fishery symbol for the fishery is written, including, for example— fish that may be taken in the fishery; and the way in which fish may be taken in the fishery; and persons who may take fish in the fishery; and any other restrictions on a person’s authorisation to take fish in the fishery; conditions about carrying out activities in the fishery applying to a licence on which the fishery symbol for the fishery is written.\n(sec.4-ssec.3) A condition mentioned in subsection (2) (d) may restrict the carrying out of an activity, or the way an activity may be carried out, in a commercial fishery that is otherwise authorised under subsection (2) (c) .\n- (a) the fishery symbol;\n- (b) the fishery area;\n- (c) matters about what is authorised under a primary commercial fishing licence on which the fishery symbol for the fishery is written, including, for example— (i) fish that may be taken in the fishery; and (ii) the way in which fish may be taken in the fishery; and (iii) persons who may take fish in the fishery; and (iv) any other restrictions on a person’s authorisation to take fish in the fishery;\n- (i) fish that may be taken in the fishery; and\n- (ii) the way in which fish may be taken in the fishery; and\n- (iii) persons who may take fish in the fishery; and\n- (iv) any other restrictions on a person’s authorisation to take fish in the fishery;\n- (d) conditions about carrying out activities in the fishery applying to a licence on which the fishery symbol for the fishery is written.\n- (i) fish that may be taken in the fishery; and\n- (ii) the way in which fish may be taken in the fishery; and\n- (iii) persons who may take fish in the fishery; and\n- (iv) any other restrictions on a person’s authorisation to take fish in the fishery;","sortOrder":1},{"sectionNumber":"sec.5","sectionType":"section","heading":"Management and operation of commercial fisheries","content":"### sec.5 Management and operation of commercial fisheries\n\nThis section states, for information purposes only, some general matters about the management and operation of commercial fisheries.\nA person may take fish for trade or commerce in the fishery area of a commercial fishery only if the person—\nis acting under a primary commercial fishing licence on which the fishery symbol for the fishery is written; and\nis a commercial fisher or assistant fisher authorised to take the fish in the fishery under a commercial fisher licence.\nThe Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019 together with this regulation provide for—\nrestrictions on the issue of primary commercial fishing licences and commercial fisher licences; and\nrestrictions on writing fishery symbols on primary commercial fishing licences; and\nwhat is authorised under a primary commercial fishing licence on which a fishery symbol is written, including the persons who are authorised to take fish in the fishery under a commercial fisher licence; and\nconditions applying to a primary commercial fishing licence, or commercial fisher licence, about the taking of fish in a commercial fishery.\ns 5 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 85\n(sec.5-ssec.1) This section states, for information purposes only, some general matters about the management and operation of commercial fisheries.\n(sec.5-ssec.2) A person may take fish for trade or commerce in the fishery area of a commercial fishery only if the person— is acting under a primary commercial fishing licence on which the fishery symbol for the fishery is written; and is a commercial fisher or assistant fisher authorised to take the fish in the fishery under a commercial fisher licence.\n(sec.5-ssec.3) The Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019 together with this regulation provide for— restrictions on the issue of primary commercial fishing licences and commercial fisher licences; and restrictions on writing fishery symbols on primary commercial fishing licences; and what is authorised under a primary commercial fishing licence on which a fishery symbol is written, including the persons who are authorised to take fish in the fishery under a commercial fisher licence; and conditions applying to a primary commercial fishing licence, or commercial fisher licence, about the taking of fish in a commercial fishery.\n- (a) is acting under a primary commercial fishing licence on which the fishery symbol for the fishery is written; and\n- (b) is a commercial fisher or assistant fisher authorised to take the fish in the fishery under a commercial fisher licence.\n- (a) restrictions on the issue of primary commercial fishing licences and commercial fisher licences; and\n- (b) restrictions on writing fishery symbols on primary commercial fishing licences; and\n- (c) what is authorised under a primary commercial fishing licence on which a fishery symbol is written, including the persons who are authorised to take fish in the fishery under a commercial fisher licence; and\n- (d) conditions applying to a primary commercial fishing licence, or commercial fisher licence, about the taking of fish in a commercial fishery.","sortOrder":2},{"sectionNumber":"sec.6","sectionType":"section","heading":"Interpretation of fishery provisions","content":"### sec.6 Interpretation of fishery provisions\n\nThis section states particular matters about the interpretation of a fishery provision about a commercial fishery.\nIn a fishery provision about a commercial fishery—\na reference to the licence is a reference to a primary commercial fishing licence on which the fishery symbol for the fishery is written; and\na reference to a primary boat is a reference to the primary boat for the licence mentioned in paragraph (a) ; and\na reference to a tender boat is a reference to a tender boat for the licence mentioned in paragraph (a) ; and\na reference to a commercial fisher is a reference to a commercial fisher acting under the licence mentioned in paragraph (a) ; and\na reference to an assistant fisher is a reference to an assistant fisher under direction of a commercial fisher mentioned in paragraph (d) .\ns 6 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 86\n(sec.6-ssec.1) This section states particular matters about the interpretation of a fishery provision about a commercial fishery.\n(sec.6-ssec.2) In a fishery provision about a commercial fishery— a reference to the licence is a reference to a primary commercial fishing licence on which the fishery symbol for the fishery is written; and a reference to a primary boat is a reference to the primary boat for the licence mentioned in paragraph (a) ; and a reference to a tender boat is a reference to a tender boat for the licence mentioned in paragraph (a) ; and a reference to a commercial fisher is a reference to a commercial fisher acting under the licence mentioned in paragraph (a) ; and a reference to an assistant fisher is a reference to an assistant fisher under direction of a commercial fisher mentioned in paragraph (d) .\n- (a) a reference to the licence is a reference to a primary commercial fishing licence on which the fishery symbol for the fishery is written; and\n- (b) a reference to a primary boat is a reference to the primary boat for the licence mentioned in paragraph (a) ; and\n- (c) a reference to a tender boat is a reference to a tender boat for the licence mentioned in paragraph (a) ; and\n- (d) a reference to a commercial fisher is a reference to a commercial fisher acting under the licence mentioned in paragraph (a) ; and\n- (e) a reference to an assistant fisher is a reference to an assistant fisher under direction of a commercial fisher mentioned in paragraph (d) .","sortOrder":3},{"sectionNumber":"ch.2-pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":"Authorisation for commercial fisheries","content":"# Authorisation for commercial fisheries","sortOrder":4},{"sectionNumber":"ch.2-pt.2-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Restrictions on authorisation in fishery provisions","content":"## Restrictions on authorisation in fishery provisions","sortOrder":5},{"sectionNumber":"sec.7","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of this division","content":"### sec.7 Purpose of this division\n\nThis division states particular matters about what a person (the authorised person ) acting under a primary commercial fishing licence on which a fishery symbol for a commercial fishery is written is authorised to do in the fishery under the licence.\ns 7 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 124 sch 2","sortOrder":6},{"sectionNumber":"sec.8","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where fish may be taken","content":"### sec.8 Where fish may be taken\n\nThe authorised person may take fish only in a fishery area of the commercial fishery.\nHowever, if a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states that fish may be taken only in an area stated on the licence and an area is stated on the licence, the authorised person may take fish only in the area stated on the licence.\nAlso, if a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states that fish may be taken only in a particular area within the fishery’s fishery area, the authorised person may take fish only in the area stated in the fishery provision.\n(sec.8-ssec.1) The authorised person may take fish only in a fishery area of the commercial fishery.\n(sec.8-ssec.2) However, if a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states that fish may be taken only in an area stated on the licence and an area is stated on the licence, the authorised person may take fish only in the area stated on the licence.\n(sec.8-ssec.3) Also, if a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states that fish may be taken only in a particular area within the fishery’s fishery area, the authorised person may take fish only in the area stated in the fishery provision.","sortOrder":7},{"sectionNumber":"sec.9","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sec.9 What fish may be taken\n\nThe authorised person may take only fish that a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states may be taken by the person in the fishery.","sortOrder":8},{"sectionNumber":"sec.10","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sec.10 Way fish may be taken\n\nIf a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states that fish may be taken in the fishery only in a stated way, the authorised person may take fish in the fishery only in the stated way.\nby using only stated fishing apparatus\nby using stated fishing apparatus only in a stated way\nby using only a stated number of stated fishing apparatus\nIf a particular type of fishing apparatus is authorised to be used to take fish in the commercial fishery and there is no fishery provision about the fishery stating the number of items of that type of fishing apparatus that may be used for taking fish in the fishery, no more than 1 item of the type may be used at the same time for taking fish in the fishery.\nSubsection (2) applies even if more than 1 person is acting under the licence.\n(sec.10-ssec.1) If a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states that fish may be taken in the fishery only in a stated way, the authorised person may take fish in the fishery only in the stated way. by using only stated fishing apparatus by using stated fishing apparatus only in a stated way by using only a stated number of stated fishing apparatus\n(sec.10-ssec.2) If a particular type of fishing apparatus is authorised to be used to take fish in the commercial fishery and there is no fishery provision about the fishery stating the number of items of that type of fishing apparatus that may be used for taking fish in the fishery, no more than 1 item of the type may be used at the same time for taking fish in the fishery.\n(sec.10-ssec.3) Subsection (2) applies even if more than 1 person is acting under the licence.\n- • by using only stated fishing apparatus\n- • by using stated fishing apparatus only in a stated way\n- • by using only a stated number of stated fishing apparatus","sortOrder":9},{"sectionNumber":"sec.10A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Restriction on possessing, selling or processing fish","content":"### sec.10A Restriction on possessing, selling or processing fish\n\nThis section applies if a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states that fish taken in the fishery area of the fishery may be possessed, sold or processed only in stated circumstances or in a stated way.\nThe authorised person may possess, sell or process the fish only in the stated circumstances or stated way.\ns 10A ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 4\n(sec.10A-ssec.1) This section applies if a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states that fish taken in the fishery area of the fishery may be possessed, sold or processed only in stated circumstances or in a stated way.\n(sec.10A-ssec.2) The authorised person may possess, sell or process the fish only in the stated circumstances or stated way.","sortOrder":10},{"sectionNumber":"sec.10B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Restriction on possessing commercial fishing apparatus","content":"### sec.10B Restriction on possessing commercial fishing apparatus\n\nThis section applies if a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states that commercial fishing apparatus may be possessed in the fishery area of the fishery only in stated circumstances or in a stated way.\nThe authorised person may possess the commercial fishing apparatus only in the stated circumstances or stated way.\ns 10B ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 4\n(sec.10B-ssec.1) This section applies if a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states that commercial fishing apparatus may be possessed in the fishery area of the fishery only in stated circumstances or in a stated way.\n(sec.10B-ssec.2) The authorised person may possess the commercial fishing apparatus only in the stated circumstances or stated way.","sortOrder":11},{"sectionNumber":"sec.11","sectionType":"section","heading":"Additional restrictions on authorisation","content":"### sec.11 Additional restrictions on authorisation\n\nThis section applies if a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states any of the following (each a restriction )—\nfish may be taken in the fishery only if there is an unused quota entitlement under a quota authority for the fish;\na maximum amount of fish that may be taken in the fishery;\na period during which fish may be taken in the fishery;\na stated activity must not be carried out in a stated area of the fishery.\nThe authorised person may take fish in the commercial fishery only in accordance with the restriction.\ns 11 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 87\n(sec.11-ssec.1) This section applies if a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states any of the following (each a restriction )— fish may be taken in the fishery only if there is an unused quota entitlement under a quota authority for the fish; a maximum amount of fish that may be taken in the fishery; a period during which fish may be taken in the fishery; a stated activity must not be carried out in a stated area of the fishery.\n(sec.11-ssec.2) The authorised person may take fish in the commercial fishery only in accordance with the restriction.\n- (a) fish may be taken in the fishery only if there is an unused quota entitlement under a quota authority for the fish;\n- (b) a maximum amount of fish that may be taken in the fishery;\n- (c) a period during which fish may be taken in the fishery;\n- (d) a stated activity must not be carried out in a stated area of the fishery.","sortOrder":12},{"sectionNumber":"sec.12","sectionType":"section","heading":"Restriction on authorisation may apply in more than 1 way","content":"### sec.12 Restriction on authorisation may apply in more than 1 way\n\nA restriction under this division may apply to the authorised person in more than 1 way.\nAn authorised person may be authorised to take fish in a commercial fishery only in a particular area within the fishery’s fishery area, using only a particular type of fishing apparatus, and only during a particular period.","sortOrder":13},{"sectionNumber":"ch.2-pt.2-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Other restrictions on authorisation","content":"## Other restrictions on authorisation","sortOrder":14},{"sectionNumber":"sec.13","sectionType":"section","heading":"Restriction on taking fish in more than 1 commercial fishery","content":"### sec.13 Restriction on taking fish in more than 1 commercial fishery\n\nIf a primary commercial fishing licence has more than 1 fishery symbol written on it, a person acting under the licence is not authorised to take fish in more than 1 commercial fishery at the same time.\nHowever, if the licence has 2 or more fishery symbols written on it and 1 or more of the fishery symbols is ‘C1’ or ‘C2’, the person may, at the same time—\nif only 1 fishery symbol is ‘C1’ or ‘C2’—take crabs under the fishery symbol ‘C1’ or ‘C2’ and fish under 1 other fishery symbol written on the licence; or\nif 2 or more of the fishery symbols are ‘C1’ or ‘C2’ and no other fishery symbols are written on the licence—take crabs under all of the fishery symbols ‘C1’ or ‘C2’; or\nif 2 or more of the fishery symbols are ‘C1’ or ‘C2’ and 1 or more other fishery symbols are written on the licence—\ntake crabs under all of the fishery symbols ‘C1’ or ‘C2’; and\nfish under 1 other fishery symbol written on the licence.\nAlso, subsection (1) does not apply to a person taking any of the following fish at the same time—\nspanish mackerel under the fishery symbol ‘SM’;\nregulated coral reef fin fish under the fishery symbol ‘RQ’;\nfin fish, other than spanish mackerel or regulated coral reef fin fish, under the fishery symbol ‘L1’, ‘L2’, ‘L3’ or ‘L8’.\nFurther, subsection (1) does not apply to a person taking fin fish, other than regulated coral reef fin fish and spanish mackerel, under the fishery symbol ‘K1’, ‘K2’, ‘K3’, ‘K4’, ‘K5’, ‘K6’, ‘K7’, ‘K8’, ‘N10’, ‘N15’ or ‘NX’ at the same time.\nIn addition, subsection (1) does not apply to a person taking fish under the fishery symbol ‘A1’ and the fishery symbol ‘D’ at the same time.\ns 13 amd 2020 SL No. 236 ss 5 , 88 , 126 ; 2023 SL No. 194 s 4\n(sec.13-ssec.1) If a primary commercial fishing licence has more than 1 fishery symbol written on it, a person acting under the licence is not authorised to take fish in more than 1 commercial fishery at the same time.\n(sec.13-ssec.2) However, if the licence has 2 or more fishery symbols written on it and 1 or more of the fishery symbols is ‘C1’ or ‘C2’, the person may, at the same time— if only 1 fishery symbol is ‘C1’ or ‘C2’—take crabs under the fishery symbol ‘C1’ or ‘C2’ and fish under 1 other fishery symbol written on the licence; or if 2 or more of the fishery symbols are ‘C1’ or ‘C2’ and no other fishery symbols are written on the licence—take crabs under all of the fishery symbols ‘C1’ or ‘C2’; or if 2 or more of the fishery symbols are ‘C1’ or ‘C2’ and 1 or more other fishery symbols are written on the licence— take crabs under all of the fishery symbols ‘C1’ or ‘C2’; and fish under 1 other fishery symbol written on the licence.\n(sec.13-ssec.3) Also, subsection (1) does not apply to a person taking any of the following fish at the same time— spanish mackerel under the fishery symbol ‘SM’; regulated coral reef fin fish under the fishery symbol ‘RQ’; fin fish, other than spanish mackerel or regulated coral reef fin fish, under the fishery symbol ‘L1’, ‘L2’, ‘L3’ or ‘L8’.\n(sec.13-ssec.4) Further, subsection (1) does not apply to a person taking fin fish, other than regulated coral reef fin fish and spanish mackerel, under the fishery symbol ‘K1’, ‘K2’, ‘K3’, ‘K4’, ‘K5’, ‘K6’, ‘K7’, ‘K8’, ‘N10’, ‘N15’ or ‘NX’ at the same time.\n(sec.13-ssec.5) In addition, subsection (1) does not apply to a person taking fish under the fishery symbol ‘A1’ and the fishery symbol ‘D’ at the same time.\n- (a) if only 1 fishery symbol is ‘C1’ or ‘C2’—take crabs under the fishery symbol ‘C1’ or ‘C2’ and fish under 1 other fishery symbol written on the licence; or\n- (b) if 2 or more of the fishery symbols are ‘C1’ or ‘C2’ and no other fishery symbols are written on the licence—take crabs under all of the fishery symbols ‘C1’ or ‘C2’; or\n- (c) if 2 or more of the fishery symbols are ‘C1’ or ‘C2’ and 1 or more other fishery symbols are written on the licence— (i) take crabs under all of the fishery symbols ‘C1’ or ‘C2’; and (ii) fish under 1 other fishery symbol written on the licence.\n- (i) take crabs under all of the fishery symbols ‘C1’ or ‘C2’; and\n- (ii) fish under 1 other fishery symbol written on the licence.\n- (i) take crabs under all of the fishery symbols ‘C1’ or ‘C2’; and\n- (ii) fish under 1 other fishery symbol written on the licence.\n- (a) spanish mackerel under the fishery symbol ‘SM’;\n- (b) regulated coral reef fin fish under the fishery symbol ‘RQ’;\n- (c) fin fish, other than spanish mackerel or regulated coral reef fin fish, under the fishery symbol ‘L1’, ‘L2’, ‘L3’ or ‘L8’.","sortOrder":15},{"sectionNumber":"sec.14","sectionType":"section","heading":"Restriction on taking fish in commercial fisheries having same fishery symbol","content":"### sec.14 Restriction on taking fish in commercial fisheries having same fishery symbol\n\nThis section applies if a fishery symbol written on a primary commercial fishing licence is the fishery symbol for more than 1 commercial fishery.\nA person acting under the licence is not authorised to take fish or use fishing apparatus in more than 1 of the fisheries at the same time.\nThe fishery symbol ‘N10’ is written on a licence authorising use of a tunnel net in the net fishery (east coast no. 4) and use of a general purpose net in the net fishery (east coast no. 15). A person acting under the licence must not use the nets in the fisheries at the same time.\ns 14 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 124 sch 2 ; 2023 SL No. 194 s 5\n(sec.14-ssec.1) This section applies if a fishery symbol written on a primary commercial fishing licence is the fishery symbol for more than 1 commercial fishery.\n(sec.14-ssec.2) A person acting under the licence is not authorised to take fish or use fishing apparatus in more than 1 of the fisheries at the same time. The fishery symbol ‘N10’ is written on a licence authorising use of a tunnel net in the net fishery (east coast no. 4) and use of a general purpose net in the net fishery (east coast no. 15). A person acting under the licence must not use the nets in the fisheries at the same time.","sortOrder":16},{"sectionNumber":"sec.15","sectionType":"section","heading":"Restriction on taking fish in particular Joint Authority fisheries","content":"### sec.15 Restriction on taking fish in particular Joint Authority fisheries\n\nThis section applies to a person who is—\nin a Joint Authority fishery managed under Queensland law; and\nacting under a primary commercial fishing licence.\nThe person is not authorised to take fish to which the Joint Authority fishery applies under the licence unless—\nthe Joint Authority endorses the licence to extend its operation to activities over which the Joint Authority has powers under the Act ; and\ntaking the fish is an activity over which the Joint Authority has powers under the Act .\ns 15 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 124 sch 2\n(sec.15-ssec.1) This section applies to a person who is— in a Joint Authority fishery managed under Queensland law; and acting under a primary commercial fishing licence.\n(sec.15-ssec.2) The person is not authorised to take fish to which the Joint Authority fishery applies under the licence unless— the Joint Authority endorses the licence to extend its operation to activities over which the Joint Authority has powers under the Act ; and taking the fish is an activity over which the Joint Authority has powers under the Act .\n- (a) in a Joint Authority fishery managed under Queensland law; and\n- (b) acting under a primary commercial fishing licence.\n- (a) the Joint Authority endorses the licence to extend its operation to activities over which the Joint Authority has powers under the Act ; and\n- (b) taking the fish is an activity over which the Joint Authority has powers under the Act .","sortOrder":17},{"sectionNumber":"sec.15A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Restriction on retaining fish","content":"### sec.15A Restriction on retaining fish\n\nThis section applies to fish other than fish taken under a B1, R, RQ, SM or T4 licence.\nA person acting under a primary commercial fishing licence is not authorised to keep fish on an authorised boat for the licence when the boat leaves a landing place to start a new fishing operation.\ns 15A ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 4 (second occurrence)\nsub 2020 SL No. 236 s 127\n(sec.15A-ssec.1) This section applies to fish other than fish taken under a B1, R, RQ, SM or T4 licence.\n(sec.15A-ssec.2) A person acting under a primary commercial fishing licence is not authorised to keep fish on an authorised boat for the licence when the boat leaves a landing place to start a new fishing operation.","sortOrder":18},{"sectionNumber":"sec.15B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Restriction on transhipping fish","content":"### sec.15B Restriction on transhipping fish\n\nThis section applies to fish other than fish taken under a D, L4, N3, N12, N13, R, RQ, SM or T1 licence.\nA person acting under a primary commercial fishing licence is not authorised to transfer fish from an authorised boat for the licence to a transport vessel from or using which the fish are proposed to be unloaded.\ns 15B ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 4 (second occurrence)\nsub 2020 SL No. 236 s 127 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 28 )\n(sec.15B-ssec.1) This section applies to fish other than fish taken under a D, L4, N3, N12, N13, R, RQ, SM or T1 licence.\n(sec.15B-ssec.2) A person acting under a primary commercial fishing licence is not authorised to transfer fish from an authorised boat for the licence to a transport vessel from or using which the fish are proposed to be unloaded.","sortOrder":19},{"sectionNumber":"ch.2-pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":"Fishing priority","content":"# Fishing priority","sortOrder":20},{"sectionNumber":"ch.2-pt.3-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Interpretation","content":"## Interpretation","sortOrder":21},{"sectionNumber":"sec.16","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions for part","content":"### sec.16 Definitions for part\n\nIn this part—\nocean beach fishery means a commercial fishery mentioned in schedule 4 , part 1 .\nocean beach fishery flag means a flag that—\nis orange; and\nhas an area of at least 1m 2 ; and\nhas the following written on it—\nthe boat mark for the boat being used to take fish in the ocean beach net area identified by the flag;\nthe words ‘fishing priority’.\nocean beach net area means an area of an ocean beach fishery that is—\nidentified by 2 ocean beach fishery flags placed—\nno more than 1km apart; and\nalong, and as near as possible to, the water’s edge; and\nwithin the boundary formed by the following lines—\na straight line, at right angles to the straight line between the ocean beach fishery flags, extending from the point that is 500m seaward of 1 of the flags to the point that is 500m landward of that flag;\nanother straight line, at right angles to the straight line between the flags, extending from the point that is 500m seaward of the other flag to the point that is 500m landward of the other flag;\na straight line joining the landward ends of the lines mentioned in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) ;\na straight line joining the seaward ends of the lines mentioned in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) .\n- (a) is orange; and\n- (b) has an area of at least 1m 2 ; and\n- (c) has the following written on it— (i) the boat mark for the boat being used to take fish in the ocean beach net area identified by the flag; (ii) the words ‘fishing priority’.\n- (i) the boat mark for the boat being used to take fish in the ocean beach net area identified by the flag;\n- (ii) the words ‘fishing priority’.\n- (i) the boat mark for the boat being used to take fish in the ocean beach net area identified by the flag;\n- (ii) the words ‘fishing priority’.\n- (a) identified by 2 ocean beach fishery flags placed— (i) no more than 1km apart; and (ii) along, and as near as possible to, the water’s edge; and\n- (i) no more than 1km apart; and\n- (ii) along, and as near as possible to, the water’s edge; and\n- (b) within the boundary formed by the following lines— (i) a straight line, at right angles to the straight line between the ocean beach fishery flags, extending from the point that is 500m seaward of 1 of the flags to the point that is 500m landward of that flag; (ii) another straight line, at right angles to the straight line between the flags, extending from the point that is 500m seaward of the other flag to the point that is 500m landward of the other flag; (iii) a straight line joining the landward ends of the lines mentioned in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) ; (iv) a straight line joining the seaward ends of the lines mentioned in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) .\n- (i) a straight line, at right angles to the straight line between the ocean beach fishery flags, extending from the point that is 500m seaward of 1 of the flags to the point that is 500m landward of that flag;\n- (ii) another straight line, at right angles to the straight line between the flags, extending from the point that is 500m seaward of the other flag to the point that is 500m landward of the other flag;\n- (iii) a straight line joining the landward ends of the lines mentioned in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) ;\n- (iv) a straight line joining the seaward ends of the lines mentioned in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) .\n- (i) no more than 1km apart; and\n- (ii) along, and as near as possible to, the water’s edge; and\n- (i) a straight line, at right angles to the straight line between the ocean beach fishery flags, extending from the point that is 500m seaward of 1 of the flags to the point that is 500m landward of that flag;\n- (ii) another straight line, at right angles to the straight line between the flags, extending from the point that is 500m seaward of the other flag to the point that is 500m landward of the other flag;\n- (iii) a straight line joining the landward ends of the lines mentioned in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) ;\n- (iv) a straight line joining the seaward ends of the lines mentioned in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) .","sortOrder":22},{"sectionNumber":"sec.17","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of ready to fish","content":"### sec.17 Meaning of ready to fish\n\nA commercial fisher is ready to fish with a net in a fishery area of a commercial fishery if—\nthe fisher has, in the area—\na commercial fishing boat authorised to be used in the area; and\nif a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states that fish may be taken only if a minimum number of assistant fishers is present—the minimum number of assistant fishers present; and\nthere is, on the boat, a net authorised to be used to take fish in the area.\n- (a) the fisher has, in the area— (i) a commercial fishing boat authorised to be used in the area; and (ii) if a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states that fish may be taken only if a minimum number of assistant fishers is present—the minimum number of assistant fishers present; and\n- (i) a commercial fishing boat authorised to be used in the area; and\n- (ii) if a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states that fish may be taken only if a minimum number of assistant fishers is present—the minimum number of assistant fishers present; and\n- (b) there is, on the boat, a net authorised to be used to take fish in the area.\n- (i) a commercial fishing boat authorised to be used in the area; and\n- (ii) if a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states that fish may be taken only if a minimum number of assistant fishers is present—the minimum number of assistant fishers present; and","sortOrder":23},{"sectionNumber":"ch.2-pt.3-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishing priorities","content":"## Fishing priorities","sortOrder":24},{"sectionNumber":"sec.18","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishing priority—ocean beach fisheries","content":"### sec.18 Fishing priority—ocean beach fisheries\n\nThis section applies—\nto each commercial fisher acting under a primary commercial fishing licence; and\nfor using a net in an ocean beach fishery.\nEach of the commercial fishers is authorised under the licence to use a net—\nin the ocean beach net area identified by the fisher; and\nin the order in which the fishers are ready to fish with the nets in the area.\ns 18 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 124 sch 2\n(sec.18-ssec.1) This section applies— to each commercial fisher acting under a primary commercial fishing licence; and for using a net in an ocean beach fishery.\n(sec.18-ssec.2) Each of the commercial fishers is authorised under the licence to use a net— in the ocean beach net area identified by the fisher; and in the order in which the fishers are ready to fish with the nets in the area.\n- (a) to each commercial fisher acting under a primary commercial fishing licence; and\n- (b) for using a net in an ocean beach fishery.\n- (a) in the ocean beach net area identified by the fisher; and\n- (b) in the order in which the fishers are ready to fish with the nets in the area.","sortOrder":25},{"sectionNumber":"sec.19","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishing priority—other commercial fisheries","content":"### sec.19 Fishing priority—other commercial fisheries\n\nThis section applies—\nto each commercial fisher acting under a primary commercial fishing licence; and\nfor using a net in a commercial fishery, other than an ocean beach fishery.\nEach of the commercial fishers is authorised under the licence to use a net—\nin an area around the fisher’s boat within a radius equal to the length of a net the fisher is authorised to use in the fishery; and\nin the order in which the fishers are ready to fish with the nets in the area.\ns 19 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 124 sch 2\n(sec.19-ssec.1) This section applies— to each commercial fisher acting under a primary commercial fishing licence; and for using a net in a commercial fishery, other than an ocean beach fishery.\n(sec.19-ssec.2) Each of the commercial fishers is authorised under the licence to use a net— in an area around the fisher’s boat within a radius equal to the length of a net the fisher is authorised to use in the fishery; and in the order in which the fishers are ready to fish with the nets in the area.\n- (a) to each commercial fisher acting under a primary commercial fishing licence; and\n- (b) for using a net in a commercial fishery, other than an ocean beach fishery.\n- (a) in an area around the fisher’s boat within a radius equal to the length of a net the fisher is authorised to use in the fishery; and\n- (b) in the order in which the fishers are ready to fish with the nets in the area.","sortOrder":26},{"sectionNumber":"sec.20","sectionType":"section","heading":"Duration of fishing priority","content":"### sec.20 Duration of fishing priority\n\nAn authorisation for a commercial fisher to use nets in an area of a commercial fishery under section 18 or 19 continues—\nfor no more than 6 hours from when the fisher is ready to fish with a net in the area; and\nonly while the fisher is ready to fish with a net in the area.\n- (a) for no more than 6 hours from when the fisher is ready to fish with a net in the area; and\n- (b) only while the fisher is ready to fish with a net in the area.","sortOrder":27},{"sectionNumber":"sec.21","sectionType":"section","heading":"Joint fishers taken to be 1 fisher","content":"### sec.21 Joint fishers taken to be 1 fisher\n\nIf 2 or more commercial fishers mentioned in section 18 or 19 jointly use nets, they are taken to be 1 commercial fisher.","sortOrder":28},{"sectionNumber":"ch.2-pt.3-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Offences relating to fishing priorities","content":"## Offences relating to fishing priorities","sortOrder":29},{"sectionNumber":"sec.22","sectionType":"section","heading":"Interfering with ocean beach fishery flag","content":"### sec.22 Interfering with ocean beach fishery flag\n\nThis section applies if a commercial fisher, or an assistant fisher, acting under a primary commercial fishing licence has placed an ocean beach fishery flag for identifying an ocean beach net area under section 16 , definition ocean beach net area , paragraph (a) .\nA person, other than the commercial fisher or assistant fisher, must not remove, or otherwise interfere with, the ocean beach fishery flag.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 22 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 124 sch 2\n(sec.22-ssec.1) This section applies if a commercial fisher, or an assistant fisher, acting under a primary commercial fishing licence has placed an ocean beach fishery flag for identifying an ocean beach net area under section 16 , definition ocean beach net area , paragraph (a) .\n(sec.22-ssec.2) A person, other than the commercial fisher or assistant fisher, must not remove, or otherwise interfere with, the ocean beach fishery flag. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":30},{"sectionNumber":"sec.23","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obstructing exercise of a fishing priority","content":"### sec.23 Obstructing exercise of a fishing priority\n\nA person must not obstruct a commercial fisher in exercising a fishing priority under division 2 , unless the person has a reasonable excuse.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":31},{"sectionNumber":"ch.2-pt.4","sectionType":"part","heading":"Conditions on authorities relating to boat marks","content":"# Conditions on authorities relating to boat marks","sortOrder":32},{"sectionNumber":"ch.2-pt.4-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Preliminary","content":"## Preliminary","sortOrder":33},{"sectionNumber":"sec.24","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of part","content":"### sec.24 Application of part\n\nThis part applies to an authority that authorises the use of a boat (an authorised boat ) in a commercial fishery if—\nthe authority states a sequence of letters or numbers for the boat; or\nthe chief executive has given the holder of the authority a written notice (a boat mark notice ) stating a sequence of letters or numbers for the boat.\n- (a) the authority states a sequence of letters or numbers for the boat; or\n- (b) the chief executive has given the holder of the authority a written notice (a boat mark notice ) stating a sequence of letters or numbers for the boat.","sortOrder":34},{"sectionNumber":"sec.25","sectionType":"section","heading":"Reference to a boat mark for a boat","content":"### sec.25 Reference to a boat mark for a boat\n\nA reference to a boat mark for a boat used under an authority is a reference to—\nfor a primary boat or another boat identified in the authority—the sequence of letters or numbers for the boat stated on the authority or boat mark notice issued for the boat; or\nfor a tender boat or another boat not identified in the authority—the sequence of letters or numbers for the boat stated on the authority or a boat mark notice followed by—\na dash; and\na number, chosen by the holder of the authority, that is not the same as the number for any other boat of a type mentioned in this paragraph that is used under the authority.\n- (a) for a primary boat or another boat identified in the authority—the sequence of letters or numbers for the boat stated on the authority or boat mark notice issued for the boat; or\n- (b) for a tender boat or another boat not identified in the authority—the sequence of letters or numbers for the boat stated on the authority or a boat mark notice followed by— (i) a dash; and (ii) a number, chosen by the holder of the authority, that is not the same as the number for any other boat of a type mentioned in this paragraph that is used under the authority.\n- (i) a dash; and\n- (ii) a number, chosen by the holder of the authority, that is not the same as the number for any other boat of a type mentioned in this paragraph that is used under the authority.\n- (i) a dash; and\n- (ii) a number, chosen by the holder of the authority, that is not the same as the number for any other boat of a type mentioned in this paragraph that is used under the authority.","sortOrder":35},{"sectionNumber":"ch.2-pt.4-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Condition about fixing boat mark","content":"## Condition about fixing boat mark","sortOrder":36},{"sectionNumber":"sec.26","sectionType":"section","heading":"Boat mark must be fixed on authorised boat","content":"### sec.26 Boat mark must be fixed on authorised boat\n\nIt is a condition of the authority that the holder of the authority must ensure the boat mark for the authorised boat is fixed to the boat in a way that complies with this division.\nIt is a condition of the authority that the boat mark must not be removed, or replaced with another boat mark, during a fishing trip on the boat.\n(sec.26-ssec.1) It is a condition of the authority that the holder of the authority must ensure the boat mark for the authorised boat is fixed to the boat in a way that complies with this division.\n(sec.26-ssec.2) It is a condition of the authority that the boat mark must not be removed, or replaced with another boat mark, during a fishing trip on the boat.","sortOrder":37},{"sectionNumber":"sec.27","sectionType":"section","heading":"Colour and placement","content":"### sec.27 Colour and placement\n\nThe boat mark must be written in black on a yellow background.\nThe boat mark must be—\nfixed to each side of the boat’s hull; and\nfixed to the following surface in a way that allows the boat mark to be viewed from above—\nif the boat has a deck or shelter at its front—the deck or shelter or an enclosed cabin or wheelhouse on the deck;\notherwise—a flat surface on the boat.\nThe boat mark must not—\nbe fixed below the water line of the boat; or\notherwise be obscured from view.\n(sec.27-ssec.1) The boat mark must be written in black on a yellow background.\n(sec.27-ssec.2) The boat mark must be— fixed to each side of the boat’s hull; and fixed to the following surface in a way that allows the boat mark to be viewed from above— if the boat has a deck or shelter at its front—the deck or shelter or an enclosed cabin or wheelhouse on the deck; otherwise—a flat surface on the boat.\n(sec.27-ssec.3) The boat mark must not— be fixed below the water line of the boat; or otherwise be obscured from view.\n- (a) fixed to each side of the boat’s hull; and\n- (b) fixed to the following surface in a way that allows the boat mark to be viewed from above— (i) if the boat has a deck or shelter at its front—the deck or shelter or an enclosed cabin or wheelhouse on the deck; (ii) otherwise—a flat surface on the boat.\n- (i) if the boat has a deck or shelter at its front—the deck or shelter or an enclosed cabin or wheelhouse on the deck;\n- (ii) otherwise—a flat surface on the boat.\n- (i) if the boat has a deck or shelter at its front—the deck or shelter or an enclosed cabin or wheelhouse on the deck;\n- (ii) otherwise—a flat surface on the boat.\n- (a) be fixed below the water line of the boat; or\n- (b) otherwise be obscured from view.","sortOrder":38},{"sectionNumber":"sec.28","sectionType":"section","heading":"Size of boat mark","content":"### sec.28 Size of boat mark\n\nIf the boat has a length of less than 10m—\neach letter or number in the boat mark must have a height of at least 20cm; and\neach stroke or serif of the letter or number must have a width of at least 2cm but no more than 2.5cm.\nIf the boat has a length of 10m or more but less than 25m—\neach letter or number in the boat mark must have a height of at least 30cm; and\neach stroke or serif of the letter or number must have a width of at least 3.5cm but no more than 4cm.\nIf the boat has a length of 25m or more—\neach letter or number in the boat mark must have a height of at least 45cm; and\neach stroke or serif of the letter or number must have a width of at least 6cm but no more than 6.5cm.\n(sec.28-ssec.1) If the boat has a length of less than 10m— each letter or number in the boat mark must have a height of at least 20cm; and each stroke or serif of the letter or number must have a width of at least 2cm but no more than 2.5cm.\n(sec.28-ssec.2) If the boat has a length of 10m or more but less than 25m— each letter or number in the boat mark must have a height of at least 30cm; and each stroke or serif of the letter or number must have a width of at least 3.5cm but no more than 4cm.\n(sec.28-ssec.3) If the boat has a length of 25m or more— each letter or number in the boat mark must have a height of at least 45cm; and each stroke or serif of the letter or number must have a width of at least 6cm but no more than 6.5cm.\n- (a) each letter or number in the boat mark must have a height of at least 20cm; and\n- (b) each stroke or serif of the letter or number must have a width of at least 2cm but no more than 2.5cm.\n- (a) each letter or number in the boat mark must have a height of at least 30cm; and\n- (b) each stroke or serif of the letter or number must have a width of at least 3.5cm but no more than 4cm.\n- (a) each letter or number in the boat mark must have a height of at least 45cm; and\n- (b) each stroke or serif of the letter or number must have a width of at least 6cm but no more than 6.5cm.","sortOrder":39},{"sectionNumber":"ch.2-pt.4-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Other conditions","content":"## Other conditions","sortOrder":40},{"sectionNumber":"sec.29","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authorised boat must not be used without boat mark","content":"### sec.29 Authorised boat must not be used without boat mark\n\nIt is a condition of the authority that a person in control of the authorised boat must not use the boat, or allow it to be used, to take fish for trade or commerce, unless a boat mark for the boat has been fixed to, and remains on, the boat in compliance with division 2 .","sortOrder":41},{"sectionNumber":"sec.30","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirement to remove boat mark","content":"### sec.30 Requirement to remove boat mark\n\nIt is a condition of the authority that the holder of the authority must remove the boat mark from the authorised boat if—\nthe boat is replaced; or\nthe authority expires; or\nthe authority is surrendered or cancelled.\nThis section applies whether or not the boat mark has been fixed to the authorised boat, or allowed to remain on the boat, in a way that complies with division 2 .\nIn this section—\nholder , of an authority that has expired, or has been surrendered or cancelled, means the person who held the authority immediately before the expiry, surrender or cancellation.\n(sec.30-ssec.1) It is a condition of the authority that the holder of the authority must remove the boat mark from the authorised boat if— the boat is replaced; or the authority expires; or the authority is surrendered or cancelled.\n(sec.30-ssec.2) This section applies whether or not the boat mark has been fixed to the authorised boat, or allowed to remain on the boat, in a way that complies with division 2 .\n(sec.30-ssec.3) In this section— holder , of an authority that has expired, or has been surrendered or cancelled, means the person who held the authority immediately before the expiry, surrender or cancellation.\n- (a) the boat is replaced; or\n- (b) the authority expires; or\n- (c) the authority is surrendered or cancelled.","sortOrder":42},{"sectionNumber":"ch.2-pt.5","sectionType":"part","heading":"Miscellaneous","content":"# Miscellaneous","sortOrder":43},{"sectionNumber":"sec.31","sectionType":"section","heading":"Particulars to be legible, visible and in English","content":"### sec.31 Particulars to be legible, visible and in English\n\nThis section applies if a person is required under this regulation to write or mark particulars in or on a document or other thing.\nmarkings on floats attached to fishing apparatus\nmarkings on boats\nThe person must write or mark the particulars in or on the document or thing, legibly, visibly and in English.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (2) does not prevent a person writing or marking the particulars in another language in addition to English.\n(sec.31-ssec.1) This section applies if a person is required under this regulation to write or mark particulars in or on a document or other thing. markings on floats attached to fishing apparatus markings on boats\n(sec.31-ssec.2) The person must write or mark the particulars in or on the document or thing, legibly, visibly and in English. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.31-ssec.3) Subsection (2) does not prevent a person writing or marking the particulars in another language in addition to English.\n- • markings on floats attached to fishing apparatus\n- • markings on boats","sortOrder":44},{"sectionNumber":"ch.3-pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":"Primary commercial fishing licence","content":"# Primary commercial fishing licence","sortOrder":45},{"sectionNumber":"ch.3-pt.1-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":46},{"sectionNumber":"sec.32","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authorisation—holder","content":"### sec.32 Authorisation—holder\n\nThe holder of a primary commercial fishing licence may do any of the following under the licence—\nallow a commercial fisher to act under the licence to take fish for trade or commerce, without using a boat, in a hand-harvest only commercial fishery identified in the licence;\nallow a commercial fisher to use the primary boat identified in the licence to take fish for trade or commerce in a commercial fishery identified in the licence;\nallow a commercial fisher to use no more than the authorised number of tender boats for a commercial fishery identified in the licence, at the same time, to take fish in the fishery;\nallow a commercial fisher to use a tender boat as if it were the primary boat identified in the licence if—\nthere is no primary boat identified in the licence or the primary boat identified in the licence is not also being used to take fish for trade or commerce in a commercial fishery; and\nthe licence is kept on the tender boat while it is being used as the primary boat;\nallow a commercial fisher who uses a boat to take fish in a commercial fishery as mentioned in paragraph (b) , (c) or (d) to carry the fish;\nsell fish taken in a commercial fishery by a commercial fisher acting under the licence;\nprocess fish taken in a commercial fishery by a commercial fisher acting under the licence;\nbuy, sell and possess commercial fishing apparatus.\nFor subsection (1) , a commercial fishery is identified in the licence only if the fishery symbol for the fishery is written on the licence.\nFor subsection (1) (d) (i) , the primary boat is not being used to take fish for trade or commerce in a commercial fishery only because there is fishing apparatus or fish on the boat.\nWhile a tender boat is being used under subsection (1) (d) , the provisions of this regulation apply to the boat as if it were a primary boat.\nThe primary boat and any of its tender boats may be used in the N11 fishery to take N11 fish without the fishery symbol ‘N11’ being written on the licence if—\nthe boat and the taking of the fish complies with schedule 4 , part 7 ; and\na fishery symbol for a fishery other than a hand-harvest only commercial fishery is written on the licence.\nThe primary boat and any of its tender boats may be used in the N15 fishery to take N15 fish without the fishery symbol ‘N15’ being written on the licence if the fishery symbol ‘K1’, ‘K2’, ‘K3’, ‘K4’, ‘K5’, ‘K6’, ‘K7’, ‘K8’ or ‘N10’ is written on the licence.\ns 32 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 89\namd 2021 SL No. 29 s 3 ; 2023 SL No. 194 s 6\n(sec.32-ssec.1) The holder of a primary commercial fishing licence may do any of the following under the licence— allow a commercial fisher to act under the licence to take fish for trade or commerce, without using a boat, in a hand-harvest only commercial fishery identified in the licence; allow a commercial fisher to use the primary boat identified in the licence to take fish for trade or commerce in a commercial fishery identified in the licence; allow a commercial fisher to use no more than the authorised number of tender boats for a commercial fishery identified in the licence, at the same time, to take fish in the fishery; allow a commercial fisher to use a tender boat as if it were the primary boat identified in the licence if— there is no primary boat identified in the licence or the primary boat identified in the licence is not also being used to take fish for trade or commerce in a commercial fishery; and the licence is kept on the tender boat while it is being used as the primary boat; allow a commercial fisher who uses a boat to take fish in a commercial fishery as mentioned in paragraph (b) , (c) or (d) to carry the fish; sell fish taken in a commercial fishery by a commercial fisher acting under the licence; process fish taken in a commercial fishery by a commercial fisher acting under the licence; buy, sell and possess commercial fishing apparatus.\n(sec.32-ssec.2) For subsection (1) , a commercial fishery is identified in the licence only if the fishery symbol for the fishery is written on the licence.\n(sec.32-ssec.3) For subsection (1) (d) (i) , the primary boat is not being used to take fish for trade or commerce in a commercial fishery only because there is fishing apparatus or fish on the boat.\n(sec.32-ssec.4) While a tender boat is being used under subsection (1) (d) , the provisions of this regulation apply to the boat as if it were a primary boat.\n(sec.32-ssec.5) The primary boat and any of its tender boats may be used in the N11 fishery to take N11 fish without the fishery symbol ‘N11’ being written on the licence if— the boat and the taking of the fish complies with schedule 4 , part 7 ; and a fishery symbol for a fishery other than a hand-harvest only commercial fishery is written on the licence.\n(sec.32-ssec.6) The primary boat and any of its tender boats may be used in the N15 fishery to take N15 fish without the fishery symbol ‘N15’ being written on the licence if the fishery symbol ‘K1’, ‘K2’, ‘K3’, ‘K4’, ‘K5’, ‘K6’, ‘K7’, ‘K8’ or ‘N10’ is written on the licence.\n- (a) allow a commercial fisher to act under the licence to take fish for trade or commerce, without using a boat, in a hand-harvest only commercial fishery identified in the licence;\n- (b) allow a commercial fisher to use the primary boat identified in the licence to take fish for trade or commerce in a commercial fishery identified in the licence;\n- (c) allow a commercial fisher to use no more than the authorised number of tender boats for a commercial fishery identified in the licence, at the same time, to take fish in the fishery;\n- (d) allow a commercial fisher to use a tender boat as if it were the primary boat identified in the licence if— (i) there is no primary boat identified in the licence or the primary boat identified in the licence is not also being used to take fish for trade or commerce in a commercial fishery; and (ii) the licence is kept on the tender boat while it is being used as the primary boat;\n- (i) there is no primary boat identified in the licence or the primary boat identified in the licence is not also being used to take fish for trade or commerce in a commercial fishery; and\n- (ii) the licence is kept on the tender boat while it is being used as the primary boat;\n- (e) allow a commercial fisher who uses a boat to take fish in a commercial fishery as mentioned in paragraph (b) , (c) or (d) to carry the fish;\n- (f) sell fish taken in a commercial fishery by a commercial fisher acting under the licence;\n- (g) process fish taken in a commercial fishery by a commercial fisher acting under the licence;\n- (h) buy, sell and possess commercial fishing apparatus.\n- (i) there is no primary boat identified in the licence or the primary boat identified in the licence is not also being used to take fish for trade or commerce in a commercial fishery; and\n- (ii) the licence is kept on the tender boat while it is being used as the primary boat;\n- (a) the boat and the taking of the fish complies with schedule 4 , part 7 ; and\n- (b) a fishery symbol for a fishery other than a hand-harvest only commercial fishery is written on the licence.","sortOrder":47},{"sectionNumber":"sec.33","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authorisation—other persons","content":"### sec.33 Authorisation—other persons\n\nThe holder of a primary commercial fishing licence may authorise someone else to do a thing under the licence that the holder may do under section 32 .\nA person authorised under subsection (1) by the holder of a primary commercial fishing licence to do a thing may do the thing under the licence.\nHowever, the holder of an E licence may authorise a person under subsection (1) to do a thing in the eel fishery only if the chief executive has approved the person as the holder’s approved nominee under section 34 .\ns 33 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 89\n(sec.33-ssec.1) The holder of a primary commercial fishing licence may authorise someone else to do a thing under the licence that the holder may do under section 32 .\n(sec.33-ssec.2) A person authorised under subsection (1) by the holder of a primary commercial fishing licence to do a thing may do the thing under the licence.\n(sec.33-ssec.3) However, the holder of an E licence may authorise a person under subsection (1) to do a thing in the eel fishery only if the chief executive has approved the person as the holder’s approved nominee under section 34 .","sortOrder":48},{"sectionNumber":"sec.34","sectionType":"section","heading":"Chief executive may approve nominee for eel fishery","content":"### sec.34 Chief executive may approve nominee for eel fishery\n\nThe holder of an E licence may apply in writing to the chief executive for someone else to be the holder’s approved nominee.\nThe chief executive may grant the approval only if the chief executive is satisfied the holder has become temporarily incapacitated or is otherwise temporarily unable to act under the licence.\nThe approval may be granted only for the period during which the chief executive considers the holder will be incapacitated or otherwise temporarily unable to act under the licence.\nIf the chief executive decides to refuse the application, the chief executive must give the applicant an information notice about the decision.\ns 34 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 89\n(sec.34-ssec.1) The holder of an E licence may apply in writing to the chief executive for someone else to be the holder’s approved nominee.\n(sec.34-ssec.2) The chief executive may grant the approval only if the chief executive is satisfied the holder has become temporarily incapacitated or is otherwise temporarily unable to act under the licence.\n(sec.34-ssec.3) The approval may be granted only for the period during which the chief executive considers the holder will be incapacitated or otherwise temporarily unable to act under the licence.\n(sec.34-ssec.4) If the chief executive decides to refuse the application, the chief executive must give the applicant an information notice about the decision.","sortOrder":49},{"sectionNumber":"ch.3-pt.1-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"General conditions","content":"## General conditions","sortOrder":50},{"sectionNumber":"sec.35","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sec.35 Purpose of division\n\nThis division prescribes conditions for a primary commercial fishing licence.\ns 35 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 89","sortOrder":51},{"sectionNumber":"sec.36","sectionType":"section","heading":"Condition about length of primary boat","content":"### sec.36 Condition about length of primary boat\n\nA primary boat may be used in a commercial fishery only if its length is no more than—\nif a fishery provision about the fishery states that a primary boat longer than a stated length must not be used in the fishery—the stated length; or\notherwise—25m.\ns 36 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 89\n- (a) if a fishery provision about the fishery states that a primary boat longer than a stated length must not be used in the fishery—the stated length; or\n- (b) otherwise—25m.","sortOrder":52},{"sectionNumber":"sec.37","sectionType":"section","heading":"Condition about use of tender boat","content":"### sec.37 Condition about use of tender boat\n\nA tender boat may be used in a commercial fishery only if—\neither—\nthe tender boat’s primary boat—\nmay be used in the fishery; and\nis not being used in another commercial fishery; or\nthere is no primary boat identified in the licence; and\nthe tender boat’s length is no more than 10m.\nSubsection (1) (a) (i) (B) does not apply in relation to the use of a tender boat in a commercial fishery if the other commercial fishery in which the primary boat is being used is a crab fishery.\ns 37 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 89\namd 2021 SL No. 29 s 4\n(sec.37-ssec.1) A tender boat may be used in a commercial fishery only if— either— the tender boat’s primary boat— may be used in the fishery; and is not being used in another commercial fishery; or there is no primary boat identified in the licence; and the tender boat’s length is no more than 10m.\n(sec.37-ssec.2) Subsection (1) (a) (i) (B) does not apply in relation to the use of a tender boat in a commercial fishery if the other commercial fishery in which the primary boat is being used is a crab fishery.\n- (a) either— (i) the tender boat’s primary boat— (A) may be used in the fishery; and (B) is not being used in another commercial fishery; or (ii) there is no primary boat identified in the licence; and\n- (i) the tender boat’s primary boat— (A) may be used in the fishery; and (B) is not being used in another commercial fishery; or\n- (A) may be used in the fishery; and\n- (B) is not being used in another commercial fishery; or\n- (ii) there is no primary boat identified in the licence; and\n- (b) the tender boat’s length is no more than 10m.\n- (i) the tender boat’s primary boat— (A) may be used in the fishery; and (B) is not being used in another commercial fishery; or\n- (A) may be used in the fishery; and\n- (B) is not being used in another commercial fishery; or\n- (ii) there is no primary boat identified in the licence; and\n- (A) may be used in the fishery; and\n- (B) is not being used in another commercial fishery; or","sortOrder":53},{"sectionNumber":"sec.38","sectionType":"section","heading":"Condition about selling N11 fish","content":"### sec.38 Condition about selling N11 fish\n\nIf a primary boat or a tender boat for a primary boat is used to take N11 fish under section 32 (5) , the N11 fish cannot be sold under the licence unless the fishery symbol ‘N11’ is written on the licence.\ns 38 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 89","sortOrder":54},{"sectionNumber":"ch.3-pt.1-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Additional conditions about boat modification and replacement for east coast trawl fishery","content":"## Additional conditions about boat modification and replacement for east coast trawl fishery","sortOrder":55},{"sectionNumber":"sec.39","sectionType":"section","heading":"Modifying boats","content":"### sec.39 Modifying boats\n\nThis section prescribes a condition for an M1, M2, T1 or T2 licence.\nThe holder of the licence may modify the primary boat identified in the licence only if—\nthe modification does not change the number of hull units for the boat; or\nthe modification is of a kind allowed under section 40 .\ns 39 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 89\n(sec.39-ssec.1) This section prescribes a condition for an M1, M2, T1 or T2 licence.\n(sec.39-ssec.2) The holder of the licence may modify the primary boat identified in the licence only if— the modification does not change the number of hull units for the boat; or the modification is of a kind allowed under section 40 .\n- (a) the modification does not change the number of hull units for the boat; or\n- (b) the modification is of a kind allowed under section 40 .","sortOrder":56},{"sectionNumber":"sec.40","sectionType":"section","heading":"Amending or replacing particular licences to allow boat modification or replacement","content":"### sec.40 Amending or replacing particular licences to allow boat modification or replacement\n\nThe chief executive may amend or replace an M1, M2, T1 or T2 licence to allow the primary boat identified in the licence to be modified or replaced only if the modification or replacement does not result in the hull units for the boat being more than 120.\ns 40 sub 2020 SL No. 236 ss 89 , 128","sortOrder":57},{"sectionNumber":"sec.41","sectionType":"section","heading":"Modifying boats","content":"### sec.41 Modifying boats\n\nThis section prescribes a condition for a T5, T6, T7, T8 or T9 licence.\nThe holder of the licence may modify the primary boat identified in the licence only if—\nthe modification does not change the boat’s main engine power or its length; or\nthe modification is of a kind allowed under section 42 .\ns 41 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 89\n(sec.41-ssec.1) This section prescribes a condition for a T5, T6, T7, T8 or T9 licence.\n(sec.41-ssec.2) The holder of the licence may modify the primary boat identified in the licence only if— the modification does not change the boat’s main engine power or its length; or the modification is of a kind allowed under section 42 .\n- (a) the modification does not change the boat’s main engine power or its length; or\n- (b) the modification is of a kind allowed under section 42 .","sortOrder":58},{"sectionNumber":"sec.42","sectionType":"section","heading":"Amending or replacing particular licences to allow boat modification or replacement","content":"### sec.42 Amending or replacing particular licences to allow boat modification or replacement\n\nThe chief executive may amend or replace a T5, T6, T7, T8 or T9 licence to allow the primary boat identified in the licence to be modified or replaced only if the modified or replacement boat is no longer than 14m.\ns 42 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 7\nsub 2020 SL No. 236 s 89","sortOrder":59},{"sectionNumber":"ch.3-pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":"Commercial fisher licence","content":"# Commercial fisher licence","sortOrder":60},{"sectionNumber":"ch.3-pt.2-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":61},{"sectionNumber":"sec.43","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authorisation—commercial fisher","content":"### sec.43 Authorisation—commercial fisher\n\nThe holder of a commercial fisher licence may do any of the following under the licence—\nbuy commercial fishing apparatus;\npossess commercial fishing apparatus;\nuse commercial fishing apparatus, but only while acting under a primary commercial fishing licence authorising the use of the apparatus;\ntake fish for trade or commerce, but only while acting under a primary commercial fishing licence;\npossess fish taken as mentioned in paragraph (d) ;\nsell fish taken as mentioned in paragraph (d) ;\nprocess fish taken as mentioned in paragraph (d) .\nHowever, a commercial fisher may take fish for trade or commerce without using a boat only in a hand-harvest only commercial fishery.\ns 43 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 89\n(sec.43-ssec.1) The holder of a commercial fisher licence may do any of the following under the licence— buy commercial fishing apparatus; possess commercial fishing apparatus; use commercial fishing apparatus, but only while acting under a primary commercial fishing licence authorising the use of the apparatus; take fish for trade or commerce, but only while acting under a primary commercial fishing licence; possess fish taken as mentioned in paragraph (d) ; sell fish taken as mentioned in paragraph (d) ; process fish taken as mentioned in paragraph (d) .\n(sec.43-ssec.2) However, a commercial fisher may take fish for trade or commerce without using a boat only in a hand-harvest only commercial fishery.\n- (a) buy commercial fishing apparatus;\n- (b) possess commercial fishing apparatus;\n- (c) use commercial fishing apparatus, but only while acting under a primary commercial fishing licence authorising the use of the apparatus;\n- (d) take fish for trade or commerce, but only while acting under a primary commercial fishing licence;\n- (e) possess fish taken as mentioned in paragraph (d) ;\n- (f) sell fish taken as mentioned in paragraph (d) ;\n- (g) process fish taken as mentioned in paragraph (d) .","sortOrder":62},{"sectionNumber":"sec.44","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authorisation—assistant fisher","content":"### sec.44 Authorisation—assistant fisher\n\nSubject to subsections (2) to (5) , the holder of a commercial fisher licence may authorise someone else (an assistant fisher ) to do a thing under the licence that the commercial fisher may do under section 43 .\nAn assistant fisher may do a thing mentioned in section 43 (1) (b) to (d) under a commercial fisher licence only if the assistant fisher is acting under direction of the commercial fisher.\nAn assistant fisher may do a thing mentioned in section 43 (1) (e) to (g) under a commercial fisher licence on a boat only if the assistant fisher is acting under direction of the commercial fisher.\nAn assistant fisher may do a thing mentioned in section 43 (1) (e) or (g) under a commercial fisher licence, other than on a boat, only if the assistant fisher complies with the commercial fisher’s instructions.\nAn assistant fisher is not authorised to do a thing mentioned in section 43 in a commercial fishery if a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states that only a commercial fisher may do the thing.\ns 44 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 89\n(sec.44-ssec.1) Subject to subsections (2) to (5) , the holder of a commercial fisher licence may authorise someone else (an assistant fisher ) to do a thing under the licence that the commercial fisher may do under section 43 .\n(sec.44-ssec.2) An assistant fisher may do a thing mentioned in section 43 (1) (b) to (d) under a commercial fisher licence only if the assistant fisher is acting under direction of the commercial fisher.\n(sec.44-ssec.3) An assistant fisher may do a thing mentioned in section 43 (1) (e) to (g) under a commercial fisher licence on a boat only if the assistant fisher is acting under direction of the commercial fisher.\n(sec.44-ssec.4) An assistant fisher may do a thing mentioned in section 43 (1) (e) or (g) under a commercial fisher licence, other than on a boat, only if the assistant fisher complies with the commercial fisher’s instructions.\n(sec.44-ssec.5) An assistant fisher is not authorised to do a thing mentioned in section 43 in a commercial fishery if a fishery provision about the commercial fishery states that only a commercial fisher may do the thing.","sortOrder":63},{"sectionNumber":"sec.45","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of under direction —commercial trawl fishery (fin fish)","content":"### sec.45 Meaning of under direction —commercial trawl fishery (fin fish)\n\nFor the commercial trawl fishery (fin fish), an assistant fisher is under direction of a commercial fisher only if the assistant fisher and the commercial fisher are—\non the same boat; or\non different boats but the assistant fisher is on a tender boat that is not a trawler.\ns 45 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 89\n- (a) on the same boat; or\n- (b) on different boats but the assistant fisher is on a tender boat that is not a trawler.","sortOrder":64},{"sectionNumber":"sec.46","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of under direction —east coast trawl fishery","content":"### sec.46 Meaning of under direction —east coast trawl fishery\n\nFor the east coast trawl fishery, an assistant fisher is under direction of a commercial fisher only if the assistant fisher and the commercial fisher are—\non the same boat; or\non different boats but the assistant fisher is on a tender boat.\ns 46 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 89\n- (a) on the same boat; or\n- (b) on different boats but the assistant fisher is on a tender boat.","sortOrder":65},{"sectionNumber":"sec.47","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of under direction —other commercial fisheries","content":"### sec.47 Meaning of under direction —other commercial fisheries\n\nThis section states when an assistant fisher is under direction of a commercial fisher for a commercial fishery other than a commercial fishery mentioned in section 45 or 46 .\nThe assistant fisher is under direction of the commercial fisher if—\nthe assistant fisher and commercial fisher are engaged in—\nthe same fishing operation in the commercial fishery; or\n2 fishing operations in 2 commercial fisheries, if the 2 commercial fisheries are commercial fisheries that a person is authorised to take fish in at the same time under section 13 ; and\nthe assistant fisher is acting in accordance with the commercial fisher’s instructions.\ns 47 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 89\n(sec.47-ssec.1) This section states when an assistant fisher is under direction of a commercial fisher for a commercial fishery other than a commercial fishery mentioned in section 45 or 46 .\n(sec.47-ssec.2) The assistant fisher is under direction of the commercial fisher if— the assistant fisher and commercial fisher are engaged in— the same fishing operation in the commercial fishery; or 2 fishing operations in 2 commercial fisheries, if the 2 commercial fisheries are commercial fisheries that a person is authorised to take fish in at the same time under section 13 ; and the assistant fisher is acting in accordance with the commercial fisher’s instructions.\n- (a) the assistant fisher and commercial fisher are engaged in— (i) the same fishing operation in the commercial fishery; or (ii) 2 fishing operations in 2 commercial fisheries, if the 2 commercial fisheries are commercial fisheries that a person is authorised to take fish in at the same time under section 13 ; and\n- (i) the same fishing operation in the commercial fishery; or\n- (ii) 2 fishing operations in 2 commercial fisheries, if the 2 commercial fisheries are commercial fisheries that a person is authorised to take fish in at the same time under section 13 ; and\n- (b) the assistant fisher is acting in accordance with the commercial fisher’s instructions.\n- (i) the same fishing operation in the commercial fishery; or\n- (ii) 2 fishing operations in 2 commercial fisheries, if the 2 commercial fisheries are commercial fisheries that a person is authorised to take fish in at the same time under section 13 ; and","sortOrder":66},{"sectionNumber":"ch.3-pt.2-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Condition","content":"## Condition","sortOrder":67},{"sectionNumber":"sec.48","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sec.48 Purpose of division\n\nThis division prescribes a condition for a commercial fisher licence.\ns 48 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 89","sortOrder":68},{"sectionNumber":"sec.49","sectionType":"section","heading":"Commercial fisher to display notice","content":"### sec.49 Commercial fisher to display notice\n\nThis section applies to a commercial fisher who is acting under a primary commercial fishing licence to take fish without a boat.\nThe commercial fisher must display a notice—\nadjacent to the place on the land from which the fisher is taking fish under the primary commercial fishing licence; and\nstating the licence number for the primary commercial fishing licence.\nFor the notice—\neach letter or number must have a height of at least 20cm; and\neach stroke or serif of the letter or number must have a width of at least 2cm.\ns 49 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 89\n(sec.49-ssec.1) This section applies to a commercial fisher who is acting under a primary commercial fishing licence to take fish without a boat.\n(sec.49-ssec.2) The commercial fisher must display a notice— adjacent to the place on the land from which the fisher is taking fish under the primary commercial fishing licence; and stating the licence number for the primary commercial fishing licence.\n(sec.49-ssec.3) For the notice— each letter or number must have a height of at least 20cm; and each stroke or serif of the letter or number must have a width of at least 2cm.\n- (a) adjacent to the place on the land from which the fisher is taking fish under the primary commercial fishing licence; and\n- (b) stating the licence number for the primary commercial fishing licence.\n- (a) each letter or number must have a height of at least 20cm; and\n- (b) each stroke or serif of the letter or number must have a width of at least 2cm.","sortOrder":69},{"sectionNumber":"sec.50","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.50\n\ns 50 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 89","sortOrder":70},{"sectionNumber":"sec.51","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.51\n\ns 51 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 89","sortOrder":71},{"sectionNumber":"sec.52","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.52\n\ns 52 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 89","sortOrder":72},{"sectionNumber":"ch.3-pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":73},{"sectionNumber":"ch.3-pt.3-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":74},{"sectionNumber":"ch.3-pt.3-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":75},{"sectionNumber":"ch.3-pt.4","sectionType":"part","heading":"Fishery symbols","content":"# Fishery symbols","sortOrder":76},{"sectionNumber":"ch.3-pt.4-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Writing fishery symbols on licences","content":"## Writing fishery symbols on licences","sortOrder":77},{"sectionNumber":"sec.53","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol may be written only on primary commercial fishing licence","content":"### sec.53 Fishery symbol may be written only on primary commercial fishing licence\n\nThe chief executive may write a fishery symbol only on a primary commercial fishing licence.\nA reference to a licence in this part is a reference to a primary commercial fishing licence.\ns 53 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 90\n(sec.53-ssec.1) The chief executive may write a fishery symbol only on a primary commercial fishing licence.\n(sec.53-ssec.2) A reference to a licence in this part is a reference to a primary commercial fishing licence.","sortOrder":78},{"sectionNumber":"sec.54","sectionType":"section","heading":"General restriction on writing fishery symbols","content":"### sec.54 General restriction on writing fishery symbols\n\nThe chief executive may write a fishery symbol on a licence only if—\nthe chief executive must move the fishery symbol to the licence under section 63 ; or\nthe licence is a replacement of a licence on which the symbol was written.\nHowever, the chief executive may write the fishery symbol ‘E’ on a licence only if the licence is a replacement of a licence on which the symbol was written.\nUnder the Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019 , section 34 , E licences are not transferable.\nSubsection (1) does not apply to the fishery symbol ‘N15’ until 1 July 2024.\nAlso, subsection (1) does not apply to the fishery symbol ‘NX’.\nThe ‘NX’ symbol stops having effect on 30 June 2027 at the end of the day—see section 180 .\ns 54 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 90\namd 2023 SL No. 194 s 7\n(sec.54-ssec.1) The chief executive may write a fishery symbol on a licence only if— the chief executive must move the fishery symbol to the licence under section 63 ; or the licence is a replacement of a licence on which the symbol was written.\n(sec.54-ssec.2) However, the chief executive may write the fishery symbol ‘E’ on a licence only if the licence is a replacement of a licence on which the symbol was written. Under the Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019 , section 34 , E licences are not transferable.\n(sec.54-ssec.3) Subsection (1) does not apply to the fishery symbol ‘N15’ until 1 July 2024.\n(sec.54-ssec.4) Also, subsection (1) does not apply to the fishery symbol ‘NX’. The ‘NX’ symbol stops having effect on 30 June 2027 at the end of the day—see section 180 .\n- (a) the chief executive must move the fishery symbol to the licence under section 63 ; or\n- (b) the licence is a replacement of a licence on which the symbol was written.","sortOrder":79},{"sectionNumber":"sec.55","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.55\n\ns 55 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 90","sortOrder":80},{"sectionNumber":"sec.56","sectionType":"section","heading":"Restriction on writing multiple fishery symbols","content":"### sec.56 Restriction on writing multiple fishery symbols\n\nThe chief executive must not write the same fishery symbol, other than the fishery symbol ‘C1’,‘C3’, ‘N3’ or ‘T4’, more than once on a licence.","sortOrder":81},{"sectionNumber":"sec.57","sectionType":"section","heading":"Restrictions on writing fishery symbols ‘N3’, ‘N12’ and ‘N13’","content":"### sec.57 Restrictions on writing fishery symbols ‘N3’, ‘N12’ and ‘N13’\n\nThe chief executive must not write the fishery symbol ‘N3’ on a licence on which the fishery symbol ‘N12’ or ‘N13’ is written.\nThe chief executive must not write the fishery symbol ‘N12’ on—\na licence on which the fishery symbol ‘N3’ or ‘N13’ is written; or\nmore than 3 primary commercial fishing licences.\nThe chief executive must not write the fishery symbol ‘N13’ on a licence on which the fishery symbol ‘N3’ or ‘N12’ is written.\ns 57 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 124 sch 2\n(sec.57-ssec.1) The chief executive must not write the fishery symbol ‘N3’ on a licence on which the fishery symbol ‘N12’ or ‘N13’ is written.\n(sec.57-ssec.2) The chief executive must not write the fishery symbol ‘N12’ on— a licence on which the fishery symbol ‘N3’ or ‘N13’ is written; or more than 3 primary commercial fishing licences.\n(sec.57-ssec.3) The chief executive must not write the fishery symbol ‘N13’ on a licence on which the fishery symbol ‘N3’ or ‘N12’ is written.\n- (a) a licence on which the fishery symbol ‘N3’ or ‘N13’ is written; or\n- (b) more than 3 primary commercial fishing licences.","sortOrder":82},{"sectionNumber":"sec.58","sectionType":"section","heading":"Restrictions on writing particular east coast trawl fishery symbols","content":"### sec.58 Restrictions on writing particular east coast trawl fishery symbols\n\nThe chief executive must not write—\nthe ‘M2’ fishery symbol on a licence on which the fishery symbol ‘M1’, ‘T1’ or ‘T2’ is written; or\nthe ‘T2’ fishery symbol on a licence on which the fishery symbol ‘M1’ or ‘T1’ is written; or\nthe ‘M1’ fishery symbol on a licence on which the fishery symbol ‘T1’ is not written.\n(sec.58-ssec.1) The chief executive must not write— the ‘M2’ fishery symbol on a licence on which the fishery symbol ‘M1’, ‘T1’ or ‘T2’ is written; or the ‘T2’ fishery symbol on a licence on which the fishery symbol ‘M1’ or ‘T1’ is written; or the ‘M1’ fishery symbol on a licence on which the fishery symbol ‘T1’ is not written.\n- (a) the ‘M2’ fishery symbol on a licence on which the fishery symbol ‘M1’, ‘T1’ or ‘T2’ is written; or\n- (b) the ‘T2’ fishery symbol on a licence on which the fishery symbol ‘M1’ or ‘T1’ is written; or\n- (c) the ‘M1’ fishery symbol on a licence on which the fishery symbol ‘T1’ is not written.","sortOrder":83},{"sectionNumber":"sec.59","sectionType":"section","heading":"Restrictions on writing particular east coast trawl fishery symbols on licences allowing the use of boats of particular types","content":"### sec.59 Restrictions on writing particular east coast trawl fishery symbols on licences allowing the use of boats of particular types\n\nThe chief executive must not—\nwrite an ‘M1’, ‘T1’ or ‘T2’ fishery symbol on a licence allowing the use of a boat that has more than 120 hull units; or\nwrite a ‘T5’, ‘T6’, ‘T7’, ‘T8’ or ‘T9’ fishery symbol on a licence allowing the use of a boat longer than 14m; or\nwrite an ‘M2’ fishery symbol on a licence allowing the use of a boat if the hull units of the boat are more than the hull units for a boat that may be used under the licence from which the fishery symbol is being moved.\nSubsection (1) (c) does not apply if the holder of the licence surrenders another M2 licence.\ns 59 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 129\n(sec.59-ssec.1) The chief executive must not— write an ‘M1’, ‘T1’ or ‘T2’ fishery symbol on a licence allowing the use of a boat that has more than 120 hull units; or write a ‘T5’, ‘T6’, ‘T7’, ‘T8’ or ‘T9’ fishery symbol on a licence allowing the use of a boat longer than 14m; or write an ‘M2’ fishery symbol on a licence allowing the use of a boat if the hull units of the boat are more than the hull units for a boat that may be used under the licence from which the fishery symbol is being moved.\n(sec.59-ssec.2) Subsection (1) (c) does not apply if the holder of the licence surrenders another M2 licence.\n- (a) write an ‘M1’, ‘T1’ or ‘T2’ fishery symbol on a licence allowing the use of a boat that has more than 120 hull units; or\n- (b) write a ‘T5’, ‘T6’, ‘T7’, ‘T8’ or ‘T9’ fishery symbol on a licence allowing the use of a boat longer than 14m; or\n- (c) write an ‘M2’ fishery symbol on a licence allowing the use of a boat if the hull units of the boat are more than the hull units for a boat that may be used under the licence from which the fishery symbol is being moved.","sortOrder":84},{"sectionNumber":"sec.60","sectionType":"section","heading":"Restrictions on writing fishery symbols on licences allowing the use of boats of particular lengths","content":"### sec.60 Restrictions on writing fishery symbols on licences allowing the use of boats of particular lengths\n\nThe chief executive may write a fishery symbol on a licence allowing the use of a boat in a commercial fishery only if the boat is no longer than the length permitted under a fishery provision about the fishery.\nHowever, the chief executive may write a fishery symbol on a licence (other than a licence on which the fishery symbol ‘M1’, ‘M2’, ‘T1’, ‘T2’, ‘T5’, ‘T6’, ‘T7’, ‘T8’ or ‘T9’ is written) (the second licence ) allowing the use in a commercial fishery of a boat that is longer than the length permitted under the fishery provision about the fishery if—\na person has applied, under section 62 , to move the fishery symbol from another licence (the first licence ) to the second licence; and\nthe boat to be used under the second licence is no longer than the lesser of the following—\n20m;\nthe length of a boat that is allowed to be used under the first licence.\n(sec.60-ssec.1) The chief executive may write a fishery symbol on a licence allowing the use of a boat in a commercial fishery only if the boat is no longer than the length permitted under a fishery provision about the fishery.\n(sec.60-ssec.2) However, the chief executive may write a fishery symbol on a licence (other than a licence on which the fishery symbol ‘M1’, ‘M2’, ‘T1’, ‘T2’, ‘T5’, ‘T6’, ‘T7’, ‘T8’ or ‘T9’ is written) (the second licence ) allowing the use in a commercial fishery of a boat that is longer than the length permitted under the fishery provision about the fishery if— a person has applied, under section 62 , to move the fishery symbol from another licence (the first licence ) to the second licence; and the boat to be used under the second licence is no longer than the lesser of the following— 20m; the length of a boat that is allowed to be used under the first licence.\n- (a) a person has applied, under section 62 , to move the fishery symbol from another licence (the first licence ) to the second licence; and\n- (b) the boat to be used under the second licence is no longer than the lesser of the following— (i) 20m; (ii) the length of a boat that is allowed to be used under the first licence.\n- (i) 20m;\n- (ii) the length of a boat that is allowed to be used under the first licence.\n- (i) 20m;\n- (ii) the length of a boat that is allowed to be used under the first licence.","sortOrder":85},{"sectionNumber":"ch.3-pt.4-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Moving fishery symbols","content":"## Moving fishery symbols","sortOrder":86},{"sectionNumber":"sec.61","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions for division","content":"### sec.61 Definitions for division\n\nIn this division—\nadministrative conditions ...\ns 61 def administrative conditions om 2020 SL No. 236 s 91 (1)\nauthorised tender boat number , for a fishery symbol stated on a primary commercial fishing licence, means the authorised number of tender boats for the symbol stated on the licence under the Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019 , section 32 .\ns 61 def authorised tender boat number sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 91 (2)\nfirst licence see section 62 (1) (a) .\nsecond licence see section 62 (1) (b) .","sortOrder":87},{"sectionNumber":"sec.62","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application to move fishery symbol to another licence","content":"### sec.62 Application to move fishery symbol to another licence\n\nThis section applies if—\na fishery symbol is written on a primary commercial fishing licence (the first licence ); and\nthe fishery symbol may, under this part, be written on another primary commercial fishing licence (the second licence ).\nThe holder of the first licence and the holder of the second licence may apply to the chief executive to move the fishery symbol and the authorised tender boat number for the symbol from the first licence to the second licence.\nThe application must be—\nin the approved form; and\naccompanied by—\nthe fee prescribed under the Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019 , schedule 6 ; and\nthe written approval of each person, other than the holder of the first licence, who has a registered interest in the first licence.\nThe application may be made even if the same person holds the first licence and second licence.\nHowever, an application can not be made by a person who holds a licence because of a temporary transfer.\nAlso, an application cannot be made for the ‘E’ fishery symbol.\ns 62 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 92\n(sec.62-ssec.1) This section applies if— a fishery symbol is written on a primary commercial fishing licence (the first licence ); and the fishery symbol may, under this part, be written on another primary commercial fishing licence (the second licence ).\n(sec.62-ssec.2) The holder of the first licence and the holder of the second licence may apply to the chief executive to move the fishery symbol and the authorised tender boat number for the symbol from the first licence to the second licence.\n(sec.62-ssec.3) The application must be— in the approved form; and accompanied by— the fee prescribed under the Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019 , schedule 6 ; and the written approval of each person, other than the holder of the first licence, who has a registered interest in the first licence.\n(sec.62-ssec.4) The application may be made even if the same person holds the first licence and second licence.\n(sec.62-ssec.5) However, an application can not be made by a person who holds a licence because of a temporary transfer.\n(sec.62-ssec.6) Also, an application cannot be made for the ‘E’ fishery symbol.\n- (a) a fishery symbol is written on a primary commercial fishing licence (the first licence ); and\n- (b) the fishery symbol may, under this part, be written on another primary commercial fishing licence (the second licence ).\n- (a) in the approved form; and\n- (b) accompanied by— (i) the fee prescribed under the Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019 , schedule 6 ; and (ii) the written approval of each person, other than the holder of the first licence, who has a registered interest in the first licence.\n- (i) the fee prescribed under the Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019 , schedule 6 ; and\n- (ii) the written approval of each person, other than the holder of the first licence, who has a registered interest in the first licence.\n- (i) the fee prescribed under the Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019 , schedule 6 ; and\n- (ii) the written approval of each person, other than the holder of the first licence, who has a registered interest in the first licence.","sortOrder":88},{"sectionNumber":"sec.63","sectionType":"section","heading":"Moving fishery symbol","content":"### sec.63 Moving fishery symbol\n\nThis section applies if—\nan application to move a fishery symbol to a licence is made under section 62 ; and\nthe fishery symbol may, under this part, be written on the licence.\nThe chief executive must move the fishery symbol and the authorised tender boat number for the symbol from the first licence to the second licence by removing from the first licence, and writing on the second licence—\nthe fishery symbol; and\nthe authorised tender boat number for the fishery symbol and the brackets containing the authorised tender boat number; and\nany administrative licence conditions applying to the fishery symbol.\nThe action required to be taken by the chief executive under subsection (2) may be done automatically by an online system established by the chief executive for that purpose, or purposes including that purpose.\nIn this section—\nadministrative licence conditions means conditions of a licence imposed by the chief executive under section 61 of the Act .\ns 63 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 93\n(sec.63-ssec.1) This section applies if— an application to move a fishery symbol to a licence is made under section 62 ; and the fishery symbol may, under this part, be written on the licence.\n(sec.63-ssec.2) The chief executive must move the fishery symbol and the authorised tender boat number for the symbol from the first licence to the second licence by removing from the first licence, and writing on the second licence— the fishery symbol; and the authorised tender boat number for the fishery symbol and the brackets containing the authorised tender boat number; and any administrative licence conditions applying to the fishery symbol.\n(sec.63-ssec.3) The action required to be taken by the chief executive under subsection (2) may be done automatically by an online system established by the chief executive for that purpose, or purposes including that purpose.\n(sec.63-ssec.4) In this section— administrative licence conditions means conditions of a licence imposed by the chief executive under section 61 of the Act .\n- (a) an application to move a fishery symbol to a licence is made under section 62 ; and\n- (b) the fishery symbol may, under this part, be written on the licence.\n- (a) the fishery symbol; and\n- (b) the authorised tender boat number for the fishery symbol and the brackets containing the authorised tender boat number; and\n- (c) any administrative licence conditions applying to the fishery symbol.","sortOrder":89},{"sectionNumber":"sec.64","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.64\n\ns 64 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 93","sortOrder":90},{"sectionNumber":"sec.65","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.65\n\ns 65 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 93","sortOrder":91},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":"Effort units","content":"# Effort units","sortOrder":92},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.1-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Interpretation","content":"## Interpretation","sortOrder":93},{"sectionNumber":"sec.66","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of effort year","content":"### sec.66 Meaning of effort year\n\nEffort year means the period from midday on 1 January to midday on 1 January in the next year.","sortOrder":94},{"sectionNumber":"sec.67","sectionType":"section","heading":"Reference to a day","content":"### sec.67 Reference to a day\n\nIn this part, a reference to a day is—\nthe period of 24 hours from midday to midday; or\nif the chief executive is given at least 24 hours notice that a different period is to apply under subsection (2) or (3) for a day—the period of 24 hours stated in the notice.\nThe holder of a trawl licence in relation to which effort units for a trawl region are to be used may notify the chief executive that the day is to be the period of 24 hours from midnight to midnight.\nAlso, the holder of an M1 licence in relation to which effort units for a trawl region are to be used may notify the chief executive that the day is to be the period of 24 hours from 6p.m. to 6p.m.\nIn this section—\nnotice includes a notice given by facsimile, radio or telephone.\ns 67 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 130\n(sec.67-ssec.1) In this part, a reference to a day is— the period of 24 hours from midday to midday; or if the chief executive is given at least 24 hours notice that a different period is to apply under subsection (2) or (3) for a day—the period of 24 hours stated in the notice.\n(sec.67-ssec.2) The holder of a trawl licence in relation to which effort units for a trawl region are to be used may notify the chief executive that the day is to be the period of 24 hours from midnight to midnight.\n(sec.67-ssec.3) Also, the holder of an M1 licence in relation to which effort units for a trawl region are to be used may notify the chief executive that the day is to be the period of 24 hours from 6p.m. to 6p.m.\n(sec.67-ssec.4) In this section— notice includes a notice given by facsimile, radio or telephone.\n- (a) the period of 24 hours from midday to midday; or\n- (b) if the chief executive is given at least 24 hours notice that a different period is to apply under subsection (2) or (3) for a day—the period of 24 hours stated in the notice.","sortOrder":95},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.1-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Entitlement","content":"## Entitlement","sortOrder":96},{"sectionNumber":"sec.68","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of this division","content":"### sec.68 Purpose of this division\n\nThis division states the quota entitlement for effort units for a trawl region.\ns 68 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 131","sortOrder":97},{"sectionNumber":"sec.69","sectionType":"section","heading":"Entitlement under effort units","content":"### sec.69 Entitlement under effort units\n\nThe holder of effort units for a trawl region may, in an effort year, use, or allow someone else to use, the primary boat identified in a trawl licence also held by the holder—\nuntil all the effort units for the region for the year have been used; and\nfor 4 additional days (each a steaming day ).\nThe authorisation under this section for an effort year—\nis the holder’s entitlement under the holder’s effort units for the trawl region for the effort year; and\nimposes a quota on the entitlement for the effort year.\ns 69 amd 2020 SL No. 236 ss 124 sch 2 , 132\n(sec.69-ssec.1) The holder of effort units for a trawl region may, in an effort year, use, or allow someone else to use, the primary boat identified in a trawl licence also held by the holder— until all the effort units for the region for the year have been used; and for 4 additional days (each a steaming day ).\n(sec.69-ssec.2) The authorisation under this section for an effort year— is the holder’s entitlement under the holder’s effort units for the trawl region for the effort year; and imposes a quota on the entitlement for the effort year.\n- (a) until all the effort units for the region for the year have been used; and\n- (b) for 4 additional days (each a steaming day ).\n- (a) is the holder’s entitlement under the holder’s effort units for the trawl region for the effort year; and\n- (b) imposes a quota on the entitlement for the effort year.","sortOrder":98},{"sectionNumber":"sec.70","sectionType":"section","heading":"When effort units entitlement is used for an effort year","content":"### sec.70 When effort units entitlement is used for an effort year\n\nThe entitlement under effort units for a trawl region is used for an effort year—\nwhen the holder of, or a person acting under, the effort units has used all the effort units for the year and used the primary boat identified in a trawl licence for all the steaming days for the units; or\nsection 71 applies.\nEffort units for a trawl region are used when the holder, or anyone else allowed by the holder, has used the primary boat identified in a trawl licence in the region on a day.\nThe number of effort units used on the day is worked out by applying the following formula—\nwhere—\nEU means the number of effort units used on the day.\nEUCF means the effort unit conversion factor for the primary boat used stated in schedule 10 opposite the number of hull units for the boat.\nIf the primary boat is used in any part of a day, the boat is taken to have been used for the whole of the day.\nIf because of a notice given under section 67 , the period of a day changes, the use of the primary boat at any time must not be counted twice in working out whether the boat has been used on a day.\nThe day applying to the holder of effort units, under section 67 , is midday to midday (the existing 24-hour period ). The holder gives the chief executive 24 hours notice, under section 67 (2) , to change the day applying to the holder to be midnight to midnight (the new 24-hour period ). The primary boat is used in the 24 hours leading up to the first midnight of the new 24-hour period. The use of the boat during those 24 hours may be counted only for the existing 24-hour period, even if the primary boat is used after midday.\nThe unused entitlement under effort units for a trawl region for an effort year is the number of effort units for the trawl region and the steaming days that have not been used for the effort year under any trawl licence held by the holder of the effort units.\ns 70 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 133\n(sec.70-ssec.1) The entitlement under effort units for a trawl region is used for an effort year— when the holder of, or a person acting under, the effort units has used all the effort units for the year and used the primary boat identified in a trawl licence for all the steaming days for the units; or section 71 applies.\n(sec.70-ssec.2) Effort units for a trawl region are used when the holder, or anyone else allowed by the holder, has used the primary boat identified in a trawl licence in the region on a day.\n(sec.70-ssec.3) The number of effort units used on the day is worked out by applying the following formula— where— EU means the number of effort units used on the day. EUCF means the effort unit conversion factor for the primary boat used stated in schedule 10 opposite the number of hull units for the boat.\n(sec.70-ssec.4) If the primary boat is used in any part of a day, the boat is taken to have been used for the whole of the day.\n(sec.70-ssec.5) If because of a notice given under section 67 , the period of a day changes, the use of the primary boat at any time must not be counted twice in working out whether the boat has been used on a day. The day applying to the holder of effort units, under section 67 , is midday to midday (the existing 24-hour period ). The holder gives the chief executive 24 hours notice, under section 67 (2) , to change the day applying to the holder to be midnight to midnight (the new 24-hour period ). The primary boat is used in the 24 hours leading up to the first midnight of the new 24-hour period. The use of the boat during those 24 hours may be counted only for the existing 24-hour period, even if the primary boat is used after midday.\n(sec.70-ssec.6) The unused entitlement under effort units for a trawl region for an effort year is the number of effort units for the trawl region and the steaming days that have not been used for the effort year under any trawl licence held by the holder of the effort units.\n- (a) when the holder of, or a person acting under, the effort units has used all the effort units for the year and used the primary boat identified in a trawl licence for all the steaming days for the units; or\n- (b) section 71 applies.","sortOrder":99},{"sectionNumber":"sec.71","sectionType":"section","heading":"No carrying forward of unused entitlement","content":"### sec.71 No carrying forward of unused entitlement\n\nThis section applies if, in an effort year, the holder of effort units for a trawl region uses the primary boat identified in a trawl licence in the trawl region for a number of days that is less than the entitlement under the holder’s effort units.\nThe holder is taken, at the end of the effort year, to have used all the entitlement under the effort units for the trawl region held by the holder for the effort year.\ns 71 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 134\n(sec.71-ssec.1) This section applies if, in an effort year, the holder of effort units for a trawl region uses the primary boat identified in a trawl licence in the trawl region for a number of days that is less than the entitlement under the holder’s effort units.\n(sec.71-ssec.2) The holder is taken, at the end of the effort year, to have used all the entitlement under the effort units for the trawl region held by the holder for the effort year.","sortOrder":100},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.1-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Usage notices for effort units","content":"## Usage notices for effort units","sortOrder":101},{"sectionNumber":"sec.72","sectionType":"section","heading":"Chief executive to give usage notice","content":"### sec.72 Chief executive to give usage notice\n\nThis section applies if the chief executive becomes aware that the total entitlement under all the effort units for a trawl region for a particular effort year—\nhas been used; or\nis likely to be used in the next month.\nThe chief executive must immediately give each holder of a trawl licence a written notice (a usage notice ) stating—\nif the total entitlement has been used—\nthe day the total entitlement was used; and\nthe day the regulated period starts under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 , section 92 (3) ; or\nif the total entitlement is likely to be used in the next month—that the total entitlement is likely to be used in the next month.\ns 72 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 136\n(sec.72-ssec.1) This section applies if the chief executive becomes aware that the total entitlement under all the effort units for a trawl region for a particular effort year— has been used; or is likely to be used in the next month.\n(sec.72-ssec.2) The chief executive must immediately give each holder of a trawl licence a written notice (a usage notice ) stating— if the total entitlement has been used— the day the total entitlement was used; and the day the regulated period starts under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 , section 92 (3) ; or if the total entitlement is likely to be used in the next month—that the total entitlement is likely to be used in the next month.\n- (a) has been used; or\n- (b) is likely to be used in the next month.\n- (a) if the total entitlement has been used— (i) the day the total entitlement was used; and (ii) the day the regulated period starts under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 , section 92 (3) ; or\n- (i) the day the total entitlement was used; and\n- (ii) the day the regulated period starts under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 , section 92 (3) ; or\n- (b) if the total entitlement is likely to be used in the next month—that the total entitlement is likely to be used in the next month.\n- (i) the day the total entitlement was used; and\n- (ii) the day the regulated period starts under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 , section 92 (3) ; or","sortOrder":102},{"sectionNumber":"sec.73","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligations of licence holders under usage notice","content":"### sec.73 Obligations of licence holders under usage notice\n\nThis section prescribes a condition for a trawl licence that applies if the holder of the licence is given a usage notice.\nThe holder of the licence must ensure that every person acting under the licence is aware of the matters mentioned in the usage notice.\nSubsection (4) applies if the usage notice states that the total entitlement is likely to be used in the next month.\nA person in control of a relevant boat under the licence must use the AIVR system, on each day the boat is to be used to take fish under the licence, to obtain the following information before any person starts using the boat to take fish on that day—\nwhether the total entitlement has been used;\nif the person finds out by using the AIVR system that the total entitlement has been used on that day or an earlier day—the day the regulated period will start under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 , section 92 (3) .\nA person in control of a relevant boat under the licence complies with subsection (4) if another person obtains the information, in compliance with that subsection, for the person in control of the boat.\nIn this section—\nrelevant boat , under a trawl licence, means a boat that is to be used to take fish under the licence from the reef world heritage area regulated waters.\ns 73 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 137\n(sec.73-ssec.1) This section prescribes a condition for a trawl licence that applies if the holder of the licence is given a usage notice.\n(sec.73-ssec.2) The holder of the licence must ensure that every person acting under the licence is aware of the matters mentioned in the usage notice.\n(sec.73-ssec.3) Subsection (4) applies if the usage notice states that the total entitlement is likely to be used in the next month.\n(sec.73-ssec.4) A person in control of a relevant boat under the licence must use the AIVR system, on each day the boat is to be used to take fish under the licence, to obtain the following information before any person starts using the boat to take fish on that day— whether the total entitlement has been used; if the person finds out by using the AIVR system that the total entitlement has been used on that day or an earlier day—the day the regulated period will start under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 , section 92 (3) .\n(sec.73-ssec.5) A person in control of a relevant boat under the licence complies with subsection (4) if another person obtains the information, in compliance with that subsection, for the person in control of the boat.\n(sec.73-ssec.6) In this section— relevant boat , under a trawl licence, means a boat that is to be used to take fish under the licence from the reef world heritage area regulated waters.\n- (a) whether the total entitlement has been used;\n- (b) if the person finds out by using the AIVR system that the total entitlement has been used on that day or an earlier day—the day the regulated period will start under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 , section 92 (3) .","sortOrder":103},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.1-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":"Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","content":"## Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","sortOrder":104},{"sectionNumber":"sec.74","sectionType":"section","heading":"Location detected or reported","content":"### sec.74 Location detected or reported\n\nThis section applies if the primary boat identified in a trawl licence is detected by vessel tracking equipment or manually reported at any time during a day (the relevant day ) within a trawl region.\nThe detection or manual report is evidence the holder of the licence has used the boat for a whole day for effort units for the trawl region.\nHowever, subsection (2) does not apply if—\nan exception stated in this subdivision applies for the relevant day; or\nthe chief executive decides on information provided by the holder of the licence that the boat was not used on the relevant day.\nAs soon as practicable after making a decision under subsection (3) (b) , the chief executive must give each person to whom the decision relates an information notice about the decision.\ns 74 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 138\n(sec.74-ssec.1) This section applies if the primary boat identified in a trawl licence is detected by vessel tracking equipment or manually reported at any time during a day (the relevant day ) within a trawl region.\n(sec.74-ssec.2) The detection or manual report is evidence the holder of the licence has used the boat for a whole day for effort units for the trawl region.\n(sec.74-ssec.3) However, subsection (2) does not apply if— an exception stated in this subdivision applies for the relevant day; or the chief executive decides on information provided by the holder of the licence that the boat was not used on the relevant day.\n(sec.74-ssec.4) As soon as practicable after making a decision under subsection (3) (b) , the chief executive must give each person to whom the decision relates an information notice about the decision.\n- (a) an exception stated in this subdivision applies for the relevant day; or\n- (b) the chief executive decides on information provided by the holder of the licence that the boat was not used on the relevant day.","sortOrder":105},{"sectionNumber":"sec.75","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exception—movement only at travelling speed","content":"### sec.75 Exception—movement only at travelling speed\n\nIt is an exception if, during the whole of the relevant day, the boat is detected by vessel tracking equipment or manually reported as—\nnot having moved; or\nhaving moved at a speed of at least 5 knots.\nFor subsection (1) (b) , if a boat is detected by vessel tracking equipment or manually reported as having moved continuously during a period, the first or last time the boat is detected or manually reported during the period must be disregarded if, at the time, the boat is detected or manually reported as moving at a speed of less than 5 knots.\n(sec.75-ssec.1) It is an exception if, during the whole of the relevant day, the boat is detected by vessel tracking equipment or manually reported as— not having moved; or having moved at a speed of at least 5 knots.\n(sec.75-ssec.2) For subsection (1) (b) , if a boat is detected by vessel tracking equipment or manually reported as having moved continuously during a period, the first or last time the boat is detected or manually reported during the period must be disregarded if, at the time, the boat is detected or manually reported as moving at a speed of less than 5 knots.\n- (a) not having moved; or\n- (b) having moved at a speed of at least 5 knots.","sortOrder":106},{"sectionNumber":"sec.76","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exception—minimum boat movement","content":"### sec.76 Exception—minimum boat movement\n\nIt is an exception if, during the whole of the relevant day, the boat is detected by vessel tracking equipment or manually reported as—\nnot having moved; or\nhaving moved no more than the following distance from where the boat was first detected on the day—\nif the boat is detected or manually reported as being in the deep water net area during any part of the day—1,000m;\notherwise—250m.\n- (a) not having moved; or\n- (b) having moved no more than the following distance from where the boat was first detected on the day— (i) if the boat is detected or manually reported as being in the deep water net area during any part of the day—1,000m; (ii) otherwise—250m.\n- (i) if the boat is detected or manually reported as being in the deep water net area during any part of the day—1,000m;\n- (ii) otherwise—250m.\n- (i) if the boat is detected or manually reported as being in the deep water net area during any part of the day—1,000m;\n- (ii) otherwise—250m.","sortOrder":107},{"sectionNumber":"sec.77","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exception—moving boat without fishing","content":"### sec.77 Exception—moving boat without fishing\n\nIt is an exception if—\nthe boat is detected by vessel tracking equipment or manually reported as having moved during the relevant day; and\nthe conditions mentioned in subsection (2) have been complied with.\nFor subsection (1) (b) , the conditions are as follows—\nthe movement is, or is part of, any of the following journeys—\nfrom a defined port area to another defined port area;\nfrom a defined port area to a place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery;\nfrom a place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery to a defined port area;\nfrom a place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery to another place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery;\nthe holder of the licence or person in control of the boat gave the chief executive notice of the following about the journey before it started—\nthe date and time the journey will start;\nthe place the journey will start;\nthe proposed destination;\nthe estimated date and time of arrival at the destination;\nif the movement involves entering or leaving the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery—each entry or leaving;\nthe reason for the journey;\nif any fish taken outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery are on board the boat—the holder of the licence or person in control of the boat gave the chief executive notice of the number or weight of each species of permitted fish before the fish were brought into the area;\nthe journey complies, or substantially complies, with the journey stated in the notice;\nduring the whole of the journey—\nno fish taken by the use of a trawl net in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery are on board the boat; and\nsection 80 of the Act is complied with for the boat; and\nall trawl nets on board the boat are stored inboard the boat and are not suspended from a mast or boom.\nSubsection (2) (e) (iii) does not apply if the journey is from a defined port area to the nearest northerly or southerly defined port area.\nAlso—\nthe holder of the licence or person in control may, during the journey, by notice to the chief executive ( amendment notice ), amend a detail given under subsection (2) (b) (iii) , (iv) or (v) ; and\nfrom the giving of the amendment notice, the condition mentioned in subsection (2) (d) is complied with if the rest of the journey complies, or substantially complies, with the notice given under subsection (2) (b) , as amended under the amendment notice.\nIn this section—\npermitted fish see schedule 2 , section 4 .\n(sec.77-ssec.1) It is an exception if— the boat is detected by vessel tracking equipment or manually reported as having moved during the relevant day; and the conditions mentioned in subsection (2) have been complied with.\n(sec.77-ssec.2) For subsection (1) (b) , the conditions are as follows— the movement is, or is part of, any of the following journeys— from a defined port area to another defined port area; from a defined port area to a place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery; from a place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery to a defined port area; from a place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery to another place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery; the holder of the licence or person in control of the boat gave the chief executive notice of the following about the journey before it started— the date and time the journey will start; the place the journey will start; the proposed destination; the estimated date and time of arrival at the destination; if the movement involves entering or leaving the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery—each entry or leaving; the reason for the journey; if any fish taken outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery are on board the boat—the holder of the licence or person in control of the boat gave the chief executive notice of the number or weight of each species of permitted fish before the fish were brought into the area; the journey complies, or substantially complies, with the journey stated in the notice; during the whole of the journey— no fish taken by the use of a trawl net in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery are on board the boat; and section 80 of the Act is complied with for the boat; and all trawl nets on board the boat are stored inboard the boat and are not suspended from a mast or boom.\n(sec.77-ssec.3) Subsection (2) (e) (iii) does not apply if the journey is from a defined port area to the nearest northerly or southerly defined port area.\n(sec.77-ssec.4) Also— the holder of the licence or person in control may, during the journey, by notice to the chief executive ( amendment notice ), amend a detail given under subsection (2) (b) (iii) , (iv) or (v) ; and from the giving of the amendment notice, the condition mentioned in subsection (2) (d) is complied with if the rest of the journey complies, or substantially complies, with the notice given under subsection (2) (b) , as amended under the amendment notice.\n(sec.77-ssec.5) In this section— permitted fish see schedule 2 , section 4 .\n- (a) the boat is detected by vessel tracking equipment or manually reported as having moved during the relevant day; and\n- (b) the conditions mentioned in subsection (2) have been complied with.\n- (a) the movement is, or is part of, any of the following journeys— (i) from a defined port area to another defined port area; (ii) from a defined port area to a place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery; (iii) from a place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery to a defined port area; (iv) from a place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery to another place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery;\n- (i) from a defined port area to another defined port area;\n- (ii) from a defined port area to a place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery;\n- (iii) from a place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery to a defined port area;\n- (iv) from a place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery to another place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery;\n- (b) the holder of the licence or person in control of the boat gave the chief executive notice of the following about the journey before it started— (i) the date and time the journey will start; (ii) the place the journey will start; (iii) the proposed destination; (iv) the estimated date and time of arrival at the destination; (v) if the movement involves entering or leaving the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery—each entry or leaving; (vi) the reason for the journey;\n- (i) the date and time the journey will start;\n- (ii) the place the journey will start;\n- (iii) the proposed destination;\n- (iv) the estimated date and time of arrival at the destination;\n- (v) if the movement involves entering or leaving the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery—each entry or leaving;\n- (vi) the reason for the journey;\n- (c) if any fish taken outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery are on board the boat—the holder of the licence or person in control of the boat gave the chief executive notice of the number or weight of each species of permitted fish before the fish were brought into the area;\n- (d) the journey complies, or substantially complies, with the journey stated in the notice;\n- (e) during the whole of the journey— (i) no fish taken by the use of a trawl net in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery are on board the boat; and (ii) section 80 of the Act is complied with for the boat; and (iii) all trawl nets on board the boat are stored inboard the boat and are not suspended from a mast or boom.\n- (i) no fish taken by the use of a trawl net in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery are on board the boat; and\n- (ii) section 80 of the Act is complied with for the boat; and\n- (iii) all trawl nets on board the boat are stored inboard the boat and are not suspended from a mast or boom.\n- (i) from a defined port area to another defined port area;\n- (ii) from a defined port area to a place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery;\n- (iii) from a place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery to a defined port area;\n- (iv) from a place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery to another place outside the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery;\n- (i) the date and time the journey will start;\n- (ii) the place the journey will start;\n- (iii) the proposed destination;\n- (iv) the estimated date and time of arrival at the destination;\n- (v) if the movement involves entering or leaving the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery—each entry or leaving;\n- (vi) the reason for the journey;\n- (i) no fish taken by the use of a trawl net in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery are on board the boat; and\n- (ii) section 80 of the Act is complied with for the boat; and\n- (iii) all trawl nets on board the boat are stored inboard the boat and are not suspended from a mast or boom.\n- (a) the holder of the licence or person in control may, during the journey, by notice to the chief executive ( amendment notice ), amend a detail given under subsection (2) (b) (iii) , (iv) or (v) ; and\n- (b) from the giving of the amendment notice, the condition mentioned in subsection (2) (d) is complied with if the rest of the journey complies, or substantially complies, with the notice given under subsection (2) (b) , as amended under the amendment notice.","sortOrder":108},{"sectionNumber":"sec.78","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exception—moving boat to test fishing apparatus","content":"### sec.78 Exception—moving boat to test fishing apparatus\n\nIt is an exception if—\nthe boat is detected by vessel tracking equipment or manually reported as having moved during the relevant day; and\nthe conditions mentioned in subsection (2) have been complied with.\nFor subsection (1) (b) , the conditions are as follows—\nthe movement is, or is part of, a journey for the sole purpose of testing the operation of fishing apparatus;\nthe destination for the journey is no more than 1n mile from where the journey started;\nthe holder of the licence or person in control of the boat gave, at least 24 hours before the journey, the chief executive notice of the following about the journey—\nthe date and time the journey will start;\nthe place the journey will start;\nthe proposed destination;\nthe estimated date and time of arrival at the destination;\nthe reason for the journey;\nthe journey complies, or substantially complies, with the journey stated in the notice;\nduring the whole of the journey—\nno fish are taken by the use of a trawl net in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery; and\nthe cod ends of each trawl net on or attached to the boat are open; and\nsection 80 of the Act is complied with for the boat.\n(sec.78-ssec.1) It is an exception if— the boat is detected by vessel tracking equipment or manually reported as having moved during the relevant day; and the conditions mentioned in subsection (2) have been complied with.\n(sec.78-ssec.2) For subsection (1) (b) , the conditions are as follows— the movement is, or is part of, a journey for the sole purpose of testing the operation of fishing apparatus; the destination for the journey is no more than 1n mile from where the journey started; the holder of the licence or person in control of the boat gave, at least 24 hours before the journey, the chief executive notice of the following about the journey— the date and time the journey will start; the place the journey will start; the proposed destination; the estimated date and time of arrival at the destination; the reason for the journey; the journey complies, or substantially complies, with the journey stated in the notice; during the whole of the journey— no fish are taken by the use of a trawl net in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery; and the cod ends of each trawl net on or attached to the boat are open; and section 80 of the Act is complied with for the boat.\n- (a) the boat is detected by vessel tracking equipment or manually reported as having moved during the relevant day; and\n- (b) the conditions mentioned in subsection (2) have been complied with.\n- (a) the movement is, or is part of, a journey for the sole purpose of testing the operation of fishing apparatus;\n- (b) the destination for the journey is no more than 1n mile from where the journey started;\n- (c) the holder of the licence or person in control of the boat gave, at least 24 hours before the journey, the chief executive notice of the following about the journey— (i) the date and time the journey will start; (ii) the place the journey will start; (iii) the proposed destination; (iv) the estimated date and time of arrival at the destination; (v) the reason for the journey;\n- (i) the date and time the journey will start;\n- (ii) the place the journey will start;\n- (iii) the proposed destination;\n- (iv) the estimated date and time of arrival at the destination;\n- (v) the reason for the journey;\n- (d) the journey complies, or substantially complies, with the journey stated in the notice;\n- (e) during the whole of the journey— (i) no fish are taken by the use of a trawl net in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery; and (ii) the cod ends of each trawl net on or attached to the boat are open; and (iii) section 80 of the Act is complied with for the boat.\n- (i) no fish are taken by the use of a trawl net in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery; and\n- (ii) the cod ends of each trawl net on or attached to the boat are open; and\n- (iii) section 80 of the Act is complied with for the boat.\n- (i) the date and time the journey will start;\n- (ii) the place the journey will start;\n- (iii) the proposed destination;\n- (iv) the estimated date and time of arrival at the destination;\n- (v) the reason for the journey;\n- (i) no fish are taken by the use of a trawl net in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery; and\n- (ii) the cod ends of each trawl net on or attached to the boat are open; and\n- (iii) section 80 of the Act is complied with for the boat.","sortOrder":109},{"sectionNumber":"sec.79","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exception—acting exclusively under authority other than an ‘M1’, ‘T1’ or ‘T2’ fishery symbol","content":"### sec.79 Exception—acting exclusively under authority other than an ‘M1’, ‘T1’ or ‘T2’ fishery symbol\n\nIt is an exception if—\nthe boat is detected by vessel tracking equipment or manually reported as having moved during the relevant day; and\nthe conditions mentioned in subsection (2) have been complied with.\nFor subsection (1) (b) , the conditions are as follows—\nthe boat is being used during the journey other than under an ‘M1’, ‘T1’ or ‘T2’ fishery symbol;\nthe movement is, or is part of, a journey that started from a defined port area;\nthe holder of the licence or person in control of the boat gave the chief executive notice of the following about the journey before it started—\nthe date and time the journey will start;\nwhere the journey will start;\nthe proposed destination;\nthe estimated date and time of arrival at the destination;\neach authority or fishery symbol under which the boat will be used during the journey;\nthe activities for which the boat will be used during the journey;\nthe date and time the use of the boat under the authority or fishery symbol mentioned in subparagraph (v) will stop;\nthe journey complies, or substantially complies, with the journey stated in the notice;\nduring the whole of the journey—\nsection 80 of the Act is complied with for the boat; and\nif the boat is being used under an authority that does not permit the use of trawl nets to take fish in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery—there are no trawl nets, or fish taken by the use of a trawl net in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery, on board the boat.\nAlso—\nthe holder of the licence or person in control may, during the journey, by notice to the chief executive ( amendment notice ), amend a detail given under subsection (2) (b) (iii) , (iv) , (v) or (vi) ; and\nfrom the giving of the amendment notice, the condition mentioned in subsection (2) (c) is complied with if the rest of the journey complies, or substantially complies, with the notice given under subsection (2) (b) , as amended under the amendment notice.\n(sec.79-ssec.1) It is an exception if— the boat is detected by vessel tracking equipment or manually reported as having moved during the relevant day; and the conditions mentioned in subsection (2) have been complied with.\n(sec.79-ssec.2) For subsection (1) (b) , the conditions are as follows— the boat is being used during the journey other than under an ‘M1’, ‘T1’ or ‘T2’ fishery symbol; the movement is, or is part of, a journey that started from a defined port area; the holder of the licence or person in control of the boat gave the chief executive notice of the following about the journey before it started— the date and time the journey will start; where the journey will start; the proposed destination; the estimated date and time of arrival at the destination; each authority or fishery symbol under which the boat will be used during the journey; the activities for which the boat will be used during the journey; the date and time the use of the boat under the authority or fishery symbol mentioned in subparagraph (v) will stop; the journey complies, or substantially complies, with the journey stated in the notice; during the whole of the journey— section 80 of the Act is complied with for the boat; and if the boat is being used under an authority that does not permit the use of trawl nets to take fish in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery—there are no trawl nets, or fish taken by the use of a trawl net in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery, on board the boat.\n(sec.79-ssec.3) Also— the holder of the licence or person in control may, during the journey, by notice to the chief executive ( amendment notice ), amend a detail given under subsection (2) (b) (iii) , (iv) , (v) or (vi) ; and from the giving of the amendment notice, the condition mentioned in subsection (2) (c) is complied with if the rest of the journey complies, or substantially complies, with the notice given under subsection (2) (b) , as amended under the amendment notice.\n- (a) the boat is detected by vessel tracking equipment or manually reported as having moved during the relevant day; and\n- (b) the conditions mentioned in subsection (2) have been complied with.\n- (a) the boat is being used during the journey other than under an ‘M1’, ‘T1’ or ‘T2’ fishery symbol;\n- (b) the movement is, or is part of, a journey that started from a defined port area;\n- (c) the holder of the licence or person in control of the boat gave the chief executive notice of the following about the journey before it started— (i) the date and time the journey will start; (ii) where the journey will start; (iii) the proposed destination; (iv) the estimated date and time of arrival at the destination; (v) each authority or fishery symbol under which the boat will be used during the journey; (vi) the activities for which the boat will be used during the journey; (vii) the date and time the use of the boat under the authority or fishery symbol mentioned in subparagraph (v) will stop;\n- (i) the date and time the journey will start;\n- (ii) where the journey will start;\n- (iii) the proposed destination;\n- (iv) the estimated date and time of arrival at the destination;\n- (v) each authority or fishery symbol under which the boat will be used during the journey;\n- (vi) the activities for which the boat will be used during the journey;\n- (vii) the date and time the use of the boat under the authority or fishery symbol mentioned in subparagraph (v) will stop;\n- (d) the journey complies, or substantially complies, with the journey stated in the notice;\n- (e) during the whole of the journey— (i) section 80 of the Act is complied with for the boat; and (ii) if the boat is being used under an authority that does not permit the use of trawl nets to take fish in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery—there are no trawl nets, or fish taken by the use of a trawl net in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery, on board the boat.\n- (i) section 80 of the Act is complied with for the boat; and\n- (ii) if the boat is being used under an authority that does not permit the use of trawl nets to take fish in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery—there are no trawl nets, or fish taken by the use of a trawl net in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery, on board the boat.\n- (i) the date and time the journey will start;\n- (ii) where the journey will start;\n- (iii) the proposed destination;\n- (iv) the estimated date and time of arrival at the destination;\n- (v) each authority or fishery symbol under which the boat will be used during the journey;\n- (vi) the activities for which the boat will be used during the journey;\n- (vii) the date and time the use of the boat under the authority or fishery symbol mentioned in subparagraph (v) will stop;\n- (i) section 80 of the Act is complied with for the boat; and\n- (ii) if the boat is being used under an authority that does not permit the use of trawl nets to take fish in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery—there are no trawl nets, or fish taken by the use of a trawl net in the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery, on board the boat.\n- (a) the holder of the licence or person in control may, during the journey, by notice to the chief executive ( amendment notice ), amend a detail given under subsection (2) (b) (iii) , (iv) , (v) or (vi) ; and\n- (b) from the giving of the amendment notice, the condition mentioned in subsection (2) (c) is complied with if the rest of the journey complies, or substantially complies, with the notice given under subsection (2) (b) , as amended under the amendment notice.","sortOrder":110},{"sectionNumber":"sec.80","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exception—detection in particular regulated waters","content":"### sec.80 Exception—detection in particular regulated waters\n\nIt is an exception if the detection by vessel tracking equipment or manual reporting is within 1 or more of the following—\nthe southern offshore trawl region A, the southern offshore trawl region B, or the southern inshore trawl region, in a period mentioned in the Fisheries Declaration 2019 , section 110A ;\nthe Swain Reefs and Hydrographers Passage regulated waters in the regulated period under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 , section 87 (2) ;\nthe following regulated waters—\nCurrumbin Beach\nMoreton Bay outside the Moreton Bay trawl region\nMoreton Bay (including The Broadwater)\nMaroochy River and ocean foreshores (netting)\nLaguna Bay area\nRainbow Beach\nWide Bay Bar\nHook Point to Taleerba Creek, Fraser Island\nHervey Bay (commercial netting)\nGladstone offshore area\nYeppoon offshore area\nKeppel Bay near Middle Island Observatory\nSwain Reefs\nShoalwater Bay\nGrasstree Island area\nPioneer River mouth\nEgremont Pass Closure\nRefuge Bay on Scawfell Island\nPioneer Bay\nHook Island (fishing)\nBowen to Cairns offshore area\nTownsville Harbour and Cleveland Bay\nRollingstone Creek\nTownsville to Cape York Peninsula offshore area\nYanks Jetty at Orpheus Island\nHerbert River\nHinchinbrook Channel (all nets)\nMission Beach\nEtty Bay area\nFitzroy Island–High Island\nMission Bay\nTrinity Bay\nYorkeys Knob to Simpson Point\nIsland Point to the Daintree River\nGrave Point to Indian Head\nCape Bedford to Murray Reefs\nCape Flattery to Lookout Point\nLookout Point to Baron Reef\nBarrow Point to Bizant River\nMarrett River to Rocky River\nRocky River to latitude 13º08.91' south\nRound Point to Fly Point near Cape York Peninsula\ntip of Cape York Peninsula\nlatitude 13º08.91' south to Thorpe Point.\ns 80 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 139\n- (a) the southern offshore trawl region A, the southern offshore trawl region B, or the southern inshore trawl region, in a period mentioned in the Fisheries Declaration 2019 , section 110A ;\n- (b) the Swain Reefs and Hydrographers Passage regulated waters in the regulated period under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 , section 87 (2) ;\n- (c) the following regulated waters— • Currumbin Beach • Moreton Bay outside the Moreton Bay trawl region • Moreton Bay (including The Broadwater) • Maroochy River and ocean foreshores (netting) • Laguna Bay area • Rainbow Beach • Wide Bay Bar • Hook Point to Taleerba Creek, Fraser Island • Hervey Bay (commercial netting) • Gladstone offshore area • Yeppoon offshore area • Keppel Bay near Middle Island Observatory • Swain Reefs • Shoalwater Bay • Grasstree Island area • Pioneer River mouth • Egremont Pass Closure • Refuge Bay on Scawfell Island • Pioneer Bay • Hook Island (fishing) • Bowen to Cairns offshore area • Townsville Harbour and Cleveland Bay • Rollingstone Creek • Townsville to Cape York Peninsula offshore area • Yanks Jetty at Orpheus Island • Herbert River • Hinchinbrook Channel (all nets) • Mission Beach • Etty Bay area • Fitzroy Island–High Island • Mission Bay • Trinity Bay • Yorkeys Knob to Simpson Point • Island Point to the Daintree River • Grave Point to Indian Head • Cape Bedford to Murray Reefs • Cape Flattery to Lookout Point • Lookout Point to Baron Reef • Barrow Point to Bizant River • Marrett River to Rocky River • Rocky River to latitude 13º08.91' south • Round Point to Fly Point near Cape York Peninsula • tip of Cape York Peninsula • latitude 13º08.91' south to Thorpe Point.\n- • Currumbin Beach\n- • Moreton Bay outside the Moreton Bay trawl region\n- • Moreton Bay (including The Broadwater)\n- • Maroochy River and ocean foreshores (netting)\n- • Laguna Bay area\n- • Rainbow Beach\n- • Wide Bay Bar\n- • Hook Point to Taleerba Creek, Fraser Island\n- • Hervey Bay (commercial netting)\n- • Gladstone offshore area\n- • Yeppoon offshore area\n- • Keppel Bay near Middle Island Observatory\n- • Swain Reefs\n- • Shoalwater Bay\n- • Grasstree Island area\n- • Pioneer River mouth\n- • Egremont Pass Closure\n- • Refuge Bay on Scawfell Island\n- • Pioneer Bay\n- • Hook Island (fishing)\n- • Bowen to Cairns offshore area\n- • Townsville Harbour and Cleveland Bay\n- • Rollingstone Creek\n- • Townsville to Cape York Peninsula offshore area\n- • Yanks Jetty at Orpheus Island\n- • Herbert River\n- • Hinchinbrook Channel (all nets)\n- • Mission Beach\n- • Etty Bay area\n- • Fitzroy Island–High Island\n- • Mission Bay\n- • Trinity Bay\n- • Yorkeys Knob to Simpson Point\n- • Island Point to the Daintree River\n- • Grave Point to Indian Head\n- • Cape Bedford to Murray Reefs\n- • Cape Flattery to Lookout Point\n- • Lookout Point to Baron Reef\n- • Barrow Point to Bizant River\n- • Marrett River to Rocky River\n- • Rocky River to latitude 13º08.91' south\n- • Round Point to Fly Point near Cape York Peninsula\n- • tip of Cape York Peninsula\n- • latitude 13º08.91' south to Thorpe Point.\n- • Currumbin Beach\n- • Moreton Bay outside the Moreton Bay trawl region\n- • Moreton Bay (including The Broadwater)\n- • Maroochy River and ocean foreshores (netting)\n- • Laguna Bay area\n- • Rainbow Beach\n- • Wide Bay Bar\n- • Hook Point to Taleerba Creek, Fraser Island\n- • Hervey Bay (commercial netting)\n- • Gladstone offshore area\n- • Yeppoon offshore area\n- • Keppel Bay near Middle Island Observatory\n- • Swain Reefs\n- • Shoalwater Bay\n- • Grasstree Island area\n- • Pioneer River mouth\n- • Egremont Pass Closure\n- • Refuge Bay on Scawfell Island\n- • Pioneer Bay\n- • Hook Island (fishing)\n- • Bowen to Cairns offshore area\n- • Townsville Harbour and Cleveland Bay\n- • Rollingstone Creek\n- • Townsville to Cape York Peninsula offshore area\n- • Yanks Jetty at Orpheus Island\n- • Herbert River\n- • Hinchinbrook Channel (all nets)\n- • Mission Beach\n- • Etty Bay area\n- • Fitzroy Island–High Island\n- • Mission Bay\n- • Trinity Bay\n- • Yorkeys Knob to Simpson Point\n- • Island Point to the Daintree River\n- • Grave Point to Indian Head\n- • Cape Bedford to Murray Reefs\n- • Cape Flattery to Lookout Point\n- • Lookout Point to Baron Reef\n- • Barrow Point to Bizant River\n- • Marrett River to Rocky River\n- • Rocky River to latitude 13º08.91' south\n- • Round Point to Fly Point near Cape York Peninsula\n- • tip of Cape York Peninsula\n- • latitude 13º08.91' south to Thorpe Point.","sortOrder":111},{"sectionNumber":"sec.81","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notices to chief executive under subdivision","content":"### sec.81 Notices to chief executive under subdivision\n\nThis section applies for a notice to the chief executive under this subdivision.\nThe notice may relate to a continuous period of more than 1 day.\nThe notice may be given to the chief executive by—\ntelephone to a telecommunications service provider, for the chief executive, published on the department’s website; or\nusing vessel tracking equipment in a way that ensures—\nthe notice is given to, and received by, the chief executive instantaneously; and\nthe chief executive can readily access the information in the notice.\nThe chief executive may make guidelines for how to give the notice under subsection (3) (b) .\nThe notice is taken to have been given under subsection (3) (b) if, to the extent they are relevant, the guidelines are complied with.\n(sec.81-ssec.1) This section applies for a notice to the chief executive under this subdivision.\n(sec.81-ssec.2) The notice may relate to a continuous period of more than 1 day.\n(sec.81-ssec.3) The notice may be given to the chief executive by— telephone to a telecommunications service provider, for the chief executive, published on the department’s website; or using vessel tracking equipment in a way that ensures— the notice is given to, and received by, the chief executive instantaneously; and the chief executive can readily access the information in the notice.\n(sec.81-ssec.4) The chief executive may make guidelines for how to give the notice under subsection (3) (b) .\n(sec.81-ssec.5) The notice is taken to have been given under subsection (3) (b) if, to the extent they are relevant, the guidelines are complied with.\n- (a) telephone to a telecommunications service provider, for the chief executive, published on the department’s website; or\n- (b) using vessel tracking equipment in a way that ensures— (i) the notice is given to, and received by, the chief executive instantaneously; and (ii) the chief executive can readily access the information in the notice.\n- (i) the notice is given to, and received by, the chief executive instantaneously; and\n- (ii) the chief executive can readily access the information in the notice.\n- (i) the notice is given to, and received by, the chief executive instantaneously; and\n- (ii) the chief executive can readily access the information in the notice.","sortOrder":112},{"sectionNumber":"sec.82","sectionType":"section","heading":"Location not detected or reported","content":"### sec.82 Location not detected or reported\n\nThis section applies if at any time during a day (the relevant time )—\nsection 80 of the Act applied to the use, in a trawl region, of the primary boat identified in a trawl licence; and\nthe boat is not detected by vessel tracking equipment anywhere; and\nthe boat’s location is not manually reported.\nThe absence of the detection or manual report is evidence that the boat was used at the relevant time for effort units for the trawl region.\nUnder section 70 (4) , a boat used in any part of a day is taken to be used for the whole of the day for working out usage of effort units.\nHowever, subsection (2) does not apply if the chief executive decides on information provided by the holder of the licence that the boat was not used in the trawl region at the relevant time.\nAs soon as practicable after making a decision under subsection (3) , the chief executive must give each person to whom the decision relates an information notice about the decision.\ns 82 amd 2020 SL No. 236 ss 8 , 140\n(sec.82-ssec.1) This section applies if at any time during a day (the relevant time )— section 80 of the Act applied to the use, in a trawl region, of the primary boat identified in a trawl licence; and the boat is not detected by vessel tracking equipment anywhere; and the boat’s location is not manually reported.\n(sec.82-ssec.2) The absence of the detection or manual report is evidence that the boat was used at the relevant time for effort units for the trawl region. Under section 70 (4) , a boat used in any part of a day is taken to be used for the whole of the day for working out usage of effort units.\n(sec.82-ssec.3) However, subsection (2) does not apply if the chief executive decides on information provided by the holder of the licence that the boat was not used in the trawl region at the relevant time.\n(sec.82-ssec.4) As soon as practicable after making a decision under subsection (3) , the chief executive must give each person to whom the decision relates an information notice about the decision.\n- (a) section 80 of the Act applied to the use, in a trawl region, of the primary boat identified in a trawl licence; and\n- (b) the boat is not detected by vessel tracking equipment anywhere; and\n- (c) the boat’s location is not manually reported.","sortOrder":113},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":"SM units","content":"# SM units","sortOrder":114},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.2-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Interpretation","content":"## Interpretation","sortOrder":115},{"sectionNumber":"sec.83","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of SM year","content":"### sec.83 Meaning of SM year\n\nSM year means a period of 1 year starting on 1 July in a year and ending on 30 June in the next year.","sortOrder":116},{"sectionNumber":"sec.84","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of whole weight of spanish mackerel","content":"### sec.84 Meaning of whole weight of spanish mackerel\n\nThe whole weight of whole spanish mackerel is the weight, in kilograms, of the spanish mackerel.\nThe whole weight of spanish mackerel that is filleted, gilled and gutted, or trunked is the weight worked out using the following formula—\nwhere—\nWW is the whole weight, in kilograms, of the spanish mackerel.\nW is the weight, in kilograms, of the spanish mackerel.\nCF is—\nfor filleted spanish mackerel—1.61; or\nfor gilled and gutted spanish mackerel—1.05; or\nfor trunked spanish mackerel—1.18.\nThe whole weight of a number of the spanish mackerel mentioned in subsection (2) is the weight worked out by using the following formula—\nwhere—\nWW is the whole weight, in kilograms, of the spanish mackerel, worked out under subsection (2) .\nN is the number of spanish mackerel.\n(sec.84-ssec.1) The whole weight of whole spanish mackerel is the weight, in kilograms, of the spanish mackerel.\n(sec.84-ssec.2) The whole weight of spanish mackerel that is filleted, gilled and gutted, or trunked is the weight worked out using the following formula— where— WW is the whole weight, in kilograms, of the spanish mackerel. W is the weight, in kilograms, of the spanish mackerel. CF is— for filleted spanish mackerel—1.61; or for gilled and gutted spanish mackerel—1.05; or for trunked spanish mackerel—1.18.\n(sec.84-ssec.3) The whole weight of a number of the spanish mackerel mentioned in subsection (2) is the weight worked out by using the following formula— where— WW is the whole weight, in kilograms, of the spanish mackerel, worked out under subsection (2) . N is the number of spanish mackerel.\n- (a) for filleted spanish mackerel—1.61; or\n- (b) for gilled and gutted spanish mackerel—1.05; or\n- (c) for trunked spanish mackerel—1.18.","sortOrder":117},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.2-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Entitlement","content":"## Entitlement","sortOrder":118},{"sectionNumber":"sec.85","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sec.85 Purpose of division\n\nThis division states the quota entitlement for SM units.","sortOrder":119},{"sectionNumber":"sec.86","sectionType":"section","heading":"Entitlement under SM unit","content":"### sec.86 Entitlement under SM unit\n\nThe holder of, or a person acting under, an SM unit may take, in an SM year, the weight of spanish mackerel worked out by dividing the total quota entitlement for spanish mackerel for the SM year by the total number of SM units that have been issued.\nThe authorisation for an SM year under subsection (1) —\nis the holder’s entitlement under the SM unit for the SM year; and\nimposes a quota on the entitlement for the SM year.\nHowever, the entitlement applies only while the holder holds an SM licence that is in force.\nIn this section—\ntotal quota entitlement , for spanish mackerel, for an SM year, means the total quota entitlement stated for spanish mackerel in the quota declaration for the spanish mackerel commercial fishery for the SM year.\nFor the SM year starting on 1 July 2025, see section 181 .\ns 86 amd 2026 SL No. 5 s 4\n(sec.86-ssec.1) The holder of, or a person acting under, an SM unit may take, in an SM year, the weight of spanish mackerel worked out by dividing the total quota entitlement for spanish mackerel for the SM year by the total number of SM units that have been issued.\n(sec.86-ssec.2) The authorisation for an SM year under subsection (1) — is the holder’s entitlement under the SM unit for the SM year; and imposes a quota on the entitlement for the SM year.\n(sec.86-ssec.3) However, the entitlement applies only while the holder holds an SM licence that is in force.\n(sec.86-ssec.4) In this section— total quota entitlement , for spanish mackerel, for an SM year, means the total quota entitlement stated for spanish mackerel in the quota declaration for the spanish mackerel commercial fishery for the SM year.\n- (a) is the holder’s entitlement under the SM unit for the SM year; and\n- (b) imposes a quota on the entitlement for the SM year.","sortOrder":120},{"sectionNumber":"sec.87","sectionType":"section","heading":"When SM unit entitlement is used for an SM year","content":"### sec.87 When SM unit entitlement is used for an SM year\n\nThe entitlement under an SM unit is used for an SM year—\nwhen the holder of, or a person acting under, the SM unit, has taken, in the SM year under any SM licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) spanish mackerel for the SM unit equalling the entitlement under the SM unit; or\nif section 88 applies.\nThe unused entitlement under an SM unit for an SM year is the amount of (whole weight) spanish mackerel for the SM unit that has not been taken, for the SM year, under any SM licence held by the holder of the SM unit.\n(sec.87-ssec.1) The entitlement under an SM unit is used for an SM year— when the holder of, or a person acting under, the SM unit, has taken, in the SM year under any SM licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) spanish mackerel for the SM unit equalling the entitlement under the SM unit; or if section 88 applies.\n(sec.87-ssec.2) The unused entitlement under an SM unit for an SM year is the amount of (whole weight) spanish mackerel for the SM unit that has not been taken, for the SM year, under any SM licence held by the holder of the SM unit.\n- (a) when the holder of, or a person acting under, the SM unit, has taken, in the SM year under any SM licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) spanish mackerel for the SM unit equalling the entitlement under the SM unit; or\n- (b) if section 88 applies.","sortOrder":121},{"sectionNumber":"sec.88","sectionType":"section","heading":"No carrying forward of unused entitlement","content":"### sec.88 No carrying forward of unused entitlement\n\nThis section applies if, in an SM year, an SM unit holder takes an amount of spanish mackerel for the SM units that is less than the total entitlements under the holder’s SM units.\nThe holder of, or a person acting under, SM units is taken, at the end of the SM year, to have used all the entitlements under the SM units held by the holder for the SM year.\n(sec.88-ssec.1) This section applies if, in an SM year, an SM unit holder takes an amount of spanish mackerel for the SM units that is less than the total entitlements under the holder’s SM units.\n(sec.88-ssec.2) The holder of, or a person acting under, SM units is taken, at the end of the SM year, to have used all the entitlements under the SM units held by the holder for the SM year.","sortOrder":122},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.2-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","content":"## Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","sortOrder":123},{"sectionNumber":"sec.89","sectionType":"section","heading":"Weight notice is evidence of use of entitlement","content":"### sec.89 Weight notice is evidence of use of entitlement\n\nThis section applies if a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation gives the chief executive a weight notice for spanish mackerel taken under SM units.\nThe notice is evidence that the holder of the SM units has taken, under the SM units, the whole weight equivalent of the amount of spanish mackerel stated in the notice.\nFor subsection (2) , the whole weight equivalent of the amount of spanish mackerel stated in the notice is—\nfor an amount stated for whole spanish mackerel—the amount stated; or\nfor an amount stated for spanish mackerel that is not whole—the amount worked out in the way stated in section 84 (2) .\ns 89 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 141\n(sec.89-ssec.1) This section applies if a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation gives the chief executive a weight notice for spanish mackerel taken under SM units.\n(sec.89-ssec.2) The notice is evidence that the holder of the SM units has taken, under the SM units, the whole weight equivalent of the amount of spanish mackerel stated in the notice.\n(sec.89-ssec.3) For subsection (2) , the whole weight equivalent of the amount of spanish mackerel stated in the notice is— for an amount stated for whole spanish mackerel—the amount stated; or for an amount stated for spanish mackerel that is not whole—the amount worked out in the way stated in section 84 (2) .\n- (a) for an amount stated for whole spanish mackerel—the amount stated; or\n- (b) for an amount stated for spanish mackerel that is not whole—the amount worked out in the way stated in section 84 (2) .","sortOrder":124},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":"Line units","content":"# Line units","sortOrder":125},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.3-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Interpretation","content":"## Interpretation","sortOrder":126},{"sectionNumber":"sec.90","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of line year","content":"### sec.90 Meaning of line year\n\nLine year means a period of 1 year starting on 1 July in a year and ending on 30 June in the next year.","sortOrder":127},{"sectionNumber":"sec.91","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of whole weight of regulated coral reef fin fish","content":"### sec.91 Meaning of whole weight of regulated coral reef fin fish\n\nThe whole weight of regulated coral reef fin fish that is filleted is the weight worked out using the following formula—\nwhere—\nWW is the whole weight, in kilograms, of the fish.\nW is the weight, in kilograms, of the filleted fish.\nCF is—\nfor filleted regulated coral trout—2; or\nfor filleted regulated cod or grouper—2.1; or\nfor filleted goldband snapper—2.3; or\nfor filleted rosy snapper or lavender snapper—2.1; or\nfor filleted regulated tropical snapper or seaperch not mentioned in paragraph (c) or (d) —2.6; or\nfor filleted regulated emperor—2.5; or\nfor any other regulated coral reef fin fish or fish not identified as a particular species—2.\nThe whole weight of regulated coral reef fin fish that is gilled and gutted is the weight worked out using the following formula—\nwhere—\nWW is the whole weight, in kilograms, of the fish.\nW is the weight, in kilograms, of the gilled and gutted fish.\nThe whole weight , in kilograms, of a number of regulated coral reef fin fish is the number of the fish.\nThe whole weight of regulated coral reef fin fish to which subsections (1) to (3) do not apply is the weight, in kilograms, of the fish.\n(sec.91-ssec.1) The whole weight of regulated coral reef fin fish that is filleted is the weight worked out using the following formula— where— WW is the whole weight, in kilograms, of the fish. W is the weight, in kilograms, of the filleted fish. CF is— for filleted regulated coral trout—2; or for filleted regulated cod or grouper—2.1; or for filleted goldband snapper—2.3; or for filleted rosy snapper or lavender snapper—2.1; or for filleted regulated tropical snapper or seaperch not mentioned in paragraph (c) or (d) —2.6; or for filleted regulated emperor—2.5; or for any other regulated coral reef fin fish or fish not identified as a particular species—2.\n(sec.91-ssec.2) The whole weight of regulated coral reef fin fish that is gilled and gutted is the weight worked out using the following formula— where— WW is the whole weight, in kilograms, of the fish. W is the weight, in kilograms, of the gilled and gutted fish.\n(sec.91-ssec.3) The whole weight , in kilograms, of a number of regulated coral reef fin fish is the number of the fish.\n(sec.91-ssec.4) The whole weight of regulated coral reef fin fish to which subsections (1) to (3) do not apply is the weight, in kilograms, of the fish.\n- (a) for filleted regulated coral trout—2; or\n- (b) for filleted regulated cod or grouper—2.1; or\n- (c) for filleted goldband snapper—2.3; or\n- (d) for filleted rosy snapper or lavender snapper—2.1; or\n- (e) for filleted regulated tropical snapper or seaperch not mentioned in paragraph (c) or (d) —2.6; or\n- (f) for filleted regulated emperor—2.5; or\n- (g) for any other regulated coral reef fin fish or fish not identified as a particular species—2.","sortOrder":128},{"sectionNumber":"sec.91A","sectionType":"section","heading":"References to prescribed coral reef fin fish","content":"### sec.91A References to prescribed coral reef fin fish\n\nA reference to prescribed coral reef fin fish in relation to a line unit is a reference to the regulated coral reef fin fish stated for the line unit in schedule 9 , part 1 .\ns 91A ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 142","sortOrder":129},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.3-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Entitlement","content":"## Entitlement","sortOrder":130},{"sectionNumber":"sec.92","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sec.92 Purpose of division\n\nThis division states the quota entitlement for line units.","sortOrder":131},{"sectionNumber":"sec.93","sectionType":"section","heading":"Entitlement under line unit","content":"### sec.93 Entitlement under line unit\n\nThe holder of, or a person acting under, a line unit may take, in a line year, the weight of prescribed coral reef fin fish worked out by dividing the total quota entitlement for the fish for the line year by the total number of line units of that type that have been issued.\nThe authorisation for a line year under subsection (1) —\nis the holder’s entitlement under the line unit for the line year; and\nimposes a quota on the entitlement for the line year.\nHowever, the entitlement applies only while the holder holds an RQ licence that is in force.\nIn this section—\ntotal quota entitlement , for prescribed coral reef fin fish, for a line year, means the total quota entitlement stated for the fish in the quota declaration for the reef line commercial fishery for the line year.\ns 93 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 143\n(sec.93-ssec.1) The holder of, or a person acting under, a line unit may take, in a line year, the weight of prescribed coral reef fin fish worked out by dividing the total quota entitlement for the fish for the line year by the total number of line units of that type that have been issued.\n(sec.93-ssec.2) The authorisation for a line year under subsection (1) — is the holder’s entitlement under the line unit for the line year; and imposes a quota on the entitlement for the line year.\n(sec.93-ssec.3) However, the entitlement applies only while the holder holds an RQ licence that is in force.\n(sec.93-ssec.4) In this section— total quota entitlement , for prescribed coral reef fin fish, for a line year, means the total quota entitlement stated for the fish in the quota declaration for the reef line commercial fishery for the line year.\n- (a) is the holder’s entitlement under the line unit for the line year; and\n- (b) imposes a quota on the entitlement for the line year.","sortOrder":132},{"sectionNumber":"sec.94","sectionType":"section","heading":"When line unit entitlement is used for a line year","content":"### sec.94 When line unit entitlement is used for a line year\n\nThe entitlement under a line unit held by a person is used for a line year—\nwhen the holder of, or a person acting under, the line unit has taken in the line year, under any RQ licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) prescribed coral reef fin fish for the line unit equalling the holder’s entitlement under the line unit; or\nif section 95 applies.\nThe unused entitlement under a line unit for a line year is the amount of (whole weight) prescribed coral reef fin fish for the line unit that has not been taken, for the line year, under any RQ licence held by the holder of the line unit.\ns 94 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 198 sch 3\n(sec.94-ssec.1) The entitlement under a line unit held by a person is used for a line year— when the holder of, or a person acting under, the line unit has taken in the line year, under any RQ licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) prescribed coral reef fin fish for the line unit equalling the holder’s entitlement under the line unit; or if section 95 applies.\n(sec.94-ssec.2) The unused entitlement under a line unit for a line year is the amount of (whole weight) prescribed coral reef fin fish for the line unit that has not been taken, for the line year, under any RQ licence held by the holder of the line unit.\n- (a) when the holder of, or a person acting under, the line unit has taken in the line year, under any RQ licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) prescribed coral reef fin fish for the line unit equalling the holder’s entitlement under the line unit; or\n- (b) if section 95 applies.","sortOrder":133},{"sectionNumber":"sec.95","sectionType":"section","heading":"No carrying forward of unused entitlement","content":"### sec.95 No carrying forward of unused entitlement\n\nThis section applies if, in a line year, the holder of, or a person acting under, line units takes an amount of prescribed coral reef fin fish that is less than the total entitlements under the holder’s line units.\nThe holder of the line units is taken, at the end of the line year, to have used all the entitlements under the line units held by the holder for the line year.\ns 95 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 198 sch 3\n(sec.95-ssec.1) This section applies if, in a line year, the holder of, or a person acting under, line units takes an amount of prescribed coral reef fin fish that is less than the total entitlements under the holder’s line units.\n(sec.95-ssec.2) The holder of the line units is taken, at the end of the line year, to have used all the entitlements under the line units held by the holder for the line year.","sortOrder":134},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.3-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","content":"## Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","sortOrder":135},{"sectionNumber":"sec.96","sectionType":"section","heading":"Weight notice is evidence of use of entitlement","content":"### sec.96 Weight notice is evidence of use of entitlement\n\nThis section applies if a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation gives the chief executive a weight notice for prescribed coral reef fin fish taken under line units.\nThe notice is evidence that the holder of the line units has taken, under the line units, the whole weight equivalent of the amount of regulated coral reef fin fish stated in the notice.\nFor subsection (2) , the whole weight equivalent of the amount of regulated coral reef fin fish stated in the notice is—\nfor an amount stated for whole regulated coral reef fin fish—the amount stated; or\nfor an amount stated for regulated coral reef fin fish that is not whole—the amount calculated in the way stated in section 91 (1) , (2) or (4) that applies to the fish.\ns 96 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 144\n(sec.96-ssec.1) This section applies if a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation gives the chief executive a weight notice for prescribed coral reef fin fish taken under line units.\n(sec.96-ssec.2) The notice is evidence that the holder of the line units has taken, under the line units, the whole weight equivalent of the amount of regulated coral reef fin fish stated in the notice.\n(sec.96-ssec.3) For subsection (2) , the whole weight equivalent of the amount of regulated coral reef fin fish stated in the notice is— for an amount stated for whole regulated coral reef fin fish—the amount stated; or for an amount stated for regulated coral reef fin fish that is not whole—the amount calculated in the way stated in section 91 (1) , (2) or (4) that applies to the fish.\n- (a) for an amount stated for whole regulated coral reef fin fish—the amount stated; or\n- (b) for an amount stated for regulated coral reef fin fish that is not whole—the amount calculated in the way stated in section 91 (1) , (2) or (4) that applies to the fish.","sortOrder":136},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.4","sectionType":"part","heading":"C2-ITQ units","content":"# C2-ITQ units","sortOrder":137},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.4-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Interpretation","content":"## Interpretation","sortOrder":138},{"sectionNumber":"sec.97","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of C2-ITQ year","content":"### sec.97 Meaning of C2-ITQ year\n\nC2-ITQ year means a period of 1 year starting on 1 July of a year and ending on 30 June in the next year.\nSee, however, section 167 .\ns 97 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 10","sortOrder":139},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.4-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Entitlement","content":"## Entitlement","sortOrder":140},{"sectionNumber":"sec.98","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sec.98 Purpose of division\n\nThis division states the quota entitlement for C2-ITQ units.\ns 98 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 82 sch 1","sortOrder":141},{"sectionNumber":"sec.99","sectionType":"section","heading":"Entitlement under C2-ITQ unit","content":"### sec.99 Entitlement under C2-ITQ unit\n\nThe holder of, or a person acting under, a C2-ITQ unit may take in a C2-ITQ year the weight of spanner crabs worked out by dividing the total quota entitlement for the year by the total number of C2-ITQ units that have been issued.\nThe authorisation for a C2-ITQ year under subsection (1) —\nis the holder’s entitlement under the C2-ITQ unit for the C2-ITQ year; and\nimposes a quota on the entitlement for the C2-ITQ year.\nHowever, the entitlement applies only while the holder holds a C2 licence.\nIn this section—\ntotal quota entitlement , for spanner crabs, for a C2-ITQ year, means the total quota entitlement stated for spanner crabs in the quota declaration for the commercial spanner crab fishery (managed area A) for the C2-ITQ year.\ns 99 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 82 sch 1\n(sec.99-ssec.1) The holder of, or a person acting under, a C2-ITQ unit may take in a C2-ITQ year the weight of spanner crabs worked out by dividing the total quota entitlement for the year by the total number of C2-ITQ units that have been issued.\n(sec.99-ssec.2) The authorisation for a C2-ITQ year under subsection (1) — is the holder’s entitlement under the C2-ITQ unit for the C2-ITQ year; and imposes a quota on the entitlement for the C2-ITQ year.\n(sec.99-ssec.3) However, the entitlement applies only while the holder holds a C2 licence.\n(sec.99-ssec.4) In this section— total quota entitlement , for spanner crabs, for a C2-ITQ year, means the total quota entitlement stated for spanner crabs in the quota declaration for the commercial spanner crab fishery (managed area A) for the C2-ITQ year.\n- (a) is the holder’s entitlement under the C2-ITQ unit for the C2-ITQ year; and\n- (b) imposes a quota on the entitlement for the C2-ITQ year.","sortOrder":142},{"sectionNumber":"sec.100","sectionType":"section","heading":"When C2-ITQ unit entitlement is used for a C2-ITQ year","content":"### sec.100 When C2-ITQ unit entitlement is used for a C2-ITQ year\n\nThe entitlement under a C2-ITQ unit is used for a C2-ITQ year—\nwhen the holder of, or a person acting under, the unit has taken in the year under any C2 licence held by the holder an amount of (whole weight) spanner crab equalling the holder’s entitlement under the C2-ITQ unit; or\nif section 101 applies.\nThe unused entitlement under a C2-ITQ unit for a C2-ITQ year is the amount of (whole weight) spanner crab for the C2-ITQ unit that has not been taken for the C2-ITQ year under any C2 licence held by the holder of the C2-ITQ units.\ns 100 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 82 sch 1 , s 198 sch 3\n(sec.100-ssec.1) The entitlement under a C2-ITQ unit is used for a C2-ITQ year— when the holder of, or a person acting under, the unit has taken in the year under any C2 licence held by the holder an amount of (whole weight) spanner crab equalling the holder’s entitlement under the C2-ITQ unit; or if section 101 applies.\n(sec.100-ssec.2) The unused entitlement under a C2-ITQ unit for a C2-ITQ year is the amount of (whole weight) spanner crab for the C2-ITQ unit that has not been taken for the C2-ITQ year under any C2 licence held by the holder of the C2-ITQ units.\n- (a) when the holder of, or a person acting under, the unit has taken in the year under any C2 licence held by the holder an amount of (whole weight) spanner crab equalling the holder’s entitlement under the C2-ITQ unit; or\n- (b) if section 101 applies.","sortOrder":143},{"sectionNumber":"sec.101","sectionType":"section","heading":"No carrying forward of unused entitlement","content":"### sec.101 No carrying forward of unused entitlement\n\nThis section applies if, in a C2-ITQ year, the holder of, or a person acting under, C2-ITQ units takes an amount of spanner crab under the C2-ITQ units that is less than the total entitlements under the C2-ITQ units.\nThe holder of the C2-ITQ units is taken at the end of the C2-ITQ year to have used all the entitlements under the C2-ITQ units held by the holder for the C2-ITQ year.\ns 101 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 82 sch 1\n(sec.101-ssec.1) This section applies if, in a C2-ITQ year, the holder of, or a person acting under, C2-ITQ units takes an amount of spanner crab under the C2-ITQ units that is less than the total entitlements under the C2-ITQ units.\n(sec.101-ssec.2) The holder of the C2-ITQ units is taken at the end of the C2-ITQ year to have used all the entitlements under the C2-ITQ units held by the holder for the C2-ITQ year.","sortOrder":144},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.4-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","content":"## Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","sortOrder":145},{"sectionNumber":"sec.101A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Weight notice is evidence of use of entitlement","content":"### sec.101A Weight notice is evidence of use of entitlement\n\nThis section applies if a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation gives the chief executive a weight notice for spanner crab taken under C2-ITQ units.\nThe notice is evidence that the holder of the C2-ITQ units has taken, under the C2-ITQ units, the whole weight equivalent of the amount of spanner crab stated in the notice.\nFor subsection (2) , the whole weight equivalent of the amount of spanner crab stated in the notice is the weight, for each spanner crab the subject of the notice, of an entire intact spanner crab.\ns 101A ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 145\n(sec.101A-ssec.1) This section applies if a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation gives the chief executive a weight notice for spanner crab taken under C2-ITQ units.\n(sec.101A-ssec.2) The notice is evidence that the holder of the C2-ITQ units has taken, under the C2-ITQ units, the whole weight equivalent of the amount of spanner crab stated in the notice.\n(sec.101A-ssec.3) For subsection (2) , the whole weight equivalent of the amount of spanner crab stated in the notice is the weight, for each spanner crab the subject of the notice, of an entire intact spanner crab.","sortOrder":146},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5","sectionType":"part","heading":"T4-ITQ units","content":"# T4-ITQ units","sortOrder":147},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Interpretation","content":"## Interpretation","sortOrder":148},{"sectionNumber":"sec.102","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of T4-ITQ year","content":"### sec.102 Meaning of T4-ITQ year\n\nT4-ITQ year means the period from 1 January to 31 December.","sortOrder":149},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Entitlement","content":"## Entitlement","sortOrder":150},{"sectionNumber":"sec.103","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sec.103 Purpose of division\n\nThis division states the quota entitlement for T4-ITQ units.","sortOrder":151},{"sectionNumber":"sec.104","sectionType":"section","heading":"Entitlement under T4-ITQ unit","content":"### sec.104 Entitlement under T4-ITQ unit\n\nThe holder of, or a person acting under, a T4-ITQ unit may take in a T4-ITQ year the weight of prescribed whiting worked out by dividing the total quota entitlement for the year by the total number of T4-ITQ units that have been issued.\nThe authorisation for a T4-ITQ year under subsection (1) —\nis the holder’s entitlement under the T4-ITQ unit for the T4-ITQ year; and\nimposes a quota on the entitlement for the T4-ITQ year.\nHowever, the entitlement applies only while the holder holds a T4 licence.\nSee section 106 in relation to carrying forward unused entitlements under T4-ITQ units for a T4-ITQ year to the following T4-ITQ year.\nIn this section—\ntotal quota entitlement , for prescribed whiting, for a T4-ITQ year, means the total quota entitlement stated for prescribed whiting in the quota declaration for the commercial trawl fishery (fin fish) for the T4-ITQ year.\ns 104 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 146\n(sec.104-ssec.1) The holder of, or a person acting under, a T4-ITQ unit may take in a T4-ITQ year the weight of prescribed whiting worked out by dividing the total quota entitlement for the year by the total number of T4-ITQ units that have been issued.\n(sec.104-ssec.2) The authorisation for a T4-ITQ year under subsection (1) — is the holder’s entitlement under the T4-ITQ unit for the T4-ITQ year; and imposes a quota on the entitlement for the T4-ITQ year.\n(sec.104-ssec.3) However, the entitlement applies only while the holder holds a T4 licence. See section 106 in relation to carrying forward unused entitlements under T4-ITQ units for a T4-ITQ year to the following T4-ITQ year.\n(sec.104-ssec.4) In this section— total quota entitlement , for prescribed whiting, for a T4-ITQ year, means the total quota entitlement stated for prescribed whiting in the quota declaration for the commercial trawl fishery (fin fish) for the T4-ITQ year.\n- (a) is the holder’s entitlement under the T4-ITQ unit for the T4-ITQ year; and\n- (b) imposes a quota on the entitlement for the T4-ITQ year.","sortOrder":152},{"sectionNumber":"sec.105","sectionType":"section","heading":"When T4-ITQ unit entitlement is used for a T4-ITQ year","content":"### sec.105 When T4-ITQ unit entitlement is used for a T4-ITQ year\n\nThe entitlement under a T4-ITQ unit is used for a T4-ITQ year—\nwhen the holder of, or a person acting under, the unit has taken in the year under any T4 licence held by the holder an amount of (whole weight) prescribed whiting equalling the holder’s entitlement under the unit; or\nif section 106 applies.\nThe unused entitlement under a T4-ITQ unit for a T4-ITQ year is the amount of (whole weight) prescribed whiting for the T4-ITQ unit that has not been taken for the T4-ITQ year under any T4 licence held by the holder of the T4-ITQ unit.\ns 105 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 198 sch 3\n(sec.105-ssec.1) The entitlement under a T4-ITQ unit is used for a T4-ITQ year— when the holder of, or a person acting under, the unit has taken in the year under any T4 licence held by the holder an amount of (whole weight) prescribed whiting equalling the holder’s entitlement under the unit; or if section 106 applies.\n(sec.105-ssec.2) The unused entitlement under a T4-ITQ unit for a T4-ITQ year is the amount of (whole weight) prescribed whiting for the T4-ITQ unit that has not been taken for the T4-ITQ year under any T4 licence held by the holder of the T4-ITQ unit.\n- (a) when the holder of, or a person acting under, the unit has taken in the year under any T4 licence held by the holder an amount of (whole weight) prescribed whiting equalling the holder’s entitlement under the unit; or\n- (b) if section 106 applies.","sortOrder":153},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106","sectionType":"section","heading":"Carrying forward of unused entitlement","content":"### sec.106 Carrying forward of unused entitlement\n\nThis section applies if, in a T4-ITQ year, the holder of, or a person acting under, T4-ITQ units takes an amount of prescribed whiting under the T4-ITQ unit that is less than the total entitlements under the holder’s T4-ITQ units.\nThe holder of the T4-ITQ units is taken at the end of the T4-ITQ year to have used all the entitlements under the T4-ITQ units held by the holder for the T4-ITQ year, other than an unused entitlement to which subsection (3) applies.\nIf the holder’s unused entitlement under the T4-ITQ units for the T4-ITQ year is 20t or less, the unused entitlement is carried forward to the following T4-ITQ year (the relevant T4-ITQ year ).\nThe holder of, or a person acting under, the holder’s T4-ITQ units may take in the relevant T4-ITQ year up to the amount of (whole weight) whiting carried forward under subsection (3) .\nThe authorisation under subsection (4) —\napplies in addition to the holder’s entitlement under the holder’s T4-ITQ units for the relevant T4-ITQ year under section 104 ; and\ndoes not form part of the holder’s entitlement under the holder’s T4-ITQ units for the relevant T4-ITQ year under section 104 .\ns 106 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 147\n(sec.106-ssec.1) This section applies if, in a T4-ITQ year, the holder of, or a person acting under, T4-ITQ units takes an amount of prescribed whiting under the T4-ITQ unit that is less than the total entitlements under the holder’s T4-ITQ units.\n(sec.106-ssec.2) The holder of the T4-ITQ units is taken at the end of the T4-ITQ year to have used all the entitlements under the T4-ITQ units held by the holder for the T4-ITQ year, other than an unused entitlement to which subsection (3) applies.\n(sec.106-ssec.3) If the holder’s unused entitlement under the T4-ITQ units for the T4-ITQ year is 20t or less, the unused entitlement is carried forward to the following T4-ITQ year (the relevant T4-ITQ year ).\n(sec.106-ssec.4) The holder of, or a person acting under, the holder’s T4-ITQ units may take in the relevant T4-ITQ year up to the amount of (whole weight) whiting carried forward under subsection (3) .\n(sec.106-ssec.5) The authorisation under subsection (4) — applies in addition to the holder’s entitlement under the holder’s T4-ITQ units for the relevant T4-ITQ year under section 104 ; and does not form part of the holder’s entitlement under the holder’s T4-ITQ units for the relevant T4-ITQ year under section 104 .\n- (a) applies in addition to the holder’s entitlement under the holder’s T4-ITQ units for the relevant T4-ITQ year under section 104 ; and\n- (b) does not form part of the holder’s entitlement under the holder’s T4-ITQ units for the relevant T4-ITQ year under section 104 .","sortOrder":154},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","content":"## Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","sortOrder":155},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Weight notice is evidence of use of entitlement","content":"### sec.106A Weight notice is evidence of use of entitlement\n\nThis section applies if a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation gives the chief executive a weight notice for prescribed whiting taken under T4-ITQ units.\nThe notice is evidence that the holder of the T4-ITQ units has taken, under the T4-ITQ units, the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed whiting stated in the notice.\nFor subsection (2) , the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed whiting stated in the notice is the amount, in kilograms, of the fish.\ns 106A ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 148\n(sec.106A-ssec.1) This section applies if a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation gives the chief executive a weight notice for prescribed whiting taken under T4-ITQ units.\n(sec.106A-ssec.2) The notice is evidence that the holder of the T4-ITQ units has taken, under the T4-ITQ units, the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed whiting stated in the notice.\n(sec.106A-ssec.3) For subsection (2) , the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed whiting stated in the notice is the amount, in kilograms, of the fish.","sortOrder":156},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5A","sectionType":"part","heading":"ENL-ITQ units","content":"# ENL-ITQ units","sortOrder":157},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5A-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Interpretation","content":"## Interpretation","sortOrder":158},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of ENL-ITQ year","content":"### sec.106B Meaning of ENL-ITQ year\n\nENL-ITQ year means the period of 1 year starting on 1 January in a year and ending on 31 December in the year.\nSee, however, section 173 .\ns 106B ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149","sortOrder":159},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106C","sectionType":"section","heading":"References to prescribed ENL-ITQ fish, prescribed ENL management region and ENL-ITQ licences","content":"### sec.106C References to prescribed ENL-ITQ fish, prescribed ENL management region and ENL-ITQ licences\n\nA reference to prescribed ENL-ITQ fish in relation to an ENL-ITQ unit is a reference to the fish stated for the ENL-ITQ unit in schedule 9 , part 2 .\nA reference to a prescribed ENL management region in relation to an ENL-ITQ unit is a reference to the management region stated for the ENL-ITQ unit in schedule 9 , part 2 .\nThe management regions are described in schedule 4 , part 10 .\nA reference to an ENL-ITQ licence in relation to an ENL-ITQ unit is a reference to a primary commercial fishing licence on which is written a fishery symbol stated for the ENL-ITQ unit in schedule 9 , part 2 .\ns 106C ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149\n(sec.106C-ssec.1) A reference to prescribed ENL-ITQ fish in relation to an ENL-ITQ unit is a reference to the fish stated for the ENL-ITQ unit in schedule 9 , part 2 .\n(sec.106C-ssec.2) A reference to a prescribed ENL management region in relation to an ENL-ITQ unit is a reference to the management region stated for the ENL-ITQ unit in schedule 9 , part 2 . The management regions are described in schedule 4 , part 10 .\n(sec.106C-ssec.3) A reference to an ENL-ITQ licence in relation to an ENL-ITQ unit is a reference to a primary commercial fishing licence on which is written a fishery symbol stated for the ENL-ITQ unit in schedule 9 , part 2 .","sortOrder":160},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5A-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Entitlement","content":"## Entitlement","sortOrder":161},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106D","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sec.106D Purpose of division\n\nThis division states the quota entitlement for ENL-ITQ units.\ns 106D ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149","sortOrder":162},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106E","sectionType":"section","heading":"Entitlement under ENL-ITQ unit","content":"### sec.106E Entitlement under ENL-ITQ unit\n\nThe holder of, or a person acting under, an ENL-ITQ unit may take in a prescribed ENL management region in an ENL-ITQ year the weight of prescribed ENL-ITQ fish worked out by dividing the total quota entitlement for the fish for the region for the year by the total number of ENL-ITQ units of the same type that have been issued.\nThe authorisation for an ENL-ITQ year under subsection (1) —\nis the holder’s entitlement under the ENL-ITQ unit for the ENL-ITQ year; and\nimposes a quota on the entitlement for the year.\nHowever, the entitlement applies only while the holder holds an ENL-ITQ licence that is in effect.\nIn this section—\ntotal quota entitlement , for prescribed ENL-ITQ fish for a prescribed ENL management region, for an ENL-ITQ year, means the total quota entitlement stated for the fish for the region in the quota declaration for commercial net fisheries for the ENL-ITQ year.\ns 106E ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149\n(sec.106E-ssec.1) The holder of, or a person acting under, an ENL-ITQ unit may take in a prescribed ENL management region in an ENL-ITQ year the weight of prescribed ENL-ITQ fish worked out by dividing the total quota entitlement for the fish for the region for the year by the total number of ENL-ITQ units of the same type that have been issued.\n(sec.106E-ssec.2) The authorisation for an ENL-ITQ year under subsection (1) — is the holder’s entitlement under the ENL-ITQ unit for the ENL-ITQ year; and imposes a quota on the entitlement for the year.\n(sec.106E-ssec.3) However, the entitlement applies only while the holder holds an ENL-ITQ licence that is in effect.\n(sec.106E-ssec.4) In this section— total quota entitlement , for prescribed ENL-ITQ fish for a prescribed ENL management region, for an ENL-ITQ year, means the total quota entitlement stated for the fish for the region in the quota declaration for commercial net fisheries for the ENL-ITQ year.\n- (a) is the holder’s entitlement under the ENL-ITQ unit for the ENL-ITQ year; and\n- (b) imposes a quota on the entitlement for the year.","sortOrder":163},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106F","sectionType":"section","heading":"When ENL-ITQ unit entitlement is used for an ENL-ITQ year","content":"### sec.106F When ENL-ITQ unit entitlement is used for an ENL-ITQ year\n\nThe entitlement under an ENL-ITQ unit is used for an ENL-ITQ year—\nwhen the holder of, or a person acting under, the ENL-ITQ unit has taken in the ENL-ITQ year, under any ENL-ITQ licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) prescribed ENL-ITQ fish in the prescribed ENL management region equalling the holder’s entitlement under the ENL-ITQ unit; or\nif section 106G applies.\nThe unused entitlement under an ENL-ITQ unit for an ENL-ITQ year is the amount of (whole weight) prescribed ENL-ITQ fish that has not been taken in the prescribed ENL management region, for the ENL-ITQ year, under any ENL-ITQ licence held by the holder of the ENL-ITQ unit.\ns 106F ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149\n(sec.106F-ssec.1) The entitlement under an ENL-ITQ unit is used for an ENL-ITQ year— when the holder of, or a person acting under, the ENL-ITQ unit has taken in the ENL-ITQ year, under any ENL-ITQ licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) prescribed ENL-ITQ fish in the prescribed ENL management region equalling the holder’s entitlement under the ENL-ITQ unit; or if section 106G applies.\n(sec.106F-ssec.2) The unused entitlement under an ENL-ITQ unit for an ENL-ITQ year is the amount of (whole weight) prescribed ENL-ITQ fish that has not been taken in the prescribed ENL management region, for the ENL-ITQ year, under any ENL-ITQ licence held by the holder of the ENL-ITQ unit.\n- (a) when the holder of, or a person acting under, the ENL-ITQ unit has taken in the ENL-ITQ year, under any ENL-ITQ licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) prescribed ENL-ITQ fish in the prescribed ENL management region equalling the holder’s entitlement under the ENL-ITQ unit; or\n- (b) if section 106G applies.","sortOrder":164},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106G","sectionType":"section","heading":"No carrying forward of unused entitlement","content":"### sec.106G No carrying forward of unused entitlement\n\nThis section applies if, in an ENL-ITQ year, the holder of, or a person acting under, ENL-ITQ units takes an amount of prescribed ENL-ITQ fish in a prescribed ENL management region that is less than the total entitlements under the holder’s ENL-ITQ units.\nThe holder of the ENL-ITQ units is taken, at the end of the ENL-ITQ year, to have used all the entitlements under the ENL-ITQ units held by the holder for the ENL-ITQ year.\ns 106G ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149\n(sec.106G-ssec.1) This section applies if, in an ENL-ITQ year, the holder of, or a person acting under, ENL-ITQ units takes an amount of prescribed ENL-ITQ fish in a prescribed ENL management region that is less than the total entitlements under the holder’s ENL-ITQ units.\n(sec.106G-ssec.2) The holder of the ENL-ITQ units is taken, at the end of the ENL-ITQ year, to have used all the entitlements under the ENL-ITQ units held by the holder for the ENL-ITQ year.","sortOrder":165},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5A-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","content":"## Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","sortOrder":166},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106H","sectionType":"section","heading":"Weight notice is evidence of use of entitlement","content":"### sec.106H Weight notice is evidence of use of entitlement\n\nThis section applies if a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation gives the chief executive a weight notice for prescribed ENL-ITQ fish taken under ENL-ITQ units.\nThe notice is evidence that the holder of the ENL-ITQ units has taken, under the ENL-ITQ units, the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed ENL-ITQ fish stated in the notice.\nFor subsection (2) , the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed ENL-ITQ fish stated in the notice is the amount, in kilograms, of the fish.\ns 106H ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149\n(sec.106H-ssec.1) This section applies if a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation gives the chief executive a weight notice for prescribed ENL-ITQ fish taken under ENL-ITQ units.\n(sec.106H-ssec.2) The notice is evidence that the holder of the ENL-ITQ units has taken, under the ENL-ITQ units, the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed ENL-ITQ fish stated in the notice.\n(sec.106H-ssec.3) For subsection (2) , the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed ENL-ITQ fish stated in the notice is the amount, in kilograms, of the fish.","sortOrder":167},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5B","sectionType":"part","heading":"C1-ITQ units","content":"# C1-ITQ units","sortOrder":168},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5B-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Interpretation","content":"## Interpretation","sortOrder":169},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106I","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of C1-ITQ year","content":"### sec.106I Meaning of C1-ITQ year\n\nC1-ITQ year means the period of 1 year starting on 1 July in a year and ending on 30 June in the next year.\nSee, however, section 174 .\ns 106I ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149","sortOrder":170},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106J","sectionType":"section","heading":"References to prescribed crab and prescribed crab management region","content":"### sec.106J References to prescribed crab and prescribed crab management region\n\nA reference to prescribed crab in relation to a C1-ITQ unit is a reference to the crab stated for the C1-ITQ unit in schedule 9 , part 3 .\nA reference to a prescribed crab management region in relation to a C1-ITQ unit is a reference to the management region stated for the C1-ITQ unit in schedule 9 , part 3 .\nThe management regions are described in schedule 7 , part 1 , division 4 .\ns 106J ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149\n(sec.106J-ssec.1) A reference to prescribed crab in relation to a C1-ITQ unit is a reference to the crab stated for the C1-ITQ unit in schedule 9 , part 3 .\n(sec.106J-ssec.2) A reference to a prescribed crab management region in relation to a C1-ITQ unit is a reference to the management region stated for the C1-ITQ unit in schedule 9 , part 3 . The management regions are described in schedule 7 , part 1 , division 4 .","sortOrder":171},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5B-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Entitlement","content":"## Entitlement","sortOrder":172},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106K","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sec.106K Purpose of division\n\nThis division states the quota entitlement for C1-ITQ units.\ns 106K ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149","sortOrder":173},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106L","sectionType":"section","heading":"Entitlement under C1-ITQ unit","content":"### sec.106L Entitlement under C1-ITQ unit\n\nThe holder of, or a person acting under, a C1-ITQ unit may take in the prescribed crab management region in a C1-ITQ year the weight of prescribed crab worked out by dividing the total quota entitlement for the crab for the region for the year by the total number of C1-ITQ units of the same type that have been issued.\nThe authorisation for a C1-ITQ year under subsection (1) —\nis the holder’s entitlement under the C1-ITQ unit for the C1-ITQ year; and\nimposes a quota on the entitlement for the year.\nHowever, the entitlement applies only while the holder holds a C1 licence that is in effect.\nIn this section—\ntotal quota entitlement , for prescribed crab for a prescribed crab management region, for a C1-ITQ year, means the total quota entitlement stated for the crab for the region in the quota declaration for the commercial crab fishery for the C1-ITQ year.\ns 106L ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149\n(sec.106L-ssec.1) The holder of, or a person acting under, a C1-ITQ unit may take in the prescribed crab management region in a C1-ITQ year the weight of prescribed crab worked out by dividing the total quota entitlement for the crab for the region for the year by the total number of C1-ITQ units of the same type that have been issued.\n(sec.106L-ssec.2) The authorisation for a C1-ITQ year under subsection (1) — is the holder’s entitlement under the C1-ITQ unit for the C1-ITQ year; and imposes a quota on the entitlement for the year.\n(sec.106L-ssec.3) However, the entitlement applies only while the holder holds a C1 licence that is in effect.\n(sec.106L-ssec.4) In this section— total quota entitlement , for prescribed crab for a prescribed crab management region, for a C1-ITQ year, means the total quota entitlement stated for the crab for the region in the quota declaration for the commercial crab fishery for the C1-ITQ year.\n- (a) is the holder’s entitlement under the C1-ITQ unit for the C1-ITQ year; and\n- (b) imposes a quota on the entitlement for the year.","sortOrder":174},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106M","sectionType":"section","heading":"When C1-ITQ unit entitlement is used for a C1-ITQ year","content":"### sec.106M When C1-ITQ unit entitlement is used for a C1-ITQ year\n\nThe entitlement under a C1-ITQ unit is used for a C1-ITQ year—\nwhen the holder of, or a person acting under, the C1-ITQ unit has taken in the C1-ITQ year, under any C1 licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) prescribed crab in the prescribed crab management region equalling the holder’s entitlement under the C1-ITQ unit; or\nif section 106N applies.\nThe unused entitlement under a C1-ITQ unit for a C1-ITQ year is the amount of (whole weight) prescribed crab that has not been taken in the prescribed crab management region, for the C1-ITQ year, under any C1 licence held by the holder of the C1-ITQ unit.\ns 106M ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149\n(sec.106M-ssec.1) The entitlement under a C1-ITQ unit is used for a C1-ITQ year— when the holder of, or a person acting under, the C1-ITQ unit has taken in the C1-ITQ year, under any C1 licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) prescribed crab in the prescribed crab management region equalling the holder’s entitlement under the C1-ITQ unit; or if section 106N applies.\n(sec.106M-ssec.2) The unused entitlement under a C1-ITQ unit for a C1-ITQ year is the amount of (whole weight) prescribed crab that has not been taken in the prescribed crab management region, for the C1-ITQ year, under any C1 licence held by the holder of the C1-ITQ unit.\n- (a) when the holder of, or a person acting under, the C1-ITQ unit has taken in the C1-ITQ year, under any C1 licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) prescribed crab in the prescribed crab management region equalling the holder’s entitlement under the C1-ITQ unit; or\n- (b) if section 106N applies.","sortOrder":175},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106N","sectionType":"section","heading":"No carrying forward of unused entitlement","content":"### sec.106N No carrying forward of unused entitlement\n\nThis section applies if, in a C1-ITQ year, the holder of, or a person acting under, C1-ITQ units takes an amount of prescribed crab in a prescribed crab management region that is less than the total entitlements under the holder’s C1-ITQ units.\nThe holder of the C1-ITQ units is taken, at the end of the C1-ITQ year, to have used all the entitlements under the C1-ITQ units held by the holder for the C1-ITQ year.\ns 106N ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149\n(sec.106N-ssec.1) This section applies if, in a C1-ITQ year, the holder of, or a person acting under, C1-ITQ units takes an amount of prescribed crab in a prescribed crab management region that is less than the total entitlements under the holder’s C1-ITQ units.\n(sec.106N-ssec.2) The holder of the C1-ITQ units is taken, at the end of the C1-ITQ year, to have used all the entitlements under the C1-ITQ units held by the holder for the C1-ITQ year.","sortOrder":176},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5B-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","content":"## Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","sortOrder":177},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106O","sectionType":"section","heading":"Weight notice is evidence of use of entitlement","content":"### sec.106O Weight notice is evidence of use of entitlement\n\nThis section applies if a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation gives the chief executive a weight notice for prescribed crab taken under C1-ITQ units.\nThe notice is evidence that the holder of the C1-ITQ units has taken, under the C1-ITQ units, the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed crab stated in the notice.\nFor subsection (2) , the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed crab stated in the notice is the weight, for each prescribed crab of that species the subject of the notice, of an entire intact crab of the species.\ns 106O ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149\n(sec.106O-ssec.1) This section applies if a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation gives the chief executive a weight notice for prescribed crab taken under C1-ITQ units.\n(sec.106O-ssec.2) The notice is evidence that the holder of the C1-ITQ units has taken, under the C1-ITQ units, the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed crab stated in the notice.\n(sec.106O-ssec.3) For subsection (2) , the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed crab stated in the notice is the weight, for each prescribed crab of that species the subject of the notice, of an entire intact crab of the species.","sortOrder":178},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5C","sectionType":"part","heading":"Hand-harvest ITQ units","content":"# Hand-harvest ITQ units","sortOrder":179},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5C-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Interpretation","content":"## Interpretation","sortOrder":180},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106P","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of hand-harvest ITQ year","content":"### sec.106P Meaning of hand-harvest ITQ year\n\nHand-harvest ITQ year means—\nfor R-ITQ units—the period of 9 months starting on 1 January in a year and ending on 30 September in the year; or\nfor other hand-harvest ITQ units—the period of 1 year starting on 1 July in a year and ending on 30 June in the next year.\nSee, however, section 175 .\ns 106P ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149\n- (a) for R-ITQ units—the period of 9 months starting on 1 January in a year and ending on 30 September in the year; or\n- (b) for other hand-harvest ITQ units—the period of 1 year starting on 1 July in a year and ending on 30 June in the next year.","sortOrder":181},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106Q","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of whole weight of red champagne lobster and tropical rocklobster","content":"### sec.106Q Meaning of whole weight of red champagne lobster and tropical rocklobster\n\nThe whole weight of red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster that is in whole form and dead is the weight, in kilograms, of the lobster or rocklobster.\nThe whole weight of red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster that is in whole form and alive is the weight worked out using the following formula—\nwhere—\nWW is the whole weight, in kilograms, of the red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster.\nW is the weight, in kilograms, of the live red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster.\nCF is 0.987.\nThe whole weight of red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster in the form of tails only is the weight worked out using the following formula—\nwhere—\nWW is the whole weight, in kilograms, of the red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster.\nW is the weight, in kilograms, of the tails of the red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster.\nCF is 2.7.\ns 106Q ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149\n(sec.106Q-ssec.1) The whole weight of red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster that is in whole form and dead is the weight, in kilograms, of the lobster or rocklobster.\n(sec.106Q-ssec.2) The whole weight of red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster that is in whole form and alive is the weight worked out using the following formula— where— WW is the whole weight, in kilograms, of the red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster. W is the weight, in kilograms, of the live red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster. CF is 0.987.\n(sec.106Q-ssec.3) The whole weight of red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster in the form of tails only is the weight worked out using the following formula— where— WW is the whole weight, in kilograms, of the red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster. W is the weight, in kilograms, of the tails of the red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster. CF is 2.7.","sortOrder":182},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106R","sectionType":"section","heading":"References to prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish and hand-harvest ITQ licence","content":"### sec.106R References to prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish and hand-harvest ITQ licence\n\nA reference to prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish in relation to a hand-harvest ITQ unit is a reference to the fish stated for the hand-harvest ITQ unit in schedule 9 , part 4 .\nA reference to a hand-harvest ITQ licence in relation to a hand-harvest ITQ unit is a reference to a primary commercial fishing licence for a commercial fishery in which the prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish may be taken.\ns 106R ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149\n(sec.106R-ssec.1) A reference to prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish in relation to a hand-harvest ITQ unit is a reference to the fish stated for the hand-harvest ITQ unit in schedule 9 , part 4 .\n(sec.106R-ssec.2) A reference to a hand-harvest ITQ licence in relation to a hand-harvest ITQ unit is a reference to a primary commercial fishing licence for a commercial fishery in which the prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish may be taken.","sortOrder":183},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5C-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Entitlement","content":"## Entitlement","sortOrder":184},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106S","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sec.106S Purpose of division\n\nThis division states the quota entitlement for hand-harvest ITQ units.\ns 106S ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149","sortOrder":185},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106T","sectionType":"section","heading":"Entitlement under hand-harvest ITQ unit","content":"### sec.106T Entitlement under hand-harvest ITQ unit\n\nThe holder of, or a person acting under, a hand-harvest ITQ unit may take in a hand-harvest ITQ year the weight of prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish worked out by dividing the total quota entitlement for the fish for the year by the total number of hand-harvest ITQ units of the same type that have been issued.\nThe authorisation for a hand-harvest ITQ year under subsection (1) —\nis the holder’s entitlement under the hand-harvest ITQ unit for the hand-harvest ITQ year; and\nimposes a quota on the entitlement for the year.\nHowever, the entitlement applies only while the holder holds a hand-harvest ITQ licence that is in effect.\nIn this section—\ntotal quota entitlement , for prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish, for a hand-harvest ITQ year, means the total quota entitlement stated for the fish in the quota declaration for commercial hand-harvest fisheries for the hand-harvest ITQ year.\ns 106T ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149\n(sec.106T-ssec.1) The holder of, or a person acting under, a hand-harvest ITQ unit may take in a hand-harvest ITQ year the weight of prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish worked out by dividing the total quota entitlement for the fish for the year by the total number of hand-harvest ITQ units of the same type that have been issued.\n(sec.106T-ssec.2) The authorisation for a hand-harvest ITQ year under subsection (1) — is the holder’s entitlement under the hand-harvest ITQ unit for the hand-harvest ITQ year; and imposes a quota on the entitlement for the year.\n(sec.106T-ssec.3) However, the entitlement applies only while the holder holds a hand-harvest ITQ licence that is in effect.\n(sec.106T-ssec.4) In this section— total quota entitlement , for prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish, for a hand-harvest ITQ year, means the total quota entitlement stated for the fish in the quota declaration for commercial hand-harvest fisheries for the hand-harvest ITQ year.\n- (a) is the holder’s entitlement under the hand-harvest ITQ unit for the hand-harvest ITQ year; and\n- (b) imposes a quota on the entitlement for the year.","sortOrder":186},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106U","sectionType":"section","heading":"When hand-harvest ITQ unit entitlement is used for a hand-harvest ITQ year","content":"### sec.106U When hand-harvest ITQ unit entitlement is used for a hand-harvest ITQ year\n\nThe entitlement under a hand-harvest ITQ unit is used for a hand-harvest ITQ year—\nwhen the holder of, or a person acting under, the hand-harvest ITQ unit has taken in the hand-harvest ITQ year, under any hand-harvest ITQ licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish equalling the holder’s entitlement under the hand-harvest ITQ unit; or\nif section 106V applies.\nThe unused entitlement under a hand-harvest ITQ unit for a hand-harvest ITQ year is the amount of (whole weight) prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish that has not been taken, for the hand-harvest ITQ year, under any hand-harvest ITQ licence held by the holder of the hand-harvest ITQ unit.\ns 106U ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149\n(sec.106U-ssec.1) The entitlement under a hand-harvest ITQ unit is used for a hand-harvest ITQ year— when the holder of, or a person acting under, the hand-harvest ITQ unit has taken in the hand-harvest ITQ year, under any hand-harvest ITQ licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish equalling the holder’s entitlement under the hand-harvest ITQ unit; or if section 106V applies.\n(sec.106U-ssec.2) The unused entitlement under a hand-harvest ITQ unit for a hand-harvest ITQ year is the amount of (whole weight) prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish that has not been taken, for the hand-harvest ITQ year, under any hand-harvest ITQ licence held by the holder of the hand-harvest ITQ unit.\n- (a) when the holder of, or a person acting under, the hand-harvest ITQ unit has taken in the hand-harvest ITQ year, under any hand-harvest ITQ licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish equalling the holder’s entitlement under the hand-harvest ITQ unit; or\n- (b) if section 106V applies.","sortOrder":187},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106V","sectionType":"section","heading":"No carrying forward of unused entitlement","content":"### sec.106V No carrying forward of unused entitlement\n\nThis section applies if, in a hand-harvest ITQ year, the holder of, or a person acting under, hand-harvest ITQ units takes an amount of prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish that is less than the total entitlements under the holder’s hand-harvest ITQ units.\nThe holder of the hand-harvest ITQ units is taken, at the end of the hand-harvest ITQ year, to have used all the entitlements under the hand-harvest ITQ units held by the holder for the hand-harvest ITQ year.\ns 106V ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149\n(sec.106V-ssec.1) This section applies if, in a hand-harvest ITQ year, the holder of, or a person acting under, hand-harvest ITQ units takes an amount of prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish that is less than the total entitlements under the holder’s hand-harvest ITQ units.\n(sec.106V-ssec.2) The holder of the hand-harvest ITQ units is taken, at the end of the hand-harvest ITQ year, to have used all the entitlements under the hand-harvest ITQ units held by the holder for the hand-harvest ITQ year.","sortOrder":188},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5C-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","content":"## Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","sortOrder":189},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106W","sectionType":"section","heading":"Weight notice is evidence of use of entitlement","content":"### sec.106W Weight notice is evidence of use of entitlement\n\nThis section applies if a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation gives the chief executive a weight notice for prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish taken under hand-harvest ITQ units.\nThe notice is evidence that the holder of the hand-harvest ITQ units has taken, under the hand-harvest ITQ units, the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish stated in the notice.\nFor subsection (2) , the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish stated in the notice is—\nfor red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster—the amount worked out under section 106Q ; or\notherwise—the weight, in kilograms, of the fish.\ns 106W ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 149\n(sec.106W-ssec.1) This section applies if a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation gives the chief executive a weight notice for prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish taken under hand-harvest ITQ units.\n(sec.106W-ssec.2) The notice is evidence that the holder of the hand-harvest ITQ units has taken, under the hand-harvest ITQ units, the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish stated in the notice.\n(sec.106W-ssec.3) For subsection (2) , the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish stated in the notice is— for red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster—the amount worked out under section 106Q ; or otherwise—the weight, in kilograms, of the fish.\n- (a) for red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster—the amount worked out under section 106Q ; or\n- (b) otherwise—the weight, in kilograms, of the fish.","sortOrder":190},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5D","sectionType":"part","heading":"Select coral ITQ units","content":"# Select coral ITQ units","sortOrder":191},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5D-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Interpretation","content":"## Interpretation","sortOrder":192},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106X","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of select coral ITQ year","content":"### sec.106X Meaning of select coral ITQ year\n\nSelect coral ITQ year means the period of 1 year starting on 1 July in a year and ending on 30 June in the next year.\ns 106X ins 2023 SL No. 44 s 6","sortOrder":193},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106Y","sectionType":"section","heading":"References to prescribed select coral and hand-harvest ITQ licence","content":"### sec.106Y References to prescribed select coral and hand-harvest ITQ licence\n\nA reference to prescribed select coral in relation to a select coral ITQ unit is a reference to the fish of the species of select coral stated for the select coral ITQ unit in schedule 9 , part 5 .\nA reference to a hand-harvest ITQ licence in relation to a select coral ITQ unit is a reference to a primary commercial fishing licence for a commercial fishery in which the prescribed select coral may be taken.\ns 106Y ins 2023 SL No. 44 s 6\n(sec.106Y-ssec.1) A reference to prescribed select coral in relation to a select coral ITQ unit is a reference to the fish of the species of select coral stated for the select coral ITQ unit in schedule 9 , part 5 .\n(sec.106Y-ssec.2) A reference to a hand-harvest ITQ licence in relation to a select coral ITQ unit is a reference to a primary commercial fishing licence for a commercial fishery in which the prescribed select coral may be taken.","sortOrder":194},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5D-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Entitlement","content":"## Entitlement","sortOrder":195},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106Z","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sec.106Z Purpose of division\n\nThis division states the quota entitlement for select coral ITQ units.\ns 106Z ins 2023 SL No. 44 s 6","sortOrder":196},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106ZA","sectionType":"section","heading":"Entitlement under select coral ITQ unit","content":"### sec.106ZA Entitlement under select coral ITQ unit\n\nThe holder of, or a person acting under, a select coral ITQ unit may take in a select coral ITQ year the weight of prescribed select coral worked out by dividing the total quota entitlement for the fish for the year by the total number of select coral ITQ units of the same type that have been issued.\nThe authorisation for a select coral ITQ year under subsection (1) —\nis the holder’s entitlement under the select coral ITQ unit for the select coral ITQ year; and\nimposes a quota on the entitlement for the year.\nHowever, the entitlement applies only while the holder holds a hand-harvest ITQ licence for taking prescribed select coral that is in effect.\nIn this section—\ntotal quota entitlement , for prescribed select coral, for a select coral ITQ year, means the total quota entitlement stated for the fish in the quota declaration for commercial hand-harvest fisheries for the select coral ITQ year.\ns 106ZA ins 2023 SL No. 44 s 6\n(sec.106ZA-ssec.1) The holder of, or a person acting under, a select coral ITQ unit may take in a select coral ITQ year the weight of prescribed select coral worked out by dividing the total quota entitlement for the fish for the year by the total number of select coral ITQ units of the same type that have been issued.\n(sec.106ZA-ssec.2) The authorisation for a select coral ITQ year under subsection (1) — is the holder’s entitlement under the select coral ITQ unit for the select coral ITQ year; and imposes a quota on the entitlement for the year.\n(sec.106ZA-ssec.3) However, the entitlement applies only while the holder holds a hand-harvest ITQ licence for taking prescribed select coral that is in effect.\n(sec.106ZA-ssec.4) In this section— total quota entitlement , for prescribed select coral, for a select coral ITQ year, means the total quota entitlement stated for the fish in the quota declaration for commercial hand-harvest fisheries for the select coral ITQ year.\n- (a) is the holder’s entitlement under the select coral ITQ unit for the select coral ITQ year; and\n- (b) imposes a quota on the entitlement for the year.","sortOrder":197},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106ZB","sectionType":"section","heading":"When select coral ITQ unit entitlement is used for a select coral ITQ year","content":"### sec.106ZB When select coral ITQ unit entitlement is used for a select coral ITQ year\n\nThe entitlement under a select coral ITQ unit is used for a select coral ITQ year—\nwhen the holder of, or a person acting under, the select coral ITQ unit has taken in the select coral ITQ year, under any hand-harvest ITQ licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) prescribed select coral equalling the holder’s entitlement under the select coral ITQ unit; or\nif section 106ZC applies.\nThe unused entitlement under a select coral ITQ unit for a select coral ITQ year is the amount of (whole weight) prescribed select coral that has not been taken, for the select coral ITQ year, under any hand-harvest ITQ licence held by the holder of the select coral ITQ unit.\ns 106ZB ins 2023 SL No. 44 s 6\n(sec.106ZB-ssec.1) The entitlement under a select coral ITQ unit is used for a select coral ITQ year— when the holder of, or a person acting under, the select coral ITQ unit has taken in the select coral ITQ year, under any hand-harvest ITQ licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) prescribed select coral equalling the holder’s entitlement under the select coral ITQ unit; or if section 106ZC applies.\n(sec.106ZB-ssec.2) The unused entitlement under a select coral ITQ unit for a select coral ITQ year is the amount of (whole weight) prescribed select coral that has not been taken, for the select coral ITQ year, under any hand-harvest ITQ licence held by the holder of the select coral ITQ unit.\n- (a) when the holder of, or a person acting under, the select coral ITQ unit has taken in the select coral ITQ year, under any hand-harvest ITQ licence held by the holder, an amount of (whole weight) prescribed select coral equalling the holder’s entitlement under the select coral ITQ unit; or\n- (b) if section 106ZC applies.","sortOrder":198},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106ZC","sectionType":"section","heading":"No carrying forward of unused entitlement","content":"### sec.106ZC No carrying forward of unused entitlement\n\nThis section applies if, in a select coral ITQ year, the holder of, or a person acting under, select coral ITQ units takes an amount of prescribed select coral that is less than the total entitlements under the holder’s select coral ITQ units.\nThe holder of the select coral ITQ units is taken, at the end of the select coral ITQ year, to have used all the entitlements under the select coral ITQ units held by the holder for the select coral ITQ year.\ns 106ZC ins 2023 SL No. 44 s 6\n(sec.106ZC-ssec.1) This section applies if, in a select coral ITQ year, the holder of, or a person acting under, select coral ITQ units takes an amount of prescribed select coral that is less than the total entitlements under the holder’s select coral ITQ units.\n(sec.106ZC-ssec.2) The holder of the select coral ITQ units is taken, at the end of the select coral ITQ year, to have used all the entitlements under the select coral ITQ units held by the holder for the select coral ITQ year.","sortOrder":199},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.5D-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","content":"## Evidentiary aids for use of entitlement","sortOrder":200},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106ZD","sectionType":"section","heading":"Weight notice is evidence of use of entitlement","content":"### sec.106ZD Weight notice is evidence of use of entitlement\n\nThis section applies if a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation gives the chief executive a weight notice for prescribed select coral taken under select coral ITQ units.\nThe notice is evidence that the holder of the select coral ITQ units has taken, under the select coral ITQ units, the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed select coral stated in the notice.\nFor subsection (2) , the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed select coral stated in the notice is the weight, in kilograms, of the fish.\ns 106ZD ins 2023 SL No. 44 s 6\n(sec.106ZD-ssec.1) This section applies if a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation gives the chief executive a weight notice for prescribed select coral taken under select coral ITQ units.\n(sec.106ZD-ssec.2) The notice is evidence that the holder of the select coral ITQ units has taken, under the select coral ITQ units, the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed select coral stated in the notice.\n(sec.106ZD-ssec.3) For subsection (2) , the whole weight equivalent of the amount of prescribed select coral stated in the notice is the weight, in kilograms, of the fish.","sortOrder":201},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.6","sectionType":"part","heading":"Common provisions about quota authorities","content":"# Common provisions about quota authorities","sortOrder":202},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.6-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Interpretation","content":"## Interpretation","sortOrder":203},{"sectionNumber":"sec.107","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions for part","content":"### sec.107 Definitions for part\n\nIn this part—\nquota units means—\neffort units for a trawl region; or\nSM units; or\nline units; or\nC2-ITQ units; or\nT4-ITQ units; or\nENL-ITQ units; or\nC1-ITQ units; or\nhand-harvest ITQ units; or\nselect coral ITQ units.\ns 107 def quota units amd 2020 SL No. 236 ss 11 (1) , 150 (1) – (2) ; 2023 SL No. 44 s 7 (1)\nquota year means—\nfor effort units for a trawl region—an effort year; or\nfor SM units—an SM year; or\nfor line units—a line year; or\nfor C2-ITQ units—a C2-ITQ year; or\nfor T4-ITQ units—a T4-ITQ year; or\nfor ENL-ITQ units—an ENL-ITQ year; or\nfor C1-ITQ units—a C1-ITQ year; or\nfor hand-harvest ITQ units—a hand-harvest ITQ year; or\nfor select coral ITQ units—a select coral ITQ year.\ns 107 def quota year amd 2020 SL No. 236 ss 11 (2) , 150 (3) – (4) ; 2023 SL No. 44 s 7 (2)\n- (a) effort units for a trawl region; or\n- (b) SM units; or\n- (c) line units; or\n- (d) C2-ITQ units; or\n- (e) T4-ITQ units; or\n- (f) ENL-ITQ units; or\n- (g) C1-ITQ units; or\n- (h) hand-harvest ITQ units; or\n- (i) select coral ITQ units.\n- (a) for effort units for a trawl region—an effort year; or\n- (b) for SM units—an SM year; or\n- (c) for line units—a line year; or\n- (d) for C2-ITQ units—a C2-ITQ year; or\n- (e) for T4-ITQ units—a T4-ITQ year; or\n- (f) for ENL-ITQ units—an ENL-ITQ year; or\n- (g) for C1-ITQ units—a C1-ITQ year; or\n- (h) for hand-harvest ITQ units—a hand-harvest ITQ year; or\n- (i) for select coral ITQ units—a select coral ITQ year.","sortOrder":204},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.6-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Unused entitlement notices","content":"## Unused entitlement notices","sortOrder":205},{"sectionNumber":"sec.108","sectionType":"section","heading":"Particular notice is evidence of unused entitlement","content":"### sec.108 Particular notice is evidence of unused entitlement\n\nThis section applies if the holder of quota units has obtained a written notice from the chief executive stating the amount of the unused entitlement under the quota units for a stated quota year on a stated date.\nThe notice is evidence of the amount of the unused entitlement under the quota units for the stated quota year on the stated date.\n(sec.108-ssec.1) This section applies if the holder of quota units has obtained a written notice from the chief executive stating the amount of the unused entitlement under the quota units for a stated quota year on a stated date.\n(sec.108-ssec.2) The notice is evidence of the amount of the unused entitlement under the quota units for the stated quota year on the stated date.","sortOrder":206},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.6-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Quota authority certificates","content":"## Quota authority certificates","sortOrder":207},{"sectionNumber":"sec.109","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division","content":"### sec.109 Application of division\n\nThis division applies to—\na certificate issued by the chief executive under the Act to a person who holds quota units; or\nif a certificate mentioned in paragraph (a) has been changed or replaced by the chief executive under the Act —the certificate as changed or the replacement certificate.\nA certificate mentioned in subsection (1) for quota units is commonly called—\nfor effort units for a trawl region—an effort unit certificate; or\nfor SM units—an SM unit certificate; or\nfor line units—a line unit certificate; or\nfor C2-ITQ units—a C2-ITQ unit certificate; or\nfor T4-ITQ units—a T4-ITQ unit certificate; or\nfor ENL-ITQ units—an ENL-ITQ unit certificate; or\nfor C1-ITQ units—a C1-ITQ unit certificate; or\nfor hand-harvest ITQ units—a hand-harvest ITQ unit certificate; or\nfor select coral ITQ units—a select coral ITQ certificate.\nFor this division, each certificate mentioned in subsection (1) for quota units is a quota authority certificate .\ns 109 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 151\namd 2023 SL No. 44 s 8\n(sec.109-ssec.1) This division applies to— a certificate issued by the chief executive under the Act to a person who holds quota units; or if a certificate mentioned in paragraph (a) has been changed or replaced by the chief executive under the Act —the certificate as changed or the replacement certificate.\n(sec.109-ssec.2) A certificate mentioned in subsection (1) for quota units is commonly called— for effort units for a trawl region—an effort unit certificate; or for SM units—an SM unit certificate; or for line units—a line unit certificate; or for C2-ITQ units—a C2-ITQ unit certificate; or for T4-ITQ units—a T4-ITQ unit certificate; or for ENL-ITQ units—an ENL-ITQ unit certificate; or for C1-ITQ units—a C1-ITQ unit certificate; or for hand-harvest ITQ units—a hand-harvest ITQ unit certificate; or for select coral ITQ units—a select coral ITQ certificate.\n(sec.109-ssec.3) For this division, each certificate mentioned in subsection (1) for quota units is a quota authority certificate .\n- (a) a certificate issued by the chief executive under the Act to a person who holds quota units; or\n- (b) if a certificate mentioned in paragraph (a) has been changed or replaced by the chief executive under the Act —the certificate as changed or the replacement certificate.\n- (a) for effort units for a trawl region—an effort unit certificate; or\n- (b) for SM units—an SM unit certificate; or\n- (c) for line units—a line unit certificate; or\n- (d) for C2-ITQ units—a C2-ITQ unit certificate; or\n- (e) for T4-ITQ units—a T4-ITQ unit certificate; or\n- (f) for ENL-ITQ units—an ENL-ITQ unit certificate; or\n- (g) for C1-ITQ units—a C1-ITQ unit certificate; or\n- (h) for hand-harvest ITQ units—a hand-harvest ITQ unit certificate; or\n- (i) for select coral ITQ units—a select coral ITQ certificate.","sortOrder":208},{"sectionNumber":"sec.110","sectionType":"section","heading":"Content of quota authority certificates generally","content":"### sec.110 Content of quota authority certificates generally\n\nA quota authority certificate must state each of the following—\nthe certificate number;\nthe name of the person who holds the quota units mentioned in the certificate;\nthe number of quota units held by the person;\nif the chief executive has imposed conditions on the quota units—the conditions;\nif the chief executive or a court has suspended any of the quota units—\nthe number of quota units suspended; and\nthe period of the suspension.\ns 110 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 152\n- (a) the certificate number;\n- (b) the name of the person who holds the quota units mentioned in the certificate;\n- (c) the number of quota units held by the person;\n- (d) if the chief executive has imposed conditions on the quota units—the conditions;\n- (e) if the chief executive or a court has suspended any of the quota units— (i) the number of quota units suspended; and (ii) the period of the suspension.\n- (i) the number of quota units suspended; and\n- (ii) the period of the suspension.\n- (i) the number of quota units suspended; and\n- (ii) the period of the suspension.","sortOrder":209},{"sectionNumber":"sec.111","sectionType":"section","heading":"Quota authority certificates for more than 1 type of particular quota units","content":"### sec.111 Quota authority certificates for more than 1 type of particular quota units\n\nThis section applies if a person holds more than 1 type of the following quota units (each a prescribed quota unit )—\nline units;\nENL-ITQ units;\nC1-ITQ units;\nhand-harvest ITQ units;\nselect coral ITQ units.\nOnly 1 quota authority certificate may be issued to the person for all of the prescribed quota units held by the person.\nThe quota authority certificate for the prescribed quota units must state, for each type of prescribed quota units for which the certificate is issued—\nthe fish that may be taken under the units; and\nif applicable, the region in which the fish may be taken under the units.\ns 111 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 153\namd 2023 SL No. 44 s 9\n(sec.111-ssec.1) This section applies if a person holds more than 1 type of the following quota units (each a prescribed quota unit )— line units; ENL-ITQ units; C1-ITQ units; hand-harvest ITQ units; select coral ITQ units.\n(sec.111-ssec.2) Only 1 quota authority certificate may be issued to the person for all of the prescribed quota units held by the person.\n(sec.111-ssec.3) The quota authority certificate for the prescribed quota units must state, for each type of prescribed quota units for which the certificate is issued— the fish that may be taken under the units; and if applicable, the region in which the fish may be taken under the units.\n- (a) line units;\n- (b) ENL-ITQ units;\n- (c) C1-ITQ units;\n- (d) hand-harvest ITQ units;\n- (e) select coral ITQ units.\n- (a) the fish that may be taken under the units; and\n- (b) if applicable, the region in which the fish may be taken under the units.","sortOrder":210},{"sectionNumber":"sec.112","sectionType":"section","heading":"Evidentiary provision for quota authority certificates","content":"### sec.112 Evidentiary provision for quota authority certificates\n\nA quota authority certificate is evidence of the following matters stated in the certificate—\nthe number of quota units held by the holder of the units at the relevant time;\nthe conditions, if any, imposed on the quota units.\nIn this section—\nrelevant time , for a quota authority certificate, means—\nwhen the certificate was issued; or\nif the certificate has been changed or replaced—when the certificate was changed or replaced.\n(sec.112-ssec.1) A quota authority certificate is evidence of the following matters stated in the certificate— the number of quota units held by the holder of the units at the relevant time; the conditions, if any, imposed on the quota units.\n(sec.112-ssec.2) In this section— relevant time , for a quota authority certificate, means— when the certificate was issued; or if the certificate has been changed or replaced—when the certificate was changed or replaced.\n- (a) the number of quota units held by the holder of the units at the relevant time;\n- (b) the conditions, if any, imposed on the quota units.\n- (a) when the certificate was issued; or\n- (b) if the certificate has been changed or replaced—when the certificate was changed or replaced.","sortOrder":211},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.6-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":"Unit PINS","content":"## Unit PINS","sortOrder":212},{"sectionNumber":"sec.113","sectionType":"section","heading":"Change of unit PIN","content":"### sec.113 Change of unit PIN\n\nThe holder of line units, SM units or T4-ITQ units may, by written notice, ask the chief executive to change the unit PIN for the line units, SM units or T4-ITQ units.\nOn receiving the notice, the chief executive must—\nchange the unit PIN for the units to another 4-digit identity number (the new unit PIN ) decided by the chief executive; and\ngive the holder a written notice stating the new unit PIN.\nThe change of unit PIN takes effect when the notice mentioned in subsection (2) is given to the holder.\n(sec.113-ssec.1) The holder of line units, SM units or T4-ITQ units may, by written notice, ask the chief executive to change the unit PIN for the line units, SM units or T4-ITQ units.\n(sec.113-ssec.2) On receiving the notice, the chief executive must— change the unit PIN for the units to another 4-digit identity number (the new unit PIN ) decided by the chief executive; and give the holder a written notice stating the new unit PIN.\n(sec.113-ssec.3) The change of unit PIN takes effect when the notice mentioned in subsection (2) is given to the holder.\n- (a) change the unit PIN for the units to another 4-digit identity number (the new unit PIN ) decided by the chief executive; and\n- (b) give the holder a written notice stating the new unit PIN.","sortOrder":213},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.6-div.5","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fisher PINs","content":"## Fisher PINs","sortOrder":214},{"sectionNumber":"sec.114","sectionType":"section","heading":"Change of fisher PIN","content":"### sec.114 Change of fisher PIN\n\nThe holder of line units, SM units or T4-ITQ units may, by using the AIVR system, change the fisher PIN for the line units, SM units or T4-ITQ units.\nThe change of the fisher PIN for the line units, SM units or T4-ITQ units takes effect when the holder is given a transaction number by the AIVR system for the change.\n(sec.114-ssec.1) The holder of line units, SM units or T4-ITQ units may, by using the AIVR system, change the fisher PIN for the line units, SM units or T4-ITQ units.\n(sec.114-ssec.2) The change of the fisher PIN for the line units, SM units or T4-ITQ units takes effect when the holder is given a transaction number by the AIVR system for the change.","sortOrder":215},{"sectionNumber":"ch.4-pt.6-div.6","sectionType":"division","heading":"Transfers of quota authorities","content":"## Transfers of quota authorities","sortOrder":216},{"sectionNumber":"sec.115","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of subdivision","content":"### sec.115 Purpose of subdivision\n\nThis subdivision states, for section 65 (1) of the Act , the circumstances in which particular quota authorities may or may not be transferred.","sortOrder":217},{"sectionNumber":"sec.116","sectionType":"section","heading":"Only whole quota units may be transferred","content":"### sec.116 Only whole quota units may be transferred\n\nA part of a quota unit may not be transferred.","sortOrder":218},{"sectionNumber":"sec.117","sectionType":"section","heading":"Eligibility of transferee for quota units","content":"### sec.117 Eligibility of transferee for quota units\n\nA quota unit may be transferred only to a person, other than the transferor, who holds a primary commercial fishing licence for the commercial fishery in relation to which the quota unit is issued.\ns 117 amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 5\nsub 2020 SL No. 236 s 154","sortOrder":219},{"sectionNumber":"sec.118","sectionType":"section","heading":"Quota authority certificate changes required","content":"### sec.118 Quota authority certificate changes required\n\nThis section applies if, under section 65B of the Act , the chief executive registers the transfer of quota units.\nThe chief executive must give effect to the transfer by doing any of the following—\nchanging, cancelling or replacing the transferor’s and transferee’s current quota authority certificates for the quota units transferred;\nissuing the transferee a new quota authority certificate for the quota units transferred.\n(sec.118-ssec.1) This section applies if, under section 65B of the Act , the chief executive registers the transfer of quota units.\n(sec.118-ssec.2) The chief executive must give effect to the transfer by doing any of the following— changing, cancelling or replacing the transferor’s and transferee’s current quota authority certificates for the quota units transferred; issuing the transferee a new quota authority certificate for the quota units transferred.\n- (a) changing, cancelling or replacing the transferor’s and transferee’s current quota authority certificates for the quota units transferred;\n- (b) issuing the transferee a new quota authority certificate for the quota units transferred.","sortOrder":220},{"sectionNumber":"sec.119","sectionType":"section","heading":"Entitlement of transferee","content":"### sec.119 Entitlement of transferee\n\nThe entitlement of the transferee under quota units transferred in a quota year is as follows—\nfor that part of the quota year after registration of the transfer—the entitlement of the transferor under the quota units immediately before the registration;\nfor a later quota year—the entitlement the transferor would have had under the quota units at the beginning of the quota year, as if the quota units had not been transferred.\nFor subsection (1) (a) , if part of the entitlement of the transferor under a transferred quota unit has been used, the whole entitlement of the transferee under the transferred quota unit is taken to have been used.\nHowever, the transfer of effort units for a trawl region only includes an entitlement of the transferor to use a boat in the trawl region on a steaming day if the transferor’s former licence to which the effort units for a trawl region related was also transferred to the transferee.\nSubsection (3) does not affect the transferee’s entitlement to use a boat in the trawl region on a steaming day under other effort units.\ns 119 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 155 ; 2026 SL No. 5 s 5\n(sec.119-ssec.1) The entitlement of the transferee under quota units transferred in a quota year is as follows— for that part of the quota year after registration of the transfer—the entitlement of the transferor under the quota units immediately before the registration; for a later quota year—the entitlement the transferor would have had under the quota units at the beginning of the quota year, as if the quota units had not been transferred.\n(sec.119-ssec.2) For subsection (1) (a) , if part of the entitlement of the transferor under a transferred quota unit has been used, the whole entitlement of the transferee under the transferred quota unit is taken to have been used.\n(sec.119-ssec.3) However, the transfer of effort units for a trawl region only includes an entitlement of the transferor to use a boat in the trawl region on a steaming day if the transferor’s former licence to which the effort units for a trawl region related was also transferred to the transferee.\n(sec.119-ssec.4) Subsection (3) does not affect the transferee’s entitlement to use a boat in the trawl region on a steaming day under other effort units.\n- (a) for that part of the quota year after registration of the transfer—the entitlement of the transferor under the quota units immediately before the registration;\n- (b) for a later quota year—the entitlement the transferor would have had under the quota units at the beginning of the quota year, as if the quota units had not been transferred.","sortOrder":221},{"sectionNumber":"sec.120","sectionType":"section","heading":"Issue of fisher PIN for particular transferees","content":"### sec.120 Issue of fisher PIN for particular transferees\n\nThis section applies if—\nthe chief executive registers the transfer of line units, SM units or T4-ITQ units; and\nthe transferee did not hold any units of the same type immediately before the transfer.\nThe chief executive must, immediately after the transfer is registered, issue the transferee a 4-digit identity number (a fisher PIN ) for the line units, SM units or T4-ITQ units.\n(sec.120-ssec.1) This section applies if— the chief executive registers the transfer of line units, SM units or T4-ITQ units; and the transferee did not hold any units of the same type immediately before the transfer.\n(sec.120-ssec.2) The chief executive must, immediately after the transfer is registered, issue the transferee a 4-digit identity number (a fisher PIN ) for the line units, SM units or T4-ITQ units.\n- (a) the chief executive registers the transfer of line units, SM units or T4-ITQ units; and\n- (b) the transferee did not hold any units of the same type immediately before the transfer.","sortOrder":222},{"sectionNumber":"ch.5-pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":"Preliminary","content":"# Preliminary","sortOrder":223},{"sectionNumber":"sec.121","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of chapter","content":"### sec.121 Purpose of chapter\n\nThis chapter prescribes conditions for the following licences—\na primary commercial fishing licence;\na commercial fisher licence.\ns 121 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n- (a) a primary commercial fishing licence;\n- (b) a commercial fisher licence.","sortOrder":224},{"sectionNumber":"sec.122","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions for chapter","content":"### sec.122 Definitions for chapter\n\nIn this chapter—\napproved logbook , for a primary commercial fishing licence, means—\nan approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the licence; or\nan approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) for the licence.\napproved logbook (commercial fishing) , for a primary commercial fishing licence, means an electronic or paper logbook—\nprovided by the chief executive to the holder of the licence for recording information under part 3 ; or\napproved by the chief executive under section 123 (3) (a) for the licence for recording information under part 3 .\napproved logbook (TEP animal interaction) , for a primary commercial fishing licence, means an electronic or paper logbook—\nprovided by the chief executive to the holder of the licence for recording information under part 4 ; or\napproved by the chief executive under section 123 (3) (a) for the licence for recording information under part 4 .\nTEP animal means a protected animal within the meaning of section 118 of the Act that is—\ndesignated by the chief executive for the purpose of recording particular information about particular interactions with the animal; and\npublished on the department’s website.\ns 122 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n- (a) an approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the licence; or\n- (b) an approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) for the licence.\n- (a) provided by the chief executive to the holder of the licence for recording information under part 3 ; or\n- (b) approved by the chief executive under section 123 (3) (a) for the licence for recording information under part 3 .\n- (a) provided by the chief executive to the holder of the licence for recording information under part 4 ; or\n- (b) approved by the chief executive under section 123 (3) (a) for the licence for recording information under part 4 .\n- (a) designated by the chief executive for the purpose of recording particular information about particular interactions with the animal; and\n- (b) published on the department’s website.","sortOrder":225},{"sectionNumber":"sec.123","sectionType":"section","heading":"Approving logbooks","content":"### sec.123 Approving logbooks\n\nThe holder of a primary commercial fishing licence may apply to the chief executive for approval of a logbook for the licence for recording information under part 3 or 4 .\nThe application must be in the approved form.\nThe chief executive may—\napprove the logbook for the licence; or\nrefuse to approve the logbook for the licence.\nIf the chief executive refuses to approve the logbook, the chief executive must give the applicant an information notice about the decision.\ns 123 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.123-ssec.1) The holder of a primary commercial fishing licence may apply to the chief executive for approval of a logbook for the licence for recording information under part 3 or 4 .\n(sec.123-ssec.2) The application must be in the approved form.\n(sec.123-ssec.3) The chief executive may— approve the logbook for the licence; or refuse to approve the logbook for the licence.\n(sec.123-ssec.4) If the chief executive refuses to approve the logbook, the chief executive must give the applicant an information notice about the decision.\n- (a) approve the logbook for the licence; or\n- (b) refuse to approve the logbook for the licence.","sortOrder":226},{"sectionNumber":"ch.5-pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":"Requirements for approved logbooks","content":"# Requirements for approved logbooks","sortOrder":227},{"sectionNumber":"sec.124","sectionType":"section","heading":"Logbooks must be held before fishing operation starts","content":"### sec.124 Logbooks must be held before fishing operation starts\n\nThe commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation must not start the fishing operation if the commercial fisher does not hold each approved logbook for the primary commercial fishing licence under which fish will be taken in the fishing operation.\nFor subsection (1) , a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation holds an approved logbook if the commercial fisher—\nphysically possesses the logbook; or\nfor an approved logbook that is an electronic logbook—has access to the logbook in a way that allows the commercial fisher to—\nmake an entry in the logbook; and\nkeep the entry in the logbook available for immediate inspection.\ns 124 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 29 (1) – (2) )\n(sec.124-ssec.1) The commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation must not start the fishing operation if the commercial fisher does not hold each approved logbook for the primary commercial fishing licence under which fish will be taken in the fishing operation.\n(sec.124-ssec.2) For subsection (1) , a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation holds an approved logbook if the commercial fisher— physically possesses the logbook; or for an approved logbook that is an electronic logbook—has access to the logbook in a way that allows the commercial fisher to— make an entry in the logbook; and keep the entry in the logbook available for immediate inspection.\n- (a) physically possesses the logbook; or\n- (b) for an approved logbook that is an electronic logbook—has access to the logbook in a way that allows the commercial fisher to— (i) make an entry in the logbook; and (ii) keep the entry in the logbook available for immediate inspection.\n- (i) make an entry in the logbook; and\n- (ii) keep the entry in the logbook available for immediate inspection.\n- (i) make an entry in the logbook; and\n- (ii) keep the entry in the logbook available for immediate inspection.","sortOrder":228},{"sectionNumber":"sec.125","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exchange of logbooks between holder and commercial fisher in control","content":"### sec.125 Exchange of logbooks between holder and commercial fisher in control\n\nThis section applies if the holder of a primary commercial fishing licence under which fish will be taken in a fishing operation is not the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation.\nThe holder of the licence must give each approved logbook for the licence to the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation—\nbefore the fishing operation starts; and\nin the prescribed way.\nThe commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation must give each approved logbook for the licence to the holder of the licence—\nwhen the fishing operation ends; and\nin the prescribed way.\nIn this section—\nprescribed way , for giving an approved logbook for a primary commercial fishing licence to a person, means—\ngiving the logbook personally to the person; or\nleaving the logbook on a commercial fishing boat to be used or used under the licence to which the person has access and telling the person where the logbook has been left; or\nsending the logbook by registered post to the person; or\nfor an electronic logbook—giving the person access to the logbook in a way that allows the person to—\nmake an entry in the logbook; and\nkeep the entry in the logbook available for immediate inspection.\ns 125 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 29 (3) )\n(sec.125-ssec.1) This section applies if the holder of a primary commercial fishing licence under which fish will be taken in a fishing operation is not the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation.\n(sec.125-ssec.2) The holder of the licence must give each approved logbook for the licence to the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation— before the fishing operation starts; and in the prescribed way.\n(sec.125-ssec.3) The commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation must give each approved logbook for the licence to the holder of the licence— when the fishing operation ends; and in the prescribed way.\n(sec.125-ssec.4) In this section— prescribed way , for giving an approved logbook for a primary commercial fishing licence to a person, means— giving the logbook personally to the person; or leaving the logbook on a commercial fishing boat to be used or used under the licence to which the person has access and telling the person where the logbook has been left; or sending the logbook by registered post to the person; or for an electronic logbook—giving the person access to the logbook in a way that allows the person to— make an entry in the logbook; and keep the entry in the logbook available for immediate inspection.\n- (a) before the fishing operation starts; and\n- (b) in the prescribed way.\n- (a) when the fishing operation ends; and\n- (b) in the prescribed way.\n- (a) giving the logbook personally to the person; or\n- (b) leaving the logbook on a commercial fishing boat to be used or used under the licence to which the person has access and telling the person where the logbook has been left; or\n- (c) sending the logbook by registered post to the person; or\n- (d) for an electronic logbook—giving the person access to the logbook in a way that allows the person to— (i) make an entry in the logbook; and (ii) keep the entry in the logbook available for immediate inspection.\n- (i) make an entry in the logbook; and\n- (ii) keep the entry in the logbook available for immediate inspection.\n- (i) make an entry in the logbook; and\n- (ii) keep the entry in the logbook available for immediate inspection.","sortOrder":229},{"sectionNumber":"ch.5-pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":"Requirements for approved logbooks (commercial fishing)","content":"# Requirements for approved logbooks (commercial fishing)","sortOrder":230},{"sectionNumber":"sec.126","sectionType":"section","heading":"Making logbook entries for days of fishing operations","content":"### sec.126 Making logbook entries for days of fishing operations\n\nThe commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation must make an entry in the approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the primary commercial fishing licence under which the commercial fisher is acting for each day of the fishing operation.\nThe entry must—\nstate the following information for each individual species of fish taken in the fishing operation on the day—\nthe species of the fish;\nthe number of individual fish or containers containing fish;\nthe estimated weight of the fish;\nthe form of the fish; and\ninclude information required in the approved logbook (commercial fishing); and\nbe accompanied by a declaration by the commercial fisher that the entry is complete and accurate.\nThe entry must be made—\nat the end of the day; or\nif the fishing operation ends before the end of the day—before the fishing operation ends.\ns 126 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.126-ssec.1) The commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation must make an entry in the approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the primary commercial fishing licence under which the commercial fisher is acting for each day of the fishing operation.\n(sec.126-ssec.2) The entry must— state the following information for each individual species of fish taken in the fishing operation on the day— the species of the fish; the number of individual fish or containers containing fish; the estimated weight of the fish; the form of the fish; and include information required in the approved logbook (commercial fishing); and be accompanied by a declaration by the commercial fisher that the entry is complete and accurate.\n(sec.126-ssec.3) The entry must be made— at the end of the day; or if the fishing operation ends before the end of the day—before the fishing operation ends.\n- (a) state the following information for each individual species of fish taken in the fishing operation on the day— (i) the species of the fish; (ii) the number of individual fish or containers containing fish; (iii) the estimated weight of the fish; (iv) the form of the fish; and\n- (i) the species of the fish;\n- (ii) the number of individual fish or containers containing fish;\n- (iii) the estimated weight of the fish;\n- (iv) the form of the fish; and\n- (b) include information required in the approved logbook (commercial fishing); and\n- (c) be accompanied by a declaration by the commercial fisher that the entry is complete and accurate.\n- (i) the species of the fish;\n- (ii) the number of individual fish or containers containing fish;\n- (iii) the estimated weight of the fish;\n- (iv) the form of the fish; and\n- (a) at the end of the day; or\n- (b) if the fishing operation ends before the end of the day—before the fishing operation ends.","sortOrder":231},{"sectionNumber":"sec.127","sectionType":"section","heading":"Making logbook entries for outside fishing operation days","content":"### sec.127 Making logbook entries for outside fishing operation days\n\nThe holder, or a person authorised by the holder, of a primary commercial fishing licence must make an entry in the approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the licence for each outside fishing operation day for the licence.\nThe entry must—\nstate that no fishing operation was conducted under the licence on the day; and\ninclude information required in the approved logbook (commercial fishing); and\nbe accompanied by a declaration by the person who makes the entry that the entry is complete and accurate.\nThe entry may relate to 1 day or a continuous period of more than 1 day.\nNo fishing operation was conducted during the period 6 to 12 October 2021.\nThe entry must be made before the approved logbook (commercial fishing) is given to the chief executive under section 130 .\ns 127 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.127-ssec.1) The holder, or a person authorised by the holder, of a primary commercial fishing licence must make an entry in the approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the licence for each outside fishing operation day for the licence.\n(sec.127-ssec.2) The entry must— state that no fishing operation was conducted under the licence on the day; and include information required in the approved logbook (commercial fishing); and be accompanied by a declaration by the person who makes the entry that the entry is complete and accurate.\n(sec.127-ssec.3) The entry may relate to 1 day or a continuous period of more than 1 day. No fishing operation was conducted during the period 6 to 12 October 2021.\n(sec.127-ssec.4) The entry must be made before the approved logbook (commercial fishing) is given to the chief executive under section 130 .\n- (a) state that no fishing operation was conducted under the licence on the day; and\n- (b) include information required in the approved logbook (commercial fishing); and\n- (c) be accompanied by a declaration by the person who makes the entry that the entry is complete and accurate.","sortOrder":232},{"sectionNumber":"sec.128","sectionType":"section","heading":"Logbook entries to be available for inspection","content":"### sec.128 Logbook entries to be available for inspection\n\nThis section applies if fish taken in a fishing operation are in the physical possession of the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation.\nThe commercial fisher in control must ensure the following is available for immediate inspection—\nif the fishing operation has not ended—the approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the primary commercial fishing licence under which the fish were taken;\nif the fishing operation has ended—a copy of the entry relating to the fish from the approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the primary commercial fishing licence under which the fish were taken.\ns 128 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.128-ssec.1) This section applies if fish taken in a fishing operation are in the physical possession of the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation.\n(sec.128-ssec.2) The commercial fisher in control must ensure the following is available for immediate inspection— if the fishing operation has not ended—the approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the primary commercial fishing licence under which the fish were taken; if the fishing operation has ended—a copy of the entry relating to the fish from the approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the primary commercial fishing licence under which the fish were taken.\n- (a) if the fishing operation has not ended—the approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the primary commercial fishing licence under which the fish were taken;\n- (b) if the fishing operation has ended—a copy of the entry relating to the fish from the approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the primary commercial fishing licence under which the fish were taken.","sortOrder":233},{"sectionNumber":"sec.129","sectionType":"section","heading":"Logbook entries to be given to chief executive","content":"### sec.129 Logbook entries to be given to chief executive\n\nThe commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation must give to the chief executive the original or a copy of each entry for a day of the fishing operation made in the approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the primary commercial fishing licence under which the commercial fisher is acting—\nif the approved logbook (commercial fishing) is electronic—within 24 hours after the fishing operation ends; or\nif the approved logbook (commercial fishing) is in paper form—within 7 days after the fishing operation ends.\ns 129 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 29 (4) )\n- (a) if the approved logbook (commercial fishing) is electronic—within 24 hours after the fishing operation ends; or\n- (b) if the approved logbook (commercial fishing) is in paper form—within 7 days after the fishing operation ends.","sortOrder":234},{"sectionNumber":"sec.130","sectionType":"section","heading":"Logbooks to be given to chief executive","content":"### sec.130 Logbooks to be given to chief executive\n\nThe holder of a primary commercial fishing licence must, for each month, give the part of the approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the licence relating to the month to the chief executive.\nThe part of the approved logbook (commercial fishing) given under subsection (1) must be received by the chief executive no more than 15 days after the end of the month to which the part relates.\nThis section does not require the holder to give the chief executive an entry in the part of the approved logbook (commercial fishing) mentioned in subsection (1) if the original of the entry was given to the chief executive under section 129 .\ns 130 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 29 (5) )\n(sec.130-ssec.1) The holder of a primary commercial fishing licence must, for each month, give the part of the approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the licence relating to the month to the chief executive.\n(sec.130-ssec.2) The part of the approved logbook (commercial fishing) given under subsection (1) must be received by the chief executive no more than 15 days after the end of the month to which the part relates.\n(sec.130-ssec.3) This section does not require the holder to give the chief executive an entry in the part of the approved logbook (commercial fishing) mentioned in subsection (1) if the original of the entry was given to the chief executive under section 129 .","sortOrder":235},{"sectionNumber":"ch.5-pt.4","sectionType":"part","heading":"Requirements for approved logbooks (TEP animal interaction)","content":"# Requirements for approved logbooks (TEP animal interaction)","sortOrder":236},{"sectionNumber":"sec.131","sectionType":"section","heading":"Making logbook entries during fishing operations","content":"### sec.131 Making logbook entries during fishing operations\n\nThe commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation must make an entry in the approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) for the primary commercial fishing licence under which the commercial fisher is acting for each interaction with a TEP animal during the fishing operation.\nThe entry must—\nstate the following information for the interaction—\nthe date of the interaction;\nthe species of the TEP animal involved in the interaction;\nthe number of TEP animals involved in the interaction;\nthe release condition of each TEP animal involved in the interaction;\nthe location of the interaction;\nif fish were being taken at the time of the interaction—how the fish were being taken; and\ninclude information required in the approved logbook (TEP animal interaction); and\nbe accompanied by a declaration by the commercial fisher that the entry is complete and accurate.\nThe entry must be made—\nbefore the end of the day of the interaction with the TEP animal; or\nif the fishing operation ends before the end of the day of the interaction with the TEP animal—before the fishing operation ends.\nIn this section—\ninteraction , with a TEP animal, means physical contact between a person, boat or fishing apparatus involved in a fishing operation and the animal.\nrelease condition , for a TEP animal, means the condition of the animal after an interaction, including whether the animal is—\ndead; or\nalive and injured; or\nalive and not injured.\ns 131 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.131-ssec.1) The commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation must make an entry in the approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) for the primary commercial fishing licence under which the commercial fisher is acting for each interaction with a TEP animal during the fishing operation.\n(sec.131-ssec.2) The entry must— state the following information for the interaction— the date of the interaction; the species of the TEP animal involved in the interaction; the number of TEP animals involved in the interaction; the release condition of each TEP animal involved in the interaction; the location of the interaction; if fish were being taken at the time of the interaction—how the fish were being taken; and include information required in the approved logbook (TEP animal interaction); and be accompanied by a declaration by the commercial fisher that the entry is complete and accurate.\n(sec.131-ssec.3) The entry must be made— before the end of the day of the interaction with the TEP animal; or if the fishing operation ends before the end of the day of the interaction with the TEP animal—before the fishing operation ends.\n(sec.131-ssec.4) In this section— interaction , with a TEP animal, means physical contact between a person, boat or fishing apparatus involved in a fishing operation and the animal. release condition , for a TEP animal, means the condition of the animal after an interaction, including whether the animal is— dead; or alive and injured; or alive and not injured.\n- (a) state the following information for the interaction— (i) the date of the interaction; (ii) the species of the TEP animal involved in the interaction; (iii) the number of TEP animals involved in the interaction; (iv) the release condition of each TEP animal involved in the interaction; (v) the location of the interaction; (vi) if fish were being taken at the time of the interaction—how the fish were being taken; and\n- (i) the date of the interaction;\n- (ii) the species of the TEP animal involved in the interaction;\n- (iii) the number of TEP animals involved in the interaction;\n- (iv) the release condition of each TEP animal involved in the interaction;\n- (v) the location of the interaction;\n- (vi) if fish were being taken at the time of the interaction—how the fish were being taken; and\n- (b) include information required in the approved logbook (TEP animal interaction); and\n- (c) be accompanied by a declaration by the commercial fisher that the entry is complete and accurate.\n- (i) the date of the interaction;\n- (ii) the species of the TEP animal involved in the interaction;\n- (iii) the number of TEP animals involved in the interaction;\n- (iv) the release condition of each TEP animal involved in the interaction;\n- (v) the location of the interaction;\n- (vi) if fish were being taken at the time of the interaction—how the fish were being taken; and\n- (a) before the end of the day of the interaction with the TEP animal; or\n- (b) if the fishing operation ends before the end of the day of the interaction with the TEP animal—before the fishing operation ends.\n- (a) dead; or\n- (b) alive and injured; or\n- (c) alive and not injured.","sortOrder":237},{"sectionNumber":"sec.132","sectionType":"section","heading":"Logbook to be available for inspection","content":"### sec.132 Logbook to be available for inspection\n\nThe commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation must ensure the approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) for the primary commercial fishing licence under which the commercial fisher is acting is available for immediate inspection during the fishing operation.\ns 132 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156","sortOrder":238},{"sectionNumber":"sec.133","sectionType":"section","heading":"Logbook entries to be given to chief executive","content":"### sec.133 Logbook entries to be given to chief executive\n\nThe commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation must give to the chief executive the original or a copy of each entry for the fishing operation made in the approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) for the primary commercial fishing licence under which the commercial fisher is acting—\nif the approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) is electronic—within 24 hours after the fishing operation ends; or\nif the approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) is in paper form—within 7 days after the fishing operation ends.\ns 133 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 29 (6) )\n- (a) if the approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) is electronic—within 24 hours after the fishing operation ends; or\n- (b) if the approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) is in paper form—within 7 days after the fishing operation ends.","sortOrder":239},{"sectionNumber":"sec.134","sectionType":"section","heading":"Logbooks to be given to chief executive","content":"### sec.134 Logbooks to be given to chief executive\n\nThis section applies if 1 or more interactions with a TEP animal mentioned in section 131 happen in a month during a fishing operation conducted under a primary commercial fishing licence.\nThe holder of the licence must give the part of the approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) for the licence relating to the month to the chief executive.\nThe part of the approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) given under subsection (2) must be received by the chief executive no more than 15 days after the end of the month to which the part relates.\nThis section does not require the holder to give the chief executive an entry in the part of the approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) mentioned in subsection (2) if the original of the entry was given to the chief executive under section 133 .\ns 134 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 29 (7) )\n(sec.134-ssec.1) This section applies if 1 or more interactions with a TEP animal mentioned in section 131 happen in a month during a fishing operation conducted under a primary commercial fishing licence.\n(sec.134-ssec.2) The holder of the licence must give the part of the approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) for the licence relating to the month to the chief executive.\n(sec.134-ssec.3) The part of the approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) given under subsection (2) must be received by the chief executive no more than 15 days after the end of the month to which the part relates.\n(sec.134-ssec.4) This section does not require the holder to give the chief executive an entry in the part of the approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) mentioned in subsection (2) if the original of the entry was given to the chief executive under section 133 .","sortOrder":240},{"sectionNumber":"ch.6-pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":"Pre-trip notices","content":"# Pre-trip notices","sortOrder":241},{"sectionNumber":"ch.6-pt.1-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Preliminary","content":"## Preliminary","sortOrder":242},{"sectionNumber":"sec.135","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose and application of part","content":"### sec.135 Purpose and application of part\n\nThis part prescribes conditions for the following licences—\na primary commercial fishing licence;\na commercial fisher licence.\nDivision 2 prescribes conditions for the commercial fisher licence of the commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation for taking fish under a primary commercial fishing licence.\nHowever, division 2 does not apply to a fishing operation conducted under a primary commercial fishing licence if—\n1 or more of the fishery symbols ‘L4’, ‘N3’, ‘N12’ or ‘N13’ is written on the licence; and\nthe commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation intends to take fish in the fishing operation only under 1 or more of those symbols.\nDivision 3 prescribes conditions for the primary commercial fishing licence that identifies an authorised boat that is to be used by a commercial fisher to conduct a recreational fishing operation.\ns 135 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.135-ssec.1) This part prescribes conditions for the following licences— a primary commercial fishing licence; a commercial fisher licence.\n(sec.135-ssec.2) Division 2 prescribes conditions for the commercial fisher licence of the commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation for taking fish under a primary commercial fishing licence.\n(sec.135-ssec.3) However, division 2 does not apply to a fishing operation conducted under a primary commercial fishing licence if— 1 or more of the fishery symbols ‘L4’, ‘N3’, ‘N12’ or ‘N13’ is written on the licence; and the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation intends to take fish in the fishing operation only under 1 or more of those symbols.\n(sec.135-ssec.4) Division 3 prescribes conditions for the primary commercial fishing licence that identifies an authorised boat that is to be used by a commercial fisher to conduct a recreational fishing operation.\n- (a) a primary commercial fishing licence;\n- (b) a commercial fisher licence.\n- (a) 1 or more of the fishery symbols ‘L4’, ‘N3’, ‘N12’ or ‘N13’ is written on the licence; and\n- (b) the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation intends to take fish in the fishing operation only under 1 or more of those symbols.","sortOrder":243},{"sectionNumber":"sec.136","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions for part","content":"### sec.136 Definitions for part\n\nIn this part—\nearlier pre-trip notice see section 139 (1) (a) .\nlimited pre-trip notice see section 139 (2) .\npre-trip notice —\nfor division 2 —see section 138 (2) ; or\nfor division 3 —see section 145 (2) .\npre-trip particulars —\nfor division 2 —see section 138 (3) ; or\nfor division 3 —see section 145 (3) .\nproposed landing place means—\nfor a fishing operation for taking fish using a boat but not using a seine net—the landing place at which the boat will be landed at the end of the fishing operation; or\nfor a fishing operation for taking fish using a boat and a seine net—the beach or foreshore at which the boat will be used to carry out fishing; or\nfor a fishing operation for taking fish without a boat—the landing place at which the fish will be landed at the end of the fishing operation.\nrecreational fishing operation means a fishing operation to carry out recreational fishing.\ns 136 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n- (a) for division 2 —see section 138 (2) ; or\n- (b) for division 3 —see section 145 (2) .\n- (a) for division 2 —see section 138 (3) ; or\n- (b) for division 3 —see section 145 (3) .\n- (a) for a fishing operation for taking fish using a boat but not using a seine net—the landing place at which the boat will be landed at the end of the fishing operation; or\n- (b) for a fishing operation for taking fish using a boat and a seine net—the beach or foreshore at which the boat will be used to carry out fishing; or\n- (c) for a fishing operation for taking fish without a boat—the landing place at which the fish will be landed at the end of the fishing operation.","sortOrder":244},{"sectionNumber":"sec.137","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notices to chief executive","content":"### sec.137 Notices to chief executive\n\nA notice given to the chief executive under this part must be given—\nby using the AIVR system; or\nin another way approved by the chief executive, including, for example, another communication system.\nIf a notice is required to be given under this part and a person uses the AIVR system to give the notice, the person does not comply with the requirement until the person receives, in response, a transaction number from the system.\ns 137 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.137-ssec.1) A notice given to the chief executive under this part must be given— by using the AIVR system; or in another way approved by the chief executive, including, for example, another communication system.\n(sec.137-ssec.2) If a notice is required to be given under this part and a person uses the AIVR system to give the notice, the person does not comply with the requirement until the person receives, in response, a transaction number from the system.\n- (a) by using the AIVR system; or\n- (b) in another way approved by the chief executive, including, for example, another communication system.","sortOrder":245},{"sectionNumber":"ch.6-pt.1-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Commercial fishing","content":"## Commercial fishing","sortOrder":246},{"sectionNumber":"sec.138","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirement to give pre-trip notice","content":"### sec.138 Requirement to give pre-trip notice\n\nThis section applies if fish are proposed to be taken in a fishing operation under a primary commercial fishing licence.\nThe commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation must give a notice (a pre-trip notice ) to the chief executive before the fishing operation starts.\nThe pre-trip notice must state each of the following (the pre-trip particulars )—\nthe licence number of the primary commercial fishing licence;\nthe licence number of the commercial fisher licence held by the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation;\nthat the purpose of the fishing operation is to take fish under the primary commercial fishing licence;\nthe prescribed numerical code or the latitude and longitude coordinates for the proposed landing place for the fishing operation.\nFor subsection (3) (d) , the proposed landing place must be—\na public place; or\na place, other than a public place, that is used for trade or commerce but is not a residence.\ns 138 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.138-ssec.1) This section applies if fish are proposed to be taken in a fishing operation under a primary commercial fishing licence.\n(sec.138-ssec.2) The commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation must give a notice (a pre-trip notice ) to the chief executive before the fishing operation starts.\n(sec.138-ssec.3) The pre-trip notice must state each of the following (the pre-trip particulars )— the licence number of the primary commercial fishing licence; the licence number of the commercial fisher licence held by the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation; that the purpose of the fishing operation is to take fish under the primary commercial fishing licence; the prescribed numerical code or the latitude and longitude coordinates for the proposed landing place for the fishing operation.\n(sec.138-ssec.4) For subsection (3) (d) , the proposed landing place must be— a public place; or a place, other than a public place, that is used for trade or commerce but is not a residence.\n- (a) the licence number of the primary commercial fishing licence;\n- (b) the licence number of the commercial fisher licence held by the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation;\n- (c) that the purpose of the fishing operation is to take fish under the primary commercial fishing licence;\n- (d) the prescribed numerical code or the latitude and longitude coordinates for the proposed landing place for the fishing operation.\n- (a) a public place; or\n- (b) a place, other than a public place, that is used for trade or commerce but is not a residence.","sortOrder":247},{"sectionNumber":"sec.139","sectionType":"section","heading":"When limited pre-trip notice may be given","content":"### sec.139 When limited pre-trip notice may be given\n\nThis section applies if—\na pre-trip notice (the earlier pre-trip notice ) has previously been given to the chief executive under section 138 in relation to a primary commercial fishing licence; and\nthe earlier pre-trip notice is the most recently given pre-trip notice in relation to the licence; and\n1 or more pre-trip particulars of the fishing operation are the same as the pre-trip particulars stated in the earlier pre-trip notice (the equivalent pre-trip particulars ).\nThe commercial fisher in control may give a notice (a limited pre-trip notice ) to the chief executive before the fishing operation starts.\nA limited pre-trip notice must state the pre-trip particulars for the fishing operation other than the equivalent pre-trip particulars.\nIf a limited pre-trip notice is given under this section by the commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation, a pre-trip notice is not required to be given under section 138 for the fishing operation.\ns 139 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.139-ssec.1) This section applies if— a pre-trip notice (the earlier pre-trip notice ) has previously been given to the chief executive under section 138 in relation to a primary commercial fishing licence; and the earlier pre-trip notice is the most recently given pre-trip notice in relation to the licence; and 1 or more pre-trip particulars of the fishing operation are the same as the pre-trip particulars stated in the earlier pre-trip notice (the equivalent pre-trip particulars ).\n(sec.139-ssec.2) The commercial fisher in control may give a notice (a limited pre-trip notice ) to the chief executive before the fishing operation starts.\n(sec.139-ssec.3) A limited pre-trip notice must state the pre-trip particulars for the fishing operation other than the equivalent pre-trip particulars.\n(sec.139-ssec.4) If a limited pre-trip notice is given under this section by the commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation, a pre-trip notice is not required to be given under section 138 for the fishing operation.\n- (a) a pre-trip notice (the earlier pre-trip notice ) has previously been given to the chief executive under section 138 in relation to a primary commercial fishing licence; and\n- (b) the earlier pre-trip notice is the most recently given pre-trip notice in relation to the licence; and\n- (c) 1 or more pre-trip particulars of the fishing operation are the same as the pre-trip particulars stated in the earlier pre-trip notice (the equivalent pre-trip particulars ).","sortOrder":248},{"sectionNumber":"sec.140","sectionType":"section","heading":"When no pre-trip notice required to be given","content":"### sec.140 When no pre-trip notice required to be given\n\nThe commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation to be conducted under a primary commercial fishing licence is not required to give a pre-trip notice if—\nan earlier pre-trip notice was previously given to the chief executive under section 138 in relation to the licence; and\nthe earlier pre-trip notice is the most recently given pre-trip notice in relation to the licence; and\nthe pre-trip particulars of the fishing operation have not changed from the pre-trip particulars stated in the earlier pre-trip notice.\nAlso, the commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation to be conducted under a primary commercial fishing licence is not required to give a pre-trip notice if—\nthe chief executive was previously given an earlier pre-trip notice in relation to the licence; and\nthe chief executive was subsequently given a limited pre-trip notice in relation to the licence; and\nthe earlier pre-trip notice and limited pre-trip notice are the most recently given of those types of notices in relation to the licence; and\nthe pre-trip particulars of the fishing operation have not changed from the pre-trip particulars for the fishing operation stated in the earlier pre-trip notice and limited pre-trip notice.\nA pre-trip notice is given for fishing operation 1. One pre-trip particular changes for fishing operation 2, so a limited pre-trip notice for that particular is given. If no changes are made between fishing operation 2 and 3, no notice is required to be given for fishing operation 3.\ns 140 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.140-ssec.1) The commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation to be conducted under a primary commercial fishing licence is not required to give a pre-trip notice if— an earlier pre-trip notice was previously given to the chief executive under section 138 in relation to the licence; and the earlier pre-trip notice is the most recently given pre-trip notice in relation to the licence; and the pre-trip particulars of the fishing operation have not changed from the pre-trip particulars stated in the earlier pre-trip notice.\n(sec.140-ssec.2) Also, the commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation to be conducted under a primary commercial fishing licence is not required to give a pre-trip notice if— the chief executive was previously given an earlier pre-trip notice in relation to the licence; and the chief executive was subsequently given a limited pre-trip notice in relation to the licence; and the earlier pre-trip notice and limited pre-trip notice are the most recently given of those types of notices in relation to the licence; and the pre-trip particulars of the fishing operation have not changed from the pre-trip particulars for the fishing operation stated in the earlier pre-trip notice and limited pre-trip notice. A pre-trip notice is given for fishing operation 1. One pre-trip particular changes for fishing operation 2, so a limited pre-trip notice for that particular is given. If no changes are made between fishing operation 2 and 3, no notice is required to be given for fishing operation 3.\n- (a) an earlier pre-trip notice was previously given to the chief executive under section 138 in relation to the licence; and\n- (b) the earlier pre-trip notice is the most recently given pre-trip notice in relation to the licence; and\n- (c) the pre-trip particulars of the fishing operation have not changed from the pre-trip particulars stated in the earlier pre-trip notice.\n- (a) the chief executive was previously given an earlier pre-trip notice in relation to the licence; and\n- (b) the chief executive was subsequently given a limited pre-trip notice in relation to the licence; and\n- (c) the earlier pre-trip notice and limited pre-trip notice are the most recently given of those types of notices in relation to the licence; and\n- (d) the pre-trip particulars of the fishing operation have not changed from the pre-trip particulars for the fishing operation stated in the earlier pre-trip notice and limited pre-trip notice.","sortOrder":249},{"sectionNumber":"sec.141","sectionType":"section","heading":"New proposed landing place","content":"### sec.141 New proposed landing place\n\nThis section applies if—\na fishing operation has started; and\nthe commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation decides to change the proposed landing place for the fishing operation.\nThe commercial fisher in control must give the chief executive a notice (an amending notice ) stating the new proposed landing place for the fishing operation.\nAn amending notice must be given at least 1 hour before—\nfor a fishing operation for taking fish using a boat but not using a seine net—the boat lands at the new proposed landing place; or\nfor a fishing operation for taking fish using a boat and a seine net—fishing is carried out at the new proposed landing place; or\nfor a fishing operation for taking fish without a boat—the fish taken in the fishing operation land at the new proposed landing place.\ns 141 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.141-ssec.1) This section applies if— a fishing operation has started; and the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation decides to change the proposed landing place for the fishing operation.\n(sec.141-ssec.2) The commercial fisher in control must give the chief executive a notice (an amending notice ) stating the new proposed landing place for the fishing operation.\n(sec.141-ssec.3) An amending notice must be given at least 1 hour before— for a fishing operation for taking fish using a boat but not using a seine net—the boat lands at the new proposed landing place; or for a fishing operation for taking fish using a boat and a seine net—fishing is carried out at the new proposed landing place; or for a fishing operation for taking fish without a boat—the fish taken in the fishing operation land at the new proposed landing place.\n- (a) a fishing operation has started; and\n- (b) the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation decides to change the proposed landing place for the fishing operation.\n- (a) for a fishing operation for taking fish using a boat but not using a seine net—the boat lands at the new proposed landing place; or\n- (b) for a fishing operation for taking fish using a boat and a seine net—fishing is carried out at the new proposed landing place; or\n- (c) for a fishing operation for taking fish without a boat—the fish taken in the fishing operation land at the new proposed landing place.","sortOrder":250},{"sectionNumber":"sec.142","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where boat used without seine net must be landed","content":"### sec.142 Where boat used without seine net must be landed\n\nThis section applies if an authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence but no seine net is used to take fish in a fishing operation.\nThe commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation must ensure the boat lands at the following place—\nif an amending notice is given under section 141 for the fishing operation—the new proposed landing place stated in the amending notice;\notherwise—the proposed landing place for the fishing operation stated in a pre-trip notice given for the fishing operation.\nIf more than 1 authorised boat is used to take fish in the fishing operation, the commercial fisher in control must ensure all of the boats are landed together and in compliance with subsection (2) .\nThis section does not apply if, because of a medical emergency or extreme weather event, the authorised boat was required to land at another landing place.\nSee section 161 for the requirement to give the chief executive an emergency notice.\ns 142 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.142-ssec.1) This section applies if an authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence but no seine net is used to take fish in a fishing operation.\n(sec.142-ssec.2) The commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation must ensure the boat lands at the following place— if an amending notice is given under section 141 for the fishing operation—the new proposed landing place stated in the amending notice; otherwise—the proposed landing place for the fishing operation stated in a pre-trip notice given for the fishing operation.\n(sec.142-ssec.3) If more than 1 authorised boat is used to take fish in the fishing operation, the commercial fisher in control must ensure all of the boats are landed together and in compliance with subsection (2) .\n(sec.142-ssec.4) This section does not apply if, because of a medical emergency or extreme weather event, the authorised boat was required to land at another landing place. See section 161 for the requirement to give the chief executive an emergency notice.\n- (a) if an amending notice is given under section 141 for the fishing operation—the new proposed landing place stated in the amending notice;\n- (b) otherwise—the proposed landing place for the fishing operation stated in a pre-trip notice given for the fishing operation.","sortOrder":251},{"sectionNumber":"sec.143","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where boat used with seine net must be used to carry out fishing","content":"### sec.143 Where boat used with seine net must be used to carry out fishing\n\nThis section applies if an authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence and a seine net are used to take fish in a fishing operation.\nThe commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation must ensure the boat is used to carry out fishing only at the following place—\nif an amending notice is given under section 141 for the fishing operation—the new proposed landing place stated in the amending notice;\notherwise—the proposed landing place for the fishing operation stated in a pre-trip notice given for the fishing operation.\nIf more than 1 authorised boat is used to take fish in the fishing operation, the commercial fisher in control must ensure all of the boats are used to carry out fishing together and in compliance with subsection (2) .\ns 143 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.143-ssec.1) This section applies if an authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence and a seine net are used to take fish in a fishing operation.\n(sec.143-ssec.2) The commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation must ensure the boat is used to carry out fishing only at the following place— if an amending notice is given under section 141 for the fishing operation—the new proposed landing place stated in the amending notice; otherwise—the proposed landing place for the fishing operation stated in a pre-trip notice given for the fishing operation.\n(sec.143-ssec.3) If more than 1 authorised boat is used to take fish in the fishing operation, the commercial fisher in control must ensure all of the boats are used to carry out fishing together and in compliance with subsection (2) .\n- (a) if an amending notice is given under section 141 for the fishing operation—the new proposed landing place stated in the amending notice;\n- (b) otherwise—the proposed landing place for the fishing operation stated in a pre-trip notice given for the fishing operation.","sortOrder":252},{"sectionNumber":"sec.144","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where fish taken without using a boat must be landed","content":"### sec.144 Where fish taken without using a boat must be landed\n\nThis section applies if no boat is used to take fish in a fishing operation conducted under a primary commercial fishing licence.\nThe commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation must ensure the fish are landed at the following place—\nif an amending notice is given under section 141 for the fishing operation—the new proposed landing place stated in the amending notice;\notherwise—the proposed landing place for the fishing operation stated in a pre-trip notice given for the fishing operation.\nSubsection (2) does not apply if, because of a medical emergency or extreme weather event, the fish were required to be landed at another landing place.\nSee section 161 for the requirement to give the chief executive an emergency notice.\ns 144 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.144-ssec.1) This section applies if no boat is used to take fish in a fishing operation conducted under a primary commercial fishing licence.\n(sec.144-ssec.2) The commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation must ensure the fish are landed at the following place— if an amending notice is given under section 141 for the fishing operation—the new proposed landing place stated in the amending notice; otherwise—the proposed landing place for the fishing operation stated in a pre-trip notice given for the fishing operation.\n(sec.144-ssec.3) Subsection (2) does not apply if, because of a medical emergency or extreme weather event, the fish were required to be landed at another landing place. See section 161 for the requirement to give the chief executive an emergency notice.\n- (a) if an amending notice is given under section 141 for the fishing operation—the new proposed landing place stated in the amending notice;\n- (b) otherwise—the proposed landing place for the fishing operation stated in a pre-trip notice given for the fishing operation.","sortOrder":253},{"sectionNumber":"ch.6-pt.1-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Other fishing","content":"## Other fishing","sortOrder":254},{"sectionNumber":"sec.145","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirement to give pre-trip notice","content":"### sec.145 Requirement to give pre-trip notice\n\nThis section applies if an authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence is proposed to be used, by a commercial fisher, to conduct a charter fishing trip or recreational fishing operation.\nThe commercial fisher must give a notice (a pre-trip notice ) to the chief executive before the charter fishing trip or recreational fishing operation starts.\nThe pre-trip notice must state each of the following (the pre-trip particulars )—\nthe licence number of the primary commercial fishing licence;\nthe licence number of the commercial fisher licence held by the commercial fisher;\nwhether the authorised boat is to be used to conduct—\na charter fishing trip; or\na recreational fishing operation.\ns 145 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.145-ssec.1) This section applies if an authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence is proposed to be used, by a commercial fisher, to conduct a charter fishing trip or recreational fishing operation.\n(sec.145-ssec.2) The commercial fisher must give a notice (a pre-trip notice ) to the chief executive before the charter fishing trip or recreational fishing operation starts.\n(sec.145-ssec.3) The pre-trip notice must state each of the following (the pre-trip particulars )— the licence number of the primary commercial fishing licence; the licence number of the commercial fisher licence held by the commercial fisher; whether the authorised boat is to be used to conduct— a charter fishing trip; or a recreational fishing operation.\n- (a) the licence number of the primary commercial fishing licence;\n- (b) the licence number of the commercial fisher licence held by the commercial fisher;\n- (c) whether the authorised boat is to be used to conduct— (i) a charter fishing trip; or (ii) a recreational fishing operation.\n- (i) a charter fishing trip; or\n- (ii) a recreational fishing operation.\n- (i) a charter fishing trip; or\n- (ii) a recreational fishing operation.","sortOrder":255},{"sectionNumber":"sec.146","sectionType":"section","heading":"When no pre-trip notice required to be given","content":"### sec.146 When no pre-trip notice required to be given\n\nA person is not required to give a pre-trip notice under section 145 for the use of an authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence if—\na pre-trip notice (the earlier pre-trip notice ) was previously given to the chief executive under section 145 for the use of the boat; and\nthe earlier notice is the most recently given pre-trip notice for the use of the boat; and\nthe pre-trip particulars for the use of the boat have not changed from the pre-trip particulars stated in the earlier pre-trip notice.\ns 146 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n- (a) a pre-trip notice (the earlier pre-trip notice ) was previously given to the chief executive under section 145 for the use of the boat; and\n- (b) the earlier notice is the most recently given pre-trip notice for the use of the boat; and\n- (c) the pre-trip particulars for the use of the boat have not changed from the pre-trip particulars stated in the earlier pre-trip notice.","sortOrder":256},{"sectionNumber":"ch.6-pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":"Other notices","content":"# Other notices","sortOrder":257},{"sectionNumber":"ch.6-pt.2-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Preliminary","content":"## Preliminary","sortOrder":258},{"sectionNumber":"sec.147","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of part","content":"### sec.147 Purpose of part\n\nThis part prescribes conditions for a commercial fisher licence.\ns 147 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156","sortOrder":259},{"sectionNumber":"sec.148","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notices to chief executive","content":"### sec.148 Notices to chief executive\n\nA notice given to the chief executive under this part must be given—\nby using the AIVR system; or\nin another way approved by the chief executive, including, for example, another communication system.\nIf a notice is required to be given under this part and a person uses the AIVR system to give the notice, the person does not comply with the requirement until the person receives, in response, a transaction number from the system.\ns 148 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.148-ssec.1) A notice given to the chief executive under this part must be given— by using the AIVR system; or in another way approved by the chief executive, including, for example, another communication system.\n(sec.148-ssec.2) If a notice is required to be given under this part and a person uses the AIVR system to give the notice, the person does not comply with the requirement until the person receives, in response, a transaction number from the system.\n- (a) by using the AIVR system; or\n- (b) in another way approved by the chief executive, including, for example, another communication system.","sortOrder":260},{"sectionNumber":"sec.149","sectionType":"section","heading":"Particulars to be stated in notices","content":"### sec.149 Particulars to be stated in notices\n\nA notice given under this part must—\nstate the numerical part of the licence number of the primary commercial fishing licence under which the fish the subject of the notice were taken; and\nif the person giving the notice is prompted, by the way used to give the notice, to state particular information—state that information.\ns 149 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n- (a) state the numerical part of the licence number of the primary commercial fishing licence under which the fish the subject of the notice were taken; and\n- (b) if the person giving the notice is prompted, by the way used to give the notice, to state particular information—state that information.","sortOrder":261},{"sectionNumber":"ch.6-pt.2-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Prior notices","content":"## Prior notices","sortOrder":262},{"sectionNumber":"sec.150","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division","content":"### sec.150 Application of division\n\nThis division applies in relation to—\nfish taken under a primary commercial fishing licence in a commercial fishery for which a total quota entitlement is stated in the Fisheries Quota Declaration 2019 , other than the east coast trawl fishery; or\na fish that is a regulated fish in relation to a prescribed commercial catch under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 .\ns 150 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n- (a) fish taken under a primary commercial fishing licence in a commercial fishery for which a total quota entitlement is stated in the Fisheries Quota Declaration 2019 , other than the east coast trawl fishery; or\n- (b) a fish that is a regulated fish in relation to a prescribed commercial catch under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 .","sortOrder":263},{"sectionNumber":"sec.151","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirement to give prior notice—boat to be landed","content":"### sec.151 Requirement to give prior notice—boat to be landed\n\nThis section applies if—\nfish are on an authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence; and\nit is proposed to land the boat; and\nthe fish are not proposed to be transferred, at sea, to a transport vessel.\nThe commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation in which the fish were taken must give a notice (a prior notice ) to the chief executive—\nif the fish are a species to which a regulated period applies under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 and the period has not started—before the period starts; or\notherwise—before the authorised boat lands.\ns 151 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.151-ssec.1) This section applies if— fish are on an authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence; and it is proposed to land the boat; and the fish are not proposed to be transferred, at sea, to a transport vessel.\n(sec.151-ssec.2) The commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation in which the fish were taken must give a notice (a prior notice ) to the chief executive— if the fish are a species to which a regulated period applies under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 and the period has not started—before the period starts; or otherwise—before the authorised boat lands.\n- (a) fish are on an authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence; and\n- (b) it is proposed to land the boat; and\n- (c) the fish are not proposed to be transferred, at sea, to a transport vessel.\n- (a) if the fish are a species to which a regulated period applies under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 and the period has not started—before the period starts; or\n- (b) otherwise—before the authorised boat lands.","sortOrder":264},{"sectionNumber":"sec.152","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirement to give prior notice—fish loaded onto vehicle","content":"### sec.152 Requirement to give prior notice—fish loaded onto vehicle\n\nThis section applies if—\neither—\nfish are taken in a commercial fishery mentioned in schedule 4 , part 1 ; or\nfish are taken under a fishery symbol without using a boat; and\nthe fish are loaded onto a vehicle.\nThe commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation in which the fish were taken must give a notice (a prior notice ) to the chief executive before the vehicle onto which the fish are loaded leaves the place at which the fish are loaded.\ns 152 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.152-ssec.1) This section applies if— either— fish are taken in a commercial fishery mentioned in schedule 4 , part 1 ; or fish are taken under a fishery symbol without using a boat; and the fish are loaded onto a vehicle.\n(sec.152-ssec.2) The commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation in which the fish were taken must give a notice (a prior notice ) to the chief executive before the vehicle onto which the fish are loaded leaves the place at which the fish are loaded.\n- (a) either— (i) fish are taken in a commercial fishery mentioned in schedule 4 , part 1 ; or (ii) fish are taken under a fishery symbol without using a boat; and\n- (i) fish are taken in a commercial fishery mentioned in schedule 4 , part 1 ; or\n- (ii) fish are taken under a fishery symbol without using a boat; and\n- (b) the fish are loaded onto a vehicle.\n- (i) fish are taken in a commercial fishery mentioned in schedule 4 , part 1 ; or\n- (ii) fish are taken under a fishery symbol without using a boat; and","sortOrder":265},{"sectionNumber":"sec.153","sectionType":"section","heading":"No prior notice required to be given in emergency","content":"### sec.153 No prior notice required to be given in emergency\n\nA prior notice is not required to be given under this division if, because of a medical emergency or extreme weather event, before a prior notice could be given—\nthe authorised boat was landed; or\nthe vehicle onto which the fish are loaded leaves the place at which the fish are loaded.\nSee section 161 for the requirement to give the chief executive an emergency notice.\ns 153 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n- (a) the authorised boat was landed; or\n- (b) the vehicle onto which the fish are loaded leaves the place at which the fish are loaded.","sortOrder":266},{"sectionNumber":"ch.6-pt.2-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Transhipment","content":"## Transhipment","sortOrder":267},{"sectionNumber":"sec.154","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirement to give transhipment notice and label fish","content":"### sec.154 Requirement to give transhipment notice and label fish\n\nThis section applies if—\nany of the following fish are proposed to be transferred, at sea, to a transport vessel—\nfish taken under a D, R, RQ, SM or T1 licence;\nblack jewfish taken under an N3, N12 or N13 licence; and\nthe fish are proposed to be unloaded from, or using, the transport vessel to which the fish are to be transferred.\nSee section 15B for a restriction about the transhipment of fish to a transport vessel.\nThe commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation in which the fish were taken must—\ngive a notice (a transhipment notice ) to the chief executive before the fish are transferred to the transport vessel; and\nlabel the fish in a way that identifies the numerical part of the licence number of the primary commercial fishing licence under which the fish were taken.\ns 154 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 29 (8) )\namd 2023 SL No. 194 s 8\n(sec.154-ssec.1) This section applies if— any of the following fish are proposed to be transferred, at sea, to a transport vessel— fish taken under a D, R, RQ, SM or T1 licence; black jewfish taken under an N3, N12 or N13 licence; and the fish are proposed to be unloaded from, or using, the transport vessel to which the fish are to be transferred. See section 15B for a restriction about the transhipment of fish to a transport vessel.\n(sec.154-ssec.2) The commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation in which the fish were taken must— give a notice (a transhipment notice ) to the chief executive before the fish are transferred to the transport vessel; and label the fish in a way that identifies the numerical part of the licence number of the primary commercial fishing licence under which the fish were taken.\n- (a) any of the following fish are proposed to be transferred, at sea, to a transport vessel— (i) fish taken under a D, R, RQ, SM or T1 licence; (ii) black jewfish taken under an N3, N12 or N13 licence; and\n- (i) fish taken under a D, R, RQ, SM or T1 licence;\n- (ii) black jewfish taken under an N3, N12 or N13 licence; and\n- (b) the fish are proposed to be unloaded from, or using, the transport vessel to which the fish are to be transferred.\n- (i) fish taken under a D, R, RQ, SM or T1 licence;\n- (ii) black jewfish taken under an N3, N12 or N13 licence; and\n- (a) give a notice (a transhipment notice ) to the chief executive before the fish are transferred to the transport vessel; and\n- (b) label the fish in a way that identifies the numerical part of the licence number of the primary commercial fishing licence under which the fish were taken.","sortOrder":268},{"sectionNumber":"sec.155","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirement to keep transferred fish separate","content":"### sec.155 Requirement to keep transferred fish separate\n\nThis section applies if fish taken under a D, L4, N3, N12, N13 or R licence are transferred to a primary boat being used under another D, L4, N3, N12, N13 or R licence.\nThe commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation in which the primary boat is being used must ensure the fish, while on board the boat—\nare kept separate from other fish on board the boat; and\nremain labelled in the way the fish were labelled under section 154 (2) (b) .\ns 155 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 29 (9) )\n(sec.155-ssec.1) This section applies if fish taken under a D, L4, N3, N12, N13 or R licence are transferred to a primary boat being used under another D, L4, N3, N12, N13 or R licence.\n(sec.155-ssec.2) The commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation in which the primary boat is being used must ensure the fish, while on board the boat— are kept separate from other fish on board the boat; and remain labelled in the way the fish were labelled under section 154 (2) (b) .\n- (a) are kept separate from other fish on board the boat; and\n- (b) remain labelled in the way the fish were labelled under section 154 (2) (b) .","sortOrder":269},{"sectionNumber":"ch.6-pt.2-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":"Retained fish notices","content":"## Retained fish notices","sortOrder":270},{"sectionNumber":"sec.156","sectionType":"section","heading":"Retained fish notice","content":"### sec.156 Retained fish notice\n\nThis section applies in relation to fish taken under an RQ, R, B1, SM or T4 licence that are on an authorised boat for the licence that has landed.\nSee section 15A for a restriction about keeping fish on a boat that has landed when the boat leaves the landing place for a new fishing operation.\nThe commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation in which the fish were taken must not allow the authorised boat to leave the boat’s landing place to start a new fishing operation with any of the fish, unless the commercial fisher has given the chief executive a notice (a retained fish notice ).\nThe commercial fisher in control must give the retained fish notice before the earlier of the following—\n24 hours after the fishing operation ends;\nthe start of the next fishing operation.\nAlso, the commercial fisher in control must ensure the fish that are to be retained remain on the authorised boat.\ns 156 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.156-ssec.1) This section applies in relation to fish taken under an RQ, R, B1, SM or T4 licence that are on an authorised boat for the licence that has landed. See section 15A for a restriction about keeping fish on a boat that has landed when the boat leaves the landing place for a new fishing operation.\n(sec.156-ssec.2) The commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation in which the fish were taken must not allow the authorised boat to leave the boat’s landing place to start a new fishing operation with any of the fish, unless the commercial fisher has given the chief executive a notice (a retained fish notice ).\n(sec.156-ssec.3) The commercial fisher in control must give the retained fish notice before the earlier of the following— 24 hours after the fishing operation ends; the start of the next fishing operation.\n(sec.156-ssec.4) Also, the commercial fisher in control must ensure the fish that are to be retained remain on the authorised boat.\n- (a) 24 hours after the fishing operation ends;\n- (b) the start of the next fishing operation.","sortOrder":271},{"sectionNumber":"ch.6-pt.2-div.5","sectionType":"division","heading":"Unloading fish","content":"## Unloading fish","sortOrder":272},{"sectionNumber":"sec.157","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division","content":"### sec.157 Application of division\n\nThis division applies in relation to—\nfish taken under a primary commercial fishing licence in a commercial fishery for which a total quota entitlement is stated in the Fisheries Quota Declaration 2019 , other than the east coast trawl fishery; or\na fish that is a regulated fish in relation to a prescribed commercial catch under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 .\ns 157 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n- (a) fish taken under a primary commercial fishing licence in a commercial fishery for which a total quota entitlement is stated in the Fisheries Quota Declaration 2019 , other than the east coast trawl fishery; or\n- (b) a fish that is a regulated fish in relation to a prescribed commercial catch under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 .","sortOrder":273},{"sectionNumber":"sec.158","sectionType":"section","heading":"Unloading fish from authorised boats","content":"### sec.158 Unloading fish from authorised boats\n\nThis section applies if fish are on an authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence.\nThe commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation in which the fish were taken must not unload the fish, or allow the fish to be unloaded, unless—\nthe commercial fisher has given a prior notice about the fish to the chief executive under division 2 ; or\nthe commercial fisher has given a transhipment notice to the chief executive under section 154 ; or\nthe commercial fisher has given an emergency notice to the chief executive under section 161 .\nAlso, the commercial fisher in control may unload the fish, or allow the fish to be unloaded, only if the fish are unloaded at a place that is open for entry under the Act .\ns 158 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 29 (10) – (11) )\n(sec.158-ssec.1) This section applies if fish are on an authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence.\n(sec.158-ssec.2) The commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation in which the fish were taken must not unload the fish, or allow the fish to be unloaded, unless— the commercial fisher has given a prior notice about the fish to the chief executive under division 2 ; or the commercial fisher has given a transhipment notice to the chief executive under section 154 ; or the commercial fisher has given an emergency notice to the chief executive under section 161 .\n(sec.158-ssec.3) Also, the commercial fisher in control may unload the fish, or allow the fish to be unloaded, only if the fish are unloaded at a place that is open for entry under the Act .\n- (a) the commercial fisher has given a prior notice about the fish to the chief executive under division 2 ; or\n- (b) the commercial fisher has given a transhipment notice to the chief executive under section 154 ; or\n- (c) the commercial fisher has given an emergency notice to the chief executive under section 161 .","sortOrder":274},{"sectionNumber":"sec.159","sectionType":"section","heading":"Weighing fish","content":"### sec.159 Weighing fish\n\nThis section applies if—\nan authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence used to take fish lands; or\nfish taken without using a boat are loaded onto a vehicle.\nThe commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation in which the fish were taken must weigh the fish, or allow the fish to be weighed, at a place that is open for entry under the Act .\nThe fish must be weighed in the form in which the fish were in—\nwhen the authorised boat landed; or\nwhen the fish were loaded onto the vehicle.\nThe fish must be weighed—\nfor fish taken under the fishery symbol ‘B1’ using an authorised boat—within 7 days after the fishing operation ends; or\nfor fish taken in a commercial fishery mentioned in schedule 4 , part 1 , or under the fishery symbol ‘T4’, using an authorised boat—before the fish leave the possession of the commercial fisher in control, but no later than 24 hours after the fishing operation ends; or\nfor fish taken under the fishery symbol ‘R’ or ‘D’ using an authorised boat—before the commercial fisher in control leaves the place where the boat is landed; or\nfor other fish taken using an authorised boat—before the fish leave the physical possession of the commercial fisher in control, but no later than 24 hours after the fishing operation ends; or\nfor fish taken without using a boat—before the fish leave the possession of the commercial fisher in control, but no later than 24 hours after the fishing operation ends.\nThe weight of the fish must be worked out using a scale that is verified or certified under the National Measurement Act 1960 (Cwlth) .\nThe weight of the fish must be given to the chief executive in a notice (a weight notice ).\nThe weight notice must be given—\nimmediately after the fish have been weighed; and\nbefore the fish leave the possession of the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation in which the fish were taken.\ns 159 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.159-ssec.1) This section applies if— an authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence used to take fish lands; or fish taken without using a boat are loaded onto a vehicle.\n(sec.159-ssec.2) The commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation in which the fish were taken must weigh the fish, or allow the fish to be weighed, at a place that is open for entry under the Act .\n(sec.159-ssec.3) The fish must be weighed in the form in which the fish were in— when the authorised boat landed; or when the fish were loaded onto the vehicle.\n(sec.159-ssec.4) The fish must be weighed— for fish taken under the fishery symbol ‘B1’ using an authorised boat—within 7 days after the fishing operation ends; or for fish taken in a commercial fishery mentioned in schedule 4 , part 1 , or under the fishery symbol ‘T4’, using an authorised boat—before the fish leave the possession of the commercial fisher in control, but no later than 24 hours after the fishing operation ends; or for fish taken under the fishery symbol ‘R’ or ‘D’ using an authorised boat—before the commercial fisher in control leaves the place where the boat is landed; or for other fish taken using an authorised boat—before the fish leave the physical possession of the commercial fisher in control, but no later than 24 hours after the fishing operation ends; or for fish taken without using a boat—before the fish leave the possession of the commercial fisher in control, but no later than 24 hours after the fishing operation ends.\n(sec.159-ssec.5) The weight of the fish must be worked out using a scale that is verified or certified under the National Measurement Act 1960 (Cwlth) .\n(sec.159-ssec.6) The weight of the fish must be given to the chief executive in a notice (a weight notice ).\n(sec.159-ssec.7) The weight notice must be given— immediately after the fish have been weighed; and before the fish leave the possession of the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation in which the fish were taken.\n- (a) an authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence used to take fish lands; or\n- (b) fish taken without using a boat are loaded onto a vehicle.\n- (a) when the authorised boat landed; or\n- (b) when the fish were loaded onto the vehicle.\n- (a) for fish taken under the fishery symbol ‘B1’ using an authorised boat—within 7 days after the fishing operation ends; or\n- (b) for fish taken in a commercial fishery mentioned in schedule 4 , part 1 , or under the fishery symbol ‘T4’, using an authorised boat—before the fish leave the possession of the commercial fisher in control, but no later than 24 hours after the fishing operation ends; or\n- (c) for fish taken under the fishery symbol ‘R’ or ‘D’ using an authorised boat—before the commercial fisher in control leaves the place where the boat is landed; or\n- (d) for other fish taken using an authorised boat—before the fish leave the physical possession of the commercial fisher in control, but no later than 24 hours after the fishing operation ends; or\n- (e) for fish taken without using a boat—before the fish leave the possession of the commercial fisher in control, but no later than 24 hours after the fishing operation ends.\n- (a) immediately after the fish have been weighed; and\n- (b) before the fish leave the possession of the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation in which the fish were taken.","sortOrder":275},{"sectionNumber":"sec.160","sectionType":"section","heading":"Taking fish after leaving landing place","content":"### sec.160 Taking fish after leaving landing place\n\nThis section applies if—\na fishing operation conducted under a primary commercial fishing licence ends (the first fishing operation ); and\na new fishing operation conducted under the licence starts (the second fishing operation ).\nThe commercial fisher in control of the second fishing operation must ensure fish are not taken under the primary commercial fishing licence unless a weight notice has been given for any fish taken in the first fishing operation.\nAlso, if fish taken in the first fishing operation were taken using an authorised boat for the primary commercial fishing licence, the commercial fisher in control of the second fishing operation must ensure fish are not taken under the licence unless all the fish taken in the first fishing operation have been unloaded from the boat.\nSubsection (3) does not apply in relation to fish for which the commercial fisher in control of the first fishing operation has given the chief executive a retained fish notice under section 156 .\ns 160 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.160-ssec.1) This section applies if— a fishing operation conducted under a primary commercial fishing licence ends (the first fishing operation ); and a new fishing operation conducted under the licence starts (the second fishing operation ).\n(sec.160-ssec.2) The commercial fisher in control of the second fishing operation must ensure fish are not taken under the primary commercial fishing licence unless a weight notice has been given for any fish taken in the first fishing operation.\n(sec.160-ssec.3) Also, if fish taken in the first fishing operation were taken using an authorised boat for the primary commercial fishing licence, the commercial fisher in control of the second fishing operation must ensure fish are not taken under the licence unless all the fish taken in the first fishing operation have been unloaded from the boat.\n(sec.160-ssec.4) Subsection (3) does not apply in relation to fish for which the commercial fisher in control of the first fishing operation has given the chief executive a retained fish notice under section 156 .\n- (a) a fishing operation conducted under a primary commercial fishing licence ends (the first fishing operation ); and\n- (b) a new fishing operation conducted under the licence starts (the second fishing operation ).","sortOrder":276},{"sectionNumber":"ch.6-pt.2-div.6","sectionType":"division","heading":"Emergency notices","content":"## Emergency notices","sortOrder":277},{"sectionNumber":"sec.161","sectionType":"section","heading":"Emergency notice","content":"### sec.161 Emergency notice\n\nThis section applies if, because of a medical emergency or extreme weather event—\nan authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence landed other than at the place where a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation was required to ensure the boat landed under section 142 ; or\nfish taken under a primary commercial fishing licence were landed at a place other than the place where a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation was required to ensure the fish landed under section 144 ; or\nthe commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation did not give a prior notice under division 2 .\nThe commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation must give a notice about the medical emergency or extreme weather event (an emergency notice ) to the chief executive.\nThe emergency notice must be given as soon as practicable, but before the start of the next fishing operation under the primary commercial fishing licence.\ns 161 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.161-ssec.1) This section applies if, because of a medical emergency or extreme weather event— an authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence landed other than at the place where a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation was required to ensure the boat landed under section 142 ; or fish taken under a primary commercial fishing licence were landed at a place other than the place where a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation was required to ensure the fish landed under section 144 ; or the commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation did not give a prior notice under division 2 .\n(sec.161-ssec.2) The commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation must give a notice about the medical emergency or extreme weather event (an emergency notice ) to the chief executive.\n(sec.161-ssec.3) The emergency notice must be given as soon as practicable, but before the start of the next fishing operation under the primary commercial fishing licence.\n- (a) an authorised boat for a primary commercial fishing licence landed other than at the place where a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation was required to ensure the boat landed under section 142 ; or\n- (b) fish taken under a primary commercial fishing licence were landed at a place other than the place where a commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation was required to ensure the fish landed under section 144 ; or\n- (c) the commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation did not give a prior notice under division 2 .","sortOrder":278},{"sectionNumber":"ch.6-pt.2-div.7","sectionType":"division","heading":"Catch disposal records","content":"## Catch disposal records","sortOrder":279},{"sectionNumber":"sec.162","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division","content":"### sec.162 Application of division\n\nThis division applies in relation to—\nfish, other than coral, taken under a primary commercial fishing licence in a commercial fishery for which a total quota entitlement is stated in the Fisheries Quota Declaration 2019 ; or\na fish that is a regulated fish in relation to a prescribed commercial catch under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 ; or\nfish taken by a trawl net other than fish taken under a T5, T6, T7, T8 or T9 licence.\ns 162 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 29 (12) )\n- (a) fish, other than coral, taken under a primary commercial fishing licence in a commercial fishery for which a total quota entitlement is stated in the Fisheries Quota Declaration 2019 ; or\n- (b) a fish that is a regulated fish in relation to a prescribed commercial catch under the Fisheries Declaration 2019 ; or\n- (c) fish taken by a trawl net other than fish taken under a T5, T6, T7, T8 or T9 licence.","sortOrder":280},{"sectionNumber":"sec.162A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Approving record books","content":"### sec.162A Approving record books\n\nThe holder of a primary commercial fishing licence may apply to the chief executive for approval of a record book for the licence for making a record under this division.\nThe application must be in the approved form.\nThe chief executive may—\napprove the record book for the licence; or\nrefuse to approve the record book for the licence.\nIf the chief executive refuses to approve the record book, the chief executive must give the applicant an information notice about the decision.\ns 162A ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 29 (13) )\n(sec.162A-ssec.1) The holder of a primary commercial fishing licence may apply to the chief executive for approval of a record book for the licence for making a record under this division.\n(sec.162A-ssec.2) The application must be in the approved form.\n(sec.162A-ssec.3) The chief executive may— approve the record book for the licence; or refuse to approve the record book for the licence.\n(sec.162A-ssec.4) If the chief executive refuses to approve the record book, the chief executive must give the applicant an information notice about the decision.\n- (a) approve the record book for the licence; or\n- (b) refuse to approve the record book for the licence.","sortOrder":281},{"sectionNumber":"sec.163","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirement to make catch disposal record","content":"### sec.163 Requirement to make catch disposal record\n\nThe commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation in which fish are taken must make a record (a catch disposal record ) in the approved catch disposal record book.\nThe catch disposal record must—\nbe made before the earliest of the following—\nthe day that is 7 days after the end of the fishing operation;\nthe start of the next fishing operation;\nfor fish that are disposed of—when the fish are disposed of; and\nsale by wholesale, sale by retail, throwing away spoilt fish, personal consumption\nstate—\nthe number of individual fish or containers containing fish; and\nthe weight of the fish; and\nthe form of the fish; and\nthe species of the fish; and\nwhether the fish have been disposed of or kept by a relevant person; and\nif some or all of the fish were disposed of—details of the fish that were disposed of and how the fish were disposed of; and\nif some or all of the fish were kept by a relevant person—details of the fish that were kept; and\ninclude information required in the approved catch disposal record book for the primary commercial fishing licence under which the fish are taken; and\nbe accompanied by a declaration by the commercial fisher that the record is complete and accurate.\nIf the fish are consigned or transhipped, a copy of the catch disposal record must accompany the fish.\nIn this section—\napproved catch disposal record book , for a primary commercial fishing licence, means an electronic or paper record book—\nin the approved form for making a record under this division; or\napproved by the chief executive under section 162A (3) (a) for the licence.\nrelevant person means—\nthe commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation; or\nanother person who was fishing in the fishing operation; or\nthe holder of the primary commercial fishing licence under which the fish were taken.\ns 163 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 29 (14) – (16) )\n(sec.163-ssec.1) The commercial fisher in control of a fishing operation in which fish are taken must make a record (a catch disposal record ) in the approved catch disposal record book.\n(sec.163-ssec.2) The catch disposal record must— be made before the earliest of the following— the day that is 7 days after the end of the fishing operation; the start of the next fishing operation; for fish that are disposed of—when the fish are disposed of; and sale by wholesale, sale by retail, throwing away spoilt fish, personal consumption state— the number of individual fish or containers containing fish; and the weight of the fish; and the form of the fish; and the species of the fish; and whether the fish have been disposed of or kept by a relevant person; and if some or all of the fish were disposed of—details of the fish that were disposed of and how the fish were disposed of; and if some or all of the fish were kept by a relevant person—details of the fish that were kept; and include information required in the approved catch disposal record book for the primary commercial fishing licence under which the fish are taken; and be accompanied by a declaration by the commercial fisher that the record is complete and accurate.\n(sec.163-ssec.3) If the fish are consigned or transhipped, a copy of the catch disposal record must accompany the fish.\n(sec.163-ssec.4) In this section— approved catch disposal record book , for a primary commercial fishing licence, means an electronic or paper record book— in the approved form for making a record under this division; or approved by the chief executive under section 162A (3) (a) for the licence. relevant person means— the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation; or another person who was fishing in the fishing operation; or the holder of the primary commercial fishing licence under which the fish were taken.\n- (a) be made before the earliest of the following— (i) the day that is 7 days after the end of the fishing operation; (ii) the start of the next fishing operation; (iii) for fish that are disposed of—when the fish are disposed of; and Examples of ways fish are disposed of— sale by wholesale, sale by retail, throwing away spoilt fish, personal consumption\n- (i) the day that is 7 days after the end of the fishing operation;\n- (ii) the start of the next fishing operation;\n- (iii) for fish that are disposed of—when the fish are disposed of; and Examples of ways fish are disposed of— sale by wholesale, sale by retail, throwing away spoilt fish, personal consumption\n- (b) state— (i) the number of individual fish or containers containing fish; and (ii) the weight of the fish; and (iii) the form of the fish; and (iv) the species of the fish; and (v) whether the fish have been disposed of or kept by a relevant person; and (vi) if some or all of the fish were disposed of—details of the fish that were disposed of and how the fish were disposed of; and (vii) if some or all of the fish were kept by a relevant person—details of the fish that were kept; and\n- (i) the number of individual fish or containers containing fish; and\n- (ii) the weight of the fish; and\n- (iii) the form of the fish; and\n- (iv) the species of the fish; and\n- (v) whether the fish have been disposed of or kept by a relevant person; and\n- (vi) if some or all of the fish were disposed of—details of the fish that were disposed of and how the fish were disposed of; and\n- (vii) if some or all of the fish were kept by a relevant person—details of the fish that were kept; and\n- (c) include information required in the approved catch disposal record book for the primary commercial fishing licence under which the fish are taken; and\n- (d) be accompanied by a declaration by the commercial fisher that the record is complete and accurate.\n- (i) the day that is 7 days after the end of the fishing operation;\n- (ii) the start of the next fishing operation;\n- (iii) for fish that are disposed of—when the fish are disposed of; and Examples of ways fish are disposed of— sale by wholesale, sale by retail, throwing away spoilt fish, personal consumption\n- (i) the number of individual fish or containers containing fish; and\n- (ii) the weight of the fish; and\n- (iii) the form of the fish; and\n- (iv) the species of the fish; and\n- (v) whether the fish have been disposed of or kept by a relevant person; and\n- (vi) if some or all of the fish were disposed of—details of the fish that were disposed of and how the fish were disposed of; and\n- (vii) if some or all of the fish were kept by a relevant person—details of the fish that were kept; and\n- (a) in the approved form for making a record under this division; or\n- (b) approved by the chief executive under section 162A (3) (a) for the licence.\n- (a) the commercial fisher in control of the fishing operation; or\n- (b) another person who was fishing in the fishing operation; or\n- (c) the holder of the primary commercial fishing licence under which the fish were taken.","sortOrder":282},{"sectionNumber":"sec.164","sectionType":"section","heading":"Catch disposal record available for inspection","content":"### sec.164 Catch disposal record available for inspection\n\nA commercial fisher who makes a catch disposal record must ensure the record, or a copy of the record, is available for immediate inspection while the fish the subject of the record are in the physical possession of the commercial fisher or an assistant fisher who is under direction of the commercial fisher.\ns 164 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 29 (17) )","sortOrder":283},{"sectionNumber":"sec.165","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirement to give catch disposal record","content":"### sec.165 Requirement to give catch disposal record\n\nA commercial fisher who makes a catch disposal record must give the record to the chief executive—\nif the record is made electronically—within 24 hours after the record is made; or\nif the record is made in paper form—within 7 days after the record is made.\nThe catch disposal record must be received by the chief executive no more than 15 days after the end of the month in which the record is made.\ns 165 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 156\n(sec.165-ssec.1) A commercial fisher who makes a catch disposal record must give the record to the chief executive— if the record is made electronically—within 24 hours after the record is made; or if the record is made in paper form—within 7 days after the record is made.\n(sec.165-ssec.2) The catch disposal record must be received by the chief executive no more than 15 days after the end of the month in which the record is made.\n- (a) if the record is made electronically—within 24 hours after the record is made; or\n- (b) if the record is made in paper form—within 7 days after the record is made.","sortOrder":284},{"sectionNumber":"ch.7-pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":"Provisions for SL No. 178 of 2019","content":"# Provisions for SL No. 178 of 2019","sortOrder":285},{"sectionNumber":"sec.166","sectionType":"section","heading":"Nominees under particular authorities continue","content":"### sec.166 Nominees under particular authorities continue\n\nThis section applies if—\nthe holder of a licence gave the chief executive a notice nominating a person to act under the licence under the expired Fisheries Regulation 2008 ; and\nthe notice is still in effect.\nThe notice is taken to have been given to the chief executive under this regulation.\ns 166 (prev s 121) renum 2020 SL No. 236 s 13\n(sec.166-ssec.1) This section applies if— the holder of a licence gave the chief executive a notice nominating a person to act under the licence under the expired Fisheries Regulation 2008 ; and the notice is still in effect.\n(sec.166-ssec.2) The notice is taken to have been given to the chief executive under this regulation.\n- (a) the holder of a licence gave the chief executive a notice nominating a person to act under the licence under the expired Fisheries Regulation 2008 ; and\n- (b) the notice is still in effect.","sortOrder":286},{"sectionNumber":"sec.167","sectionType":"section","heading":"C2-ITQ year before 1 July 2021","content":"### sec.167 C2-ITQ year before 1 July 2021\n\nThe C2-ITQ years leading up to 1 July 2021 are as follows—\n1 June 2019 to 31 May 2020;\n1 June 2020 to 30 June 2021.\nITQ units were renamed as C2-ITQ units by the Fisheries Legislation Amendment Regulation 2020 . See also the Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019 , section 153 .\ns 167 (prev s 122) amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 14 (1) – (2)\nrenum 2020 SL No. 236 s 14 (3)\n- (a) 1 June 2019 to 31 May 2020;\n- (b) 1 June 2020 to 30 June 2021.","sortOrder":287},{"sectionNumber":"ch.7-pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":"Provisions for Fisheries Legislation Amendment Regulation 2020","content":"# Provisions for Fisheries Legislation Amendment Regulation 2020","sortOrder":288},{"sectionNumber":"ch.7-pt.2-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Amendments commencing on notification of amendment regulation","content":"## Amendments commencing on notification of amendment regulation","sortOrder":289},{"sectionNumber":"sec.168","sectionType":"section","heading":"Existing primary boats for commercial fishing boat licences","content":"### sec.168 Existing primary boats for commercial fishing boat licences\n\nThis section applies in relation to a commercial fishing boat licence for a commercial fishery, in effect immediately before the commencement, if the primary boat for the licence is longer than the maximum length permitted to be used in the fishery under section 42(4).\nSection 42(4) does not apply to the use of the primary boat under the licence in the commercial fishery until the primary boat identified in the licence is modified or replaced.\ns 168 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 15\n(sec.168-ssec.1) This section applies in relation to a commercial fishing boat licence for a commercial fishery, in effect immediately before the commencement, if the primary boat for the licence is longer than the maximum length permitted to be used in the fishery under section 42(4).\n(sec.168-ssec.2) Section 42(4) does not apply to the use of the primary boat under the licence in the commercial fishery until the primary boat identified in the licence is modified or replaced.","sortOrder":290},{"sectionNumber":"sec.169","sectionType":"section","heading":"Bigeyes that are recognised BRDs","content":"### sec.169 Bigeyes that are recognised BRDs\n\nThis section applies in relation to trawling in a fishing operation that started before, but has not ended, on the commencement.\nDuring trawling in the fishing operation—\nschedule 2, section 153(4), as in force immediately before the commencement, continues to apply in relation to an opening, commonly known as a bigeye, on an otter trawl net used to trawl for prawns; and\nschedule 2, section 161(4), as in force immediately before the commencement, continues to apply in relation to an opening, commonly known as a bigeye, on a beam trawl net.\ns 169 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 15\n(sec.169-ssec.1) This section applies in relation to trawling in a fishing operation that started before, but has not ended, on the commencement.\n(sec.169-ssec.2) During trawling in the fishing operation— schedule 2, section 153(4), as in force immediately before the commencement, continues to apply in relation to an opening, commonly known as a bigeye, on an otter trawl net used to trawl for prawns; and schedule 2, section 161(4), as in force immediately before the commencement, continues to apply in relation to an opening, commonly known as a bigeye, on a beam trawl net.\n- (a) schedule 2, section 153(4), as in force immediately before the commencement, continues to apply in relation to an opening, commonly known as a bigeye, on an otter trawl net used to trawl for prawns; and\n- (b) schedule 2, section 161(4), as in force immediately before the commencement, continues to apply in relation to an opening, commonly known as a bigeye, on a beam trawl net.","sortOrder":291},{"sectionNumber":"sec.170","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirement to check crab apparatus","content":"### sec.170 Requirement to check crab apparatus\n\nThis section applies to a requirement to check crab apparatus under schedule 7, section 12A if the crab apparatus was set before the commencement.\nThe requirement applies in relation to the crab apparatus as if the apparatus was set on the commencement.\ns 170 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 15\n(sec.170-ssec.1) This section applies to a requirement to check crab apparatus under schedule 7, section 12A if the crab apparatus was set before the commencement.\n(sec.170-ssec.2) The requirement applies in relation to the crab apparatus as if the apparatus was set on the commencement.","sortOrder":292},{"sectionNumber":"ch.7-pt.2-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Amendments commencing on 1 January 2021","content":"## Amendments commencing on 1 January 2021","sortOrder":293},{"sectionNumber":"sec.171","sectionType":"section","heading":"Existing primary boats for primary commercial fishing licences","content":"### sec.171 Existing primary boats for primary commercial fishing licences\n\nThis section applies in relation to a primary commercial fishing licence for a commercial fishery, in effect immediately before the commencement, if the primary boat for the licence is longer than the maximum length permitted to be used in the fishery under section 36.\nSection 36 does not apply to the use of the primary boat under the licence in the commercial fishery until the primary boat identified in the licence is modified or replaced.\nUnder the Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019 , sections 154 and 155 , commercial fishing boat licences and commercial harvest fishery licences in effect on the commencement are taken to be primary commercial fishing licences.\ns 171 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 94\n(sec.171-ssec.1) This section applies in relation to a primary commercial fishing licence for a commercial fishery, in effect immediately before the commencement, if the primary boat for the licence is longer than the maximum length permitted to be used in the fishery under section 36.\n(sec.171-ssec.2) Section 36 does not apply to the use of the primary boat under the licence in the commercial fishery until the primary boat identified in the licence is modified or replaced.","sortOrder":294},{"sectionNumber":"ch.7-pt.2-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Amendments commencing on 1 September 2021","content":"## Amendments commencing on 1 September 2021","sortOrder":295},{"sectionNumber":"sec.172","sectionType":"section","heading":"Entitlement under effort units for 2021 effort year","content":"### sec.172 Entitlement under effort units for 2021 effort year\n\nFor the effort year from midday on 1 January 2021 to midday on 1 January 2022, the entitlement of the holder of effort units is the entitlement worked out by—\nadding the entitlement under the holder’s effort units immediately before the commencement and the entitlement under the holder’s effort units on the commencement; and\ndividing that number by 2.\ns 172 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 157\n- (a) adding the entitlement under the holder’s effort units immediately before the commencement and the entitlement under the holder’s effort units on the commencement; and\n- (b) dividing that number by 2.","sortOrder":296},{"sectionNumber":"sec.172A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Effort unit conversion factor for particular boats identified in T1 or T2 licence on commencement","content":"### sec.172A Effort unit conversion factor for particular boats identified in T1 or T2 licence on commencement\n\nThis section applies in relation to a boat that on the commencement—\nis identified in a T1 or T2 licence; and\nhas 70 or more hull units.\nDespite schedule 10, the effort unit conversion factor for the boat is 62.\nThis section applies in relation to the boat until the boat is no longer identified in the T1 or T2 licence.\ns 172A ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 157 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 30 )\n(sec.172A-ssec.1) This section applies in relation to a boat that on the commencement— is identified in a T1 or T2 licence; and has 70 or more hull units.\n(sec.172A-ssec.2) Despite schedule 10, the effort unit conversion factor for the boat is 62.\n(sec.172A-ssec.3) This section applies in relation to the boat until the boat is no longer identified in the T1 or T2 licence.\n- (a) is identified in a T1 or T2 licence; and\n- (b) has 70 or more hull units.","sortOrder":297},{"sectionNumber":"sec.173","sectionType":"section","heading":"First ENL-ITQ year","content":"### sec.173 First ENL-ITQ year\n\nThe first ENL-ITQ year is the period starting on 1 September 2021 and ending on 31 December 2021.\nThe entitlement under an ENL-ITQ unit under section 106E applies to the period mentioned in subsection (1) .\ns 173 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 157\n(sec.173-ssec.1) The first ENL-ITQ year is the period starting on 1 September 2021 and ending on 31 December 2021.\n(sec.173-ssec.2) The entitlement under an ENL-ITQ unit under section 106E applies to the period mentioned in subsection (1) .","sortOrder":298},{"sectionNumber":"sec.174","sectionType":"section","heading":"First C1-ITQ year","content":"### sec.174 First C1-ITQ year\n\nThe first C1-ITQ year is the period starting on 1 September 2021 and ending on 30 June 2022.\nThe entitlement under a C1-ITQ unit under section 106L applies to the period mentioned in subsection (1) .\ns 174 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 157\n(sec.174-ssec.1) The first C1-ITQ year is the period starting on 1 September 2021 and ending on 30 June 2022.\n(sec.174-ssec.2) The entitlement under a C1-ITQ unit under section 106L applies to the period mentioned in subsection (1) .","sortOrder":299},{"sectionNumber":"sec.175","sectionType":"section","heading":"First hand-harvest ITQ year for R-ITQ units","content":"### sec.175 First hand-harvest ITQ year for R-ITQ units\n\nThe first hand-harvest ITQ year for R-ITQ units is the period starting on 1 January 2021 and ending on 30 September 2021.\nThe entitlement under an R-ITQ unit under section 106T applies to the period mentioned in subsection (1) .\nAny red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster taken in the commercial crayfish and rocklobster fishery under the primary commercial fishing licence held by the holder of R-ITQ units between 1 January 2021 and the commencement is taken to have been taken under the holder’s R-ITQ units.\ns 175 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 157\n(sec.175-ssec.1) The first hand-harvest ITQ year for R-ITQ units is the period starting on 1 January 2021 and ending on 30 September 2021.\n(sec.175-ssec.2) The entitlement under an R-ITQ unit under section 106T applies to the period mentioned in subsection (1) .\n(sec.175-ssec.3) Any red champagne lobster or tropical rocklobster taken in the commercial crayfish and rocklobster fishery under the primary commercial fishing licence held by the holder of R-ITQ units between 1 January 2021 and the commencement is taken to have been taken under the holder’s R-ITQ units.","sortOrder":300},{"sectionNumber":"sec.176","sectionType":"section","heading":"First hand-harvest ITQ year for hand-harvest ITQ units other than R-ITQ units","content":"### sec.176 First hand-harvest ITQ year for hand-harvest ITQ units other than R-ITQ units\n\nThis section applies in relation to hand-harvest ITQ units other than R-ITQ units.\nThe first hand-harvest ITQ year for hand-harvest ITQ units is the period starting on 1 July 2021 and ending on 30 June 2022.\nThe entitlement under a hand-harvest ITQ unit under section 106T applies to the period mentioned in subsection (2) .\nAny prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish taken in a hand-harvest fishery under the primary commercial fishing licence held by the holder of hand-harvest ITQ units between 1 July 2021 and the commencement is taken to have been taken under the holder’s hand-harvest ITQ units.\ns 176 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 157\n(sec.176-ssec.1) This section applies in relation to hand-harvest ITQ units other than R-ITQ units.\n(sec.176-ssec.2) The first hand-harvest ITQ year for hand-harvest ITQ units is the period starting on 1 July 2021 and ending on 30 June 2022.\n(sec.176-ssec.3) The entitlement under a hand-harvest ITQ unit under section 106T applies to the period mentioned in subsection (2) .\n(sec.176-ssec.4) Any prescribed hand-harvest ITQ fish taken in a hand-harvest fishery under the primary commercial fishing licence held by the holder of hand-harvest ITQ units between 1 July 2021 and the commencement is taken to have been taken under the holder’s hand-harvest ITQ units.","sortOrder":301},{"sectionNumber":"sec.177","sectionType":"section","heading":"Logbooks","content":"### sec.177 Logbooks\n\nChapter 5 applies only in relation to a fishing operation that starts after the commencement.\nAny requirement about logbooks (however called) applying to a licence under the Act immediately before the commencement continues to apply—\nin relation to a fishing operation conducted under the licence that started before the commencement; and\nwhether or not the fishing operation has ended on the commencement.\nAn approved form under the Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019 , chapter 5 , part 2 or 3 , as in force before the commencement, held by the holder of a primary commercial fishing licence immediately before the commencement is taken to be, for chapter 5 —\nif the approved form is for recording information about taking fish during fishing operations—an approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the licence; or\nif the approved form is for recording information about interactions with particular animals during fishing operations—an approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) for the licence.\nSee also the Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019 , sections 161 and 162 .\ns 177 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 157\n(sec.177-ssec.1) Chapter 5 applies only in relation to a fishing operation that starts after the commencement.\n(sec.177-ssec.2) Any requirement about logbooks (however called) applying to a licence under the Act immediately before the commencement continues to apply— in relation to a fishing operation conducted under the licence that started before the commencement; and whether or not the fishing operation has ended on the commencement.\n(sec.177-ssec.3) An approved form under the Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019 , chapter 5 , part 2 or 3 , as in force before the commencement, held by the holder of a primary commercial fishing licence immediately before the commencement is taken to be, for chapter 5 — if the approved form is for recording information about taking fish during fishing operations—an approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the licence; or if the approved form is for recording information about interactions with particular animals during fishing operations—an approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) for the licence. See also the Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019 , sections 161 and 162 . s 177 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 157\n- (a) in relation to a fishing operation conducted under the licence that started before the commencement; and\n- (b) whether or not the fishing operation has ended on the commencement.\n- (a) if the approved form is for recording information about taking fish during fishing operations—an approved logbook (commercial fishing) for the licence; or\n- (b) if the approved form is for recording information about interactions with particular animals during fishing operations—an approved logbook (TEP animal interaction) for the licence.","sortOrder":302},{"sectionNumber":"sec.178","sectionType":"section","heading":"Reporting requirements","content":"### sec.178 Reporting requirements\n\nChapter 6 applies in relation to a fishing operation, and fish taken in a fishing operation, that starts after the commencement.\nThe relevant provisions continue to apply—\nin relation to a fishing operation, and fish taken in a fishing operation, started before the commencement; and\nwhether or not the fishing operation has ended on the commencement.\nIn this section—\nrelevant provisions means the following provisions as in force immediately before the commencement—\nfor a fishing operation for taking fish under the fishery symbol ‘SM’— schedule 5 , parts 4 and 5 ;\nfor a fishing operation for taking fish under the fishery symbol ‘RQ’— schedule 6 , part 5 ;\nfor a fishing operation for taking fish under the fishery symbol ‘T4’— schedule 8 , part 3 , division 3 .\ns 178 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 157\n(sec.178-ssec.1) Chapter 6 applies in relation to a fishing operation, and fish taken in a fishing operation, that starts after the commencement.\n(sec.178-ssec.2) The relevant provisions continue to apply— in relation to a fishing operation, and fish taken in a fishing operation, started before the commencement; and whether or not the fishing operation has ended on the commencement.\n(sec.178-ssec.3) In this section— relevant provisions means the following provisions as in force immediately before the commencement— for a fishing operation for taking fish under the fishery symbol ‘SM’— schedule 5 , parts 4 and 5 ; for a fishing operation for taking fish under the fishery symbol ‘RQ’— schedule 6 , part 5 ; for a fishing operation for taking fish under the fishery symbol ‘T4’— schedule 8 , part 3 , division 3 .\n- (a) in relation to a fishing operation, and fish taken in a fishing operation, started before the commencement; and\n- (b) whether or not the fishing operation has ended on the commencement.\n- (a) for a fishing operation for taking fish under the fishery symbol ‘SM’— schedule 5 , parts 4 and 5 ;\n- (b) for a fishing operation for taking fish under the fishery symbol ‘RQ’— schedule 6 , part 5 ;\n- (c) for a fishing operation for taking fish under the fishery symbol ‘T4’— schedule 8 , part 3 , division 3 .","sortOrder":303},{"sectionNumber":"sec.179","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirements to check fishing apparatus","content":"### sec.179 Requirements to check fishing apparatus\n\nThis section applies to a requirement to check fishing apparatus under either of the following provisions if the fishing apparatus was set before the commencement—\nschedule 7A , section 48 ;\nschedule 7A , section 97 .\nThe requirement applies in relation to the fishing apparatus as if the apparatus was set on the commencement.\ns 179 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 157\n(sec.179-ssec.1) This section applies to a requirement to check fishing apparatus under either of the following provisions if the fishing apparatus was set before the commencement— schedule 7A , section 48 ; schedule 7A , section 97 .\n(sec.179-ssec.2) The requirement applies in relation to the fishing apparatus as if the apparatus was set on the commencement.\n- (a) schedule 7A , section 48 ;\n- (b) schedule 7A , section 97 .","sortOrder":304},{"sectionNumber":"ch.7-pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":"Transitional provision for Fisheries and Other Legislation (Structural Reform) Amendment Regulation 2023","content":"# Transitional provision for Fisheries and Other Legislation (Structural Reform) Amendment Regulation 2023","sortOrder":305},{"sectionNumber":"sec.180","sectionType":"section","heading":"Ending of net fishery ‘NX’","content":"### sec.180 Ending of net fishery ‘NX’\n\nThe net fishery (NX) ends on 30 June 2027 at the end of the day.\nFrom 1 July 2027—\nany provision of this regulation providing for NX fish to be taken in the net fishery (no. NX) is of no effect; and\nany reference to the fishery symbol ‘NX’ on a primary commercial fishing boat licence or any other document is of no effect.\ns 180 ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 9\n(sec.180-ssec.1) The net fishery (NX) ends on 30 June 2027 at the end of the day.\n(sec.180-ssec.2) From 1 July 2027— any provision of this regulation providing for NX fish to be taken in the net fishery (no. NX) is of no effect; and any reference to the fishery symbol ‘NX’ on a primary commercial fishing boat licence or any other document is of no effect.\n- (a) any provision of this regulation providing for NX fish to be taken in the net fishery (no. NX) is of no effect; and\n- (b) any reference to the fishery symbol ‘NX’ on a primary commercial fishing boat licence or any other document is of no effect.","sortOrder":306},{"sectionNumber":"ch.7-pt.4","sectionType":"part","heading":"Transitional provision for Fisheries Legislation (Spanish Mackerel) Amendment Regulation 2026","content":"# Transitional provision for Fisheries Legislation (Spanish Mackerel) Amendment Regulation 2026","sortOrder":307},{"sectionNumber":"sec.181","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of increased total quota entitlement for 2025–2026 SM year","content":"### sec.181 Application of increased total quota entitlement for 2025–2026 SM year\n\nThis section applies to each SM unit held by the holder of an SM licence on 1 February 2026.\nThe holder’s entitlement under the SM unit for the SM year starting on 1 July 2025 must be worked out under section 86 using the increased total quota entitlement for spanish mackerel.\nThe total number of SM units that have been issued is 577,984. The increased total quota entitlement for spanish mackerel for the SM year starting on 1 July 2025 is 250t.\nUnder subsection (2), the entitlement under each SM unit held by the holder of an SM licence on 1 February 2026 for the SM year is 0.43253792492kg, being 250t divided by 577,984.\nIf the holder holds 1,000 SM units on 1 February 2026, the holder’s total entitlement under the SM units is 432.53792492kg, being 1,000 times 0.43253792492kg.\nIn this section—\nincreased total quota entitlement , for spanish mackerel, means the total quota entitlement for spanish mackerel for the SM year starting on 1 July 2025, as increased by the Fisheries Legislation (Spanish Mackerel) Amendment Regulation 2026 .\ntotal quota entitlement , for spanish mackerel, for an SM year, means the total quota entitlement stated for spanish mackerel in the quota declaration for the spanish mackerel commercial fishery for the SM year.\ns 181 ins 2026 SL No. 5 s 6\n(sec.181-ssec.1) This section applies to each SM unit held by the holder of an SM licence on 1 February 2026.\n(sec.181-ssec.2) The holder’s entitlement under the SM unit for the SM year starting on 1 July 2025 must be worked out under section 86 using the increased total quota entitlement for spanish mackerel. The total number of SM units that have been issued is 577,984. The increased total quota entitlement for spanish mackerel for the SM year starting on 1 July 2025 is 250t. Under subsection (2), the entitlement under each SM unit held by the holder of an SM licence on 1 February 2026 for the SM year is 0.43253792492kg, being 250t divided by 577,984. If the holder holds 1,000 SM units on 1 February 2026, the holder’s total entitlement under the SM units is 432.53792492kg, being 1,000 times 0.43253792492kg.\n(sec.181-ssec.3) In this section— increased total quota entitlement , for spanish mackerel, means the total quota entitlement for spanish mackerel for the SM year starting on 1 July 2025, as increased by the Fisheries Legislation (Spanish Mackerel) Amendment Regulation 2026 . total quota entitlement , for spanish mackerel, for an SM year, means the total quota entitlement stated for spanish mackerel in the quota declaration for the spanish mackerel commercial fishery for the SM year.","sortOrder":308},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":309},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.1-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":310},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.1","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.1\n\nsch 1 s 1 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":311},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.2","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.2\n\nsch 1 s 2 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":312},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.3","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.3\n\nsch 1 s 3 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":313},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.1-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":314},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.4","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.4\n\nsch 1 s 4 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":315},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.5","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.5\n\nsch 1 s 5 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":316},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.6","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.6\n\nsch 1 s 6 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":317},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.7","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.7\n\nsch 1 s 7 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":318},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.8","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.8\n\nsch 1 s 8 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":319},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.9","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.9\n\nsch 1 s 9 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":320},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.10","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.10\n\nsch 1 s 10 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":321},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.11","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.11\n\nsch 1 s 11 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":322},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.12","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.12\n\nsch 1 s 12 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":323},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.13","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.13\n\nsch 1 s 13 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":324},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.14","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.14\n\nsch 1 s 14 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":325},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.15","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.15\n\nsch 1 s 15 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":326},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.16","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.16\n\nsch 1 s 16 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":327},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.17","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.17\n\nsch 1 s 17 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":328},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.1-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":329},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.18","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.18\n\nsch 1 s 18 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":330},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.19","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.19\n\nsch 1 s 19 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":331},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.20","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.20\n\nsch 1 s 20 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":332},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":333},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.2-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":334},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.21","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.21\n\nsch 1 s 21 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":335},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.22","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.22\n\nsch 1 s 22 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":336},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.23","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.23\n\nsch 1 s 23 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":337},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.2-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":338},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.24","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.24\n\nsch 1 s 24 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":339},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.25","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.25\n\nsch 1 s 25 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":340},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.26","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.26\n\nsch 1 s 26 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":341},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.27","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.27\n\nsch 1 s 27 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":342},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.28","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.28\n\nsch 1 s 28 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":343},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.2-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":344},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.29","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.29\n\nsch 1 s 29 sub 2021 SL No. 29 s 6 (1)\nom 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":345},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.30","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.30\n\nsch 1 s 30 sub 2021 SL No. 29 s 6 (1)\nom 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":346},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":347},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.3-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":348},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.31","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.31\n\nsch 1 s 31 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":349},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.32","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.32\n\nsch 1 s 32 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":350},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.33","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.33\n\nsch 1 s 33 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":351},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.3-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":352},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.34","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.34\n\nsch 1 s 34 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":353},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.35","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.35\n\nsch 1 s 35 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":354},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.36","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.36\n\nsch 1 s 36 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":355},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.37","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.37\n\nsch 1 s 37 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":356},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.38","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.38\n\nsch 1 s 38 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":357},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.39","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.39\n\nsch 1 s 39 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":358},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.4","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":359},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.4-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":360},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.40","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.40\n\nsch 1 s 40 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":361},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.41","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.41\n\nsch 1 s 41 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":362},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.42","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.42\n\nsch 1 s 42 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":363},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.4-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":364},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.43","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.43\n\nsch 1 s 43 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":365},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.44","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.44\n\nsch 1 s 44 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":366},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.45","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.45\n\nsch 1 s 45 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":367},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.46","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.46\n\nsch 1 s 46 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":368},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.4-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":369},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.47","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.47\n\nsch 1 s 47 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":370},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.48","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.48\n\nsch 1 s 48 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":371},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.49","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.49\n\nsch 1 s 49 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":372},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.50","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.50\n\nsch 1 s 50 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":373},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.51","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.51\n\nsch 1 s 51 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":374},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.52","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.52\n\nsch 1 s 52 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":375},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.53","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.53\n\nsch 1 s 53 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":376},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.4-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":377},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.54","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.54\n\nsch 1 s 54 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":378},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.55","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.55\n\nsch 1 s 55 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":379},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.4-div.5","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":380},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.56","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.56\n\nsch 1 s 56 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":381},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.57","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.57\n\nsch 1 s 57 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":382},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.5","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":383},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.5-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":384},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.58","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.58\n\nsch 1 s 58 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":385},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.59","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.59\n\nsch 1 s 59 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":386},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.60","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.60\n\nsch 1 s 60 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":387},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.5-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":388},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.61","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.61\n\nsch 1 s 61 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":389},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.62","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.62\n\nsch 1 s 62 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":390},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.63","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.63\n\nsch 1 s 63 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":391},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.64","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.64\n\nsch 1 s 64 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":392},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.5-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":393},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.65","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.65\n\nsch 1 s 65 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":394},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.66","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.66\n\nsch 1 s 66 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":395},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.6","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":396},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.6-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":397},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.67","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.67\n\nsch 1 s 67 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":398},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.68","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.68\n\nsch 1 s 68 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":399},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.69","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.69\n\nsch 1 s 69 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":400},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.6-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":401},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.70","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.70\n\nsch 1 s 70 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":402},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.71","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.71\n\nsch 1 s 71 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":403},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.72","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.72\n\nsch 1 s 72 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":404},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.73","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.73\n\nsch 1 s 73 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":405},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":406},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":407},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.74","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.74\n\nsch 1 s 74 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":408},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.75","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.75\n\nsch 1 s 75 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":409},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.76","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.76\n\nsch 1 s 76 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":410},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":411},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.77","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.77\n\nsch 1 s 77 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":412},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.78","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.78\n\nsch 1 s 78 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":413},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.79","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.79\n\nsch 1 s 79 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":414},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.80","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.80\n\nsch 1 s 80 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":415},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.8","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":416},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.8-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":417},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.81","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.81\n\nsch 1 s 81 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":418},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.82","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.82\n\nsch 1 s 82 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":419},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.83","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.83\n\nsch 1 s 83 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":420},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.8-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":421},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.84","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.84\n\nsch 1 s 84 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":422},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.85","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.85\n\nsch 1 s 85 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":423},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.86","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.86\n\nsch 1 s 86 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":424},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.87","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.87\n\nsch 1 s 87 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":425},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.8-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":426},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.88","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.88\n\nsch 1 s 88 sub 2021 SL No. 29 s 6 (2)\nom 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":427},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.89","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.89\n\nsch 1 s 89 sub 2021 SL No. 29 s 6 (2)\nom 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":428},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.9","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":429},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.9-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":430},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.90","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.90\n\nsch 1 s 90 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":431},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.91","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.91\n\nsch 1 s 91 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":432},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.92","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.92\n\nsch 1 s 92 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":433},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.9-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":434},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.93","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.93\n\nsch 1 s 93 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":435},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.94","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.94\n\nsch 1 s 94 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":436},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.95","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.95\n\nsch 1 s 95 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":437},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.96","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.96\n\nsch 1 s 96 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":438},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.10","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":439},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.10-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":440},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.97","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.97\n\nsch 1 s 97 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":441},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.98","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.98\n\nsch 1 s 98 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":442},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.99","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.99\n\nsch 1 s 99 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":443},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.10-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":444},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.100","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.100\n\nsch 1 s 100 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":445},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.101","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.101\n\nsch 1 s 101 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":446},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.102","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.102\n\nsch 1 s 102 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":447},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.103","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.103\n\nsch 1 s 103 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":448},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.11","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":449},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.11-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":450},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.104","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.104\n\nsch 1 s 104 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":451},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.105","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.105\n\nsch 1 s 105 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":452},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.106","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.106\n\nsch 1 s 106 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":453},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.11-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":454},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.107","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.107\n\nsch 1 s 107 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":455},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.108","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.108\n\nsch 1 s 108 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":456},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.11-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":457},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.109","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.109\n\nsch 1 s 109 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":458},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.110","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.110\n\nsch 1 s 110 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":459},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.12","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":460},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.12-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":461},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.111","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.111\n\nsch 1 s 111 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":462},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.112","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.112\n\nsch 1 s 112 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":463},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.113","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.113\n\nsch 1 s 113 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":464},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.12-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":465},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.114","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.114\n\nsch 1 s 114 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":466},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.115","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.115\n\nsch 1 s 115 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":467},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.116","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.116\n\nsch 1 s 116 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":468},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.117","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.117\n\nsch 1 s 117 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":469},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.13","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":470},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.13-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":471},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.118","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.118\n\nsch 1 s 118 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":472},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.119","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.119\n\nsch 1 s 119 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":473},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.120","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.120\n\nsch 1 s 120 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":474},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.13-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":475},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.121","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.121\n\nsch 1 s 121 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":476},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.122","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.122\n\nsch 1 s 122 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":477},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.123","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.123\n\nsch 1 s 123 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":478},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.14","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":479},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.14-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":480},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.124","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.124\n\nsch 1 s 124 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":481},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.125","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.125\n\nsch 1 s 125 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":482},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.126","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.126\n\nsch 1 s 126 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":483},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.14-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":484},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.127","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.127\n\nsch 1 s 127 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":485},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.128","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.128\n\nsch 1 s 128 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":486},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.129","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.129\n\nsch 1 s 129 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":487},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.130","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.1-sec.130\n\nsch 1 s 130 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 158","sortOrder":488},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbols and fishery area","content":"# Fishery, fishery symbols and fishery area","sortOrder":489},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.1","sectionType":"section","heading":"East coast trawl fishery","content":"### sch.2-sec.1 East coast trawl fishery\n\nThe east coast trawl fishery is the activity of fishing using trawl nets ( trawling ) for the fish mentioned in section 4 in the fishery area, as provided under this schedule.\nsch 2 s 1 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":490},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.2","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbols","content":"### sch.2-sec.2 Fishery symbols\n\nThe fishery symbols for the fishery are ‘M1’, ‘M2’, ‘T1’, ‘T2’, ‘T5’, ‘T6’, ‘T7’, ‘T8’ and ‘T9’.\nsch 2 s 2 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":491},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.3","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.2-sec.3 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of the tidal waters east of longitude 142º31.89' east.\nsch 2 s 3 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":492},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":"Authorisation","content":"# Authorisation","sortOrder":493},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.2-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"General","content":"## General","sortOrder":494},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.4","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.2-sec.4 What fish may be taken\n\nOnly the following fish (each a permitted fish ) may be taken under the licence—\nany of the following fish (each a principal fish )—\nprawns;\nbugs other than Balmain bugs (each a principal bug );\nscallops;\nsquid;\nany of the following fish, if the fish are taken while taking a principal fish—\nBalmain bugs;\nblue swimmer crabs;\ncuttlefish;\nmantis shrimps;\noctopus;\npipefish;\nred champagne lobsters;\nslipper lobsters;\nthreadfin bream;\nthree-spotted crabs.\nsch 2 s 4 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- (a) any of the following fish (each a principal fish )— (i) prawns; (ii) bugs other than Balmain bugs (each a principal bug ); (iii) scallops; (iv) squid;\n- (i) prawns;\n- (ii) bugs other than Balmain bugs (each a principal bug );\n- (iii) scallops;\n- (iv) squid;\n- (b) any of the following fish, if the fish are taken while taking a principal fish— (i) Balmain bugs; (ii) blue swimmer crabs; (iii) cuttlefish; (iv) mantis shrimps; (v) octopus; (vi) pipefish; (vii) red champagne lobsters; (viii) slipper lobsters; (ix) threadfin bream; (x) three-spotted crabs.\n- (i) Balmain bugs;\n- (ii) blue swimmer crabs;\n- (iii) cuttlefish;\n- (iv) mantis shrimps;\n- (v) octopus;\n- (vi) pipefish;\n- (vii) red champagne lobsters;\n- (viii) slipper lobsters;\n- (ix) threadfin bream;\n- (x) three-spotted crabs.\n- (i) prawns;\n- (ii) bugs other than Balmain bugs (each a principal bug );\n- (iii) scallops;\n- (iv) squid;\n- (i) Balmain bugs;\n- (ii) blue swimmer crabs;\n- (iii) cuttlefish;\n- (iv) mantis shrimps;\n- (v) octopus;\n- (vi) pipefish;\n- (vii) red champagne lobsters;\n- (viii) slipper lobsters;\n- (ix) threadfin bream;\n- (x) three-spotted crabs.","sortOrder":495},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.5","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may take fish","content":"### sch.2-sec.5 Who may take fish\n\nPermitted fish may be taken by trawling, and permitted fish taken by trawling may be possessed, only by a commercial fisher.\nsch 2 s 5 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":496},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.6","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fish may be taken only with unused effort unit entitlements","content":"### sch.2-sec.6 Fish may be taken only with unused effort unit entitlements\n\nPermitted fish may be taken in a trawl region in an effort year only if the fish are taken under effort units for the trawl region with unused entitlements for the effort year.\nsch 2 s 6 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":497},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.6A","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.6A\n\nsch 2 s 6A ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (1)\nom 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":498},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.7","sectionType":"section","heading":"Possessing particular fishing apparatus","content":"### sch.2-sec.7 Possessing particular fishing apparatus\n\nA person may possess, on a boat in the fishery area, a beam, otter board or trawl sled used with a net only if—\nthe trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\nno part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\na trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\na trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\nA person must not possess, on a boat in the fishery area, a beam, otter board or trawl sled with a thing that—\nis designed to attach to the beam, otter board or trawl sled; and\nif attached, would extend below the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled.\nsch 2 s 7 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.7-ssec.1) A person may possess, on a boat in the fishery area, a beam, otter board or trawl sled used with a net only if— the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe. a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\n(sch.2-sec.7-ssec.2) A person must not possess, on a boat in the fishery area, a beam, otter board or trawl sled with a thing that— is designed to attach to the beam, otter board or trawl sled; and if attached, would extend below the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled.\n- (a) the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\n- (b) no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\n- • a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\n- • a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\n- (a) is designed to attach to the beam, otter board or trawl sled; and\n- (b) if attached, would extend below the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled.","sortOrder":499},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.2-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"M1 licences and M2 licences","content":"## M1 licences and M2 licences","sortOrder":500},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.8","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division","content":"### sch.2-sec.8 Application of division\n\nThis division states where and in what way permitted fish may be taken under an M1 or M2 licence.\nsch 2 s 8 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":501},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.9","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where permitted fish may be taken","content":"### sch.2-sec.9 Where permitted fish may be taken\n\nPermitted fish may be taken only in the Moreton Bay trawl region.\nsch 2 s 9 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":502},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.10","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way permitted fish may be taken","content":"### sch.2-sec.10 Way permitted fish may be taken\n\nPermitted fish may be taken only by using beam trawl nets or otter trawl nets.\nPermitted fish may be taken by a net only if the net and its use comply with this division.\nsch 2 s 10 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.10-ssec.1) Permitted fish may be taken only by using beam trawl nets or otter trawl nets.\n(sch.2-sec.10-ssec.2) Permitted fish may be taken by a net only if the net and its use comply with this division.","sortOrder":503},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.11","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net length","content":"### sch.2-sec.11 Net length\n\nA net must be no longer than—\nfor a beam trawl net—10m; or\nfor an otter trawl net—32.5m.\nsch 2 s 11 prev sch 2 s 11 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (2)\npres sch 2 s 11 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- (a) for a beam trawl net—10m; or\n- (b) for an otter trawl net—32.5m.","sortOrder":504},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.12","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net mesh size","content":"### sch.2-sec.12 Net mesh size\n\nThe mesh size of a net must be at least 38mm but no more than 60mm.\nsch 2 s 12 prev sch 2 s 12 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (2)\npres sch 2 s 12 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":505},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.13","sectionType":"section","heading":"Length of sweeps of net","content":"### sch.2-sec.13 Length of sweeps of net\n\nEach sweep used on a net must be no longer than 3m.\nsch 2 s 13 prev sch 2 s 13 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (2)\npres sch 2 s 13 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":506},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.14","sectionType":"section","heading":"Covering net","content":"### sch.2-sec.14 Covering net\n\nThe part of a net within 150 rows of mesh from its drawstring must not be covered with netting material, unless the material has a mesh size of at least 38mm.\nThe bottom half of a net, other than within 150 rows of mesh from its drawstring, must not be completely covered.\nsch 2 s 14 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 31 )\n(sch.2-sec.14-ssec.1) The part of a net within 150 rows of mesh from its drawstring must not be covered with netting material, unless the material has a mesh size of at least 38mm.\n(sch.2-sec.14-ssec.2) The bottom half of a net, other than within 150 rows of mesh from its drawstring, must not be completely covered.","sortOrder":507},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.15","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of chains for net","content":"### sch.2-sec.15 Use of chains for net\n\nMore than 1 line of ground chain and 1 line of tickler chain must not be used across the mouth of each net.\nThe links of the ground chain must not have a diameter of more than 10mm.\nThe links of the tickler chain must not have a diameter of more than—\nif a ground chain is used—6mm; or\nif something else is attached at 1 or more points to the bottom rope of an otter trawl net so that the thing is suspended below the bottom rope when the net is in use—10mm.\nThe chains must not be used with a weight or an attachment, other than an attachment for joining the chain to the net.\nsch 2 s 15 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.15-ssec.1) More than 1 line of ground chain and 1 line of tickler chain must not be used across the mouth of each net.\n(sch.2-sec.15-ssec.2) The links of the ground chain must not have a diameter of more than 10mm.\n(sch.2-sec.15-ssec.3) The links of the tickler chain must not have a diameter of more than— if a ground chain is used—6mm; or if something else is attached at 1 or more points to the bottom rope of an otter trawl net so that the thing is suspended below the bottom rope when the net is in use—10mm.\n(sch.2-sec.15-ssec.4) The chains must not be used with a weight or an attachment, other than an attachment for joining the chain to the net.\n- (a) if a ground chain is used—6mm; or\n- (b) if something else is attached at 1 or more points to the bottom rope of an otter trawl net so that the thing is suspended below the bottom rope when the net is in use—10mm.","sortOrder":508},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.16","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of more than 1 net","content":"### sch.2-sec.16 Use of more than 1 net\n\nMore than 1 net must not be used from the same boat unless the combined length of the nets is no longer than the length for that type of net permitted under section 11 .\nsch 2 s 16 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":509},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.17","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of crab bag","content":"### sch.2-sec.17 Use of crab bag\n\nA crab bag must not be used with a net unless the crab bag is a compliant crab bag.\nsch 2 s 17 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":510},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.18","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of nets with particular fishing apparatus or attachments","content":"### sch.2-sec.18 Use of nets with particular fishing apparatus or attachments\n\nThis section applies if a beam, otter board or trawl sled is used with a net.\nThe net may be used only if—\nthe trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\nno part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\na net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\na net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\nsch 2 s 18 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.18-ssec.1) This section applies if a beam, otter board or trawl sled is used with a net.\n(sch.2-sec.18-ssec.2) The net may be used only if— the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe. a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\n- (a) the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\n- (b) no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\n- • a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\n- • a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe","sortOrder":511},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.19","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of BRD","content":"### sch.2-sec.19 Use of BRD\n\nA net, other than a try net, must achieve the purpose of a BRD.\nsch 2 s 19 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":512},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.20","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of TED","content":"### sch.2-sec.20 Use of TED\n\nA net, other than a try net, must achieve the purpose of a TED.\nsch 2 s 20 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":513},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.2-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"T1 licences","content":"## T1 licences","sortOrder":514},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.21","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division","content":"### sch.2-sec.21 Application of division\n\nThis division states where and in what way permitted fish may be taken under a T1 licence.\nsch 2 s 21 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":515},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.22","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where permitted fish may be taken","content":"### sch.2-sec.22 Where permitted fish may be taken\n\nPermitted fish may be taken only in the T1 area.\nsch 2 s 22 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":516},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.23","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way permitted fish may be taken","content":"### sch.2-sec.23 Way permitted fish may be taken\n\nPermitted fish may be taken only by using beam trawl nets or otter trawl nets.\nHowever, scallops may be taken only by using otter trawl nets.\nPermitted fish may be taken by a net only if—\nthe net is used for the primary purpose of taking principal fish; and\nthe net and its use comply with this division.\nsch 2 s 23 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.23-ssec.1) Permitted fish may be taken only by using beam trawl nets or otter trawl nets.\n(sch.2-sec.23-ssec.2) However, scallops may be taken only by using otter trawl nets.\n(sch.2-sec.23-ssec.3) Permitted fish may be taken by a net only if— the net is used for the primary purpose of taking principal fish; and the net and its use comply with this division.\n- (a) the net is used for the primary purpose of taking principal fish; and\n- (b) the net and its use comply with this division.","sortOrder":517},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.24","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net and head rope lengths","content":"### sch.2-sec.24 Net and head rope lengths\n\nIn the following areas, a beam trawl net must be no longer than 10m and an otter trawl net must be no longer than 32.5m—\nthe Hervey Bay area;\nthe Facing Island area;\nthe Keppel Bay area;\nthe Repulse Bay area;\nthe Cleveland Bay area.\nAn otter trawl net used in the Laguna Bay area must be no longer than 18.6m and have a head rope that is no longer than 8m.\nAn otter trawl net used in the following waters must be no longer than 39m—\nwaters within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 16º51.83' south, longitude 145º54.97' east (Cape Grafton)\nalong the mainland shore to latitude 16º28.93' south, longitude 145º28.00' east (Island Head Point)\nto latitude 16º43.75' south, longitude 145º40.71' east (Double Island)\nto latitude 16º51.83' south, longitude 145º54.97' east (Cape Grafton);\nEtty Bay area regulated waters, within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 17º30.28' south, longitude 146º04.66' east (Flying Fish Point)\nalong the shore of Etty Bay to latitude 17º33.33' south, longitude 146º05.42' east\nto latitude 17º33.33' south, longitude 146º05.76' east\nto latitude 17º33.72' south, longitude 146º05.85' east\nto latitude 17º33.72' south, longitude 146º05.61' east\nalong the shore of Etty Bay to latitude 17º35.47' south, longitude 146º07.62' east (near Mourilyan Harbour)\nto latitude 17º30.28' south, longitude 146º04.66' east (Flying Fish Point).\nAn otter trawl net used in the deep water net area must be no longer than 184m.\nA beam trawl net used in an area other than an area mentioned in subsection (1) must be no longer than 10m.\nAn otter trawl net used in an area other than an area mentioned in subsection (1) , (2) , (3) or (4) must be no longer than—\nif the net is used for the primary purpose of taking principal bugs or scallops—109m; or\nif the net is used for the primary purpose of taking principal fish other than principal bugs or scallops—88m.\nsch 2 s 24 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.24-ssec.1) In the following areas, a beam trawl net must be no longer than 10m and an otter trawl net must be no longer than 32.5m— the Hervey Bay area; the Facing Island area; the Keppel Bay area; the Repulse Bay area; the Cleveland Bay area.\n(sch.2-sec.24-ssec.2) An otter trawl net used in the Laguna Bay area must be no longer than 18.6m and have a head rope that is no longer than 8m.\n(sch.2-sec.24-ssec.3) An otter trawl net used in the following waters must be no longer than 39m— waters within the following boundary— from latitude 16º51.83' south, longitude 145º54.97' east (Cape Grafton) along the mainland shore to latitude 16º28.93' south, longitude 145º28.00' east (Island Head Point) to latitude 16º43.75' south, longitude 145º40.71' east (Double Island) to latitude 16º51.83' south, longitude 145º54.97' east (Cape Grafton); Etty Bay area regulated waters, within the following boundary— from latitude 17º30.28' south, longitude 146º04.66' east (Flying Fish Point) along the shore of Etty Bay to latitude 17º33.33' south, longitude 146º05.42' east to latitude 17º33.33' south, longitude 146º05.76' east to latitude 17º33.72' south, longitude 146º05.85' east to latitude 17º33.72' south, longitude 146º05.61' east along the shore of Etty Bay to latitude 17º35.47' south, longitude 146º07.62' east (near Mourilyan Harbour) to latitude 17º30.28' south, longitude 146º04.66' east (Flying Fish Point).\n(sch.2-sec.24-ssec.4) An otter trawl net used in the deep water net area must be no longer than 184m.\n(sch.2-sec.24-ssec.5) A beam trawl net used in an area other than an area mentioned in subsection (1) must be no longer than 10m.\n(sch.2-sec.24-ssec.6) An otter trawl net used in an area other than an area mentioned in subsection (1) , (2) , (3) or (4) must be no longer than— if the net is used for the primary purpose of taking principal bugs or scallops—109m; or if the net is used for the primary purpose of taking principal fish other than principal bugs or scallops—88m.\n- (a) the Hervey Bay area;\n- (b) the Facing Island area;\n- (c) the Keppel Bay area;\n- (d) the Repulse Bay area;\n- (e) the Cleveland Bay area.\n- (a) waters within the following boundary— • from latitude 16º51.83' south, longitude 145º54.97' east (Cape Grafton) • along the mainland shore to latitude 16º28.93' south, longitude 145º28.00' east (Island Head Point) • to latitude 16º43.75' south, longitude 145º40.71' east (Double Island) • to latitude 16º51.83' south, longitude 145º54.97' east (Cape Grafton);\n- • from latitude 16º51.83' south, longitude 145º54.97' east (Cape Grafton)\n- • along the mainland shore to latitude 16º28.93' south, longitude 145º28.00' east (Island Head Point)\n- • to latitude 16º43.75' south, longitude 145º40.71' east (Double Island)\n- • to latitude 16º51.83' south, longitude 145º54.97' east (Cape Grafton);\n- (b) Etty Bay area regulated waters, within the following boundary— • from latitude 17º30.28' south, longitude 146º04.66' east (Flying Fish Point) • along the shore of Etty Bay to latitude 17º33.33' south, longitude 146º05.42' east • to latitude 17º33.33' south, longitude 146º05.76' east • to latitude 17º33.72' south, longitude 146º05.85' east • to latitude 17º33.72' south, longitude 146º05.61' east • along the shore of Etty Bay to latitude 17º35.47' south, longitude 146º07.62' east (near Mourilyan Harbour) • to latitude 17º30.28' south, longitude 146º04.66' east (Flying Fish Point).\n- • from latitude 17º30.28' south, longitude 146º04.66' east (Flying Fish Point)\n- • along the shore of Etty Bay to latitude 17º33.33' south, longitude 146º05.42' east\n- • to latitude 17º33.33' south, longitude 146º05.76' east\n- • to latitude 17º33.72' south, longitude 146º05.85' east\n- • to latitude 17º33.72' south, longitude 146º05.61' east\n- • along the shore of Etty Bay to latitude 17º35.47' south, longitude 146º07.62' east (near Mourilyan Harbour)\n- • to latitude 17º30.28' south, longitude 146º04.66' east (Flying Fish Point).\n- • from latitude 16º51.83' south, longitude 145º54.97' east (Cape Grafton)\n- • along the mainland shore to latitude 16º28.93' south, longitude 145º28.00' east (Island Head Point)\n- • to latitude 16º43.75' south, longitude 145º40.71' east (Double Island)\n- • to latitude 16º51.83' south, longitude 145º54.97' east (Cape Grafton);\n- • from latitude 17º30.28' south, longitude 146º04.66' east (Flying Fish Point)\n- • along the shore of Etty Bay to latitude 17º33.33' south, longitude 146º05.42' east\n- • to latitude 17º33.33' south, longitude 146º05.76' east\n- • to latitude 17º33.72' south, longitude 146º05.85' east\n- • to latitude 17º33.72' south, longitude 146º05.61' east\n- • along the shore of Etty Bay to latitude 17º35.47' south, longitude 146º07.62' east (near Mourilyan Harbour)\n- • to latitude 17º30.28' south, longitude 146º04.66' east (Flying Fish Point).\n- (a) if the net is used for the primary purpose of taking principal bugs or scallops—109m; or\n- (b) if the net is used for the primary purpose of taking principal fish other than principal bugs or scallops—88m.","sortOrder":518},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.25","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net mesh size","content":"### sch.2-sec.25 Net mesh size\n\nA net used for the primary purpose of taking principal fish other than principal bugs or scallops must have—\nfor a net used in the following areas—a mesh size of at least 38mm but no more than 60mm—\nthe Hervey Bay area;\nthe Facing Island area;\nthe Keppel Bay area;\nthe Repulse Bay area;\nthe Cleveland Bay area;\nthe deep water net area; or\nfor a net used in the Laguna Bay area—a mesh size of at least 28mm; or\nfor a net used in an area, other than an area mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) —\na mesh size of at least 43mm but no more than 60mm; and\na cod end with a mesh size of at least 38mm and no more than 150 rows of mesh from the drawstring.\nA net used for the primary purpose of taking principal bugs or scallops must have a mesh size of at least 75mm.\nsch 2 s 25 prev sch 2 s 25 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (2)\npres sch 2 s 25 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.25-ssec.1) A net used for the primary purpose of taking principal fish other than principal bugs or scallops must have— for a net used in the following areas—a mesh size of at least 38mm but no more than 60mm— the Hervey Bay area; the Facing Island area; the Keppel Bay area; the Repulse Bay area; the Cleveland Bay area; the deep water net area; or for a net used in the Laguna Bay area—a mesh size of at least 28mm; or for a net used in an area, other than an area mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) — a mesh size of at least 43mm but no more than 60mm; and a cod end with a mesh size of at least 38mm and no more than 150 rows of mesh from the drawstring.\n(sch.2-sec.25-ssec.2) A net used for the primary purpose of taking principal bugs or scallops must have a mesh size of at least 75mm.\n- (a) for a net used in the following areas—a mesh size of at least 38mm but no more than 60mm— (i) the Hervey Bay area; (ii) the Facing Island area; (iii) the Keppel Bay area; (iv) the Repulse Bay area; (v) the Cleveland Bay area; (vi) the deep water net area; or\n- (i) the Hervey Bay area;\n- (ii) the Facing Island area;\n- (iii) the Keppel Bay area;\n- (iv) the Repulse Bay area;\n- (v) the Cleveland Bay area;\n- (vi) the deep water net area; or\n- (b) for a net used in the Laguna Bay area—a mesh size of at least 28mm; or\n- (c) for a net used in an area, other than an area mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) — (i) a mesh size of at least 43mm but no more than 60mm; and (ii) a cod end with a mesh size of at least 38mm and no more than 150 rows of mesh from the drawstring.\n- (i) a mesh size of at least 43mm but no more than 60mm; and\n- (ii) a cod end with a mesh size of at least 38mm and no more than 150 rows of mesh from the drawstring.\n- (i) the Hervey Bay area;\n- (ii) the Facing Island area;\n- (iii) the Keppel Bay area;\n- (iv) the Repulse Bay area;\n- (v) the Cleveland Bay area;\n- (vi) the deep water net area; or\n- (i) a mesh size of at least 43mm but no more than 60mm; and\n- (ii) a cod end with a mesh size of at least 38mm and no more than 150 rows of mesh from the drawstring.","sortOrder":519},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.26","sectionType":"section","heading":"Length of sweeps of net","content":"### sch.2-sec.26 Length of sweeps of net\n\nThis section does not apply to the Laguna Bay area.\nEach sweep used on a net must be no longer than—\nif the net is used in the Hervey Bay area—3m; or\nif the net is used in any other waters—10m.\nsch 2 s 26 prev sch 2 s 26 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (2)\npres sch 2 s 26 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.26-ssec.1) This section does not apply to the Laguna Bay area.\n(sch.2-sec.26-ssec.2) Each sweep used on a net must be no longer than— if the net is used in the Hervey Bay area—3m; or if the net is used in any other waters—10m.\n- (a) if the net is used in the Hervey Bay area—3m; or\n- (b) if the net is used in any other waters—10m.","sortOrder":520},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.27","sectionType":"section","heading":"Covering net","content":"### sch.2-sec.27 Covering net\n\nThe part of a net within 150 rows of mesh from its drawstring must not be covered with netting material, unless the material has a mesh size of at least 38mm.\nThe bottom half of a net, other than within 150 rows of mesh from its drawstring, must not be completely covered.\nsch 2 s 27 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 31 )\n(sch.2-sec.27-ssec.1) The part of a net within 150 rows of mesh from its drawstring must not be covered with netting material, unless the material has a mesh size of at least 38mm.\n(sch.2-sec.27-ssec.2) The bottom half of a net, other than within 150 rows of mesh from its drawstring, must not be completely covered.","sortOrder":521},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.28","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of chains for net","content":"### sch.2-sec.28 Use of chains for net\n\nMore than 1 line of ground chain and 1 line of tickler chain must not be used across the mouth of each net.\nThe links of the ground chain must not have a diameter of more than—\nif the net is used in the deep water net area—12mm; or\nif the net is used in any other waters—10mm.\nThe links of the tickler chain must not have a diameter of more than—\nif a ground chain is used—6mm; or\nif something else is attached at 1 or more points to the bottom rope of the net so that the thing is suspended below the bottom rope when the net is in use—10mm.\nThe chains must not be used with a weight or an attachment, other than an attachment for joining the chain to the net.\nsch 2 s 28 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.28-ssec.1) More than 1 line of ground chain and 1 line of tickler chain must not be used across the mouth of each net.\n(sch.2-sec.28-ssec.2) The links of the ground chain must not have a diameter of more than— if the net is used in the deep water net area—12mm; or if the net is used in any other waters—10mm.\n(sch.2-sec.28-ssec.3) The links of the tickler chain must not have a diameter of more than— if a ground chain is used—6mm; or if something else is attached at 1 or more points to the bottom rope of the net so that the thing is suspended below the bottom rope when the net is in use—10mm.\n(sch.2-sec.28-ssec.4) The chains must not be used with a weight or an attachment, other than an attachment for joining the chain to the net.\n- (a) if the net is used in the deep water net area—12mm; or\n- (b) if the net is used in any other waters—10mm.\n- (a) if a ground chain is used—6mm; or\n- (b) if something else is attached at 1 or more points to the bottom rope of the net so that the thing is suspended below the bottom rope when the net is in use—10mm.","sortOrder":522},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.29","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of more than 1 net or head rope","content":"### sch.2-sec.29 Use of more than 1 net or head rope\n\nMore than 1 net or more than 1 head rope must not be used from the same boat unless the combined length of the nets or head ropes is no longer than the length for that type of net or head rope permitted under section 24 .\nsch 2 s 29 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":523},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.30","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of crab bag","content":"### sch.2-sec.30 Use of crab bag\n\nA crab bag must not be used with a net unless the crab bag is a compliant crab bag.\nsch 2 s 30 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":524},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.31","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of nets with particular fishing apparatus or attachments","content":"### sch.2-sec.31 Use of nets with particular fishing apparatus or attachments\n\nThis section applies if a beam, otter board or trawl sled is used with a net.\nThe net may be used only if—\nthe trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\nno part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\na net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\na net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\nsch 2 s 31 prev sch 2 s 31 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (2)\npres sch 2 s 31 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.31-ssec.1) This section applies if a beam, otter board or trawl sled is used with a net.\n(sch.2-sec.31-ssec.2) The net may be used only if— the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe. a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\n- (a) the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\n- (b) no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\n- • a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\n- • a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe","sortOrder":525},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.32","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of BRD","content":"### sch.2-sec.32 Use of BRD\n\nA net, other than a try net, must achieve the purpose of a BRD.\nsch 2 s 32 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":526},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.33","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of TED","content":"### sch.2-sec.33 Use of TED\n\nA net, other than a try net, must achieve the purpose of a TED.\nsch 2 s 33 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":527},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.2-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":"T2 licences","content":"## T2 licences","sortOrder":528},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.34","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division","content":"### sch.2-sec.34 Application of division\n\nThis division states where and in what way permitted fish may be taken under a T2 licence.\nsch 2 s 34 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (3) ; 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":529},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.35","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where permitted fish may be taken","content":"### sch.2-sec.35 Where permitted fish may be taken\n\nPermitted fish may be taken only in the southern offshore trawl region B.\nsch 2 s 35 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":530},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.36","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way permitted fish may be taken","content":"### sch.2-sec.36 Way permitted fish may be taken\n\nPermitted fish may be taken only by using otter trawl nets.\nPermitted fish may be taken by a net only if the net and its use comply with this division.\nsch 2 s 36 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (4) ; 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.36-ssec.1) Permitted fish may be taken only by using otter trawl nets.\n(sch.2-sec.36-ssec.2) Permitted fish may be taken by a net only if the net and its use comply with this division.","sortOrder":531},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.37","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net length","content":"### sch.2-sec.37 Net length\n\nA net used in the deep water net area must be no longer than 184m.\nA net used in an area other than the deep water net area must be no longer than—\nif the net is used for the primary purpose of taking principal bugs or scallops—109m; or\nif the net is used for the primary purpose of taking permitted fish other than principal bugs or scallops—88m.\nsch 2 s 37 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.37-ssec.1) A net used in the deep water net area must be no longer than 184m.\n(sch.2-sec.37-ssec.2) A net used in an area other than the deep water net area must be no longer than— if the net is used for the primary purpose of taking principal bugs or scallops—109m; or if the net is used for the primary purpose of taking permitted fish other than principal bugs or scallops—88m.\n- (a) if the net is used for the primary purpose of taking principal bugs or scallops—109m; or\n- (b) if the net is used for the primary purpose of taking permitted fish other than principal bugs or scallops—88m.","sortOrder":532},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.38","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net mesh size","content":"### sch.2-sec.38 Net mesh size\n\nA net used for the primary purpose of taking permitted fish other than principal bugs or scallops must—\nhave a mesh size of at least 43mm but no more than 60mm; and\nhave a cod end with a mesh size of at least 38mm and no more than 150 rows of mesh from the drawstring.\nA net used for the primary purpose of taking principal bugs or scallops must have a mesh size of at least 75mm.\nsch 2 s 38 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (5) ; 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.38-ssec.1) A net used for the primary purpose of taking permitted fish other than principal bugs or scallops must— have a mesh size of at least 43mm but no more than 60mm; and have a cod end with a mesh size of at least 38mm and no more than 150 rows of mesh from the drawstring.\n(sch.2-sec.38-ssec.2) A net used for the primary purpose of taking principal bugs or scallops must have a mesh size of at least 75mm.\n- (a) have a mesh size of at least 43mm but no more than 60mm; and\n- (b) have a cod end with a mesh size of at least 38mm and no more than 150 rows of mesh from the drawstring.","sortOrder":533},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.39","sectionType":"section","heading":"Length of sweeps of net","content":"### sch.2-sec.39 Length of sweeps of net\n\nEach sweep used on a net must be no longer than 10m.\nsch 2 s 39 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":534},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.40","sectionType":"section","heading":"Covering net","content":"### sch.2-sec.40 Covering net\n\nThe part of a net within 150 rows of mesh from its drawstring must not be covered with netting material, unless the material has a mesh size of—\nif the net is used for the primary purpose of taking principal bugs or scallops—at least 75mm; or\nif the net is used for the primary purpose of taking permitted fish other than principal bugs or scallops—at least 38mm.\nThe bottom half of a net, other than any part within 150 rows of mesh from its drawstring, must not be completely covered.\nsch 2 s 40 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 31 )\n(sch.2-sec.40-ssec.1) The part of a net within 150 rows of mesh from its drawstring must not be covered with netting material, unless the material has a mesh size of— if the net is used for the primary purpose of taking principal bugs or scallops—at least 75mm; or if the net is used for the primary purpose of taking permitted fish other than principal bugs or scallops—at least 38mm.\n(sch.2-sec.40-ssec.2) The bottom half of a net, other than any part within 150 rows of mesh from its drawstring, must not be completely covered.\n- (a) if the net is used for the primary purpose of taking principal bugs or scallops—at least 75mm; or\n- (b) if the net is used for the primary purpose of taking permitted fish other than principal bugs or scallops—at least 38mm.","sortOrder":535},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.41","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of chains for net","content":"### sch.2-sec.41 Use of chains for net\n\nMore than 1 line of ground chain and 1 line of tickler chain must not be used across the mouth of each net.\nThe links of the ground chain must not have a diameter of more than—\nif the net is used in the deep water net area—12mm; or\nif the net is used in any other waters—10mm.\nThe links of the tickler chain must not have a diameter of more than—\nif a ground chain is used—6mm; or\nif something else is attached at 1 or more points to the bottom rope of the net so that the thing is suspended below the bottom rope when the net is in use—10mm.\nThe chains must not be used with a weight or an attachment, other than an attachment for joining the chain to the net.\nsch 2 s 41 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.41-ssec.1) More than 1 line of ground chain and 1 line of tickler chain must not be used across the mouth of each net.\n(sch.2-sec.41-ssec.2) The links of the ground chain must not have a diameter of more than— if the net is used in the deep water net area—12mm; or if the net is used in any other waters—10mm.\n(sch.2-sec.41-ssec.3) The links of the tickler chain must not have a diameter of more than— if a ground chain is used—6mm; or if something else is attached at 1 or more points to the bottom rope of the net so that the thing is suspended below the bottom rope when the net is in use—10mm.\n(sch.2-sec.41-ssec.4) The chains must not be used with a weight or an attachment, other than an attachment for joining the chain to the net.\n- (a) if the net is used in the deep water net area—12mm; or\n- (b) if the net is used in any other waters—10mm.\n- (a) if a ground chain is used—6mm; or\n- (b) if something else is attached at 1 or more points to the bottom rope of the net so that the thing is suspended below the bottom rope when the net is in use—10mm.","sortOrder":536},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.42","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of more than 1 net","content":"### sch.2-sec.42 Use of more than 1 net\n\nMore than 1 net must not be used from the same boat unless the combined length of the nets is no longer than the length permitted under section 37 for a net.\nsch 2 s 42 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":537},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.43","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of crab bag","content":"### sch.2-sec.43 Use of crab bag\n\nA crab bag must not be used with a net unless the crab bag is a compliant crab bag.\nsch 2 s 43 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":538},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.44","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of nets with particular fishing apparatus or attachments","content":"### sch.2-sec.44 Use of nets with particular fishing apparatus or attachments\n\nThis section applies if a beam, otter board or trawl sled is used with a net.\nThe net may be used only if—\nthe trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\nno part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\na net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\na net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\nsch 2 s 44 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.44-ssec.1) This section applies if a beam, otter board or trawl sled is used with a net.\n(sch.2-sec.44-ssec.2) The net may be used only if— the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe. a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\n- (a) the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\n- (b) no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\n- • a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\n- • a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe","sortOrder":539},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.45","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of BRD","content":"### sch.2-sec.45 Use of BRD\n\nA net, other than a try net, must achieve the purpose of a BRD.\nsch 2 s 45 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":540},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.46","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of TED","content":"### sch.2-sec.46 Use of TED\n\nA net, other than a try net, must achieve the purpose of a TED.\nsch 2 s 46 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":541},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.2-div.5","sectionType":"division","heading":"T5 licences","content":"## T5 licences","sortOrder":542},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.47","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division","content":"### sch.2-sec.47 Application of division\n\nThis division states where and in what way permitted fish may be taken under a T5 licence.\nsch 2 s 47 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":543},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.48","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where permitted fish may be taken","content":"### sch.2-sec.48 Where permitted fish may be taken\n\nPermitted fish may be taken only in the T5 area.\nsch 2 s 48 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":544},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.49","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way permitted fish may be taken","content":"### sch.2-sec.49 Way permitted fish may be taken\n\nPermitted fish may be taken only by using—\nin the Laguna Bay area—otter trawl nets; or\nin any other waters—beam trawl nets.\nPermitted fish may be taken by a net only if the net and its use comply with this division.\nsch 2 s 49 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.49-ssec.1) Permitted fish may be taken only by using— in the Laguna Bay area—otter trawl nets; or in any other waters—beam trawl nets.\n(sch.2-sec.49-ssec.2) Permitted fish may be taken by a net only if the net and its use comply with this division.\n- (a) in the Laguna Bay area—otter trawl nets; or\n- (b) in any other waters—beam trawl nets.","sortOrder":545},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.50","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net and head rope lengths","content":"### sch.2-sec.50 Net and head rope lengths\n\nAn otter trawl net used in the Laguna Bay area must be no longer than 18.6m and have a head rope no longer than 8m.\nA beam trawl net used in waters other than in the Laguna Bay area must be no longer than 5m.\nsch 2 s 50 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.50-ssec.1) An otter trawl net used in the Laguna Bay area must be no longer than 18.6m and have a head rope no longer than 8m.\n(sch.2-sec.50-ssec.2) A beam trawl net used in waters other than in the Laguna Bay area must be no longer than 5m.","sortOrder":546},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.51","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net mesh size","content":"### sch.2-sec.51 Net mesh size\n\nA net must have a mesh size of at least 28mm.\nA net, other than a net used in the Noosa River and lakes connected to it or in the Laguna Bay area, must have a cod end with a mesh size of at least 25mm and no more than 100 rows of mesh.\nsch 2 s 51 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.51-ssec.1) A net must have a mesh size of at least 28mm.\n(sch.2-sec.51-ssec.2) A net, other than a net used in the Noosa River and lakes connected to it or in the Laguna Bay area, must have a cod end with a mesh size of at least 25mm and no more than 100 rows of mesh.","sortOrder":547},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.52","sectionType":"section","heading":"Covering net","content":"### sch.2-sec.52 Covering net\n\nThe part of a net within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring must not be covered with netting material, unless the material has a mesh size of at least 28mm.\nThe bottom half of a net, other than any part within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring, must not be completely covered.\nsch 2 s 52 prev sch 2 s 52 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (6)\npres sch 2 s 52 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.52-ssec.1) The part of a net within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring must not be covered with netting material, unless the material has a mesh size of at least 28mm.\n(sch.2-sec.52-ssec.2) The bottom half of a net, other than any part within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring, must not be completely covered.","sortOrder":548},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.53","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of more than 1 net or head rope","content":"### sch.2-sec.53 Use of more than 1 net or head rope\n\nMore than 1 net or more than 1 head rope must not be used from the same boat unless the combined length of the nets or head ropes is no longer than the length for that type of net or head rope permitted under section 50 .\nsch 2 s 53 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":549},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.54","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of nets with particular fishing apparatus or attachments","content":"### sch.2-sec.54 Use of nets with particular fishing apparatus or attachments\n\nThis section applies if a beam, otter board or trawl sled is used with a net.\nThe net may be used only if—\nthe trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\nno part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\na net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\na net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\nsch 2 s 54 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.54-ssec.1) This section applies if a beam, otter board or trawl sled is used with a net.\n(sch.2-sec.54-ssec.2) The net may be used only if— the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe. a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\n- (a) the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\n- (b) no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\n- • a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\n- • a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe","sortOrder":550},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.55","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of BRD","content":"### sch.2-sec.55 Use of BRD\n\nA net must achieve the purpose of a BRD.\nsch 2 s 55 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":551},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.56","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of TED in Laguna Bay area","content":"### sch.2-sec.56 Use of TED in Laguna Bay area\n\nA net used in the Laguna Bay area must achieve the purpose of a TED.\nsch 2 s 56 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":552},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.2-div.6","sectionType":"division","heading":"T6 licences","content":"## T6 licences","sortOrder":553},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.57","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division","content":"### sch.2-sec.57 Application of division\n\nThis division states where and in what way permitted fish may be taken under a T6 licence.\nsch 2 s 57 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":554},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.58","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where permitted fish may be taken","content":"### sch.2-sec.58 Where permitted fish may be taken\n\nPermitted fish may be taken only in the T6 area.\nsch 2 s 58 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":555},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.59","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way permitted fish may be taken","content":"### sch.2-sec.59 Way permitted fish may be taken\n\nPermitted fish may be taken only by using beam trawl nets.\nPermitted fish may be taken by a net only if the net and its use comply with this division.\nsch 2 s 59 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.59-ssec.1) Permitted fish may be taken only by using beam trawl nets.\n(sch.2-sec.59-ssec.2) Permitted fish may be taken by a net only if the net and its use comply with this division.","sortOrder":556},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.60","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net length","content":"### sch.2-sec.60 Net length\n\nA net used in the Hervey Bay area must be no longer than 10m.\nA net used in waters other than the Hervey Bay area must be no longer than 5m.\nsch 2 s 60 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.60-ssec.1) A net used in the Hervey Bay area must be no longer than 10m.\n(sch.2-sec.60-ssec.2) A net used in waters other than the Hervey Bay area must be no longer than 5m.","sortOrder":557},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.61","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net mesh size","content":"### sch.2-sec.61 Net mesh size\n\nA net used in the Hervey Bay area must have a mesh size of at least 38mm but no more than 60mm.\nA net used in waters other than the Hervey Bay area must have—\na mesh size of at least 28mm; and\na cod end with a mesh size of at least 25mm and no more than 100 rows of mesh.\nsch 2 s 61 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.61-ssec.1) A net used in the Hervey Bay area must have a mesh size of at least 38mm but no more than 60mm.\n(sch.2-sec.61-ssec.2) A net used in waters other than the Hervey Bay area must have— a mesh size of at least 28mm; and a cod end with a mesh size of at least 25mm and no more than 100 rows of mesh.\n- (a) a mesh size of at least 28mm; and\n- (b) a cod end with a mesh size of at least 25mm and no more than 100 rows of mesh.","sortOrder":558},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.62","sectionType":"section","heading":"Covering net","content":"### sch.2-sec.62 Covering net\n\nThe part of a net within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring must not be covered with netting material, unless the material has a mesh size of—\nif the net is used in the Hervey Bay area—at least 38mm; or\nif the net is used in waters other than the Hervey Bay area—at least 28mm.\nThe bottom half of a net, other than any part within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring, must not be completely covered.\nsch 2 s 62 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 31 )\n(sch.2-sec.62-ssec.1) The part of a net within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring must not be covered with netting material, unless the material has a mesh size of— if the net is used in the Hervey Bay area—at least 38mm; or if the net is used in waters other than the Hervey Bay area—at least 28mm.\n(sch.2-sec.62-ssec.2) The bottom half of a net, other than any part within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring, must not be completely covered.\n- (a) if the net is used in the Hervey Bay area—at least 38mm; or\n- (b) if the net is used in waters other than the Hervey Bay area—at least 28mm.","sortOrder":559},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.63","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of more than 1 net","content":"### sch.2-sec.63 Use of more than 1 net\n\nMore than 1 net must not be used from the same boat unless the combined length of the nets is no longer than the length permitted under section 60 for a net.\nsch 2 s 63 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":560},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.64","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of nets with particular fishing apparatus or attachments","content":"### sch.2-sec.64 Use of nets with particular fishing apparatus or attachments\n\nThis section applies if a beam, otter board or trawl sled is used with a net.\nThe net may be used only if—\nthe trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\nno part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\na net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\na net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\nsch 2 s 64 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.64-ssec.1) This section applies if a beam, otter board or trawl sled is used with a net.\n(sch.2-sec.64-ssec.2) The net may be used only if— the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe. a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\n- (a) the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\n- (b) no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\n- • a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\n- • a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe","sortOrder":561},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.65","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of BRD","content":"### sch.2-sec.65 Use of BRD\n\nA net used must achieve the purpose of a BRD.\nsch 2 s 65 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":562},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.66","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of TED other than in river or creek","content":"### sch.2-sec.66 Use of TED other than in river or creek\n\nA net, other than a net used in a river or creek, must achieve the purpose of a TED.\nsch 2 s 66 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":563},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.2-div.7","sectionType":"division","heading":"T7 licences","content":"## T7 licences","sortOrder":564},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.67","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division","content":"### sch.2-sec.67 Application of division\n\nThis division states where and in what way permitted fish may be taken under a T7 licence.\nsch 2 s 67 prev sch 2 s 67 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (6)\npres sch 2 s 67 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":565},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.68","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where permitted fish may be taken","content":"### sch.2-sec.68 Where permitted fish may be taken\n\nPermitted fish may be taken only in the T7 area.\nsch 2 s 68 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":566},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.69","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way permitted fish may be taken","content":"### sch.2-sec.69 Way permitted fish may be taken\n\nPermitted fish may be taken only by using beam trawl nets.\nPermitted fish may be taken by a net only if the net and its use comply with this division.\nsch 2 s 69 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.69-ssec.1) Permitted fish may be taken only by using beam trawl nets.\n(sch.2-sec.69-ssec.2) Permitted fish may be taken by a net only if the net and its use comply with this division.","sortOrder":567},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.70","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net length","content":"### sch.2-sec.70 Net length\n\nA net must be no longer than 5m.\nsch 2 s 70 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":568},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.71","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net mesh size","content":"### sch.2-sec.71 Net mesh size\n\nA net must have a mesh size of at least 28mm.\nA net must have a cod end with a mesh size of at least 25mm and no more than 100 rows of mesh.\nsch 2 s 71 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.71-ssec.1) A net must have a mesh size of at least 28mm.\n(sch.2-sec.71-ssec.2) A net must have a cod end with a mesh size of at least 25mm and no more than 100 rows of mesh.","sortOrder":569},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.72","sectionType":"section","heading":"Covering net","content":"### sch.2-sec.72 Covering net\n\nThe part of a net within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring must not be covered with netting material, unless the material has a mesh size of at least 28mm.\nThe bottom half of a net, other than any part within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring, must not be completely covered.\nsch 2 s 72 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.72-ssec.1) The part of a net within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring must not be covered with netting material, unless the material has a mesh size of at least 28mm.\n(sch.2-sec.72-ssec.2) The bottom half of a net, other than any part within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring, must not be completely covered.","sortOrder":570},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.73","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of more than 1 net","content":"### sch.2-sec.73 Use of more than 1 net\n\nMore than 1 net must not be used from the same boat unless the combined length of the nets is no longer than 5m.\nsch 2 s 73 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":571},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.74","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of nets with particular fishing apparatus or attachments","content":"### sch.2-sec.74 Use of nets with particular fishing apparatus or attachments\n\nThis section applies if a beam, otter board or trawl sled is used with a net.\nThe net may be used only if—\nthe trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\nno part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\na net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\na net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\nsch 2 s 74 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.74-ssec.1) This section applies if a beam, otter board or trawl sled is used with a net.\n(sch.2-sec.74-ssec.2) The net may be used only if— the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe. a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\n- (a) the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\n- (b) no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\n- • a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\n- • a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe","sortOrder":572},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.75","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of BRD","content":"### sch.2-sec.75 Use of BRD\n\nA net must achieve the purpose of a BRD.\nsch 2 s 75 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":573},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.2-div.8","sectionType":"division","heading":"T8 licences","content":"## T8 licences","sortOrder":574},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.76","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division","content":"### sch.2-sec.76 Application of division\n\nThis division states where and in what way permitted fish may be taken under a T8 licence.\nsch 2 s 76 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":575},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.77","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where permitted fish may be taken","content":"### sch.2-sec.77 Where permitted fish may be taken\n\nPermitted fish may be taken only in the T8 area.\nsch 2 s 77 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":576},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.78","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way permitted fish may be taken","content":"### sch.2-sec.78 Way permitted fish may be taken\n\nPermitted fish may be taken only by using beam trawl nets.\nPermitted fish may be taken by a net only if the net and its use complies with this division.\nsch 2 s 78 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.78-ssec.1) Permitted fish may be taken only by using beam trawl nets.\n(sch.2-sec.78-ssec.2) Permitted fish may be taken by a net only if the net and its use complies with this division.","sortOrder":577},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.79","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net length","content":"### sch.2-sec.79 Net length\n\nA net must not be longer than—\nfor a net used in the Facing Island area or the Keppel Bay area—10m; or\nfor a net used in another part of the fishery area—5m.\nsch 2 s 79 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- (a) for a net used in the Facing Island area or the Keppel Bay area—10m; or\n- (b) for a net used in another part of the fishery area—5m.","sortOrder":578},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.80","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net mesh size","content":"### sch.2-sec.80 Net mesh size\n\nA net used in a river or creek, other than in the Fitzroy River mouth area, must have a mesh size of at least 28mm.\nA net used in the Fitzroy River mouth area must have a mesh size of at least 31mm.\nA net used in the Facing Island area or the Keppel Bay area must have a mesh size of at least 38mm but no more than 60mm.\nA net used in a river or creek must have a cod end with a mesh size of at least 25mm and no more than 100 rows of mesh.\nsch 2 s 80 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.80-ssec.1) A net used in a river or creek, other than in the Fitzroy River mouth area, must have a mesh size of at least 28mm.\n(sch.2-sec.80-ssec.2) A net used in the Fitzroy River mouth area must have a mesh size of at least 31mm.\n(sch.2-sec.80-ssec.3) A net used in the Facing Island area or the Keppel Bay area must have a mesh size of at least 38mm but no more than 60mm.\n(sch.2-sec.80-ssec.4) A net used in a river or creek must have a cod end with a mesh size of at least 25mm and no more than 100 rows of mesh.","sortOrder":579},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.81","sectionType":"section","heading":"Covering net","content":"### sch.2-sec.81 Covering net\n\nThe part of a net within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring must not be covered with netting material, unless the material has a mesh size of—\nif the net is used in a river or creek, other than in the Fitzroy River mouth area—at least 28mm; or\nif the net is used in the Fitzroy River mouth area—at least 31mm; or\nif the net is used in the Facing Island area or the Keppel Bay area—at least 38mm.\nThe bottom half of a net, other than any part within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring, must not be completely covered.\nsch 2 s 81 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 31 )\n(sch.2-sec.81-ssec.1) The part of a net within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring must not be covered with netting material, unless the material has a mesh size of— if the net is used in a river or creek, other than in the Fitzroy River mouth area—at least 28mm; or if the net is used in the Fitzroy River mouth area—at least 31mm; or if the net is used in the Facing Island area or the Keppel Bay area—at least 38mm.\n(sch.2-sec.81-ssec.2) The bottom half of a net, other than any part within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring, must not be completely covered.\n- (a) if the net is used in a river or creek, other than in the Fitzroy River mouth area—at least 28mm; or\n- (b) if the net is used in the Fitzroy River mouth area—at least 31mm; or\n- (c) if the net is used in the Facing Island area or the Keppel Bay area—at least 38mm.","sortOrder":580},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.82","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of more than 1 net","content":"### sch.2-sec.82 Use of more than 1 net\n\nMore than 1 net must not be used from the same boat unless the combined length of the nets is no longer than the length permitted under section 79 for a net.\nsch 2 s 82 prev sch 2 s 82 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (6)\npres sch 2 s 82 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":581},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.83","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of nets with particular fishing apparatus or attachments","content":"### sch.2-sec.83 Use of nets with particular fishing apparatus or attachments\n\nThis section applies if a beam, otter board or trawl sled is used with a net.\nThe net may be used only if—\nthe trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\nno part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\na net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\na net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\nsch 2 s 83 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.83-ssec.1) This section applies if a beam, otter board or trawl sled is used with a net.\n(sch.2-sec.83-ssec.2) The net may be used only if— the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe. a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\n- (a) the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\n- (b) no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\n- • a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\n- • a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe","sortOrder":582},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.84","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of BRD","content":"### sch.2-sec.84 Use of BRD\n\nA net must achieve the purpose of a BRD.\nsch 2 s 84 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":583},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.85","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of TED other than in river or creek","content":"### sch.2-sec.85 Use of TED other than in river or creek\n\nA net, other than a net used in a river or creek, must achieve the purpose of a TED.\nsch 2 s 85 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":584},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.2-div.9","sectionType":"division","heading":"T9 licences","content":"## T9 licences","sortOrder":585},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.86","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division","content":"### sch.2-sec.86 Application of division\n\nThis division states where and in what way permitted fish may be taken under a T9 licence.\nsch 2 s 86 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":586},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.87","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where permitted fish may be taken","content":"### sch.2-sec.87 Where permitted fish may be taken\n\nPermitted fish may be taken only in the T9 area.\nsch 2 s 87 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":587},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.88","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way permitted fish may be taken","content":"### sch.2-sec.88 Way permitted fish may be taken\n\nPermitted fish may be taken only by using beam trawl nets.\nPermitted fish may be taken with a net only if the net and its use comply with this division.\nsch 2 s 88 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.88-ssec.1) Permitted fish may be taken only by using beam trawl nets.\n(sch.2-sec.88-ssec.2) Permitted fish may be taken with a net only if the net and its use comply with this division.","sortOrder":588},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.89","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net length","content":"### sch.2-sec.89 Net length\n\nA net used in a river or creek must be no longer than 5m.\nA net used other than in a river or creek must be no longer than 10m.\nsch 2 s 89 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.89-ssec.1) A net used in a river or creek must be no longer than 5m.\n(sch.2-sec.89-ssec.2) A net used other than in a river or creek must be no longer than 10m.","sortOrder":589},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.90","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net mesh size","content":"### sch.2-sec.90 Net mesh size\n\nA net used in a river or creek must have a mesh size of at least 28mm.\nA net used other than in a river or creek must have a mesh size of at least 38mm but no more than 60mm.\nA net used in a river or creek must have a cod end with a mesh size of at least 25mm and no more than 100 rows of mesh.\nsch 2 s 90 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.90-ssec.1) A net used in a river or creek must have a mesh size of at least 28mm.\n(sch.2-sec.90-ssec.2) A net used other than in a river or creek must have a mesh size of at least 38mm but no more than 60mm.\n(sch.2-sec.90-ssec.3) A net used in a river or creek must have a cod end with a mesh size of at least 25mm and no more than 100 rows of mesh.","sortOrder":590},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.91","sectionType":"section","heading":"Covering net","content":"### sch.2-sec.91 Covering net\n\nThe part of a net within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring must not be covered with netting material, unless the material has a mesh size of—\nif the net is used in a river or creek—at least 28mm; or\nif the net is used other than in a river or creek—at least 38mm.\nThe bottom half of a net, other than any part within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring, must not be completely covered.\nsch 2 s 91 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159 (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 31 )\n(sch.2-sec.91-ssec.1) The part of a net within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring must not be covered with netting material, unless the material has a mesh size of— if the net is used in a river or creek—at least 28mm; or if the net is used other than in a river or creek—at least 38mm.\n(sch.2-sec.91-ssec.2) The bottom half of a net, other than any part within 100 rows of mesh from its drawstring, must not be completely covered.\n- (a) if the net is used in a river or creek—at least 28mm; or\n- (b) if the net is used other than in a river or creek—at least 38mm.","sortOrder":591},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.92","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of more than 1 net","content":"### sch.2-sec.92 Use of more than 1 net\n\nMore than 1 net must not be used from the same boat unless the combined length of the nets is no longer than the length permitted under section 89 for a net.\nsch 2 s 92 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":592},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.93","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of nets with particular fishing apparatus or attachments","content":"### sch.2-sec.93 Use of nets with particular fishing apparatus or attachments\n\nThis section applies if a beam, otter board or trawl sled is used with a net.\nThe net may be used only if—\nthe trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\nno part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\na net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\na net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\nsch 2 s 93 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.93-ssec.1) This section applies if a beam, otter board or trawl sled is used with a net.\n(sch.2-sec.93-ssec.2) The net may be used only if— the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe. a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe\n- (a) the trawl shoe of the beam, otter board or trawl sled is flat and smooth; and\n- (b) no part of the beam, otter board or trawl sled, including anything attached to the beam, otter board or trawl sled, extends below the trawl shoe.\n- • a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to its trawl shoe\n- • a net that uses a trawl sled that has spikes attached to any part of the trawl sled if the spikes extend below its trawl shoe","sortOrder":593},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.94","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of BRD","content":"### sch.2-sec.94 Use of BRD\n\nA net used must achieve the purpose of a BRD.\nsch 2 s 94 prev sch 2 s 94 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (6)\npres sch 2 s 94 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":594},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.95","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of TED other than in river or creek","content":"### sch.2-sec.95 Use of TED other than in river or creek\n\nA net, other than a net used in a river or creek, must achieve the purpose of a TED.\nHowever, a net used under this division is not required to achieve the purpose of a TED if—\nthe boat from which the net is used—\nis no longer than 6.7m; and\nhas an outboard engine with no more than 90kW of power; and\nthe net—\nis used in water shallower than 3m; and\nremains in the water for no more than 25 minutes; and\nis used only by hand, without any equipment to assist in its use.\nsch 2 s 95 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.95-ssec.1) A net, other than a net used in a river or creek, must achieve the purpose of a TED.\n(sch.2-sec.95-ssec.2) However, a net used under this division is not required to achieve the purpose of a TED if— the boat from which the net is used— is no longer than 6.7m; and has an outboard engine with no more than 90kW of power; and the net— is used in water shallower than 3m; and remains in the water for no more than 25 minutes; and is used only by hand, without any equipment to assist in its use.\n- (a) the boat from which the net is used— (i) is no longer than 6.7m; and (ii) has an outboard engine with no more than 90kW of power; and\n- (i) is no longer than 6.7m; and\n- (ii) has an outboard engine with no more than 90kW of power; and\n- (b) the net— (i) is used in water shallower than 3m; and (ii) remains in the water for no more than 25 minutes; and (iii) is used only by hand, without any equipment to assist in its use.\n- (i) is used in water shallower than 3m; and\n- (ii) remains in the water for no more than 25 minutes; and\n- (iii) is used only by hand, without any equipment to assist in its use.\n- (i) is no longer than 6.7m; and\n- (ii) has an outboard engine with no more than 90kW of power; and\n- (i) is used in water shallower than 3m; and\n- (ii) remains in the water for no more than 25 minutes; and\n- (iii) is used only by hand, without any equipment to assist in its use.","sortOrder":595},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.2-div.10","sectionType":"division","heading":"Use of BRDs","content":"## Use of BRDs","sortOrder":596},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.96","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of BRD and purpose of a BRD","content":"### sch.2-sec.96 Meaning of BRD and purpose of a BRD\n\nA BRD is a bycatch reduction device.\nThe purpose of a BRD is to reduce the level of bycatch taken by the use of the net to the lowest level that allows the economically viable use of the net, having regard to the sustainability of the fishery area’s ecological systems.\nsch 2 s 96 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.96-ssec.1) A BRD is a bycatch reduction device.\n(sch.2-sec.96-ssec.2) The purpose of a BRD is to reduce the level of bycatch taken by the use of the net to the lowest level that allows the economically viable use of the net, having regard to the sustainability of the fishery area’s ecological systems.","sortOrder":597},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.97","sectionType":"section","heading":"Achieving purpose of BRD","content":"### sch.2-sec.97 Achieving purpose of BRD\n\nA net is taken to achieve the purpose of a BRD if the net includes or is used with a device (a recognised BRD ) that complies with—\nfor an otter trawl net used to trawl for prawns— subdivision 2 ; or\nfor an otter trawl net used to trawl for principal bugs or scallops— subdivision 3 ; or\nfor a beam trawl net— subdivision 4 .\nsch 2 s 97 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- (a) for an otter trawl net used to trawl for prawns— subdivision 2 ; or\n- (b) for an otter trawl net used to trawl for principal bugs or scallops— subdivision 3 ; or\n- (c) for a beam trawl net— subdivision 4 .","sortOrder":598},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.98","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of subdivision","content":"### sch.2-sec.98 Application of subdivision\n\nThis subdivision applies to an otter trawl net used to trawl for prawns.\nsch 2 s 98 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":599},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.99","sectionType":"section","heading":"Square mesh cod end—northern trawl region or central trawl region","content":"### sch.2-sec.99 Square mesh cod end—northern trawl region or central trawl region\n\nThe cod end of a net used in the northern trawl region or central trawl region is a recognised BRD if the cod end complies with this section.\nThe cod end must be made of square mesh of—\na mesh size of at least 50mm; and\nat least—\n80 bars in circumference; and\n50 bars long.\nThe square mesh must be no more than 25 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\nIf the square mesh is single strand or otherwise knotted, the cod end must contain 4 evenly spaced belly ropes.\nDuring trawling, nothing must cover any of the square mesh.\nsch 2 s 99 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.99-ssec.1) The cod end of a net used in the northern trawl region or central trawl region is a recognised BRD if the cod end complies with this section.\n(sch.2-sec.99-ssec.2) The cod end must be made of square mesh of— a mesh size of at least 50mm; and at least— 80 bars in circumference; and 50 bars long.\n(sch.2-sec.99-ssec.3) The square mesh must be no more than 25 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\n(sch.2-sec.99-ssec.4) If the square mesh is single strand or otherwise knotted, the cod end must contain 4 evenly spaced belly ropes.\n(sch.2-sec.99-ssec.5) During trawling, nothing must cover any of the square mesh.\n- (a) a mesh size of at least 50mm; and\n- (b) at least— (i) 80 bars in circumference; and (ii) 50 bars long.\n- (i) 80 bars in circumference; and\n- (ii) 50 bars long.\n- (i) 80 bars in circumference; and\n- (ii) 50 bars long.","sortOrder":600},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.100","sectionType":"section","heading":"Square mesh cod end—deep water net area","content":"### sch.2-sec.100 Square mesh cod end—deep water net area\n\nThe cod end of a net used in the deep water net area is a recognised BRD if the cod end complies with this section.\nThe cod end must be made of square mesh of—\na mesh size of at least 45mm; and\nat least—\n80 bars in circumference; and\n50 bars long.\nThe square mesh must be no more than 25 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\nIf the square mesh is single strand or otherwise knotted, the cod end must contain 4 evenly spaced belly ropes.\nDuring trawling, nothing must cover any of the square mesh.\nsch 2 s 100 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.100-ssec.1) The cod end of a net used in the deep water net area is a recognised BRD if the cod end complies with this section.\n(sch.2-sec.100-ssec.2) The cod end must be made of square mesh of— a mesh size of at least 45mm; and at least— 80 bars in circumference; and 50 bars long.\n(sch.2-sec.100-ssec.3) The square mesh must be no more than 25 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\n(sch.2-sec.100-ssec.4) If the square mesh is single strand or otherwise knotted, the cod end must contain 4 evenly spaced belly ropes.\n(sch.2-sec.100-ssec.5) During trawling, nothing must cover any of the square mesh.\n- (a) a mesh size of at least 45mm; and\n- (b) at least— (i) 80 bars in circumference; and (ii) 50 bars long.\n- (i) 80 bars in circumference; and\n- (ii) 50 bars long.\n- (i) 80 bars in circumference; and\n- (ii) 50 bars long.","sortOrder":601},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.101","sectionType":"section","heading":"Square mesh cod end—outside of northern trawl region, central trawl region and deep water net area","content":"### sch.2-sec.101 Square mesh cod end—outside of northern trawl region, central trawl region and deep water net area\n\nThe cod end of a net used outside of the northern trawl region, central trawl region and deep water net area is a recognised BRD if the cod end complies with this section.\nThe cod end must be made of square mesh of—\na mesh size of at least 38mm; and\nat least—\n80 bars in circumference; and\n50 bars long.\nThe square mesh must be no more than 25 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\nThe square mesh must have installed in it a panel made of square mesh of—\na mesh size of at least 45mm; and\nat least—\n300mm wide; and\n300mm long.\nIf the square mesh is single strand or otherwise knotted, the cod end must contain 4 evenly spaced belly ropes.\nDuring trawling, nothing must cover any of the square mesh.\nsch 2 s 101 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.101-ssec.1) The cod end of a net used outside of the northern trawl region, central trawl region and deep water net area is a recognised BRD if the cod end complies with this section.\n(sch.2-sec.101-ssec.2) The cod end must be made of square mesh of— a mesh size of at least 38mm; and at least— 80 bars in circumference; and 50 bars long.\n(sch.2-sec.101-ssec.3) The square mesh must be no more than 25 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\n(sch.2-sec.101-ssec.4) The square mesh must have installed in it a panel made of square mesh of— a mesh size of at least 45mm; and at least— 300mm wide; and 300mm long.\n(sch.2-sec.101-ssec.5) If the square mesh is single strand or otherwise knotted, the cod end must contain 4 evenly spaced belly ropes.\n(sch.2-sec.101-ssec.6) During trawling, nothing must cover any of the square mesh.\n- (a) a mesh size of at least 38mm; and\n- (b) at least— (i) 80 bars in circumference; and (ii) 50 bars long.\n- (i) 80 bars in circumference; and\n- (ii) 50 bars long.\n- (i) 80 bars in circumference; and\n- (ii) 50 bars long.\n- (a) a mesh size of at least 45mm; and\n- (b) at least— (i) 300mm wide; and (ii) 300mm long.\n- (i) 300mm wide; and\n- (ii) 300mm long.\n- (i) 300mm wide; and\n- (ii) 300mm long.","sortOrder":602},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.102","sectionType":"section","heading":"Square mesh panel—outside of central trawl region","content":"### sch.2-sec.102 Square mesh panel—outside of central trawl region\n\nA panel of a net used outside of the central trawl region is a recognised BRD if the panel complies with this section.\nThe panel must be in the top of the cod end of the net.\nThe panel must consist of a surrounding panel around a centre panel.\nThe panel must be installed so that—\nthe trailing edge of the surrounding panel is no more than 35 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net; and\nthe trailing edge of the centre panel is no more than 40 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\nThe surrounding panel must be made of square mesh of—\na mesh size of at least 45mm; and\nat least—\n550mm wide; and\n700mm long.\nThe centre panel must be made of square mesh of—\na mesh size of at least 55mm; and\nat least—\n250mm wide; and\n300mm long.\nDuring trawling, nothing must cover any of the square mesh.\nsch 2 s 102 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.102-ssec.1) A panel of a net used outside of the central trawl region is a recognised BRD if the panel complies with this section.\n(sch.2-sec.102-ssec.2) The panel must be in the top of the cod end of the net.\n(sch.2-sec.102-ssec.3) The panel must consist of a surrounding panel around a centre panel.\n(sch.2-sec.102-ssec.4) The panel must be installed so that— the trailing edge of the surrounding panel is no more than 35 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net; and the trailing edge of the centre panel is no more than 40 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\n(sch.2-sec.102-ssec.5) The surrounding panel must be made of square mesh of— a mesh size of at least 45mm; and at least— 550mm wide; and 700mm long.\n(sch.2-sec.102-ssec.6) The centre panel must be made of square mesh of— a mesh size of at least 55mm; and at least— 250mm wide; and 300mm long.\n(sch.2-sec.102-ssec.7) During trawling, nothing must cover any of the square mesh.\n- (a) the trailing edge of the surrounding panel is no more than 35 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net; and\n- (b) the trailing edge of the centre panel is no more than 40 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\n- (a) a mesh size of at least 45mm; and\n- (b) at least— (i) 550mm wide; and (ii) 700mm long.\n- (i) 550mm wide; and\n- (ii) 700mm long.\n- (i) 550mm wide; and\n- (ii) 700mm long.\n- (a) a mesh size of at least 55mm; and\n- (b) at least— (i) 250mm wide; and (ii) 300mm long.\n- (i) 250mm wide; and\n- (ii) 300mm long.\n- (i) 250mm wide; and\n- (ii) 300mm long.","sortOrder":603},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.103","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fisheye","content":"### sch.2-sec.103 Fisheye\n\nAn opening, commonly known as a fisheye, in a net is a recognised BRD if the opening complies with this section.\nThe opening must be—\nheld open by a rigid frame that consists of—\na semicircular-shaped frame; and\nan isosceles triangle-shaped frame; and\nno more than 66 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\nThe rigid frame must be installed so that the apex of the equal sides of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame point towards the opening of the net.\nThe semicircular-shaped frame must be—\nat least—\n350mm wide; and\n150mm high; and\ndivided in half by a rigid bar; and\nattached, by a rigid bar—\nfrom the midpoint of the semicircular-shaped part of the frame; and\nto the apex of the equal sides of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame.\nThe shortest side of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame must be—\nequal to the width of the semicircular-shaped frame; and\nattached, perpendicularly, to the widest part of the semicircular-shaped frame.\nDuring trawling, nothing must cover any part of the opening.\nsch 2 s 103 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.103-ssec.1) An opening, commonly known as a fisheye, in a net is a recognised BRD if the opening complies with this section.\n(sch.2-sec.103-ssec.2) The opening must be— held open by a rigid frame that consists of— a semicircular-shaped frame; and an isosceles triangle-shaped frame; and no more than 66 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\n(sch.2-sec.103-ssec.3) The rigid frame must be installed so that the apex of the equal sides of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame point towards the opening of the net.\n(sch.2-sec.103-ssec.4) The semicircular-shaped frame must be— at least— 350mm wide; and 150mm high; and divided in half by a rigid bar; and attached, by a rigid bar— from the midpoint of the semicircular-shaped part of the frame; and to the apex of the equal sides of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame.\n(sch.2-sec.103-ssec.5) The shortest side of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame must be— equal to the width of the semicircular-shaped frame; and attached, perpendicularly, to the widest part of the semicircular-shaped frame.\n(sch.2-sec.103-ssec.6) During trawling, nothing must cover any part of the opening.\n- (a) held open by a rigid frame that consists of— (i) a semicircular-shaped frame; and (ii) an isosceles triangle-shaped frame; and\n- (i) a semicircular-shaped frame; and\n- (ii) an isosceles triangle-shaped frame; and\n- (b) no more than 66 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\n- (i) a semicircular-shaped frame; and\n- (ii) an isosceles triangle-shaped frame; and\n- (a) at least— (i) 350mm wide; and (ii) 150mm high; and\n- (i) 350mm wide; and\n- (ii) 150mm high; and\n- (b) divided in half by a rigid bar; and\n- (c) attached, by a rigid bar— (i) from the midpoint of the semicircular-shaped part of the frame; and (ii) to the apex of the equal sides of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame.\n- (i) from the midpoint of the semicircular-shaped part of the frame; and\n- (ii) to the apex of the equal sides of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame.\n- (i) 350mm wide; and\n- (ii) 150mm high; and\n- (i) from the midpoint of the semicircular-shaped part of the frame; and\n- (ii) to the apex of the equal sides of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame.\n- (a) equal to the width of the semicircular-shaped frame; and\n- (b) attached, perpendicularly, to the widest part of the semicircular-shaped frame.","sortOrder":604},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.104","sectionType":"section","heading":"Bigeye","content":"### sch.2-sec.104 Bigeye\n\nAn opening, commonly known as a bigeye, in a net is a recognised BRD if the opening complies with this section.\nThe opening must be—\nin the top of the net; and\nat least 350mm across the width of the net; and\nno more than 66 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\nThe edges of the opening must not overlap by more than 200mm.\nDuring trawling—\nthe part of the opening closest to the mouth of the net must be weighted by an approved chain or 300g of other weights; and\nthe part of the opening closest to the cod end drawstrings of the net must be buoyed by at least 2 floats, each of which is at least—\n90mm wide; and\n50mm in diameter; and\nnothing must cover any part of the opening.\nIn this section—\napproved chain means a chain that—\nweighs at least 300g; and\ncontains at least the following number of links—\nfor a chain with links 4mm in diameter—42;\nfor a chain with links 6mm in diameter—12;\nfor a chain with links 8mm in diameter—6;\nfor a chain with links 10mm in diameter—3.\nsch 2 s 104 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.104-ssec.1) An opening, commonly known as a bigeye, in a net is a recognised BRD if the opening complies with this section.\n(sch.2-sec.104-ssec.2) The opening must be— in the top of the net; and at least 350mm across the width of the net; and no more than 66 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\n(sch.2-sec.104-ssec.3) The edges of the opening must not overlap by more than 200mm.\n(sch.2-sec.104-ssec.4) During trawling— the part of the opening closest to the mouth of the net must be weighted by an approved chain or 300g of other weights; and the part of the opening closest to the cod end drawstrings of the net must be buoyed by at least 2 floats, each of which is at least— 90mm wide; and 50mm in diameter; and nothing must cover any part of the opening.\n(sch.2-sec.104-ssec.5) In this section— approved chain means a chain that— weighs at least 300g; and contains at least the following number of links— for a chain with links 4mm in diameter—42; for a chain with links 6mm in diameter—12; for a chain with links 8mm in diameter—6; for a chain with links 10mm in diameter—3.\n- (a) in the top of the net; and\n- (b) at least 350mm across the width of the net; and\n- (c) no more than 66 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\n- (a) the part of the opening closest to the mouth of the net must be weighted by an approved chain or 300g of other weights; and\n- (b) the part of the opening closest to the cod end drawstrings of the net must be buoyed by at least 2 floats, each of which is at least— (i) 90mm wide; and (ii) 50mm in diameter; and\n- (i) 90mm wide; and\n- (ii) 50mm in diameter; and\n- (c) nothing must cover any part of the opening.\n- (i) 90mm wide; and\n- (ii) 50mm in diameter; and\n- (a) weighs at least 300g; and\n- (b) contains at least the following number of links— (i) for a chain with links 4mm in diameter—42; (ii) for a chain with links 6mm in diameter—12; (iii) for a chain with links 8mm in diameter—6; (iv) for a chain with links 10mm in diameter—3.\n- (i) for a chain with links 4mm in diameter—42;\n- (ii) for a chain with links 6mm in diameter—12;\n- (iii) for a chain with links 8mm in diameter—6;\n- (iv) for a chain with links 10mm in diameter—3.\n- (i) for a chain with links 4mm in diameter—42;\n- (ii) for a chain with links 6mm in diameter—12;\n- (iii) for a chain with links 8mm in diameter—6;\n- (iv) for a chain with links 10mm in diameter—3.","sortOrder":605},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.105","sectionType":"section","heading":"V-cut and bell cod end—outside of central trawl region and deep water net area","content":"### sch.2-sec.105 V-cut and bell cod end—outside of central trawl region and deep water net area\n\nA combination of the cod end of a net and a V-cut opening in the cod end used outside of the central trawl region and deep water net area is a recognised BRD if—\nthe last 33 meshes of the net from the cod end drawstrings of the net have a circumference of at least 150% of the rest of the cod end; and\nthe opening complies with subsections (3) and (4) ; and\nnothing covers any part of the opening during trawling.\nHowever, subsection (1) (c) does not apply if—\nthe meshes are left attached along the forward edge of the opening leaving a flap of net; and\nthe edges of the flap do not extend wider than the opening during trawling.\nThe opening must—\nbe in the top of the net; and\nhave 2 diagonal forward measurements of 10 bars of the net; and\nhave a lateral measurement along its forward edge of 11 meshes of the net.\nThe apex of the opening must not be more than 45 meshes of the net from the drawstrings.\nsch 2 s 105 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.105-ssec.1) A combination of the cod end of a net and a V-cut opening in the cod end used outside of the central trawl region and deep water net area is a recognised BRD if— the last 33 meshes of the net from the cod end drawstrings of the net have a circumference of at least 150% of the rest of the cod end; and the opening complies with subsections (3) and (4) ; and nothing covers any part of the opening during trawling.\n(sch.2-sec.105-ssec.2) However, subsection (1) (c) does not apply if— the meshes are left attached along the forward edge of the opening leaving a flap of net; and the edges of the flap do not extend wider than the opening during trawling.\n(sch.2-sec.105-ssec.3) The opening must— be in the top of the net; and have 2 diagonal forward measurements of 10 bars of the net; and have a lateral measurement along its forward edge of 11 meshes of the net.\n(sch.2-sec.105-ssec.4) The apex of the opening must not be more than 45 meshes of the net from the drawstrings.\n- (a) the last 33 meshes of the net from the cod end drawstrings of the net have a circumference of at least 150% of the rest of the cod end; and\n- (b) the opening complies with subsections (3) and (4) ; and\n- (c) nothing covers any part of the opening during trawling.\n- (a) the meshes are left attached along the forward edge of the opening leaving a flap of net; and\n- (b) the edges of the flap do not extend wider than the opening during trawling.\n- (a) be in the top of the net; and\n- (b) have 2 diagonal forward measurements of 10 bars of the net; and\n- (c) have a lateral measurement along its forward edge of 11 meshes of the net.","sortOrder":606},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.106","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of subdivision","content":"### sch.2-sec.106 Application of subdivision\n\nThis subdivision applies to an otter trawl net used to trawl for principal bugs or scallops.\nsch 2 s 106 prev sch 2 s 106 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (6)\npres sch 2 s 106 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":607},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.107","sectionType":"section","heading":"Scallop square mesh cod end","content":"### sch.2-sec.107 Scallop square mesh cod end\n\nThe cod end of a net is a recognised BRD if the cod end complies with this section.\nThe cod end must be made of square mesh of—\na mesh size of at least 88mm; and\nat least—\n50 bars in circumference; and\n1,500mm long.\nThe square mesh must be no more than 15 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\nIf the square mesh is single strand or otherwise knotted, the cod end must contain 4 evenly spaced belly ropes.\nDuring trawling, nothing must cover any of the square mesh other than a compliant chaffing mat.\nIn this section—\ncompliant chaffing mat , for a cod end, means a mat that is attached to the bottom half of the circumference of the cod end—\nonly—\nalong the leading edge of the mat; and\nhalfway along the length of each side of the mat; and\nat a point on each rear corner of the mat; and\nalong no more than half of the length of the cod end.\nsch 2 s 107 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.107-ssec.1) The cod end of a net is a recognised BRD if the cod end complies with this section.\n(sch.2-sec.107-ssec.2) The cod end must be made of square mesh of— a mesh size of at least 88mm; and at least— 50 bars in circumference; and 1,500mm long.\n(sch.2-sec.107-ssec.3) The square mesh must be no more than 15 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\n(sch.2-sec.107-ssec.4) If the square mesh is single strand or otherwise knotted, the cod end must contain 4 evenly spaced belly ropes.\n(sch.2-sec.107-ssec.5) During trawling, nothing must cover any of the square mesh other than a compliant chaffing mat.\n(sch.2-sec.107-ssec.6) In this section— compliant chaffing mat , for a cod end, means a mat that is attached to the bottom half of the circumference of the cod end— only— along the leading edge of the mat; and halfway along the length of each side of the mat; and at a point on each rear corner of the mat; and along no more than half of the length of the cod end.\n- (a) a mesh size of at least 88mm; and\n- (b) at least— (i) 50 bars in circumference; and (ii) 1,500mm long.\n- (i) 50 bars in circumference; and\n- (ii) 1,500mm long.\n- (i) 50 bars in circumference; and\n- (ii) 1,500mm long.\n- (a) only— (i) along the leading edge of the mat; and (ii) halfway along the length of each side of the mat; and (iii) at a point on each rear corner of the mat; and\n- (i) along the leading edge of the mat; and\n- (ii) halfway along the length of each side of the mat; and\n- (iii) at a point on each rear corner of the mat; and\n- (b) along no more than half of the length of the cod end.\n- (i) along the leading edge of the mat; and\n- (ii) halfway along the length of each side of the mat; and\n- (iii) at a point on each rear corner of the mat; and","sortOrder":608},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.108","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of subdivision","content":"### sch.2-sec.108 Application of subdivision\n\nThis subdivision applies to a beam trawl net.\nsch 2 s 108 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":609},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.109","sectionType":"section","heading":"Square mesh cod end","content":"### sch.2-sec.109 Square mesh cod end\n\nThe cod end of a net is a recognised BRD if the cod end complies with this section.\nThe cod end must be made of square mesh of—\na mesh size of at least 31mm; and\nat least—\n100 bars in circumference; and\n50 bars long.\nThe square mesh must be no more than 25 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\nThe square mesh must have installed in it a panel made of square mesh of—\na mesh size of at least 45mm; and\nat least—\n300mm wide; and\n300mm long.\nIf the square mesh is single strand or otherwise knotted, the cod end must contain 4 evenly spaced belly ropes.\nDuring trawling, nothing must cover any of the square mesh.\nsch 2 s 109 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.109-ssec.1) The cod end of a net is a recognised BRD if the cod end complies with this section.\n(sch.2-sec.109-ssec.2) The cod end must be made of square mesh of— a mesh size of at least 31mm; and at least— 100 bars in circumference; and 50 bars long.\n(sch.2-sec.109-ssec.3) The square mesh must be no more than 25 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\n(sch.2-sec.109-ssec.4) The square mesh must have installed in it a panel made of square mesh of— a mesh size of at least 45mm; and at least— 300mm wide; and 300mm long.\n(sch.2-sec.109-ssec.5) If the square mesh is single strand or otherwise knotted, the cod end must contain 4 evenly spaced belly ropes.\n(sch.2-sec.109-ssec.6) During trawling, nothing must cover any of the square mesh.\n- (a) a mesh size of at least 31mm; and\n- (b) at least— (i) 100 bars in circumference; and (ii) 50 bars long.\n- (i) 100 bars in circumference; and\n- (ii) 50 bars long.\n- (i) 100 bars in circumference; and\n- (ii) 50 bars long.\n- (a) a mesh size of at least 45mm; and\n- (b) at least— (i) 300mm wide; and (ii) 300mm long.\n- (i) 300mm wide; and\n- (ii) 300mm long.\n- (i) 300mm wide; and\n- (ii) 300mm long.","sortOrder":610},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.110","sectionType":"section","heading":"Square mesh panel","content":"### sch.2-sec.110 Square mesh panel\n\nA panel of a net is a recognised BRD if the panel complies with this section.\nThe panel must be in the top of the cod end of the net.\nThe panel must consist of a surrounding panel around a centre panel.\nThe surrounding panel must be made of square mesh of—\na mesh size of at least 40mm; and\nat least—\n450mm wide; and\n600mm long.\nThe centre panel must be made of square mesh of—\na mesh size of at least 50mm; and\nat least—\n200mm wide; and\n300mm long.\nThe panel must be installed so that—\nthe trailing edge of the surrounding panel is no more than 60 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net; and\nthe trailing edge of the centre panel is no more than 65 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\nDuring trawling, nothing must cover any of the square mesh.\nsch 2 s 110 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.110-ssec.1) A panel of a net is a recognised BRD if the panel complies with this section.\n(sch.2-sec.110-ssec.2) The panel must be in the top of the cod end of the net.\n(sch.2-sec.110-ssec.3) The panel must consist of a surrounding panel around a centre panel.\n(sch.2-sec.110-ssec.4) The surrounding panel must be made of square mesh of— a mesh size of at least 40mm; and at least— 450mm wide; and 600mm long.\n(sch.2-sec.110-ssec.5) The centre panel must be made of square mesh of— a mesh size of at least 50mm; and at least— 200mm wide; and 300mm long.\n(sch.2-sec.110-ssec.6) The panel must be installed so that— the trailing edge of the surrounding panel is no more than 60 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net; and the trailing edge of the centre panel is no more than 65 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\n(sch.2-sec.110-ssec.7) During trawling, nothing must cover any of the square mesh.\n- (a) a mesh size of at least 40mm; and\n- (b) at least— (i) 450mm wide; and (ii) 600mm long.\n- (i) 450mm wide; and\n- (ii) 600mm long.\n- (i) 450mm wide; and\n- (ii) 600mm long.\n- (a) a mesh size of at least 50mm; and\n- (b) at least— (i) 200mm wide; and (ii) 300mm long.\n- (i) 200mm wide; and\n- (ii) 300mm long.\n- (i) 200mm wide; and\n- (ii) 300mm long.\n- (a) the trailing edge of the surrounding panel is no more than 60 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net; and\n- (b) the trailing edge of the centre panel is no more than 65 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.","sortOrder":611},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.111","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fisheye","content":"### sch.2-sec.111 Fisheye\n\nAn opening, commonly known as a fisheye, in a net is a recognised BRD if the opening complies with this section.\nThe opening must be—\nheld open by a rigid frame that consists of—\na semicircular-shaped frame; and\nan isosceles triangle-shaped frame; and\nno more than 80 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\nThe rigid frame must be installed so that the apex of the equal sides of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame point towards the opening of the net.\nThe semicircular-shaped frame must be—\nat least—\n230mm wide; and\n100mm high; and\ndivided in half by a rigid bar; and\nattached, by a rigid bar—\nfrom the midpoint of the semicircular-shaped part of the frame; and\nto the apex of the equal sides of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame.\nThe shortest side of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame must be—\nequal to the width of the semicircular-shaped frame; and\nattached, perpendicularly, to the widest part of the semicircular-shaped frame.\nDuring trawling, nothing must cover any part of the opening.\nsch 2 s 111 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.111-ssec.1) An opening, commonly known as a fisheye, in a net is a recognised BRD if the opening complies with this section.\n(sch.2-sec.111-ssec.2) The opening must be— held open by a rigid frame that consists of— a semicircular-shaped frame; and an isosceles triangle-shaped frame; and no more than 80 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\n(sch.2-sec.111-ssec.3) The rigid frame must be installed so that the apex of the equal sides of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame point towards the opening of the net.\n(sch.2-sec.111-ssec.4) The semicircular-shaped frame must be— at least— 230mm wide; and 100mm high; and divided in half by a rigid bar; and attached, by a rigid bar— from the midpoint of the semicircular-shaped part of the frame; and to the apex of the equal sides of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame.\n(sch.2-sec.111-ssec.5) The shortest side of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame must be— equal to the width of the semicircular-shaped frame; and attached, perpendicularly, to the widest part of the semicircular-shaped frame.\n(sch.2-sec.111-ssec.6) During trawling, nothing must cover any part of the opening.\n- (a) held open by a rigid frame that consists of— (i) a semicircular-shaped frame; and (ii) an isosceles triangle-shaped frame; and\n- (i) a semicircular-shaped frame; and\n- (ii) an isosceles triangle-shaped frame; and\n- (b) no more than 80 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\n- (i) a semicircular-shaped frame; and\n- (ii) an isosceles triangle-shaped frame; and\n- (a) at least— (i) 230mm wide; and (ii) 100mm high; and\n- (i) 230mm wide; and\n- (ii) 100mm high; and\n- (b) divided in half by a rigid bar; and\n- (c) attached, by a rigid bar— (i) from the midpoint of the semicircular-shaped part of the frame; and (ii) to the apex of the equal sides of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame.\n- (i) from the midpoint of the semicircular-shaped part of the frame; and\n- (ii) to the apex of the equal sides of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame.\n- (i) 230mm wide; and\n- (ii) 100mm high; and\n- (i) from the midpoint of the semicircular-shaped part of the frame; and\n- (ii) to the apex of the equal sides of the isosceles triangle-shaped frame.\n- (a) equal to the width of the semicircular-shaped frame; and\n- (b) attached, perpendicularly, to the widest part of the semicircular-shaped frame.","sortOrder":612},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.112","sectionType":"section","heading":"Bigeye","content":"### sch.2-sec.112 Bigeye\n\nAn opening, commonly known as a bigeye, in a net is a recognised BRD if the opening complies with this section.\nThe opening must be—\nin the top of the net; and\nat least 230mm across the width of the net; and\nno more than 80 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\nThe edges of the opening must not overlap by more than 200mm.\nDuring trawling—\nthe part of the opening closest to the mouth of the net must be weighted by an approved chain or 300g of other weights; and\nthe part of the opening closest to the cod end drawstrings of the net must be buoyed by at least 1 float that is at least—\n90mm wide; and\n50mm in diameter; and\nnothing must cover any part of the opening.\nIn this section—\napproved chain means a chain that—\nweighs at least 300g; and\ncontains at least the following number of links—\nfor a chain with links 4mm in diameter—42;\nfor a chain with links 6mm in diameter—12;\nfor a chain with links 8mm in diameter—6;\nfor a chain with links 10mm in diameter—3.\nsch 2 s 112 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.112-ssec.1) An opening, commonly known as a bigeye, in a net is a recognised BRD if the opening complies with this section.\n(sch.2-sec.112-ssec.2) The opening must be— in the top of the net; and at least 230mm across the width of the net; and no more than 80 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\n(sch.2-sec.112-ssec.3) The edges of the opening must not overlap by more than 200mm.\n(sch.2-sec.112-ssec.4) During trawling— the part of the opening closest to the mouth of the net must be weighted by an approved chain or 300g of other weights; and the part of the opening closest to the cod end drawstrings of the net must be buoyed by at least 1 float that is at least— 90mm wide; and 50mm in diameter; and nothing must cover any part of the opening.\n(sch.2-sec.112-ssec.5) In this section— approved chain means a chain that— weighs at least 300g; and contains at least the following number of links— for a chain with links 4mm in diameter—42; for a chain with links 6mm in diameter—12; for a chain with links 8mm in diameter—6; for a chain with links 10mm in diameter—3.\n- (a) in the top of the net; and\n- (b) at least 230mm across the width of the net; and\n- (c) no more than 80 meshes from the cod end drawstrings of the net.\n- (a) the part of the opening closest to the mouth of the net must be weighted by an approved chain or 300g of other weights; and\n- (b) the part of the opening closest to the cod end drawstrings of the net must be buoyed by at least 1 float that is at least— (i) 90mm wide; and (ii) 50mm in diameter; and\n- (i) 90mm wide; and\n- (ii) 50mm in diameter; and\n- (c) nothing must cover any part of the opening.\n- (i) 90mm wide; and\n- (ii) 50mm in diameter; and\n- (a) weighs at least 300g; and\n- (b) contains at least the following number of links— (i) for a chain with links 4mm in diameter—42; (ii) for a chain with links 6mm in diameter—12; (iii) for a chain with links 8mm in diameter—6; (iv) for a chain with links 10mm in diameter—3.\n- (i) for a chain with links 4mm in diameter—42;\n- (ii) for a chain with links 6mm in diameter—12;\n- (iii) for a chain with links 8mm in diameter—6;\n- (iv) for a chain with links 10mm in diameter—3.\n- (i) for a chain with links 4mm in diameter—42;\n- (ii) for a chain with links 6mm in diameter—12;\n- (iii) for a chain with links 8mm in diameter—6;\n- (iv) for a chain with links 10mm in diameter—3.","sortOrder":613},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.113","sectionType":"section","heading":"V-cut and bell cod end","content":"### sch.2-sec.113 V-cut and bell cod end\n\nA combination of the cod end of a net and a V-cut opening in the cod end is a recognised BRD if—\nthe following number of the meshes of the net before the cod end drawstrings of the net have a circumference of at least 150% of the rest of the cod end—\nif the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—50;\nif the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—40; and\nthe opening complies with subsections (3) and (4) ; and\nnothing covers any part of the opening during trawling.\nHowever, subsection (1) (c) does not apply if—\nthe meshes are left attached along the forward edge of the opening leaving a flap of net; and\nthe edges of the flap do not extend wider than the opening during trawling.\nThe opening must—\nbe in the top of the net; and\nhave 2 diagonal forward measurements of the following number of bars of the net each—\nif the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—15;\nif the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—12; and\nhave a lateral measurement along its forward edge of the following number of meshes of the net—\nif the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—16;\nif the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—13.\nThe apex of the opening must not be more than the following number of meshes of the net from the drawstrings—\nif the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—65;\nif the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—55.\nsch 2 s 113 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.113-ssec.1) A combination of the cod end of a net and a V-cut opening in the cod end is a recognised BRD if— the following number of the meshes of the net before the cod end drawstrings of the net have a circumference of at least 150% of the rest of the cod end— if the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—50; if the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—40; and the opening complies with subsections (3) and (4) ; and nothing covers any part of the opening during trawling.\n(sch.2-sec.113-ssec.2) However, subsection (1) (c) does not apply if— the meshes are left attached along the forward edge of the opening leaving a flap of net; and the edges of the flap do not extend wider than the opening during trawling.\n(sch.2-sec.113-ssec.3) The opening must— be in the top of the net; and have 2 diagonal forward measurements of the following number of bars of the net each— if the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—15; if the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—12; and have a lateral measurement along its forward edge of the following number of meshes of the net— if the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—16; if the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—13.\n(sch.2-sec.113-ssec.4) The apex of the opening must not be more than the following number of meshes of the net from the drawstrings— if the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—65; if the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—55.\n- (a) the following number of the meshes of the net before the cod end drawstrings of the net have a circumference of at least 150% of the rest of the cod end— (i) if the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—50; (ii) if the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—40; and\n- (i) if the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—50;\n- (ii) if the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—40; and\n- (b) the opening complies with subsections (3) and (4) ; and\n- (c) nothing covers any part of the opening during trawling.\n- (i) if the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—50;\n- (ii) if the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—40; and\n- (a) the meshes are left attached along the forward edge of the opening leaving a flap of net; and\n- (b) the edges of the flap do not extend wider than the opening during trawling.\n- (a) be in the top of the net; and\n- (b) have 2 diagonal forward measurements of the following number of bars of the net each— (i) if the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—15; (ii) if the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—12; and\n- (i) if the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—15;\n- (ii) if the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—12; and\n- (c) have a lateral measurement along its forward edge of the following number of meshes of the net— (i) if the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—16; (ii) if the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—13.\n- (i) if the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—16;\n- (ii) if the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—13.\n- (i) if the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—15;\n- (ii) if the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—12; and\n- (i) if the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—16;\n- (ii) if the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—13.\n- (a) if the net has a mesh size of less than 31mm—65;\n- (b) if the net has a mesh size of 31mm or more—55.","sortOrder":614},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.2-div.11","sectionType":"division","heading":"Use of TEDs","content":"## Use of TEDs","sortOrder":615},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.114","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of TED and purpose of a TED","content":"### sch.2-sec.114 Meaning of TED and purpose of a TED\n\nA TED is a turtle excluder device.\nThe purpose of a TED is to allow turtles to escape immediately after being taken in a net.\nsch 2 s 114 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.114-ssec.1) A TED is a turtle excluder device.\n(sch.2-sec.114-ssec.2) The purpose of a TED is to allow turtles to escape immediately after being taken in a net.","sortOrder":616},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.115","sectionType":"section","heading":"Achieving purpose of TED","content":"### sch.2-sec.115 Achieving purpose of TED\n\nA net is taken to achieve the purpose of a TED if—\nthe net includes or is used with a device (a recognised TED ) that complies with this division; and\nif an accelerator funnel is attached to a recognised TED—the accelerator funnel complies with section 120 .\nA device is a recognised TED if it consists of—\na grid that complies with section 116 (1) and (2) ; and\nan opening (the escape hole ) in the net that complies with section 117 ; and\nif the escape hole is in the bottom of the net—\na grid that complies with section 116 (3) ; or\nfloats that comply with section 119 ; and\na flap covering the escape hole that complies with section 118 .\nsch 2 s 115 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.115-ssec.1) A net is taken to achieve the purpose of a TED if— the net includes or is used with a device (a recognised TED ) that complies with this division; and if an accelerator funnel is attached to a recognised TED—the accelerator funnel complies with section 120 .\n(sch.2-sec.115-ssec.2) A device is a recognised TED if it consists of— a grid that complies with section 116 (1) and (2) ; and an opening (the escape hole ) in the net that complies with section 117 ; and if the escape hole is in the bottom of the net— a grid that complies with section 116 (3) ; or floats that comply with section 119 ; and a flap covering the escape hole that complies with section 118 .\n- (a) the net includes or is used with a device (a recognised TED ) that complies with this division; and\n- (b) if an accelerator funnel is attached to a recognised TED—the accelerator funnel complies with section 120 .\n- (a) a grid that complies with section 116 (1) and (2) ; and\n- (b) an opening (the escape hole ) in the net that complies with section 117 ; and\n- (c) if the escape hole is in the bottom of the net— (i) a grid that complies with section 116 (3) ; or (ii) floats that comply with section 119 ; and\n- (i) a grid that complies with section 116 (3) ; or\n- (ii) floats that comply with section 119 ; and\n- (d) a flap covering the escape hole that complies with section 118 .\n- (i) a grid that complies with section 116 (3) ; or\n- (ii) floats that comply with section 119 ; and","sortOrder":617},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.116","sectionType":"section","heading":"Grid requirements","content":"### sch.2-sec.116 Grid requirements\n\nThe grid must—\nbe at least 810mm wide and 810mm high; and\nhave vertical bars, spaced no more than 120mm apart, extending from the top to the bottom of the net; and\nbe constructed as a single solid unit without any hinged or collapsible components; and\nbe attached to the entire circumference of the net; and\nbe installed and kept at an angle of between 30º and 55º in the net so that it is inclined towards the escape hole.\nThe grid must be constructed of rigid material.\nAlso, if the escape hole is in the bottom of the net, the grid must be—\nconstructed of a material with a density of no more than the density of seawater; and\nappropriately marked with—\nthe density of the material, expressed in g/cm 3 or kg/cm 3 ; and\nthe name of the grid’s manufacturer.\nsch 2 s 116 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.116-ssec.1) The grid must— be at least 810mm wide and 810mm high; and have vertical bars, spaced no more than 120mm apart, extending from the top to the bottom of the net; and be constructed as a single solid unit without any hinged or collapsible components; and be attached to the entire circumference of the net; and be installed and kept at an angle of between 30º and 55º in the net so that it is inclined towards the escape hole.\n(sch.2-sec.116-ssec.2) The grid must be constructed of rigid material.\n(sch.2-sec.116-ssec.3) Also, if the escape hole is in the bottom of the net, the grid must be— constructed of a material with a density of no more than the density of seawater; and appropriately marked with— the density of the material, expressed in g/cm 3 or kg/cm 3 ; and the name of the grid’s manufacturer.\n- (a) be at least 810mm wide and 810mm high; and\n- (b) have vertical bars, spaced no more than 120mm apart, extending from the top to the bottom of the net; and\n- (c) be constructed as a single solid unit without any hinged or collapsible components; and\n- (d) be attached to the entire circumference of the net; and\n- (e) be installed and kept at an angle of between 30º and 55º in the net so that it is inclined towards the escape hole.\n- (a) constructed of a material with a density of no more than the density of seawater; and\n- (b) appropriately marked with— (i) the density of the material, expressed in g/cm 3 or kg/cm 3 ; and (ii) the name of the grid’s manufacturer.\n- (i) the density of the material, expressed in g/cm 3 or kg/cm 3 ; and\n- (ii) the name of the grid’s manufacturer.\n- (i) the density of the material, expressed in g/cm 3 or kg/cm 3 ; and\n- (ii) the name of the grid’s manufacturer.","sortOrder":618},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.117","sectionType":"section","heading":"Escape hole requirements","content":"### sch.2-sec.117 Escape hole requirements\n\nThe escape hole must allow turtles to escape immediately after the turtles are taken in the net.\nThe escape hole must consist of—\na horizontal cut that is—\nat the trailing edge of the escape hole and immediately in front of and parallel to the trailing edge of the grid; and\nat least 610mm wide; and\nno narrower than the grid, other than for 100mm at either side of the grid; and\n2 cuts that are each—\nin front of and perpendicular to the trailing edge of the grid; and\nof equal length; and\nat least 660mm long if the escape hole is covered with a single flap, or at least 510mm long if the escape hole is covered with a double flap; and\na leading edge cut that, when the net is stretched, is at least—\nif the escape hole is covered with a single flap—1,810mm; or\nif the escape hole is covered with a double flap—1,420mm.\nAlternatively, the escape hole may consist of—\na horizontal cut that is—\nat the trailing edge of the escape hole and immediately in front of and parallel to the trailing edge of the grid; and\nat least 1,020mm wide; and\n2 all bar cuts that each—\nare of equal length and at least 1,360mm long; and\ntaper from either end of the horizontal cut mentioned in paragraph (a) to where the cuts meet.\nAlternatively, the escape hole may consist of—\na horizontal cut that is—\nat the trailing edge of the escape hole and immediately in front of and parallel to the trailing edge of the grid; and\nat least 610mm wide; and\nno narrower than the grid, other than for 100mm at either side of the grid; and\n2 cuts that are each—\nin front of and perpendicular to the trailing edge of the grid; and\nof equal length; and\nat least 660mm long if the escape hole is covered with a single flap, or at least 510mm long if the escape hole is covered with a double flap; and\n2 all bar cuts that—\neach intersect with, and are in front of, the perpendicular cuts mentioned in paragraph (b) ; and\nare each of equal length and at least 500mm long; and\nallow the escape hole, at the intersections mentioned in subparagraph (i) , to stretch to, if the escape hole is covered with a single flap, 1,810mm, or if the escape hole is covered with a double flap, 1,420mm.\nIn this section—\nall bar cut means a cut through parallel opposing bars in a row of meshes.\nsch 2 s 117 prev sch 2 s 117 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (6)\npres sch 2 s 117 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.117-ssec.1) The escape hole must allow turtles to escape immediately after the turtles are taken in the net.\n(sch.2-sec.117-ssec.2) The escape hole must consist of— a horizontal cut that is— at the trailing edge of the escape hole and immediately in front of and parallel to the trailing edge of the grid; and at least 610mm wide; and no narrower than the grid, other than for 100mm at either side of the grid; and 2 cuts that are each— in front of and perpendicular to the trailing edge of the grid; and of equal length; and at least 660mm long if the escape hole is covered with a single flap, or at least 510mm long if the escape hole is covered with a double flap; and a leading edge cut that, when the net is stretched, is at least— if the escape hole is covered with a single flap—1,810mm; or if the escape hole is covered with a double flap—1,420mm.\n(sch.2-sec.117-ssec.3) Alternatively, the escape hole may consist of— a horizontal cut that is— at the trailing edge of the escape hole and immediately in front of and parallel to the trailing edge of the grid; and at least 1,020mm wide; and 2 all bar cuts that each— are of equal length and at least 1,360mm long; and taper from either end of the horizontal cut mentioned in paragraph (a) to where the cuts meet.\n(sch.2-sec.117-ssec.4) Alternatively, the escape hole may consist of— a horizontal cut that is— at the trailing edge of the escape hole and immediately in front of and parallel to the trailing edge of the grid; and at least 610mm wide; and no narrower than the grid, other than for 100mm at either side of the grid; and 2 cuts that are each— in front of and perpendicular to the trailing edge of the grid; and of equal length; and at least 660mm long if the escape hole is covered with a single flap, or at least 510mm long if the escape hole is covered with a double flap; and 2 all bar cuts that— each intersect with, and are in front of, the perpendicular cuts mentioned in paragraph (b) ; and are each of equal length and at least 500mm long; and allow the escape hole, at the intersections mentioned in subparagraph (i) , to stretch to, if the escape hole is covered with a single flap, 1,810mm, or if the escape hole is covered with a double flap, 1,420mm.\n(sch.2-sec.117-ssec.5) In this section— all bar cut means a cut through parallel opposing bars in a row of meshes.\n- (a) a horizontal cut that is— (i) at the trailing edge of the escape hole and immediately in front of and parallel to the trailing edge of the grid; and (ii) at least 610mm wide; and (iii) no narrower than the grid, other than for 100mm at either side of the grid; and\n- (i) at the trailing edge of the escape hole and immediately in front of and parallel to the trailing edge of the grid; and\n- (ii) at least 610mm wide; and\n- (iii) no narrower than the grid, other than for 100mm at either side of the grid; and\n- (b) 2 cuts that are each— (i) in front of and perpendicular to the trailing edge of the grid; and (ii) of equal length; and (iii) at least 660mm long if the escape hole is covered with a single flap, or at least 510mm long if the escape hole is covered with a double flap; and\n- (i) in front of and perpendicular to the trailing edge of the grid; and\n- (ii) of equal length; and\n- (iii) at least 660mm long if the escape hole is covered with a single flap, or at least 510mm long if the escape hole is covered with a double flap; and\n- (c) a leading edge cut that, when the net is stretched, is at least— (i) if the escape hole is covered with a single flap—1,810mm; or (ii) if the escape hole is covered with a double flap—1,420mm.\n- (i) if the escape hole is covered with a single flap—1,810mm; or\n- (ii) if the escape hole is covered with a double flap—1,420mm.\n- (i) at the trailing edge of the escape hole and immediately in front of and parallel to the trailing edge of the grid; and\n- (ii) at least 610mm wide; and\n- (iii) no narrower than the grid, other than for 100mm at either side of the grid; and\n- (i) in front of and perpendicular to the trailing edge of the grid; and\n- (ii) of equal length; and\n- (iii) at least 660mm long if the escape hole is covered with a single flap, or at least 510mm long if the escape hole is covered with a double flap; and\n- (i) if the escape hole is covered with a single flap—1,810mm; or\n- (ii) if the escape hole is covered with a double flap—1,420mm.\n- (a) a horizontal cut that is— (i) at the trailing edge of the escape hole and immediately in front of and parallel to the trailing edge of the grid; and (ii) at least 1,020mm wide; and\n- (i) at the trailing edge of the escape hole and immediately in front of and parallel to the trailing edge of the grid; and\n- (ii) at least 1,020mm wide; and\n- (b) 2 all bar cuts that each— (i) are of equal length and at least 1,360mm long; and (ii) taper from either end of the horizontal cut mentioned in paragraph (a) to where the cuts meet.\n- (i) are of equal length and at least 1,360mm long; and\n- (ii) taper from either end of the horizontal cut mentioned in paragraph (a) to where the cuts meet.\n- (i) at the trailing edge of the escape hole and immediately in front of and parallel to the trailing edge of the grid; and\n- (ii) at least 1,020mm wide; and\n- (i) are of equal length and at least 1,360mm long; and\n- (ii) taper from either end of the horizontal cut mentioned in paragraph (a) to where the cuts meet.\n- (a) a horizontal cut that is— (i) at the trailing edge of the escape hole and immediately in front of and parallel to the trailing edge of the grid; and (ii) at least 610mm wide; and (iii) no narrower than the grid, other than for 100mm at either side of the grid; and\n- (i) at the trailing edge of the escape hole and immediately in front of and parallel to the trailing edge of the grid; and\n- (ii) at least 610mm wide; and\n- (iii) no narrower than the grid, other than for 100mm at either side of the grid; and\n- (b) 2 cuts that are each— (i) in front of and perpendicular to the trailing edge of the grid; and (ii) of equal length; and (iii) at least 660mm long if the escape hole is covered with a single flap, or at least 510mm long if the escape hole is covered with a double flap; and\n- (i) in front of and perpendicular to the trailing edge of the grid; and\n- (ii) of equal length; and\n- (iii) at least 660mm long if the escape hole is covered with a single flap, or at least 510mm long if the escape hole is covered with a double flap; and\n- (c) 2 all bar cuts that— (i) each intersect with, and are in front of, the perpendicular cuts mentioned in paragraph (b) ; and (ii) are each of equal length and at least 500mm long; and (iii) allow the escape hole, at the intersections mentioned in subparagraph (i) , to stretch to, if the escape hole is covered with a single flap, 1,810mm, or if the escape hole is covered with a double flap, 1,420mm.\n- (i) each intersect with, and are in front of, the perpendicular cuts mentioned in paragraph (b) ; and\n- (ii) are each of equal length and at least 500mm long; and\n- (iii) allow the escape hole, at the intersections mentioned in subparagraph (i) , to stretch to, if the escape hole is covered with a single flap, 1,810mm, or if the escape hole is covered with a double flap, 1,420mm.\n- (i) at the trailing edge of the escape hole and immediately in front of and parallel to the trailing edge of the grid; and\n- (ii) at least 610mm wide; and\n- (iii) no narrower than the grid, other than for 100mm at either side of the grid; and\n- (i) in front of and perpendicular to the trailing edge of the grid; and\n- (ii) of equal length; and\n- (iii) at least 660mm long if the escape hole is covered with a single flap, or at least 510mm long if the escape hole is covered with a double flap; and\n- (i) each intersect with, and are in front of, the perpendicular cuts mentioned in paragraph (b) ; and\n- (ii) are each of equal length and at least 500mm long; and\n- (iii) allow the escape hole, at the intersections mentioned in subparagraph (i) , to stretch to, if the escape hole is covered with a single flap, 1,810mm, or if the escape hole is covered with a double flap, 1,420mm.","sortOrder":619},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.118","sectionType":"section","heading":"Flap requirements","content":"### sch.2-sec.118 Flap requirements\n\nThe escape hole must be covered by a rectangular flap attached to the outside of the net.\nThe flap must consist of 1 panel that—\nhas a mesh size of no more than—\nfor a net used to trawl for prawns—50mm; or\nfor a net used to trawl for scallops—90mm; and\nis at least—\n3,380mm wide; and\n1,320mm long; and\ndoes not overlap the escape hole by more than 130mm on either side; and\nis not sewn down the outside edges more than 150mm past the trailing edge of the grid; and\nis attached, by the longer edge, to the net in front of the leading edge of the escape hole.\nAlternatively, the flap may consist of 2 equal-sized panels that—\neach have a mesh size of no more than—\nfor a net used to trawl for prawns—50mm; or\nfor a net used to trawl for scallops—90mm; and\nare each at least 1,470mm wide; and\ndo not overlap by more than 380mm along the leading edge of the panels, when each panel is fully stretched; and\nare sewn together only along the leading edges of the panels; and\nare attached to the net in front of the leading edge of the escape hole.\nThe trailing edge of a flap must not extend more than 610mm behind the trailing edge of the grid.\nsch 2 s 118 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.118-ssec.1) The escape hole must be covered by a rectangular flap attached to the outside of the net.\n(sch.2-sec.118-ssec.2) The flap must consist of 1 panel that— has a mesh size of no more than— for a net used to trawl for prawns—50mm; or for a net used to trawl for scallops—90mm; and is at least— 3,380mm wide; and 1,320mm long; and does not overlap the escape hole by more than 130mm on either side; and is not sewn down the outside edges more than 150mm past the trailing edge of the grid; and is attached, by the longer edge, to the net in front of the leading edge of the escape hole.\n(sch.2-sec.118-ssec.3) Alternatively, the flap may consist of 2 equal-sized panels that— each have a mesh size of no more than— for a net used to trawl for prawns—50mm; or for a net used to trawl for scallops—90mm; and are each at least 1,470mm wide; and do not overlap by more than 380mm along the leading edge of the panels, when each panel is fully stretched; and are sewn together only along the leading edges of the panels; and are attached to the net in front of the leading edge of the escape hole.\n(sch.2-sec.118-ssec.4) The trailing edge of a flap must not extend more than 610mm behind the trailing edge of the grid.\n- (a) has a mesh size of no more than— (i) for a net used to trawl for prawns—50mm; or (ii) for a net used to trawl for scallops—90mm; and\n- (i) for a net used to trawl for prawns—50mm; or\n- (ii) for a net used to trawl for scallops—90mm; and\n- (b) is at least— (i) 3,380mm wide; and (ii) 1,320mm long; and\n- (i) 3,380mm wide; and\n- (ii) 1,320mm long; and\n- (c) does not overlap the escape hole by more than 130mm on either side; and\n- (d) is not sewn down the outside edges more than 150mm past the trailing edge of the grid; and\n- (e) is attached, by the longer edge, to the net in front of the leading edge of the escape hole.\n- (i) for a net used to trawl for prawns—50mm; or\n- (ii) for a net used to trawl for scallops—90mm; and\n- (i) 3,380mm wide; and\n- (ii) 1,320mm long; and\n- (a) each have a mesh size of no more than— (i) for a net used to trawl for prawns—50mm; or (ii) for a net used to trawl for scallops—90mm; and\n- (i) for a net used to trawl for prawns—50mm; or\n- (ii) for a net used to trawl for scallops—90mm; and\n- (b) are each at least 1,470mm wide; and\n- (c) do not overlap by more than 380mm along the leading edge of the panels, when each panel is fully stretched; and\n- (d) are sewn together only along the leading edges of the panels; and\n- (e) are attached to the net in front of the leading edge of the escape hole.\n- (i) for a net used to trawl for prawns—50mm; or\n- (ii) for a net used to trawl for scallops—90mm; and","sortOrder":620},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.119","sectionType":"section","heading":"Float requirements","content":"### sch.2-sec.119 Float requirements\n\nIf the escape hole is in the bottom of the net, the following floats must be attached to the grid—\nif the grid has a circumference of no more than 3,050mm, at least—\n2 small floats; or\n1 medium float;\nif the grid has a circumference of more than 3,050mm, at least—\n4 small floats; or\n2 medium floats.\nAlternatively, the following floats may be attached to the grid—\n3 small plastic floats;\n2 medium plastic floats;\n1 large plastic float.\nAlternatively, 1 or more floats, with a total buoyancy at least equal to the weight of the recognised TED, may be attached to the grid if—\nthe buoyancy, expressed in grams or kilograms, of each float is appropriately marked on the float; and\nthe weight of the recognised TED is appropriately marked on the grid.\nIn this section—\nattached means attached to the top half of the grid—\ninside the net and behind the grid; or\noutside the net but not attached to a flap.\nlarge plastic float means a float made of hard plastic that is at least 250mm in diameter.\nmedium float means a float made of ethylene vinyl acetate or polyvinyl chloride that is at least—\n222mm long; and\n172mm in diameter.\nmedium plastic float means a float made of hard plastic that is at least 200mm, but less than 250mm, in diameter.\nsmall float means a float made of ethylene vinyl acetate or polyvinyl chloride that is—\nat least 180mm, but less than 222mm, long; and\nat least 147mm, but less than 172mm, in diameter.\nsmall plastic float means a float made of hard plastic that is at least 150mm, but less than 200mm, in diameter.\nweight means weight expressed in grams or kilograms.\nsch 2 s 119 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.119-ssec.1) If the escape hole is in the bottom of the net, the following floats must be attached to the grid— if the grid has a circumference of no more than 3,050mm, at least— 2 small floats; or 1 medium float; if the grid has a circumference of more than 3,050mm, at least— 4 small floats; or 2 medium floats.\n(sch.2-sec.119-ssec.2) Alternatively, the following floats may be attached to the grid— 3 small plastic floats; 2 medium plastic floats; 1 large plastic float.\n(sch.2-sec.119-ssec.3) Alternatively, 1 or more floats, with a total buoyancy at least equal to the weight of the recognised TED, may be attached to the grid if— the buoyancy, expressed in grams or kilograms, of each float is appropriately marked on the float; and the weight of the recognised TED is appropriately marked on the grid.\n(sch.2-sec.119-ssec.4) In this section— attached means attached to the top half of the grid— inside the net and behind the grid; or outside the net but not attached to a flap. large plastic float means a float made of hard plastic that is at least 250mm in diameter. medium float means a float made of ethylene vinyl acetate or polyvinyl chloride that is at least— 222mm long; and 172mm in diameter. medium plastic float means a float made of hard plastic that is at least 200mm, but less than 250mm, in diameter. small float means a float made of ethylene vinyl acetate or polyvinyl chloride that is— at least 180mm, but less than 222mm, long; and at least 147mm, but less than 172mm, in diameter. small plastic float means a float made of hard plastic that is at least 150mm, but less than 200mm, in diameter. weight means weight expressed in grams or kilograms.\n- (a) if the grid has a circumference of no more than 3,050mm, at least— (i) 2 small floats; or (ii) 1 medium float;\n- (i) 2 small floats; or\n- (ii) 1 medium float;\n- (b) if the grid has a circumference of more than 3,050mm, at least— (i) 4 small floats; or (ii) 2 medium floats.\n- (i) 4 small floats; or\n- (ii) 2 medium floats.\n- (i) 2 small floats; or\n- (ii) 1 medium float;\n- (i) 4 small floats; or\n- (ii) 2 medium floats.\n- (a) 3 small plastic floats;\n- (b) 2 medium plastic floats;\n- (c) 1 large plastic float.\n- (a) the buoyancy, expressed in grams or kilograms, of each float is appropriately marked on the float; and\n- (b) the weight of the recognised TED is appropriately marked on the grid.\n- (a) inside the net and behind the grid; or\n- (b) outside the net but not attached to a flap.\n- (a) 222mm long; and\n- (b) 172mm in diameter.\n- (a) at least 180mm, but less than 222mm, long; and\n- (b) at least 147mm, but less than 172mm, in diameter.","sortOrder":621},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.120","sectionType":"section","heading":"Accelerator funnel requirements","content":"### sch.2-sec.120 Accelerator funnel requirements\n\nThe accelerator funnel must be made of mesh of a mesh size of at least 38mm but no more than 50mm.\nThe accelerator funnel must be installed in the leading edge of the net in front of the recognised TED so that—\nthe leading edge of the accelerator funnel is attached at least 18 meshes in front of the closest point of the grid; and\nthe trailing edge of the accelerator funnel does not extend past the bars of the grid.\nIf the recognised TED has an escape hole in the top of the net, the bottom of the trailing edge of the accelerator funnel must be attached to the bottom of the recognised TED by no more than one-third of the circumference of the trailing edge.\nIf the recognised TED has an escape hole in the bottom of the net, the top of the trailing edge of the accelerator funnel must be attached to the top of the recognised TED by no more than one-third of the circumference of the trailing edge.\nThe circumference of the trailing edge of the accelerator funnel must be at least—\nfor an accelerator funnel with a mesh size of at least 38mm but less than 43mm—100 meshes; or\nfor an accelerator funnel with a mesh size of at least 43mm but less than 48mm—93 meshes; or\nfor an accelerator funnel with a mesh size of at least of 48mm but less than 50mm—83 meshes; or\nfor an accelerator funnel with a mesh size of at least 50mm—80 meshes.\nsch 2 s 120 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.120-ssec.1) The accelerator funnel must be made of mesh of a mesh size of at least 38mm but no more than 50mm.\n(sch.2-sec.120-ssec.2) The accelerator funnel must be installed in the leading edge of the net in front of the recognised TED so that— the leading edge of the accelerator funnel is attached at least 18 meshes in front of the closest point of the grid; and the trailing edge of the accelerator funnel does not extend past the bars of the grid.\n(sch.2-sec.120-ssec.3) If the recognised TED has an escape hole in the top of the net, the bottom of the trailing edge of the accelerator funnel must be attached to the bottom of the recognised TED by no more than one-third of the circumference of the trailing edge.\n(sch.2-sec.120-ssec.4) If the recognised TED has an escape hole in the bottom of the net, the top of the trailing edge of the accelerator funnel must be attached to the top of the recognised TED by no more than one-third of the circumference of the trailing edge.\n(sch.2-sec.120-ssec.5) The circumference of the trailing edge of the accelerator funnel must be at least— for an accelerator funnel with a mesh size of at least 38mm but less than 43mm—100 meshes; or for an accelerator funnel with a mesh size of at least 43mm but less than 48mm—93 meshes; or for an accelerator funnel with a mesh size of at least of 48mm but less than 50mm—83 meshes; or for an accelerator funnel with a mesh size of at least 50mm—80 meshes.\n- (a) the leading edge of the accelerator funnel is attached at least 18 meshes in front of the closest point of the grid; and\n- (b) the trailing edge of the accelerator funnel does not extend past the bars of the grid.\n- (a) for an accelerator funnel with a mesh size of at least 38mm but less than 43mm—100 meshes; or\n- (b) for an accelerator funnel with a mesh size of at least 43mm but less than 48mm—93 meshes; or\n- (c) for an accelerator funnel with a mesh size of at least of 48mm but less than 50mm—83 meshes; or\n- (d) for an accelerator funnel with a mesh size of at least 50mm—80 meshes.","sortOrder":622},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":"Conditions","content":"# Conditions","sortOrder":623},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.3-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"General conditions","content":"## General conditions","sortOrder":624},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.121","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of primary boats","content":"### sch.2-sec.121 Use of primary boats\n\nIt is a condition of the following licences that a primary boat longer than 14m must not be used—\nM1 licence;\nM2 licence.\nIt is a condition of the following licences that a primary boat longer than 20m must not be used—\nT1 licence;\nT2 licence.\nIt is a condition of the following licences that a primary boat longer than 9m must not be used—\nT5 licence;\nT6 licence;\nT7 licence;\nT8 licence;\nT9 licence.\nsch 2 s 121 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.121-ssec.1) It is a condition of the following licences that a primary boat longer than 14m must not be used— M1 licence; M2 licence.\n(sch.2-sec.121-ssec.2) It is a condition of the following licences that a primary boat longer than 20m must not be used— T1 licence; T2 licence.\n(sch.2-sec.121-ssec.3) It is a condition of the following licences that a primary boat longer than 9m must not be used— T5 licence; T6 licence; T7 licence; T8 licence; T9 licence.\n- (a) M1 licence;\n- (b) M2 licence.\n- (a) T1 licence;\n- (b) T2 licence.\n- (a) T5 licence;\n- (b) T6 licence;\n- (c) T7 licence;\n- (d) T8 licence;\n- (e) T9 licence.","sortOrder":625},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.3-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Communication conditions","content":"## Communication conditions","sortOrder":626},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.122","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sch.2-sec.122 Purpose of division\n\nThis division prescribes conditions for an M1, M2, T1 or T2 licence.\nsch 2 s 122 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":627},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.123","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligation to nominate communication mode for boat","content":"### sch.2-sec.123 Obligation to nominate communication mode for boat\n\nThe holder of the licence must, by notice to the chief executive, nominate a mode by which the chief executive or an inspector may communicate with the person in control of the primary boat identified in the licence whenever the person is on the boat.\nThe mode—\ncan not be by the use of a radio or vessel tracking equipment; and\nmust be able to be received on the boat instantaneously after the communication is sent by the chief executive or inspector.\na facsimile, mobile phone, radiophone or satellite phone\nMore than 1 mode may be nominated.\nThe holder may change the nominated mode by giving notice of a new nominated mode to the chief executive.\nHowever, the new nominated mode must not be used until the chief executive has advised the holder that the notice of the change has been received by the chief executive.\nsch 2 s 123 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.123-ssec.1) The holder of the licence must, by notice to the chief executive, nominate a mode by which the chief executive or an inspector may communicate with the person in control of the primary boat identified in the licence whenever the person is on the boat.\n(sch.2-sec.123-ssec.2) The mode— can not be by the use of a radio or vessel tracking equipment; and must be able to be received on the boat instantaneously after the communication is sent by the chief executive or inspector. a facsimile, mobile phone, radiophone or satellite phone\n(sch.2-sec.123-ssec.3) More than 1 mode may be nominated.\n(sch.2-sec.123-ssec.4) The holder may change the nominated mode by giving notice of a new nominated mode to the chief executive.\n(sch.2-sec.123-ssec.5) However, the new nominated mode must not be used until the chief executive has advised the holder that the notice of the change has been received by the chief executive.\n- (a) can not be by the use of a radio or vessel tracking equipment; and\n- (b) must be able to be received on the boat instantaneously after the communication is sent by the chief executive or inspector.","sortOrder":628},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.124","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligation to ensure communication with person in control","content":"### sch.2-sec.124 Obligation to ensure communication with person in control\n\nThe holder of the licence and the person in control of the primary boat identified in the licence must take all reasonable steps to ensure the chief executive or an inspector is, whenever the person is on the boat, able to communicate with the person by using a mode of communication nominated for the boat under section 123 .\nsch 2 s 124 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":629},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.3-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Conditions about processing scallops","content":"## Conditions about processing scallops","sortOrder":630},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.125","sectionType":"section","heading":"Restriction on processing scallops on commercial fishing boat","content":"### sch.2-sec.125 Restriction on processing scallops on commercial fishing boat\n\nThis section prescribes conditions for an M1, M2, T1 or T2 licence.\nA person may process a scallop on a commercial fishing boat used under the licence—\nonly if the person in control of the boat is a commercial fisher; and\nonly to the extent of removing the whole of 1 shell from the scallop.\nsch 2 s 125 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159 ; 2026 SL No. 17 s 3\n(sch.2-sec.125-ssec.1) This section prescribes conditions for an M1, M2, T1 or T2 licence.\n(sch.2-sec.125-ssec.2) A person may process a scallop on a commercial fishing boat used under the licence— only if the person in control of the boat is a commercial fisher; and only to the extent of removing the whole of 1 shell from the scallop.\n- (a) only if the person in control of the boat is a commercial fisher; and\n- (b) only to the extent of removing the whole of 1 shell from the scallop.","sortOrder":631},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.3-div","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":632},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.126","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.126\n\nsch 2 s 126 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\nom 2026 SL No. 17 s 3","sortOrder":633},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.127","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.127\n\nsch 2 s 127 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\nom 2026 SL No. 17 s 3","sortOrder":634},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.128","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.128\n\nsch 2 s 128 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\nom 2026 SL No. 17 s 3","sortOrder":635},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.129","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.129\n\nsch 2 s 129 orig sch 2 s 129 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (6)\nprev sch 2 s 129 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\nom 2026 SL No. 17 s 3","sortOrder":636},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.130","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.130\n\nsch 2 s 130 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\nom 2026 SL No. 17 s 3","sortOrder":637},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.131","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.131\n\nsch 2 s 131 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\nom 2026 SL No. 17 s 3","sortOrder":638},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.132","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.132\n\nsch 2 s 132 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\nom 2026 SL No. 17 s 3","sortOrder":639},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.133","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.133\n\nsch 2 s 133 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\nom 2026 SL No. 17 s 3","sortOrder":640},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.134","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.134\n\nsch 2 s 134 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\nom 2026 SL No. 17 s 3","sortOrder":641},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.135","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.135\n\nsch 2 s 135 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\nom 2026 SL No. 17 s 3","sortOrder":642},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.136","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.136\n\nsch 2 s 136 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\nom 2026 SL No. 17 s 3","sortOrder":643},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.4","sectionType":"part","heading":"Areas","content":"# Areas","sortOrder":644},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.4-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Trawl regions","content":"## Trawl regions","sortOrder":645},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.137","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sch.2-sec.137 Purpose of division\n\nThis division describes trawl regions for effort units.\nSome trawl regions also form the part of the fishery area within which fish may be taken by trawling, or may be or must not be taken in a particular way, under particular licences.\nsch 2 s 137 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.137-ssec.1) This division describes trawl regions for effort units.\n(sch.2-sec.137-ssec.2) Some trawl regions also form the part of the fishery area within which fish may be taken by trawling, or may be or must not be taken in a particular way, under particular licences.","sortOrder":646},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.138","sectionType":"section","heading":"Northern trawl region","content":"### sch.2-sec.138 Northern trawl region\n\nThe northern trawl region consists of the area of the tidal waters within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 10º41.25' south, longitude 142º31.88' east\nto latitude 12º59.91' south, longitude 145º00.06' east\nto latitude 10º41.25' south, longitude 145º00.06' east\nto latitude 14º59.94' south, longitude 146º00.45' east\nto latitude 18º00.00' south, longitude 148º06.12' east\nto latitude 18º00.00' south, longitude 146º04.15' east\nalong the shore to latitude 17º36.09' south, longitude 146º07.95' east (Hall Point)\nto latitude 17º35.98' south, longitude 146º07.73' east (Goodman Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 17º30.65' south, longitude 146º04.22' east\nto latitude 17º30.31' south, longitude 146º04.63' east (Flying Fish Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 16º55.36' south, longitude 145º47.21' east (Stafford Point)\nto latitude 16º55.07' south, longitude 145º46.92' east (northern breakwall end at the entrance to Cairns Port)\nalong the breakwall and shore to latitude 16º28.69' south, longitude 145º27.85' east (Island Point)\nto latitude 16º28.83' south, longitude 145º27.34' east\nalong the shore to latitude 15º27.43' south, longitude 145º15.33' east (northern tip of Cooktown Headland)\nto latitude 15º27.60' south, longitude 145º14.45' east (Point Saunders)\nto latitude 10º41.25' south, longitude 142º31.88' east.\nsch 2 s 138 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- • from latitude 10º41.25' south, longitude 142º31.88' east\n- • to latitude 12º59.91' south, longitude 145º00.06' east\n- • to latitude 10º41.25' south, longitude 145º00.06' east\n- • to latitude 14º59.94' south, longitude 146º00.45' east\n- • to latitude 18º00.00' south, longitude 148º06.12' east\n- • to latitude 18º00.00' south, longitude 146º04.15' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 17º36.09' south, longitude 146º07.95' east (Hall Point)\n- • to latitude 17º35.98' south, longitude 146º07.73' east (Goodman Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 17º30.65' south, longitude 146º04.22' east\n- • to latitude 17º30.31' south, longitude 146º04.63' east (Flying Fish Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 16º55.36' south, longitude 145º47.21' east (Stafford Point)\n- • to latitude 16º55.07' south, longitude 145º46.92' east (northern breakwall end at the entrance to Cairns Port)\n- • along the breakwall and shore to latitude 16º28.69' south, longitude 145º27.85' east (Island Point)\n- • to latitude 16º28.83' south, longitude 145º27.34' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 15º27.43' south, longitude 145º15.33' east (northern tip of Cooktown Headland)\n- • to latitude 15º27.60' south, longitude 145º14.45' east (Point Saunders)\n- • to latitude 10º41.25' south, longitude 142º31.88' east.","sortOrder":647},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.139","sectionType":"section","heading":"Central trawl region","content":"### sch.2-sec.139 Central trawl region\n\nThe central trawl region consists of the area of tidal waters within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 18º00.00' south, longitude 146º04.15' east\nto latitude 18º00.00' south, longitude 148º06.12' east\nto latitude 18º19.88' south, longitude 148º20.04' east\nto latitude 18º44.89' south, longitude 152º35.04' east\nto latitude 21º09.05' south, longitude 154º00.87' east\nto latitude 21º08.97' south, longitude 152º48.00' east\nto latitude 21º08.04' south, longitude 152º33.12' east\nto latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 152º46.87' east\nto latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 149º29.83' east\nalong the shore to latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 149º29.68' east\nalong the shore to latitude 21º28.42' south, longitude 149º20.53' east (Allom Point)\nto latitude 21º25.91' south, longitude 149º20.20' east (Freshwater Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 21º14.71' south, longitude 149º15.36' east (Dudgeon Point)\nto latitude 21º12.60' south, longitude 149º11.73' east\nalong the shore to latitude 21º08.84' south, longitude 149º12.63' east\nto latitude 21º08.86' south, longitude 149º13.26' east (East Point)\nalong the shore and breakwall to latitude 21º06.38' south, longitude 149º14.10' east (southern breakwall at Mackay outer harbour)\nto latitude 21º06.27' south, longitude 149º13.95' east (northern breakwall at Mackay outer harbour)\nalong the breakwall and shore to latitude 20º29.44' south, longitude 148º42.91' east\nto latitude 20º28.89' south, longitude 148º44.21' east\nalong the shore to latitude 20º06.80' south, longitude 148º26.81' east\nto latitude 20º09.54' south, longitude 148º25.36' east\nalong the shore and wharf to latitude 20º01.38' south, longitude 148º15.11' east\nto latitude 20º01.48' south, longitude 148º15.95' east (Dalrymple Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 19º16.24' south, longitude 146º50.15' east\nto latitude 19º16.13' south, longitude 146º50.13' east\nto latitude 19º15.32' south, longitude 146º50.80' east\nto latitude 19º14.57' south, longitude 146º50.14' east\nto latitude 19º14.62' south, longitude 146º50.00' east\nto latitude 19º15.01' south, longitude 146º49.74' east\nto latitude 19º14.97' south, longitude 146º49.43' east\nto latitude 19º14.98' south, longitude 146º49.35' east\nalong the shore to latitude 18º00.00' south, longitude 146º04.15' east.\nsch 2 s 139 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- • from latitude 18º00.00' south, longitude 146º04.15' east\n- • to latitude 18º00.00' south, longitude 148º06.12' east\n- • to latitude 18º19.88' south, longitude 148º20.04' east\n- • to latitude 18º44.89' south, longitude 152º35.04' east\n- • to latitude 21º09.05' south, longitude 154º00.87' east\n- • to latitude 21º08.97' south, longitude 152º48.00' east\n- • to latitude 21º08.04' south, longitude 152º33.12' east\n- • to latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 152º46.87' east\n- • to latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 149º29.83' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 149º29.68' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 21º28.42' south, longitude 149º20.53' east (Allom Point)\n- • to latitude 21º25.91' south, longitude 149º20.20' east (Freshwater Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 21º14.71' south, longitude 149º15.36' east (Dudgeon Point)\n- • to latitude 21º12.60' south, longitude 149º11.73' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 21º08.84' south, longitude 149º12.63' east\n- • to latitude 21º08.86' south, longitude 149º13.26' east (East Point)\n- • along the shore and breakwall to latitude 21º06.38' south, longitude 149º14.10' east (southern breakwall at Mackay outer harbour)\n- • to latitude 21º06.27' south, longitude 149º13.95' east (northern breakwall at Mackay outer harbour)\n- • along the breakwall and shore to latitude 20º29.44' south, longitude 148º42.91' east\n- • to latitude 20º28.89' south, longitude 148º44.21' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 20º06.80' south, longitude 148º26.81' east\n- • to latitude 20º09.54' south, longitude 148º25.36' east\n- • along the shore and wharf to latitude 20º01.38' south, longitude 148º15.11' east\n- • to latitude 20º01.48' south, longitude 148º15.95' east (Dalrymple Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 19º16.24' south, longitude 146º50.15' east\n- • to latitude 19º16.13' south, longitude 146º50.13' east\n- • to latitude 19º15.32' south, longitude 146º50.80' east\n- • to latitude 19º14.57' south, longitude 146º50.14' east\n- • to latitude 19º14.62' south, longitude 146º50.00' east\n- • to latitude 19º15.01' south, longitude 146º49.74' east\n- • to latitude 19º14.97' south, longitude 146º49.43' east\n- • to latitude 19º14.98' south, longitude 146º49.35' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 18º00.00' south, longitude 146º04.15' east.","sortOrder":648},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.140","sectionType":"section","heading":"Southern inshore trawl region","content":"### sch.2-sec.140 Southern inshore trawl region\n\nThe southern inshore trawl region consists of the area of tidal waters within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 149º29.83' east\nto latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 152º46.87' east\nto latitude 22º26.57' south, longitude 152º53.90' east\nto latitude 22º32.00' south, longitude 152º17.11' east\nto latitude 23º12.76' south, longitude 151º50.85' east\nto latitude 24º13.68' south, longitude 152º45.45' east\nto latitude 24º15.16' south, longitude 152º58.10' east\nto latitude 24º17.69' south, longitude 153º02.83' east\nto latitude 24º17.69' south, longitude 153º03.04' east\nto latitude 24º41.81' south, longitude 153º15.95' east\nalong the western shore of Fraser Island to latitude 25º13.50' south, longitude 152º59.50' east (Sandy Point)\nto latitude 25º14.47' south, longitude 152º49.21' east (Point Vernon)\nalong the shore to latitude 24º45.45' south, longitude 152º24.76' east (South Head)\nto latitude 24º44.83' south, longitude 152º23.84' east\nalong the shore to latitude 24º00.15' south, longitude 151º44.50' east (Chews Point)\nto latitude 24º01.31' south, longitude 151º43.65' east (Pancake Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 24º00.50' south, longitude 151º36.22' east\nto latitude 24º03.30' south, longitude 151º37.90' east (Blackney Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 24º02.22' south, longitude 151º33.87' east (Innes Head)\nto latitude 24º01.98' south, longitude 151º32.75' east (Norton Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 23º59.46' south, longitude 151º26.43' east (Tiber Point)\nto latitude 23º59.38' south, longitude 151º25.67' east\nalong the shore to latitude 23º56.23' south, longitude 151º21.42' east\nto latitude 23º56.13' south, longitude 151º21.26' east (near Boyne Island)\nalong the shore to latitude 23º51.12' south, longitude 151º18.70' east (South Trees Wharf)\nto latitude 23º51.22' south, longitude 151º17.77' east (Parsons Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 23º49.93' south, longitude 151º15.22' east (Auckland Point)\nto latitude 23º47.80' south, longitude 151º17.08' east (Tail Point, Chinaman Island)\nalong the eastern shore of Curtis Island to latitude 23º30.90' south, longitude 150º59.64' east (unnamed point on the shore of Curtis Island about 1.25n miles north of Maria Inlet)\nto latitude 23º28.77' south, longitude 150º52.38' east\nalong the shore and breakwall to latitude 23º09.52' south, longitude 150º47.33' east (southern tip of Rosslyn Bay breakwall)\nto latitude 23º09.52' south, longitude 150º47.10' east (northern end of Rosslyn Bay breakwall)\nalong the breakwall and shore to latitude 22º57.85' south, longitude 150º46.65' east (Sandy Point)\nto latitude 22º56.62' south, longitude 150º47.64' east\nalong the shore to latitude 22º32.18' south, longitude 150º47.36' east (Cape Clinton)\nto latitude 22º28.21' south, longitude 150º45.42' east (Northeast Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 22º20.67' south, longitude 149º54.78' east\nto latitude 22º23.01' south, longitude 149º48.55' east (Charon Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 22º20.90' south, longitude 149º41.53' east\nto latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 149º29.83' east.\nsch 2 s 140 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- • from latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 149º29.83' east\n- • to latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 152º46.87' east\n- • to latitude 22º26.57' south, longitude 152º53.90' east\n- • to latitude 22º32.00' south, longitude 152º17.11' east\n- • to latitude 23º12.76' south, longitude 151º50.85' east\n- • to latitude 24º13.68' south, longitude 152º45.45' east\n- • to latitude 24º15.16' south, longitude 152º58.10' east\n- • to latitude 24º17.69' south, longitude 153º02.83' east\n- • to latitude 24º17.69' south, longitude 153º03.04' east\n- • to latitude 24º41.81' south, longitude 153º15.95' east\n- • along the western shore of Fraser Island to latitude 25º13.50' south, longitude 152º59.50' east (Sandy Point)\n- • to latitude 25º14.47' south, longitude 152º49.21' east (Point Vernon)\n- • along the shore to latitude 24º45.45' south, longitude 152º24.76' east (South Head)\n- • to latitude 24º44.83' south, longitude 152º23.84' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 24º00.15' south, longitude 151º44.50' east (Chews Point)\n- • to latitude 24º01.31' south, longitude 151º43.65' east (Pancake Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 24º00.50' south, longitude 151º36.22' east\n- • to latitude 24º03.30' south, longitude 151º37.90' east (Blackney Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 24º02.22' south, longitude 151º33.87' east (Innes Head)\n- • to latitude 24º01.98' south, longitude 151º32.75' east (Norton Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 23º59.46' south, longitude 151º26.43' east (Tiber Point)\n- • to latitude 23º59.38' south, longitude 151º25.67' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 23º56.23' south, longitude 151º21.42' east\n- • to latitude 23º56.13' south, longitude 151º21.26' east (near Boyne Island)\n- • along the shore to latitude 23º51.12' south, longitude 151º18.70' east (South Trees Wharf)\n- • to latitude 23º51.22' south, longitude 151º17.77' east (Parsons Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 23º49.93' south, longitude 151º15.22' east (Auckland Point)\n- • to latitude 23º47.80' south, longitude 151º17.08' east (Tail Point, Chinaman Island)\n- • along the eastern shore of Curtis Island to latitude 23º30.90' south, longitude 150º59.64' east (unnamed point on the shore of Curtis Island about 1.25n miles north of Maria Inlet)\n- • to latitude 23º28.77' south, longitude 150º52.38' east\n- • along the shore and breakwall to latitude 23º09.52' south, longitude 150º47.33' east (southern tip of Rosslyn Bay breakwall)\n- • to latitude 23º09.52' south, longitude 150º47.10' east (northern end of Rosslyn Bay breakwall)\n- • along the breakwall and shore to latitude 22º57.85' south, longitude 150º46.65' east (Sandy Point)\n- • to latitude 22º56.62' south, longitude 150º47.64' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 22º32.18' south, longitude 150º47.36' east (Cape Clinton)\n- • to latitude 22º28.21' south, longitude 150º45.42' east (Northeast Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 22º20.67' south, longitude 149º54.78' east\n- • to latitude 22º23.01' south, longitude 149º48.55' east (Charon Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 22º20.90' south, longitude 149º41.53' east\n- • to latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 149º29.83' east.","sortOrder":649},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.141","sectionType":"section","heading":"Southern offshore trawl region A","content":"### sch.2-sec.141 Southern offshore trawl region A\n\nThe southern offshore trawl region A consists of the area of tidal waters within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 28º09.88' south, longitude 153º33.10' east (point on the shore at the State’s border with New South Wales at high water mark)\nalong the shore and breakwall to latitude 27º56.12' south, longitude 153º25.99' east (seaward end of the southern Gold Coast Seaway breakwall)\nto the northern tip of Gold Coast Seaway breakwall latitude 27º56.06' south, longitude 153º25.83' east\nalong the eastern shore of South Stradbroke Island to latitude 27º44.83' south, longitude 153º26.90' east\nto latitude 27º43.43' south, longitude 153º27.26' east\nalong the eastern shore of North Stradbroke Island to latitude 27º23.64' south, longitude 153º26.40' east (Amity Point)\nto latitude 27º21.82' south, longitude 153º25.68' east (Reeders Point)\nalong the eastern shore of Moreton Island to latitude 27º03.68' south, longitude 153º21.71' east (Comboyuro Point)\nto the southern tip of the sand spit between Kings Beach and Bulcock Beach, Caloundra\nalong the shore to latitude 25º48.68' south, longitude 153º03.89' east (F↑B sign at Inskip Point)\nto latitude 25º47.52' south, longitude 153º04.62' east (F↑B sign at Hook Point)\nalong the eastern shore of Fraser Island to latitude 24º41.81' south, longitude 153º15.95' east\nto latitude 24º17.69' south, longitude 153º02.83' east\nto latitude 24º15.16' south, longitude 152º58.10' east\nto latitude 24º13.68' south, longitude 152º45.45' east\nto latitude 23º12.76' south, longitude 151º50.85' east\nto latitude 22º32.00' south, longitude 152º17.11' east\nto latitude 22º26.57' south, longitude 152º53.90' east\nto latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 152º46.87' east\nto latitude 21º08.04' south, longitude 152º33.12' east\nto latitude 21º08.97' south, longitude 152º48.00' east\nto latitude 21º09.05' south, longitude 154º00.87' east\nto latitude 22º14.89' south, longitude 154º40.08' east\nto latitude 27º47.32' south, longitude 154º40.08' east\nto latitude 27º47.89' south, longitude 154º22.08' east\nto latitude 27º57.91' south, longitude 154º00.06' east\nto latitude 28º09.88' south, longitude 153º33.10' east (point on the shore at the State’s border with New South Wales at high water mark).\nsch 2 s 141 prev sch 2 s 141 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (6)\npres sch 2 s 141 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- • from latitude 28º09.88' south, longitude 153º33.10' east (point on the shore at the State’s border with New South Wales at high water mark)\n- • along the shore and breakwall to latitude 27º56.12' south, longitude 153º25.99' east (seaward end of the southern Gold Coast Seaway breakwall)\n- • to the northern tip of Gold Coast Seaway breakwall latitude 27º56.06' south, longitude 153º25.83' east\n- • along the eastern shore of South Stradbroke Island to latitude 27º44.83' south, longitude 153º26.90' east\n- • to latitude 27º43.43' south, longitude 153º27.26' east\n- • along the eastern shore of North Stradbroke Island to latitude 27º23.64' south, longitude 153º26.40' east (Amity Point)\n- • to latitude 27º21.82' south, longitude 153º25.68' east (Reeders Point)\n- • along the eastern shore of Moreton Island to latitude 27º03.68' south, longitude 153º21.71' east (Comboyuro Point)\n- • to the southern tip of the sand spit between Kings Beach and Bulcock Beach, Caloundra\n- • along the shore to latitude 25º48.68' south, longitude 153º03.89' east (F↑B sign at Inskip Point)\n- • to latitude 25º47.52' south, longitude 153º04.62' east (F↑B sign at Hook Point)\n- • along the eastern shore of Fraser Island to latitude 24º41.81' south, longitude 153º15.95' east\n- • to latitude 24º17.69' south, longitude 153º02.83' east\n- • to latitude 24º15.16' south, longitude 152º58.10' east\n- • to latitude 24º13.68' south, longitude 152º45.45' east\n- • to latitude 23º12.76' south, longitude 151º50.85' east\n- • to latitude 22º32.00' south, longitude 152º17.11' east\n- • to latitude 22º26.57' south, longitude 152º53.90' east\n- • to latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 152º46.87' east\n- • to latitude 21º08.04' south, longitude 152º33.12' east\n- • to latitude 21º08.97' south, longitude 152º48.00' east\n- • to latitude 21º09.05' south, longitude 154º00.87' east\n- • to latitude 22º14.89' south, longitude 154º40.08' east\n- • to latitude 27º47.32' south, longitude 154º40.08' east\n- • to latitude 27º47.89' south, longitude 154º22.08' east\n- • to latitude 27º57.91' south, longitude 154º00.06' east\n- • to latitude 28º09.88' south, longitude 153º33.10' east (point on the shore at the State’s border with New South Wales at high water mark).","sortOrder":650},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.142","sectionType":"section","heading":"Southern offshore trawl region B","content":"### sch.2-sec.142 Southern offshore trawl region B\n\nThe southern offshore trawl region B consists of the area of tidal waters within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 27º57.91' south, longitude 154º00.06' east\nto latitude 28º09.88' south, longitude 153º33.10' east (point on the shore at the State’s border with New South Wales at high water mark)\nalong the shore and breakwall to latitude 27º56.12' south, longitude 153º25.99' east (seaward end of the southern Gold Coast Seaway breakwall)\nto the northern tip of Gold Coast Seaway breakwall latitude 27º56.06' south, longitude 153º25.83' east\nalong the eastern shore of South Stradbroke Island to latitude 27º44.83' south, longitude 153º26.90' east\nto latitude 27º43.43' south, longitude 153º27.26' east\nalong the eastern shore of North Stradbroke Island to latitude 27º26.06' south, longitude 153º32.78' east (Point Lookout)\nto latitude 27º01.67' south, longitude 153º28.09' east (Cape Moreton)\nto latitude 26º48.15' south, longitude 153º09.03' east (Caloundra Head)\nalong the shore and breakwall to latitude 26º40.74' south, longitude 153º07.95' east (southern breakwall of Mooloolaba Harbour)\nto latitude 26º40.80' south, longitude 153º07.93' east (northern breakwall of Mooloolaba Harbour)\nalong the shore to latitude 25º48.62' south, longitude 153º03.89' east (F↑B sign at Inskip Point)\nto latitude 25º47.52' south, longitude 153º04.62' east (F↑B sign at Hook Point)\nalong the eastern shore of Fraser Island to latitude 24º41.83' south, longitude 153º16.00' east (Sandy Cape)\nto latitude 24º17.69' south, longitude 153º03.04' east\nto latitude 24º21.40' south, longitude 154º40.08' east\nto latitude 27º47.32' south, longitude 154º40.08' east\nto latitude 27º47.90' south, longitude 154º22.08' east\nto latitude 27º57.91' south, longitude 154º00.06' east.\nsch 2 s 142 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- • from latitude 27º57.91' south, longitude 154º00.06' east\n- • to latitude 28º09.88' south, longitude 153º33.10' east (point on the shore at the State’s border with New South Wales at high water mark)\n- • along the shore and breakwall to latitude 27º56.12' south, longitude 153º25.99' east (seaward end of the southern Gold Coast Seaway breakwall)\n- • to the northern tip of Gold Coast Seaway breakwall latitude 27º56.06' south, longitude 153º25.83' east\n- • along the eastern shore of South Stradbroke Island to latitude 27º44.83' south, longitude 153º26.90' east\n- • to latitude 27º43.43' south, longitude 153º27.26' east\n- • along the eastern shore of North Stradbroke Island to latitude 27º26.06' south, longitude 153º32.78' east (Point Lookout)\n- • to latitude 27º01.67' south, longitude 153º28.09' east (Cape Moreton)\n- • to latitude 26º48.15' south, longitude 153º09.03' east (Caloundra Head)\n- • along the shore and breakwall to latitude 26º40.74' south, longitude 153º07.95' east (southern breakwall of Mooloolaba Harbour)\n- • to latitude 26º40.80' south, longitude 153º07.93' east (northern breakwall of Mooloolaba Harbour)\n- • along the shore to latitude 25º48.62' south, longitude 153º03.89' east (F↑B sign at Inskip Point)\n- • to latitude 25º47.52' south, longitude 153º04.62' east (F↑B sign at Hook Point)\n- • along the eastern shore of Fraser Island to latitude 24º41.83' south, longitude 153º16.00' east (Sandy Cape)\n- • to latitude 24º17.69' south, longitude 153º03.04' east\n- • to latitude 24º21.40' south, longitude 154º40.08' east\n- • to latitude 27º47.32' south, longitude 154º40.08' east\n- • to latitude 27º47.90' south, longitude 154º22.08' east\n- • to latitude 27º57.91' south, longitude 154º00.06' east.","sortOrder":651},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.143","sectionType":"section","heading":"Moreton Bay trawl region","content":"### sch.2-sec.143 Moreton Bay trawl region\n\nThe Moreton Bay trawl region consists of the area of the tidal waters within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 27º04.93' south on Bribie Island’s western shore (approximately latitude 27º04.93' south, longitude 153º09.48' east)\nto latitude 27º09.19' south, longitude 153º03.91' east (the special mark flashing yellow light beacon off the Caboolture River)\nto latitude 27º10.97' south, longitude 153º06.14' east (the special mark yellow flashing light beacon No. 1 at the entrance of the Scarborough Boat Harbour)\nto latitude 27º11.03' south, longitude 153º07.97' east (the North Reef flashing green light beacon)\nto latitude 27º14.51' south, longitude 153º07.40' east (the Garnet Rock flashing green light beacon off Margate)\nto latitude 27º16.51' south, longitude 153º06.75' east (the Otter Rock flashing green light beacon off Woody Point)\nto latitude 27º15.99' south, longitude 153º06.12' east\nto latitude 27º19.44' south, longitude 153º06.44' east (the special mark flashing yellow light beacon off the banks of Cabbage Tree Creek)\nto latitude 27º20.00' south, longitude 153º11.50' east (the Western Coffee Pot flashing green light beacon near the banks of the Brisbane River, marking the main shipping channel)\nto latitude 27º18.63' south, longitude 153º12.48' east (No. 1 Entrance West flashing white and red light beacon of the main shipping channel of the Brisbane River)\nto latitude 27º18.65' south, longitude 153º12.62' east (No. 2 Entrance East flashing yellow light beacon of the main shipping channel of the Brisbane River)\nto latitude 27º20.07' south, longitude 153º11.62' east (the Eastern Coffee Pot flashing red light beacon)\nto latitude 27º21.64' south, longitude 153º10.53' east (the east inner bar flashing red light beacon of the main shipping channel of the Brisbane River)\nto latitude 27º22.19' south, longitude 153º14.18' east (the north cardinal beacon north of St Helena Island)\nto latitude 27º24.34' south, longitude 153º14.50' east (the south cardinal light beacon south-east of St Helena Island)\nto latitude 27º24.86' south, longitude 153º14.56' east (the red light beacon north-east of Green Island)\nto latitude 27º26.93' south, longitude 153º14.70' east (the A S Huybers flashing red light beacon off King Island, near Wellington Point)\nto latitude 27º30.30' south, longitude 153º19.35' east (the flashing green light beacon off the western tip of Peel Island)\nto latitude 27º32.48' south, longitude 153º20.20' east (the west cardinal light beacon off the northern tip of the bank commonly known as Banana Bank)\nto latitude 27º35.20' south, longitude 153º22.83' east (the green light beacon on the south-western side of the Pelican Banks)\nto latitude 27º35.65' south, longitude 153º23.83' east (the south cardinal beacon at the southern tip of the Pelican Banks)\nto latitude 27º34.70' south, longitude 153º24.27' east (the flashing red light beacon on the eastern side of the Pelican Banks)\nto latitude 27º34.20' south, longitude 153º24.37' east (the flashing green light beacon off the western shore of North Stradbroke Island)\nto latitude 27º32.17' south, longitude 153º24.07' east (the flashing green light beacon off Wallen Wallen)\nto latitude 27º31.14' south, longitude 153º23.07' east (the special mark flashing yellow light beacon at the southern tip of Goat Island)\nto latitude 27º30.20' south, longitude 153º23.99' east (the southern end of Harold Walker Jetty, Dunwich, North Stradbroke Island)\nalong the southern side of Harold Walker Jetty to latitude 27º30.14' south on North Stradbroke Island’s western shore (approximately latitude 27º30.14' south, longitude 153º24.08' east)\nalong North Stradbroke Island’s western shore to latitude 27º29.60' south, longitude 153º24.15' east (the jetty at One Mile Anchorage)\nalong the southern side of the jetty at One Mile Anchorage to latitude 27º29.58' south, longitude 153º24.13' east (the western end of the jetty at One Mile Anchorage)\nto latitude 27º29.51' south, longitude 153º22.89' east (the south cardinal light beacon known as Douglas Light)\nto latitude 27º27.25' south, longitude 153º19.98' east (the green light beacon that flashes every 6 seconds off Maroom Bank)\nto latitude 27º25.99' south, longitude 153º17.41' east (the isolated danger beacon on Hope Banks)\nto latitude 27º25.31' south, longitude 153º18.26' east (the flashing green light beacon north of Chain Banks)\nto latitude 27º24.22' south, longitude 153º20.10' east (the northernmost red lateral beacon at the entrance to Rous Channel)\nto latitude 27º18.70' south, longitude 153º23.10' east (the northernmost green lateral beacon at the entrance to Fraser’s Gutter)\nto latitude 27º15.90' south, longitude 153º23.06' east\nto latitude 27º15.90' south, longitude 153º23.61' east (Moreton Island’s western shore)\nto latitude 26º48.53' south, longitude 153º07.99' east)\nalong the shore to latitude 27º05.08' south on Bribie Island’s eastern shore (Skirmish Point approximately latitude 27º05.08' south, longitude 153º12.43' east)\nalong Bribie Island’s eastern, southern and western shores to latitude 27º04.93' south on Bribie Island’s western shore.\nsch 2 s 143 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- • from latitude 27º04.93' south on Bribie Island’s western shore (approximately latitude 27º04.93' south, longitude 153º09.48' east)\n- • to latitude 27º09.19' south, longitude 153º03.91' east (the special mark flashing yellow light beacon off the Caboolture River)\n- • to latitude 27º10.97' south, longitude 153º06.14' east (the special mark yellow flashing light beacon No. 1 at the entrance of the Scarborough Boat Harbour)\n- • to latitude 27º11.03' south, longitude 153º07.97' east (the North Reef flashing green light beacon)\n- • to latitude 27º14.51' south, longitude 153º07.40' east (the Garnet Rock flashing green light beacon off Margate)\n- • to latitude 27º16.51' south, longitude 153º06.75' east (the Otter Rock flashing green light beacon off Woody Point)\n- • to latitude 27º15.99' south, longitude 153º06.12' east\n- • to latitude 27º19.44' south, longitude 153º06.44' east (the special mark flashing yellow light beacon off the banks of Cabbage Tree Creek)\n- • to latitude 27º20.00' south, longitude 153º11.50' east (the Western Coffee Pot flashing green light beacon near the banks of the Brisbane River, marking the main shipping channel)\n- • to latitude 27º18.63' south, longitude 153º12.48' east (No. 1 Entrance West flashing white and red light beacon of the main shipping channel of the Brisbane River)\n- • to latitude 27º18.65' south, longitude 153º12.62' east (No. 2 Entrance East flashing yellow light beacon of the main shipping channel of the Brisbane River)\n- • to latitude 27º20.07' south, longitude 153º11.62' east (the Eastern Coffee Pot flashing red light beacon)\n- • to latitude 27º21.64' south, longitude 153º10.53' east (the east inner bar flashing red light beacon of the main shipping channel of the Brisbane River)\n- • to latitude 27º22.19' south, longitude 153º14.18' east (the north cardinal beacon north of St Helena Island)\n- • to latitude 27º24.34' south, longitude 153º14.50' east (the south cardinal light beacon south-east of St Helena Island)\n- • to latitude 27º24.86' south, longitude 153º14.56' east (the red light beacon north-east of Green Island)\n- • to latitude 27º26.93' south, longitude 153º14.70' east (the A S Huybers flashing red light beacon off King Island, near Wellington Point)\n- • to latitude 27º30.30' south, longitude 153º19.35' east (the flashing green light beacon off the western tip of Peel Island)\n- • to latitude 27º32.48' south, longitude 153º20.20' east (the west cardinal light beacon off the northern tip of the bank commonly known as Banana Bank)\n- • to latitude 27º35.20' south, longitude 153º22.83' east (the green light beacon on the south-western side of the Pelican Banks)\n- • to latitude 27º35.65' south, longitude 153º23.83' east (the south cardinal beacon at the southern tip of the Pelican Banks)\n- • to latitude 27º34.70' south, longitude 153º24.27' east (the flashing red light beacon on the eastern side of the Pelican Banks)\n- • to latitude 27º34.20' south, longitude 153º24.37' east (the flashing green light beacon off the western shore of North Stradbroke Island)\n- • to latitude 27º32.17' south, longitude 153º24.07' east (the flashing green light beacon off Wallen Wallen)\n- • to latitude 27º31.14' south, longitude 153º23.07' east (the special mark flashing yellow light beacon at the southern tip of Goat Island)\n- • to latitude 27º30.20' south, longitude 153º23.99' east (the southern end of Harold Walker Jetty, Dunwich, North Stradbroke Island)\n- • along the southern side of Harold Walker Jetty to latitude 27º30.14' south on North Stradbroke Island’s western shore (approximately latitude 27º30.14' south, longitude 153º24.08' east)\n- • along North Stradbroke Island’s western shore to latitude 27º29.60' south, longitude 153º24.15' east (the jetty at One Mile Anchorage)\n- • along the southern side of the jetty at One Mile Anchorage to latitude 27º29.58' south, longitude 153º24.13' east (the western end of the jetty at One Mile Anchorage)\n- • to latitude 27º29.51' south, longitude 153º22.89' east (the south cardinal light beacon known as Douglas Light)\n- • to latitude 27º27.25' south, longitude 153º19.98' east (the green light beacon that flashes every 6 seconds off Maroom Bank)\n- • to latitude 27º25.99' south, longitude 153º17.41' east (the isolated danger beacon on Hope Banks)\n- • to latitude 27º25.31' south, longitude 153º18.26' east (the flashing green light beacon north of Chain Banks)\n- • to latitude 27º24.22' south, longitude 153º20.10' east (the northernmost red lateral beacon at the entrance to Rous Channel)\n- • to latitude 27º18.70' south, longitude 153º23.10' east (the northernmost green lateral beacon at the entrance to Fraser’s Gutter)\n- • to latitude 27º15.90' south, longitude 153º23.06' east\n- • to latitude 27º15.90' south, longitude 153º23.61' east (Moreton Island’s western shore)\n- • to latitude 26º48.53' south, longitude 153º07.99' east)\n- • along the shore to latitude 27º05.08' south on Bribie Island’s eastern shore (Skirmish Point approximately latitude 27º05.08' south, longitude 153º12.43' east)\n- • along Bribie Island’s eastern, southern and western shores to latitude 27º04.93' south on Bribie Island’s western shore.","sortOrder":652},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.4-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Particular areas","content":"## Particular areas","sortOrder":653},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.144","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sch.2-sec.144 Purpose of division\n\nThis division describes particular areas within the fishery area for either or both of the following purposes—\nto identify the part of the fishery area within which fish may be taken by trawling under particular licences;\nfor the application of particular restrictions or conditions about the use of nets to take fish by trawling under particular licences.\nsch 2 s 144 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- (a) to identify the part of the fishery area within which fish may be taken by trawling under particular licences;\n- (b) for the application of particular restrictions or conditions about the use of nets to take fish by trawling under particular licences.","sortOrder":654},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.145","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of Cleveland Bay area","content":"### sch.2-sec.145 Meaning of Cleveland Bay area\n\nCleveland Bay area means Cleveland Bay, near Townsville, south of a line from Cape Pallarenda to Cape Cleveland.\nsch 2 s 145 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":655},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.146","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of deep water net area","content":"### sch.2-sec.146 Meaning of deep water net area\n\nThe deep water net area means tidal waters within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 28º03.48' south, longitude 153º47.06' east\nto latitude 27º25.90' south, longitude 153º39.06' east\nto latitude 27º01.90' south, longitude 153º31.26' east\nto latitude 26º40.90' south, longitude 153º31.06' east\nto latitude 26º29.90' south, longitude 153º34.06' east\nto latitude 26º19.90' south, longitude 153º40.76' east\nto latitude 26º09.90' south, longitude 153º50.06' east\nto latitude 24º59.90' south, longitude 153º35.06' east\nto latitude 24º29.90' south, longitude 153º20.06' east\nto latitude 24º21.05' south, longitude 153º08.83' east (the Breaksea Spit light, off the northern tip of Fraser Island)\nto latitude 24º06.88' south, longitude 152º42.68' east (the light on Lady Elliot Island)\nto latitude 23º54.49' south, longitude 152º23.38' east (the light on Lady Musgrave Island)\nto latitude 23º11.13' south, longitude 151º54.16' east (the light on North Reef)\nto latitude 22º34.40' south, longitude 151º56.06' east\nto latitude 22º44.90' south, longitude 152º10.56' east\nto latitude 22º38.63' south, longitude 152º43.43' east\nto latitude 22º19.18' south, longitude 153º00.32' east\nto latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 152º56.58' east\nto latitude 21º36.68' south, longitude 152º51.62' east\nto latitude 21º20.00' south, longitude 152º48.10' east\nto latitude 21º12.30' south, longitude 152º42.10' east\nto latitude 21º01.40' south, longitude 152º39.56' east\nto latitude 20º54.97' south, longitude 152º15.39' east\nto latitude 20º52.31' south, longitude 152º02.46' east\nto latitude 20º51.91' south, longitude 151º57.41' east\nto latitude 20º55.00' south, longitude 151º45.50' east\nto latitude 20º48.09' south, longitude 151º31.38' east\nto latitude 20º46.78' south, longitude 151º29.13' east\nto latitude 20º44.50' south, longitude 151º25.31' east\nto latitude 20º42.67' south, longitude 151º22.73' east\nto latitude 20º36.96' south, longitude 151º15.16' east\nto latitude 20º30.27' south, longitude 151º07.61' east\nto latitude 20º26.54' south, longitude 151º04.02' east\nto latitude 20º18.86' south, longitude 150º58.23' east\nto latitude 20º04.61' south, longitude 150º48.61' east\nto latitude 19º56.81' south, longitude 150º42.56' east\nto latitude 19º49.08' south, longitude 150º30.06' east\nto latitude 19º59.91' south, longitude 150º30.06' east\nto latitude 19º39.91' south, longitude 150º02.06' east\nto latitude 19º29.91' south, longitude 149º49.06' east\nto latitude 19º29.91' south, longitude 149º57.42' east\nto latitude 19º17.66' south, longitude 149º34.06' east\nto latitude 18º59.14' south, longitude 148º50.22' east\nto latitude 18º50.19' south, longitude 148º22.26' east\nto latitude 18º45.64' south, longitude 148º09.21' east\nto latitude 18º42.97' south, longitude 148º05.16' east\nto latitude 18º37.98' south, longitude 147º58.24' east\nto latitude 18º29.24' south, longitude 147º49.77' east\nto latitude 18º21.41' south, longitude 147º37.76' east\nto latitude 18º19.31' south, longitude 147º24.77' east\nto latitude 18º14.91' south, longitude 147º24.27' east\nto latitude 18º11.41' south, longitude 147º15.07' east\nto latitude 18º09.91' south, longitude 147º10.86' east\nto latitude 18º02.84' south, longitude 147º01.90' east\nto latitude 17º50.67' south, longitude 146º50.97' east\nto latitude 17º45.36' south, longitude 146º48.82' east\nto latitude 17º13.71' south, longitude 146º38.57' east\nto latitude 16º59.91' south, longitude 146º32.57' east\nto latitude 16º55.91' south, longitude 146º30.07' east\nto latitude 16º43.41' south, longitude 146º20.07' east\nto latitude 16º24.41' south, longitude 146º05.07' east\nto latitude 16º15.91' south, longitude 146º01.07' east\nto latitude 16º09.91' south, longitude 145º56.07' east\nto latitude 15º59.91' south, longitude 145º50.57' east\nto latitude 15º59.91' south, longitude 145º56.07' east\nto latitude 16º29.91' south, longitude 146º15.07' east\nto latitude 16º59.91' south, longitude 146º38.07' east\nto latitude 17º45.41' south, longitude 147º00.07' east\nto latitude 18º09.91' south, longitude 147º30.07' east\nto latitude 18º29.91' south, longitude 148º00.06' east\nto latitude 18º42.39' south, longitude 149º00.06' east\nto latitude 17º29.91' south, longitude 147º00.07' east\nto latitude 14º59.91' south, longitude 146º00.07' east\nto latitude 18º19.91' south, longitude 148º20.06' east\nto latitude 18º44.91' south, longitude 152º35.06' east\nto latitude 22º14.90' south, longitude 154º40.06' east\nto latitude 27º47.90' south, longitude 154º40.06' east\nto latitude 27º47.90' south, longitude 154º22.06' east\nto latitude 27º57.90' south, longitude 154º00.06' east\nto latitude 28º03.48' south, longitude 153º47.06' east.\nsch 2 s 146 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- • from latitude 28º03.48' south, longitude 153º47.06' east\n- • to latitude 27º25.90' south, longitude 153º39.06' east\n- • to latitude 27º01.90' south, longitude 153º31.26' east\n- • to latitude 26º40.90' south, longitude 153º31.06' east\n- • to latitude 26º29.90' south, longitude 153º34.06' east\n- • to latitude 26º19.90' south, longitude 153º40.76' east\n- • to latitude 26º09.90' south, longitude 153º50.06' east\n- • to latitude 24º59.90' south, longitude 153º35.06' east\n- • to latitude 24º29.90' south, longitude 153º20.06' east\n- • to latitude 24º21.05' south, longitude 153º08.83' east (the Breaksea Spit light, off the northern tip of Fraser Island)\n- • to latitude 24º06.88' south, longitude 152º42.68' east (the light on Lady Elliot Island)\n- • to latitude 23º54.49' south, longitude 152º23.38' east (the light on Lady Musgrave Island)\n- • to latitude 23º11.13' south, longitude 151º54.16' east (the light on North Reef)\n- • to latitude 22º34.40' south, longitude 151º56.06' east\n- • to latitude 22º44.90' south, longitude 152º10.56' east\n- • to latitude 22º38.63' south, longitude 152º43.43' east\n- • to latitude 22º19.18' south, longitude 153º00.32' east\n- • to latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 152º56.58' east\n- • to latitude 21º36.68' south, longitude 152º51.62' east\n- • to latitude 21º20.00' south, longitude 152º48.10' east\n- • to latitude 21º12.30' south, longitude 152º42.10' east\n- • to latitude 21º01.40' south, longitude 152º39.56' east\n- • to latitude 20º54.97' south, longitude 152º15.39' east\n- • to latitude 20º52.31' south, longitude 152º02.46' east\n- • to latitude 20º51.91' south, longitude 151º57.41' east\n- • to latitude 20º55.00' south, longitude 151º45.50' east\n- • to latitude 20º48.09' south, longitude 151º31.38' east\n- • to latitude 20º46.78' south, longitude 151º29.13' east\n- • to latitude 20º44.50' south, longitude 151º25.31' east\n- • to latitude 20º42.67' south, longitude 151º22.73' east\n- • to latitude 20º36.96' south, longitude 151º15.16' east\n- • to latitude 20º30.27' south, longitude 151º07.61' east\n- • to latitude 20º26.54' south, longitude 151º04.02' east\n- • to latitude 20º18.86' south, longitude 150º58.23' east\n- • to latitude 20º04.61' south, longitude 150º48.61' east\n- • to latitude 19º56.81' south, longitude 150º42.56' east\n- • to latitude 19º49.08' south, longitude 150º30.06' east\n- • to latitude 19º59.91' south, longitude 150º30.06' east\n- • to latitude 19º39.91' south, longitude 150º02.06' east\n- • to latitude 19º29.91' south, longitude 149º49.06' east\n- • to latitude 19º29.91' south, longitude 149º57.42' east\n- • to latitude 19º17.66' south, longitude 149º34.06' east\n- • to latitude 18º59.14' south, longitude 148º50.22' east\n- • to latitude 18º50.19' south, longitude 148º22.26' east\n- • to latitude 18º45.64' south, longitude 148º09.21' east\n- • to latitude 18º42.97' south, longitude 148º05.16' east\n- • to latitude 18º37.98' south, longitude 147º58.24' east\n- • to latitude 18º29.24' south, longitude 147º49.77' east\n- • to latitude 18º21.41' south, longitude 147º37.76' east\n- • to latitude 18º19.31' south, longitude 147º24.77' east\n- • to latitude 18º14.91' south, longitude 147º24.27' east\n- • to latitude 18º11.41' south, longitude 147º15.07' east\n- • to latitude 18º09.91' south, longitude 147º10.86' east\n- • to latitude 18º02.84' south, longitude 147º01.90' east\n- • to latitude 17º50.67' south, longitude 146º50.97' east\n- • to latitude 17º45.36' south, longitude 146º48.82' east\n- • to latitude 17º13.71' south, longitude 146º38.57' east\n- • to latitude 16º59.91' south, longitude 146º32.57' east\n- • to latitude 16º55.91' south, longitude 146º30.07' east\n- • to latitude 16º43.41' south, longitude 146º20.07' east\n- • to latitude 16º24.41' south, longitude 146º05.07' east\n- • to latitude 16º15.91' south, longitude 146º01.07' east\n- • to latitude 16º09.91' south, longitude 145º56.07' east\n- • to latitude 15º59.91' south, longitude 145º50.57' east\n- • to latitude 15º59.91' south, longitude 145º56.07' east\n- • to latitude 16º29.91' south, longitude 146º15.07' east\n- • to latitude 16º59.91' south, longitude 146º38.07' east\n- • to latitude 17º45.41' south, longitude 147º00.07' east\n- • to latitude 18º09.91' south, longitude 147º30.07' east\n- • to latitude 18º29.91' south, longitude 148º00.06' east\n- • to latitude 18º42.39' south, longitude 149º00.06' east\n- • to latitude 17º29.91' south, longitude 147º00.07' east\n- • to latitude 14º59.91' south, longitude 146º00.07' east\n- • to latitude 18º19.91' south, longitude 148º20.06' east\n- • to latitude 18º44.91' south, longitude 152º35.06' east\n- • to latitude 22º14.90' south, longitude 154º40.06' east\n- • to latitude 27º47.90' south, longitude 154º40.06' east\n- • to latitude 27º47.90' south, longitude 154º22.06' east\n- • to latitude 27º57.90' south, longitude 154º00.06' east\n- • to latitude 28º03.48' south, longitude 153º47.06' east.","sortOrder":656},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.147","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of Facing Island area","content":"### sch.2-sec.147 Meaning of Facing Island area\n\nFacing Island area means tidal waters within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 23º49.93' south, longitude 151º15.22' east (Auckland Point)\nto latitude 23º47.80' south, longitude 151º17.08' east (Tail Point, Chinaman Island)\nto latitude 23º45.25' south, longitude 151º19.93' east (North Point, Facing Island)\nalong the western shore to latitude 23º52.85' south, longitude 151º22.44' east (Gatcombe Head)\nto latitude 23º53.33' south, longitude 151º30.88' east (Fairway Buoy (Wild Cattle Cutting))\nto latitude 23º59.46' south, longitude 151º26.43' east (Tiber Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 23º49.93' south, longitude 151º15.22' east.\nsch 2 s 147 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- • from latitude 23º49.93' south, longitude 151º15.22' east (Auckland Point)\n- • to latitude 23º47.80' south, longitude 151º17.08' east (Tail Point, Chinaman Island)\n- • to latitude 23º45.25' south, longitude 151º19.93' east (North Point, Facing Island)\n- • along the western shore to latitude 23º52.85' south, longitude 151º22.44' east (Gatcombe Head)\n- • to latitude 23º53.33' south, longitude 151º30.88' east (Fairway Buoy (Wild Cattle Cutting))\n- • to latitude 23º59.46' south, longitude 151º26.43' east (Tiber Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 23º49.93' south, longitude 151º15.22' east.","sortOrder":657},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.148","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of Fitzroy River mouth area","content":"### sch.2-sec.148 Meaning of Fitzroy River mouth area\n\nFitzroy River mouth area means Keppel Bay and adjoining rivers and creeks, south and west of the following line—\nfrom Cattle Point to an unnamed point on the shore of Curtis Island about 1.25n miles north of Maria Inlet\nalong the western shore of Curtis Island to the southern bank of Barker Creek\nacross The Narrows to the southern bank of Deception Creek at Division Point.\nsch 2 s 148 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- • from Cattle Point to an unnamed point on the shore of Curtis Island about 1.25n miles north of Maria Inlet\n- • along the western shore of Curtis Island to the southern bank of Barker Creek\n- • across The Narrows to the southern bank of Deception Creek at Division Point.","sortOrder":658},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.149","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of Hervey Bay area","content":"### sch.2-sec.149 Meaning of Hervey Bay area\n\nHervey Bay area means Hervey Bay between latitude 25º04.90' south and a line—\nfrom longitude 152º49.40' east on the mainland shore (the eastern tip of Point Vernon, approximately latitude 25º14.72' south, longitude 152º49.40' east)\nto latitude 25º13.05' south, longitude 152º59.05' east (Sandy Point, Fraser Island).\nsch 2 s 149 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- • from longitude 152º49.40' east on the mainland shore (the eastern tip of Point Vernon, approximately latitude 25º14.72' south, longitude 152º49.40' east)\n- • to latitude 25º13.05' south, longitude 152º59.05' east (Sandy Point, Fraser Island).","sortOrder":659},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.150","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of Keppel Bay area","content":"### sch.2-sec.150 Meaning of Keppel Bay area\n\nKeppel Bay area means Keppel Bay within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 23º30.90' south, longitude 150º59.64' east (an unnamed point on the shore of Curtis Island about 1.25n miles north of Maria Inlet)\nalong the shore to latitude 23º28.76' south, longitude 150º59.48' east (Warner Point)\nto latitude 23º24.97' south, longitude 150º51.15' east (Quartz Rock)\nto latitude 23º25.98' south, longitude 150º49.80' east\nto latitude 23º28.77' south, longitude 150º52.38' east (Cattle Point)\nto latitude 23º30.90' south, longitude 150º59.64' east.\nsch 2 s 150 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- • from latitude 23º30.90' south, longitude 150º59.64' east (an unnamed point on the shore of Curtis Island about 1.25n miles north of Maria Inlet)\n- • along the shore to latitude 23º28.76' south, longitude 150º59.48' east (Warner Point)\n- • to latitude 23º24.97' south, longitude 150º51.15' east (Quartz Rock)\n- • to latitude 23º25.98' south, longitude 150º49.80' east\n- • to latitude 23º28.77' south, longitude 150º52.38' east (Cattle Point)\n- • to latitude 23º30.90' south, longitude 150º59.64' east.","sortOrder":660},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.151","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of Laguna Bay area","content":"### sch.2-sec.151 Meaning of Laguna Bay area\n\nLaguna Bay area means tidal waters within the following boundary—\nfrom the intersection of latitude 26º15.90' south with the mainland shore (near Teewah at approximately latitude 26º15.90' south, longitude 153º04.20' east)\nto latitude 26º22.54' south, longitude 153º06.98' east (eastern tip of Noosa Head)\nthen along the mainland shore to its intersection with latitude 26º15.90' south.\nsch 2 s 151 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- • from the intersection of latitude 26º15.90' south with the mainland shore (near Teewah at approximately latitude 26º15.90' south, longitude 153º04.20' east)\n- • to latitude 26º22.54' south, longitude 153º06.98' east (eastern tip of Noosa Head)\n- • then along the mainland shore to its intersection with latitude 26º15.90' south.","sortOrder":661},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.152","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of Repulse Bay area","content":"### sch.2-sec.152 Meaning of Repulse Bay area\n\nRepulse Bay area means Repulse Bay, near Proserpine, within the following boundary—\nfrom Rocky Point along the shore to the northern bank of the O’Connell River\neast for 2n miles\nto Rocky Point.\nsch 2 s 152 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- • from Rocky Point along the shore to the northern bank of the O’Connell River\n- • east for 2n miles\n- • to Rocky Point.","sortOrder":662},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.153","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of T1 area","content":"### sch.2-sec.153 Meaning of T1 area\n\nThe T1 area means tidal waters within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 27º57.91' south, longitude 154º00.06' east\nto latitude 28º09.88' south, longitude 153º33.10' east (point on the shore at the State’s border with New South Wales at high water mark)\nalong the shore and breakwall to latitude 27º56.12' south, longitude 153º25.99' east (seaward end of the southern Gold Coast Seaway breakwall)\nto the northern tip of Gold Coast Seaway breakwall latitude 27º56.06' south, longitude 153º25.83' east\nalong the eastern shore of South Stradbroke Island to latitude 27º44.83' south, longitude 153º26.90' east\nto latitude 27º43.43' south, longitude 153º27.26' east\nalong the eastern shore of North Stradbroke Island to latitude 27º23.64' south, longitude 153º26.40' east (Amity Point)\nto latitude 27º21.82' south, longitude 153º25.68' east (Reeders Point)\nalong the eastern shore of Moreton Island to latitude 27º03.68' south, longitude 153º21.71' east (Comboyuro Point)\nto latitude 27º05.08' south, longitude 153º12.43' east (Skirmish Point)\nalong the eastern shore of Bribie Island to latitude 26º50.05' south, longitude 153º07.78' east\nto latitude 26º48.38' south, longitude 153º08.36' east (southern end of Kings Beach)\nalong the shore and breakwall to latitude 26º40.74' south, longitude 153º07.95' east (southern breakwall of Mooloolaba Harbour)\nto latitude 26º40.80' south, longitude 153º07.93' east (northern breakwall of Mooloolaba Harbour)\nalong the shore to latitude 25º48.68' south, longitude 153º03.89' east (F↑B sign at Inskip Point)\nto latitude 25º47.52' south, longitude 153º04.62' east (F↑B sign at Hook Point)\nalong the eastern shore of Fraser Island to latitude 25º13.50' south, longitude 152º59.50' east (Sandy Point)\nto latitude 25º14.47' south, longitude 152º49.21' east (Point Vernon)\nalong the shore to latitude 24º45.45' south, longitude 152º24.76' east (South Head)\nto latitude 24º44.83' south, longitude 152º23.84' east\nalong the shore to latitude 24º00.15' south, longitude 151º44.50' east (Chews Point)\nto latitude 24º01.31' south, longitude 151º43.65' east (Pancake Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 24º00.50' south, longitude 151º36.22' east\nto latitude 24º03.30' south, longitude 151º37.90' east (Blackney Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 24º02.22' south, longitude 151º33.87' east (Innes Head)\nto latitude 24º01.98' south, longitude 151º32.75' east (Norton Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 23º59.46' south, longitude 151º26.43' east (Tiber Point)\nto latitude 23º59.38' south, longitude 151º25.67' east\nalong the shore to latitude 23º56.23' south, longitude 151º21.42' east\nto latitude 23º56.13' south, longitude 151º21.26' east (near Boyne Island)\nalong the shore to latitude 23º51.12' south, longitude 151º18.70' east (South Trees Wharf)\nto latitude 23º51.22' south, longitude 151º17.77' east (Parsons Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 23º49.93' south, longitude 151º15.22' east (Auckland Point)\nto latitude 23º47.80' south, longitude 151º17.08' east (Tail Point, Chinaman Island)\nalong the eastern shore of Curtis Island to latitude 23º30.90' south, longitude 150º59.64' east (unnamed point on the shore of Curtis Island about 1.25n miles north of Maria Inlet)\nto latitude 23º28.77' south, longitude 150º52.38' east\nalong the shore and breakwall to latitude 23º09.52' south, longitude 150º47.33' east (southern tip of Rosslyn Bay breakwall)\nto latitude 23º09.52' south, longitude 150º47.10' east (northern end of Rosslyn Bay breakwall)\nalong the breakwall and shore to latitude 22º57.85' south, longitude 150º46.65' east (Sandy Point)\nto latitude 22º56.62' south, longitude 150º47.64' east\nalong the shore to latitude 22º32.18' south, longitude 150º47.36' east (Cape Clinton)\nto latitude 22º28.21' south, longitude 150º45.42' east (Northeast Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 22º20.67' south, longitude 149º54.78' east\nto latitude 22º23.01' south, longitude 149º48.55' east (Charon Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 22º20.90' south, longitude 149º41.53' east\nto latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 149º29.68' east\nalong the shore to latitude 21º28.42' south, longitude 149º20.53' east (Allom Point)\nto latitude 21º25.91' south, longitude 149º20.20' east (Freshwater Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 21º14.71' south, longitude 149º15.36' east (Dudgeon Point)\nto latitude 21º12.60' south, longitude 149º11.73' east\nalong the shore to latitude 21º08.84' south, longitude 149º12.63' east\nto latitude 21º08.86' south, longitude 149º13.26' east (East Point)\nalong the shore and breakwall to latitude 21º06.38' south, longitude 149º14.10' east (southern breakwall at Mackay outer harbour)\nto latitude 21º06.27' south, longitude 149º13.95' east (northern breakwall at Mackay outer harbour)\nalong the breakwall and shore to latitude 20º29.44' south, longitude 148º42.91' east\nto latitude 20º28.89' south, longitude 148º44.21' east\nalong the shore to latitude 20º06.80' south, longitude 148º26.81' east\nto latitude 20º09.54' south, longitude 148º25.36' east\nalong the shore and wharf to latitude 20º01.38' south, longitude 148º15.11' east\nto latitude 20º01.48' south, longitude 148º15.95' east (Dalrymple Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 19º16.24' south, longitude 146º50.15' east\nto latitude 19º16.13' south, longitude 146º50.13' east\nto latitude 19º15.32' south, longitude 146º50.80' east\nto latitude 19º14.57' south, longitude 146º50.14' east\nto latitude 19º14.62' south, longitude 146º50.00' east\nto latitude 19º15.01' south, longitude 146º49.74' east\nto latitude 19º14.97' south, longitude 146º49.43' east\nto latitude 19º14.98' south, longitude 146º49.35' east\nalong the shore to latitude 17º36.09' south, longitude 146º07.95' east (Hall Point)\nto latitude 17º35.98' south, longitude 146º07.73' east (Goodman Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 17º30.65' south, longitude 146º04.22' east\nto latitude 17º30.31' south, longitude 146º04.63' east (Flying Fish Point)\nalong the shore to latitude 16º55.36' south, longitude 145º47.21' east (Stafford Point)\nto latitude 16º55.07' south, longitude 145º46.92' east (northern breakwall end at the entrance to Cairns Port)\nalong the breakwall and shore to latitude 16º28.69' south, longitude 145º27.85' east (Island Point)\nto latitude 16º28.83' south, longitude 145º27.34' east\nalong the shore to latitude 15º27.43' south, longitude 145º15.33' east (northern tip of Cooktown Headland)\nto latitude 15º27.60' south, longitude 145º14.45' east (Point Saunders)\nalong the shore to latitude 10º41.25' south, longitude 142º31.86' east (tip of Cape York Peninsula)\nto latitude 10º41.25' south, longitude 145º00.06' east\nto latitude 12º59.91' south, longitude 145º00.06' east\nto latitude 14º59.91' south, longitude 146º00.06' east\nto latitude 18º19.91' south, longitude 148º20.04' east\nto latitude 18º44.90' south, longitude 152º35.04' east\nto latitude 22º14.90' south, longitude 154º40.08' east\nto latitude 27º47.32' south, longitude 154º40.08' east\nto latitude 27º47.90' south, longitude 154º22.08' east\nto latitude 27º57.91' south, longitude 154º00.06' east.\nsch 2 s 153 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (7) – (8)\nsub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- • from latitude 27º57.91' south, longitude 154º00.06' east\n- • to latitude 28º09.88' south, longitude 153º33.10' east (point on the shore at the State’s border with New South Wales at high water mark)\n- • along the shore and breakwall to latitude 27º56.12' south, longitude 153º25.99' east (seaward end of the southern Gold Coast Seaway breakwall)\n- • to the northern tip of Gold Coast Seaway breakwall latitude 27º56.06' south, longitude 153º25.83' east\n- • along the eastern shore of South Stradbroke Island to latitude 27º44.83' south, longitude 153º26.90' east\n- • to latitude 27º43.43' south, longitude 153º27.26' east\n- • along the eastern shore of North Stradbroke Island to latitude 27º23.64' south, longitude 153º26.40' east (Amity Point)\n- • to latitude 27º21.82' south, longitude 153º25.68' east (Reeders Point)\n- • along the eastern shore of Moreton Island to latitude 27º03.68' south, longitude 153º21.71' east (Comboyuro Point)\n- • to latitude 27º05.08' south, longitude 153º12.43' east (Skirmish Point)\n- • along the eastern shore of Bribie Island to latitude 26º50.05' south, longitude 153º07.78' east\n- • to latitude 26º48.38' south, longitude 153º08.36' east (southern end of Kings Beach)\n- • along the shore and breakwall to latitude 26º40.74' south, longitude 153º07.95' east (southern breakwall of Mooloolaba Harbour)\n- • to latitude 26º40.80' south, longitude 153º07.93' east (northern breakwall of Mooloolaba Harbour)\n- • along the shore to latitude 25º48.68' south, longitude 153º03.89' east (F↑B sign at Inskip Point)\n- • to latitude 25º47.52' south, longitude 153º04.62' east (F↑B sign at Hook Point)\n- • along the eastern shore of Fraser Island to latitude 25º13.50' south, longitude 152º59.50' east (Sandy Point)\n- • to latitude 25º14.47' south, longitude 152º49.21' east (Point Vernon)\n- • along the shore to latitude 24º45.45' south, longitude 152º24.76' east (South Head)\n- • to latitude 24º44.83' south, longitude 152º23.84' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 24º00.15' south, longitude 151º44.50' east (Chews Point)\n- • to latitude 24º01.31' south, longitude 151º43.65' east (Pancake Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 24º00.50' south, longitude 151º36.22' east\n- • to latitude 24º03.30' south, longitude 151º37.90' east (Blackney Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 24º02.22' south, longitude 151º33.87' east (Innes Head)\n- • to latitude 24º01.98' south, longitude 151º32.75' east (Norton Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 23º59.46' south, longitude 151º26.43' east (Tiber Point)\n- • to latitude 23º59.38' south, longitude 151º25.67' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 23º56.23' south, longitude 151º21.42' east\n- • to latitude 23º56.13' south, longitude 151º21.26' east (near Boyne Island)\n- • along the shore to latitude 23º51.12' south, longitude 151º18.70' east (South Trees Wharf)\n- • to latitude 23º51.22' south, longitude 151º17.77' east (Parsons Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 23º49.93' south, longitude 151º15.22' east (Auckland Point)\n- • to latitude 23º47.80' south, longitude 151º17.08' east (Tail Point, Chinaman Island)\n- • along the eastern shore of Curtis Island to latitude 23º30.90' south, longitude 150º59.64' east (unnamed point on the shore of Curtis Island about 1.25n miles north of Maria Inlet)\n- • to latitude 23º28.77' south, longitude 150º52.38' east\n- • along the shore and breakwall to latitude 23º09.52' south, longitude 150º47.33' east (southern tip of Rosslyn Bay breakwall)\n- • to latitude 23º09.52' south, longitude 150º47.10' east (northern end of Rosslyn Bay breakwall)\n- • along the breakwall and shore to latitude 22º57.85' south, longitude 150º46.65' east (Sandy Point)\n- • to latitude 22º56.62' south, longitude 150º47.64' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 22º32.18' south, longitude 150º47.36' east (Cape Clinton)\n- • to latitude 22º28.21' south, longitude 150º45.42' east (Northeast Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 22º20.67' south, longitude 149º54.78' east\n- • to latitude 22º23.01' south, longitude 149º48.55' east (Charon Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 22º20.90' south, longitude 149º41.53' east\n- • to latitude 22º00.00' south, longitude 149º29.68' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 21º28.42' south, longitude 149º20.53' east (Allom Point)\n- • to latitude 21º25.91' south, longitude 149º20.20' east (Freshwater Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 21º14.71' south, longitude 149º15.36' east (Dudgeon Point)\n- • to latitude 21º12.60' south, longitude 149º11.73' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 21º08.84' south, longitude 149º12.63' east\n- • to latitude 21º08.86' south, longitude 149º13.26' east (East Point)\n- • along the shore and breakwall to latitude 21º06.38' south, longitude 149º14.10' east (southern breakwall at Mackay outer harbour)\n- • to latitude 21º06.27' south, longitude 149º13.95' east (northern breakwall at Mackay outer harbour)\n- • along the breakwall and shore to latitude 20º29.44' south, longitude 148º42.91' east\n- • to latitude 20º28.89' south, longitude 148º44.21' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 20º06.80' south, longitude 148º26.81' east\n- • to latitude 20º09.54' south, longitude 148º25.36' east\n- • along the shore and wharf to latitude 20º01.38' south, longitude 148º15.11' east\n- • to latitude 20º01.48' south, longitude 148º15.95' east (Dalrymple Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 19º16.24' south, longitude 146º50.15' east\n- • to latitude 19º16.13' south, longitude 146º50.13' east\n- • to latitude 19º15.32' south, longitude 146º50.80' east\n- • to latitude 19º14.57' south, longitude 146º50.14' east\n- • to latitude 19º14.62' south, longitude 146º50.00' east\n- • to latitude 19º15.01' south, longitude 146º49.74' east\n- • to latitude 19º14.97' south, longitude 146º49.43' east\n- • to latitude 19º14.98' south, longitude 146º49.35' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 17º36.09' south, longitude 146º07.95' east (Hall Point)\n- • to latitude 17º35.98' south, longitude 146º07.73' east (Goodman Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 17º30.65' south, longitude 146º04.22' east\n- • to latitude 17º30.31' south, longitude 146º04.63' east (Flying Fish Point)\n- • along the shore to latitude 16º55.36' south, longitude 145º47.21' east (Stafford Point)\n- • to latitude 16º55.07' south, longitude 145º46.92' east (northern breakwall end at the entrance to Cairns Port)\n- • along the breakwall and shore to latitude 16º28.69' south, longitude 145º27.85' east (Island Point)\n- • to latitude 16º28.83' south, longitude 145º27.34' east\n- • along the shore to latitude 15º27.43' south, longitude 145º15.33' east (northern tip of Cooktown Headland)\n- • to latitude 15º27.60' south, longitude 145º14.45' east (Point Saunders)\n- • along the shore to latitude 10º41.25' south, longitude 142º31.86' east (tip of Cape York Peninsula)\n- • to latitude 10º41.25' south, longitude 145º00.06' east\n- • to latitude 12º59.91' south, longitude 145º00.06' east\n- • to latitude 14º59.91' south, longitude 146º00.06' east\n- • to latitude 18º19.91' south, longitude 148º20.04' east\n- • to latitude 18º44.90' south, longitude 152º35.04' east\n- • to latitude 22º14.90' south, longitude 154º40.08' east\n- • to latitude 27º47.32' south, longitude 154º40.08' east\n- • to latitude 27º47.90' south, longitude 154º22.08' east\n- • to latitude 27º57.91' south, longitude 154º00.06' east.","sortOrder":663},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.154","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of T5 area","content":"### sch.2-sec.154 Meaning of T5 area\n\nThe T5 area means all tidal waters of the following—\nthe Brisbane River–Victoria Bridge to Juno Point area described in subsection (2) ;\nthe Brisbane River mouth area described in subsection (3) ;\nthe Noosa River and lakes connected to the Noosa River;\nthe Laguna Bay area;\nthe Logan River area described in subsection (4) ;\nother rivers or creeks south of Double Island Point.\nThe Brisbane River–Victoria Bridge to Juno Point area means Brisbane River between the Victoria Bridge and a line from the F↑B sign at Juno Point to the tip of the eastern bank of the river.\nThe Brisbane River mouth area means tidal waters within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 27º21.74' south on the mainland shore (Juno Point approximately latitude 27º21.74' south, longitude 153º09.27' east)\nto latitude 27º20.54' south, longitude 153º10.13' east (the second green beacon marking the Koopa Channel)\nto latitude 27º20.00' south, longitude 53º11.50' east (the Western Coffee Pot beacon)\nto latitude 27º18.63' south, longitude 153º12.48' east (No. 1 Entrance West flashing white and red light beacon of the main shipping channel of the Brisbane River)\nto latitude 27º18.65' south, longitude 153º12.62' east (No. 2 Entrance East flashing yellow light beacon of the main shipping channel of the Brisbane River)\nto latitude 27º20.07' south, longitude 153º11.63' east (the Eastern Coffee Pot beacon)\nto latitude 27º21.74' south on the mainland shore.\nThe Logan River area means Logan River and adjoining waterways, upstream of the line—\nfrom the intersection of the mainland shore with longitude 153º19.20' east (at approximately latitude 27º40.50' south) to latitude 27º40.40' south, longitude 153º19.50' east\nto latitude 27º41.50' south, longitude 153º21.10' east\nto the intersection of the mainland shore with longitude 153º21.10' east (at approximately latitude 27º41.90' south).\nsch 2 s 154 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.154-ssec.1) The T5 area means all tidal waters of the following— the Brisbane River–Victoria Bridge to Juno Point area described in subsection (2) ; the Brisbane River mouth area described in subsection (3) ; the Noosa River and lakes connected to the Noosa River; the Laguna Bay area; the Logan River area described in subsection (4) ; other rivers or creeks south of Double Island Point.\n(sch.2-sec.154-ssec.2) The Brisbane River–Victoria Bridge to Juno Point area means Brisbane River between the Victoria Bridge and a line from the F↑B sign at Juno Point to the tip of the eastern bank of the river.\n(sch.2-sec.154-ssec.3) The Brisbane River mouth area means tidal waters within the following boundary— from latitude 27º21.74' south on the mainland shore (Juno Point approximately latitude 27º21.74' south, longitude 153º09.27' east) to latitude 27º20.54' south, longitude 153º10.13' east (the second green beacon marking the Koopa Channel) to latitude 27º20.00' south, longitude 53º11.50' east (the Western Coffee Pot beacon) to latitude 27º18.63' south, longitude 153º12.48' east (No. 1 Entrance West flashing white and red light beacon of the main shipping channel of the Brisbane River) to latitude 27º18.65' south, longitude 153º12.62' east (No. 2 Entrance East flashing yellow light beacon of the main shipping channel of the Brisbane River) to latitude 27º20.07' south, longitude 153º11.63' east (the Eastern Coffee Pot beacon) to latitude 27º21.74' south on the mainland shore.\n(sch.2-sec.154-ssec.4) The Logan River area means Logan River and adjoining waterways, upstream of the line— from the intersection of the mainland shore with longitude 153º19.20' east (at approximately latitude 27º40.50' south) to latitude 27º40.40' south, longitude 153º19.50' east to latitude 27º41.50' south, longitude 153º21.10' east to the intersection of the mainland shore with longitude 153º21.10' east (at approximately latitude 27º41.90' south).\n- (a) the Brisbane River–Victoria Bridge to Juno Point area described in subsection (2) ;\n- (b) the Brisbane River mouth area described in subsection (3) ;\n- (c) the Noosa River and lakes connected to the Noosa River;\n- (d) the Laguna Bay area;\n- (e) the Logan River area described in subsection (4) ;\n- (f) other rivers or creeks south of Double Island Point.\n- • from latitude 27º21.74' south on the mainland shore (Juno Point approximately latitude 27º21.74' south, longitude 153º09.27' east)\n- • to latitude 27º20.54' south, longitude 153º10.13' east (the second green beacon marking the Koopa Channel)\n- • to latitude 27º20.00' south, longitude 53º11.50' east (the Western Coffee Pot beacon)\n- • to latitude 27º18.63' south, longitude 153º12.48' east (No. 1 Entrance West flashing white and red light beacon of the main shipping channel of the Brisbane River)\n- • to latitude 27º18.65' south, longitude 153º12.62' east (No. 2 Entrance East flashing yellow light beacon of the main shipping channel of the Brisbane River)\n- • to latitude 27º20.07' south, longitude 153º11.63' east (the Eastern Coffee Pot beacon)\n- • to latitude 27º21.74' south on the mainland shore.\n- • from the intersection of the mainland shore with longitude 153º19.20' east (at approximately latitude 27º40.50' south) to latitude 27º40.40' south, longitude 153º19.50' east\n- • to latitude 27º41.50' south, longitude 153º21.10' east\n- • to the intersection of the mainland shore with longitude 153º21.10' east (at approximately latitude 27º41.90' south).","sortOrder":664},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.155","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of T6 area","content":"### sch.2-sec.155 Meaning of T6 area\n\nThe T6 area means all tidal waters of the following—\nthe Great Sandy Strait area described in subsection (2) ;\nthe Hervey Bay area;\nrivers and creeks between Double Island Point and the northern bank of the Burrum River.\nThe Great Sandy Strait area means the Great Sandy Strait between the following lines—\na line from the F↑B sign at the mouth of Pulgul Creek to the F↑B sign at the southern tip of Big Woody Island, and then to the F↑B sign at Blackfellow Point, Fraser Island\na line from the F↑B sign at North Head, Mary River to the F↑B sign at North White Cliffs, Fraser Island.\nsch 2 s 155 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.155-ssec.1) The T6 area means all tidal waters of the following— the Great Sandy Strait area described in subsection (2) ; the Hervey Bay area; rivers and creeks between Double Island Point and the northern bank of the Burrum River.\n(sch.2-sec.155-ssec.2) The Great Sandy Strait area means the Great Sandy Strait between the following lines— a line from the F↑B sign at the mouth of Pulgul Creek to the F↑B sign at the southern tip of Big Woody Island, and then to the F↑B sign at Blackfellow Point, Fraser Island a line from the F↑B sign at North Head, Mary River to the F↑B sign at North White Cliffs, Fraser Island.\n- (a) the Great Sandy Strait area described in subsection (2) ;\n- (b) the Hervey Bay area;\n- (c) rivers and creeks between Double Island Point and the northern bank of the Burrum River.\n- • a line from the F↑B sign at the mouth of Pulgul Creek to the F↑B sign at the southern tip of Big Woody Island, and then to the F↑B sign at Blackfellow Point, Fraser Island\n- • a line from the F↑B sign at North Head, Mary River to the F↑B sign at North White Cliffs, Fraser Island.","sortOrder":665},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.156","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of T7 area","content":"### sch.2-sec.156 Meaning of T7 area\n\nThe T7 area means all tidal waters of the following—\nthe Moore Park beach area described in subsection (2) ;\nrivers and creeks between the northern bank of the Burrum River and Richards Point (Rodds Peninsula).\nThe Moore Park beach area means tidal waters within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 24º44'11\" south, longitude 152º22'00\" east on the mainland shore\nto latitude 24º40'52\" south, longitude 152º22'00\" east\nto latitude 24º40'58\" south, longitude 152º19'10\" east\nto latitude 24º36'47\" south, longitude 152º13'43\" east\nto latitude 24º35'28\" south, longitude 152º10'44\" east\nto latitude 24º30'00\" south, longitude 152º06'31\" east\nto latitude 24º30'01\" south, longitude 152º02'33\" east\nalong the mainland shore to latitude 24º44'11\" south, longitude 152º22'00\" east.\nsch 2 s 156 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.156-ssec.1) The T7 area means all tidal waters of the following— the Moore Park beach area described in subsection (2) ; rivers and creeks between the northern bank of the Burrum River and Richards Point (Rodds Peninsula).\n(sch.2-sec.156-ssec.2) The Moore Park beach area means tidal waters within the following boundary— from latitude 24º44'11\" south, longitude 152º22'00\" east on the mainland shore to latitude 24º40'52\" south, longitude 152º22'00\" east to latitude 24º40'58\" south, longitude 152º19'10\" east to latitude 24º36'47\" south, longitude 152º13'43\" east to latitude 24º35'28\" south, longitude 152º10'44\" east to latitude 24º30'00\" south, longitude 152º06'31\" east to latitude 24º30'01\" south, longitude 152º02'33\" east along the mainland shore to latitude 24º44'11\" south, longitude 152º22'00\" east.\n- (a) the Moore Park beach area described in subsection (2) ;\n- (b) rivers and creeks between the northern bank of the Burrum River and Richards Point (Rodds Peninsula).\n- • from latitude 24º44'11\" south, longitude 152º22'00\" east on the mainland shore\n- • to latitude 24º40'52\" south, longitude 152º22'00\" east\n- • to latitude 24º40'58\" south, longitude 152º19'10\" east\n- • to latitude 24º36'47\" south, longitude 152º13'43\" east\n- • to latitude 24º35'28\" south, longitude 152º10'44\" east\n- • to latitude 24º30'00\" south, longitude 152º06'31\" east\n- • to latitude 24º30'01\" south, longitude 152º02'33\" east\n- • along the mainland shore to latitude 24º44'11\" south, longitude 152º22'00\" east.","sortOrder":666},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.157","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of T8 area","content":"### sch.2-sec.157 Meaning of T8 area\n\nThe T8 area means all tidal waters of the following—\nthe Facing Island area;\nthe Keppel Bay area;\nthe Fitzroy River mouth area;\nrivers and creeks between Richards Point (Rodds Peninsula) and Reef Point, south of Townshend Island.\nsch 2 s 157 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n- (a) the Facing Island area;\n- (b) the Keppel Bay area;\n- (c) the Fitzroy River mouth area;\n- (d) rivers and creeks between Richards Point (Rodds Peninsula) and Reef Point, south of Townshend Island.","sortOrder":667},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.158","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of T9 area","content":"### sch.2-sec.158 Meaning of T9 area\n\nThe T9 area means all tidal waters of the following—\nthe Llewellyn Bay area described in subsection (2) ;\nthe Repulse Bay area;\nthe Sinclair Bay area described in subsection (3) ;\nthe Cleveland Bay area;\nrivers and creeks that are part of the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery between Reef Point, south of Townshend Island, and the northern tip of Cape York Peninsula.\nThe Llewellyn Bay area means Llewellyn Bay, near Sarina, west of a line—\nfrom longitude 149º20.20' east on the mainland shore at Freshwater Point (approximately latitude 21º25.91' south, longitude 149º20.20' east)\nto longitude 149º20.53' east on the mainland shore at Allom Point (approximately latitude 21º28.42' south, longitude 149º20.53' east).\nThe Sinclair Bay area means Sinclair Bay, near Bowen, within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 20º09.54' south, longitude 148º25.36' east on the shore to latitude 20º06.80' south, longitude 148º26.81' east on the shore\nalong the shore to latitude 20º09.54' south, longitude 148º25.36' east.\nsch 2 s 158 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 159\n(sch.2-sec.158-ssec.1) The T9 area means all tidal waters of the following— the Llewellyn Bay area described in subsection (2) ; the Repulse Bay area; the Sinclair Bay area described in subsection (3) ; the Cleveland Bay area; rivers and creeks that are part of the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery between Reef Point, south of Townshend Island, and the northern tip of Cape York Peninsula.\n(sch.2-sec.158-ssec.2) The Llewellyn Bay area means Llewellyn Bay, near Sarina, west of a line— from longitude 149º20.20' east on the mainland shore at Freshwater Point (approximately latitude 21º25.91' south, longitude 149º20.20' east) to longitude 149º20.53' east on the mainland shore at Allom Point (approximately latitude 21º28.42' south, longitude 149º20.53' east).\n(sch.2-sec.158-ssec.3) The Sinclair Bay area means Sinclair Bay, near Bowen, within the following boundary— from latitude 20º09.54' south, longitude 148º25.36' east on the shore to latitude 20º06.80' south, longitude 148º26.81' east on the shore along the shore to latitude 20º09.54' south, longitude 148º25.36' east.\n- (a) the Llewellyn Bay area described in subsection (2) ;\n- (b) the Repulse Bay area;\n- (c) the Sinclair Bay area described in subsection (3) ;\n- (d) the Cleveland Bay area;\n- (e) rivers and creeks that are part of the fishery area of the east coast trawl fishery between Reef Point, south of Townshend Island, and the northern tip of Cape York Peninsula.\n- • from longitude 149º20.20' east on the mainland shore at Freshwater Point (approximately latitude 21º25.91' south, longitude 149º20.20' east)\n- • to longitude 149º20.53' east on the mainland shore at Allom Point (approximately latitude 21º28.42' south, longitude 149º20.53' east).\n- • from latitude 20º09.54' south, longitude 148º25.36' east on the shore to latitude 20º06.80' south, longitude 148º26.81' east on the shore\n- • along the shore to latitude 20º09.54' south, longitude 148º25.36' east.","sortOrder":668},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.4-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":669},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.4-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":670},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.4-div.5","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":671},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.4-div.6","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":672},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.4-div.7","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":673},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.4-div.8","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":674},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.4-div.9","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":675},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.5","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":676},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.159","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.159\n\nsch 2 s 159 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":677},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.160","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.160\n\nsch 2 s 160 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":678},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.161","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.161\n\nsch 2 s 161 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 16 (9) – (10)\nom 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":679},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.162","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.162\n\nsch 2 s 162 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":680},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.6","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":681},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.6-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":682},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.163","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.163\n\nsch 2 s 163 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":683},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.164","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.164\n\nsch 2 s 164 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":684},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.6-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":685},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.165","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.165\n\nsch 2 s 165 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":686},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.166","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.166\n\nsch 2 s 166 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":687},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.6-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":688},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.167","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.167\n\nsch 2 s 167 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":689},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.168","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.168\n\nsch 2 s 168 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":690},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.169","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.169\n\nsch 2 s 169 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 82 sch 1\nom 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":691},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.170","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.170\n\nsch 2 s 170 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":692},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.171","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.171\n\nsch 2 s 171 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":693},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.7","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":694},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.7-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":695},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.172","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.172\n\nsch 2 s 172 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":696},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-pt.7-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":697},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.173","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.173\n\nsch 2 s 173 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":698},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.174","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.174\n\nsch 2 s 174 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":699},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.175","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.175\n\nsch 2 s 175 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":700},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.176","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.176\n\nsch 2 s 176 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":701},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.177","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.177\n\nsch 2 s 177 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":702},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.178","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.178\n\nsch 2 s 178 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":703},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.179","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.179\n\nsch 2 s 179 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":704},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.180","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.180\n\nsch 2 s 180 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":705},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.181","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.181\n\nsch 2 s 181 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":706},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.182","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.182\n\nsch 2 s 182 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":707},{"sectionNumber":"sch.2-sec.183","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.2-sec.183\n\nsch 2 s 183 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 159","sortOrder":708},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":"Line fishery (other than Great Barrier Reef region)","content":"# Line fishery (other than Great Barrier Reef region)","sortOrder":709},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-pt.1-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":710},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.1","sectionType":"section","heading":"Line fishery (other than Great Barrier Reef region)","content":"### sch.3-sec.1 Line fishery (other than Great Barrier Reef region)\n\nThe line fishery (other than Great Barrier Reef region) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 4 in the fishery area, as provided under this part.","sortOrder":711},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.2","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.3-sec.2 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘L1’.","sortOrder":712},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.3","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.3-sec.3 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of tidal waters south of latitude 24º30' south.","sortOrder":713},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-pt.1-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":714},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.4","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.3-sec.4 What fish may be taken\n\nFin fish, other than spanish mackerel or regulated coral reef fin fish, may be taken under the licence.","sortOrder":715},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.5","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.3-sec.5 Way fish may be taken\n\nFin fish may be taken only by using fishing lines.\nA person must not use more than 3 fishing lines at the same time.\nThe total number of hooks or lures attached to the lines must not be more than 6.\nA person might use—\n1 fishing line with 6 hooks attached to it; or\n3 fishing lines with 1 lure attached to 2 of the lines and 4 hooks attached to the other line.\n(sch.3-sec.5-ssec.1) Fin fish may be taken only by using fishing lines.\n(sch.3-sec.5-ssec.2) A person must not use more than 3 fishing lines at the same time.\n(sch.3-sec.5-ssec.3) The total number of hooks or lures attached to the lines must not be more than 6. A person might use— 1 fishing line with 6 hooks attached to it; or 3 fishing lines with 1 lure attached to 2 of the lines and 4 hooks attached to the other line.\n- (a) 1 fishing line with 6 hooks attached to it; or\n- (b) 3 fishing lines with 1 lure attached to 2 of the lines and 4 hooks attached to the other line.","sortOrder":716},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.6","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.3-sec.6\n\nsch 3 s 6 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 95","sortOrder":717},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-pt.1-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":718},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.7","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.3-sec.7\n\nsch 3 s 7 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 17","sortOrder":719},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.8","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.3-sec.8\n\nsch 3 s 8 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 17","sortOrder":720},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.9","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.3-sec.9\n\nsch 3 s 9 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 17","sortOrder":721},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":"Line fishery (reef)","content":"# Line fishery (reef)","sortOrder":722},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-pt.2-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":723},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.10","sectionType":"section","heading":"Line fishery (reef)","content":"### sch.3-sec.10 Line fishery (reef)\n\nThe line fishery (reef) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 13 in the fishery area, as provided under this part.","sortOrder":724},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.11","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbols","content":"### sch.3-sec.11 Fishery symbols\n\nThe fishery symbols for the fishery are ‘L2’ and ‘L3’.","sortOrder":725},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.12","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.3-sec.12 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters within the following boundary—\nfrom the northern tip of Cape York along latitude 10º41' south to longitude 145º east;\nto latitude 13º south, longitude 145º east;\nto latitude 15º south, longitude 146º east;\nto latitude 17º30' south, longitude 147º east;\nto latitude 21º south, longitude 152º55' east;\nto latitude 24º30' south, longitude 154º east;\nalong latitude 24º30' south to the mainland shore;\nalong the shore to the northern tip of Cape York at latitude 10º41' south.\n- (a) from the northern tip of Cape York along latitude 10º41' south to longitude 145º east;\n- (b) to latitude 13º south, longitude 145º east;\n- (c) to latitude 15º south, longitude 146º east;\n- (d) to latitude 17º30' south, longitude 147º east;\n- (e) to latitude 21º south, longitude 152º55' east;\n- (f) to latitude 24º30' south, longitude 154º east;\n- (g) along latitude 24º30' south to the mainland shore;\n- (h) along the shore to the northern tip of Cape York at latitude 10º41' south.","sortOrder":726},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-pt.2-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":727},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.13","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.3-sec.13 What fish may be taken\n\nFin fish, other than spanish mackerel or regulated coral reef fin fish, may be taken under the licence.\nsch 3 s 13 amd 2023 SL No. 194 s 10","sortOrder":728},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.14","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.3-sec.14 Way fish may be taken\n\nFish may be taken only by using fishing lines.\nA person must not use more than 3 fishing lines at the same time.\nThe total number of hooks or lures attached to the lines must not be more than 6.\nA person might use—\n1 fishing line with 6 hooks attached to it; or\n3 fishing lines with 1 lure attached to 2 of the lines and 4 hooks attached to the other line.\n(sch.3-sec.14-ssec.1) Fish may be taken only by using fishing lines.\n(sch.3-sec.14-ssec.2) A person must not use more than 3 fishing lines at the same time.\n(sch.3-sec.14-ssec.3) The total number of hooks or lures attached to the lines must not be more than 6. A person might use— 1 fishing line with 6 hooks attached to it; or 3 fishing lines with 1 lure attached to 2 of the lines and 4 hooks attached to the other line.\n- (a) 1 fishing line with 6 hooks attached to it; or\n- (b) 3 fishing lines with 1 lure attached to 2 of the lines and 4 hooks attached to the other line.","sortOrder":729},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.15","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.3-sec.15\n\nsch 3 s 15 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 96","sortOrder":730},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-pt.2-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":731},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.16","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.3-sec.16\n\nsch 3 s 16 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 18","sortOrder":732},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.17","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.3-sec.17\n\nsch 3 s 17 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 18","sortOrder":733},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.18","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.3-sec.18\n\nsch 3 s 18 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 18","sortOrder":734},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":"Line fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria—spanish mackerel and other fin fish)","content":"# Line fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria—spanish mackerel and other fin fish)","sortOrder":735},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-pt.3-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":736},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.19","sectionType":"section","heading":"Line fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria—spanish mackerel and other fin fish)","content":"### sch.3-sec.19 Line fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria—spanish mackerel and other fin fish)\n\nThe line fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria—spanish mackerel and other fin fish) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 22 in the fishery area, as provided under this part.","sortOrder":737},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.20","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.3-sec.20 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘L4’.","sortOrder":738},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.21","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.3-sec.21 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters in the Gulf of Carpentaria south of latitude 10º48' south.","sortOrder":739},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-pt.3-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":740},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.22","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.3-sec.22 What fish may be taken\n\nFin fish, other than the following fish, may be taken under the licence—\nbarramundi;\nblack jewfish;\nblue threadfin;\ngiant queenfish;\nking threadfin;\nscaly jewfish;\nsilver javelin.\n- (a) barramundi;\n- (b) black jewfish;\n- (c) blue threadfin;\n- (d) giant queenfish;\n- (e) king threadfin;\n- (f) scaly jewfish;\n- (g) silver javelin.","sortOrder":741},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.23","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.3-sec.23 Way fish may be taken\n\nFish may be taken only by using fishing lines.\nA person must not use more than 3 fishing lines at the same time.\nThe total number of hooks or lures attached to the lines must not be more than 6.\nA person might use—\n1 fishing line with 6 hooks attached to it; or\n3 fishing lines with 1 lure attached to 2 of the lines and 4 hooks attached to the other line.\n(sch.3-sec.23-ssec.1) Fish may be taken only by using fishing lines.\n(sch.3-sec.23-ssec.2) A person must not use more than 3 fishing lines at the same time.\n(sch.3-sec.23-ssec.3) The total number of hooks or lures attached to the lines must not be more than 6. A person might use— 1 fishing line with 6 hooks attached to it; or 3 fishing lines with 1 lure attached to 2 of the lines and 4 hooks attached to the other line.\n- (a) 1 fishing line with 6 hooks attached to it; or\n- (b) 3 fishing lines with 1 lure attached to 2 of the lines and 4 hooks attached to the other line.","sortOrder":742},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.24","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.3-sec.24\n\nsch 3 s 24 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 97","sortOrder":743},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-pt.3-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":744},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.25","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.3-sec.25\n\nsch 3 s 25 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 19","sortOrder":745},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.26","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.3-sec.26\n\nsch 3 s 26 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 19","sortOrder":746},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.27","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.3-sec.27\n\nsch 3 s 27 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 19","sortOrder":747},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-pt.4","sectionType":"part","heading":"Line fishery (multiple hook—east coast)","content":"# Line fishery (multiple hook—east coast)","sortOrder":748},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-pt.4-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":749},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.28","sectionType":"section","heading":"Line fishery (multiple hook—east coast)","content":"### sch.3-sec.28 Line fishery (multiple hook—east coast)\n\nThe line fishery (multiple hook—east coast) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 31 in the fishery area, as provided under this part.","sortOrder":750},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.29","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.3-sec.29 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘L8’.","sortOrder":751},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.30","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.3-sec.30 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters deeper than 200m that are east of longitude 142º31'49\" east and the 200m bathometric line.","sortOrder":752},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-pt.4-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":753},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.31","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.3-sec.31 What fish may be taken\n\nFin fish, other than barramundi, snapper, spanish mackerel or regulated coral reef fin fish, may be taken under the licence.","sortOrder":754},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.32","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.3-sec.32 Way fish may be taken\n\nFish may be taken only by using—\na line that is weighted so the line is vertical while it is being used in water (a drop line ); or\na bottom set line.\nA person must be within 100m of a line or group of lines while they are in use.\nA bottom set line and a drop line must not be used at the same time.\n(sch.3-sec.32-ssec.1) Fish may be taken only by using— a line that is weighted so the line is vertical while it is being used in water (a drop line ); or a bottom set line.\n(sch.3-sec.32-ssec.2) A person must be within 100m of a line or group of lines while they are in use.\n(sch.3-sec.32-ssec.3) A bottom set line and a drop line must not be used at the same time.\n- (a) a line that is weighted so the line is vertical while it is being used in water (a drop line ); or\n- (b) a bottom set line.","sortOrder":755},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.33","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of drop lines","content":"### sch.3-sec.33 Use of drop lines\n\nA drop line must not have more than 50 hooks attached to it.\nNo more than 6 drop lines may be used at the same time.\nEach drop line must have attached to it a solid, light-coloured float that is no less than 30cm in any dimension.\nsch 3 s 33 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 20 (1)\n(sch.3-sec.33-ssec.1) A drop line must not have more than 50 hooks attached to it.\n(sch.3-sec.33-ssec.2) No more than 6 drop lines may be used at the same time.\n(sch.3-sec.33-ssec.3) Each drop line must have attached to it a solid, light-coloured float that is no less than 30cm in any dimension.","sortOrder":756},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.34","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of bottom set lines","content":"### sch.3-sec.34 Use of bottom set lines\n\nA bottom set line must not have more than 300 hooks attached to it.\nNo more than 3 bottom set lines may be used at the same time.\nHowever, if more than 1 bottom set line is used, the combined number of hooks on the lines must not be more than 300.\nEach end of a bottom set line must have attached to it a solid, light-coloured float that is no less than 30cm in any dimension.\nsch 3 s 34 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 20 (1)\n(sch.3-sec.34-ssec.1) A bottom set line must not have more than 300 hooks attached to it.\n(sch.3-sec.34-ssec.2) No more than 3 bottom set lines may be used at the same time.\n(sch.3-sec.34-ssec.3) However, if more than 1 bottom set line is used, the combined number of hooks on the lines must not be more than 300.\n(sch.3-sec.34-ssec.4) Each end of a bottom set line must have attached to it a solid, light-coloured float that is no less than 30cm in any dimension.","sortOrder":757},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.35","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.3-sec.35\n\nsch 3 s 35 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 98","sortOrder":758},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-pt.4-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":759},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.36","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.3-sec.36\n\nsch 3 s 36 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 20 (2)","sortOrder":760},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.37","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.3-sec.37\n\nsch 3 s 37 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 20 (2)","sortOrder":761},{"sectionNumber":"sch.3-sec.38","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.3-sec.38\n\nsch 3 s 38 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 20 (2)","sortOrder":762},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":"General netting and ocean beach fisheries","content":"# General netting and ocean beach fisheries","sortOrder":763},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.1-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 1)","content":"## Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 1)","sortOrder":764},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.1","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 1)","content":"### sch.4-sec.1 Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 1)\n\nThe net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 1) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 25 in the fishery area, as provided under division 9 .","sortOrder":765},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.2","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.4-sec.2 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘K1’.","sortOrder":766},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.3","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.4-sec.3 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters within 400m of a line—\nfrom a point on the shore at the State’s border with New South Wales along the shore to the seaward tip of the southern breakwater wall of the Gold Coast Seaway; and\nthen to the seaward tip of the northern breakwater wall of the Gold Coast Seaway; and\nthen along South Stradbroke Island’s eastern shore to 1km north of the northern breakwater wall of the Gold Coast Seaway on South Stradbroke Island.\n- (a) from a point on the shore at the State’s border with New South Wales along the shore to the seaward tip of the southern breakwater wall of the Gold Coast Seaway; and\n- (b) then to the seaward tip of the northern breakwater wall of the Gold Coast Seaway; and\n- (c) then along South Stradbroke Island’s eastern shore to 1km north of the northern breakwater wall of the Gold Coast Seaway on South Stradbroke Island.","sortOrder":767},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.1-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 2)","content":"## Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 2)","sortOrder":768},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.4","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 2)","content":"### sch.4-sec.4 Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 2)\n\nThe net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 2) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 25 in the fishery area, as provided under division 9 .","sortOrder":769},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.5","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.4-sec.5 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘K2’.","sortOrder":770},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.6","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.4-sec.6 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters within 400m of a line—\nfrom a point on the shore 1km south of the southern breakwater wall of the Gold Coast Seaway along the shore to the seaward tip of the breakwater wall; and\nthen to the seaward tip of the northern breakwater wall of the Gold Coast Seaway; and\nthen along South Stradbroke Island’s eastern shore to the island’s north-eastern tip.\n- (a) from a point on the shore 1km south of the southern breakwater wall of the Gold Coast Seaway along the shore to the seaward tip of the breakwater wall; and\n- (b) then to the seaward tip of the northern breakwater wall of the Gold Coast Seaway; and\n- (c) then along South Stradbroke Island’s eastern shore to the island’s north-eastern tip.","sortOrder":771},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.1-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 3)","content":"## Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 3)","sortOrder":772},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.7","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 3)","content":"### sch.4-sec.7 Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 3)\n\nThe net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 3) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 25 in the fishery area, as provided under division 9 .","sortOrder":773},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.8","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.4-sec.8 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘K3’.","sortOrder":774},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.9","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.4-sec.9 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters within 400m of a line—\nfrom North Stradbroke Island’s south-eastern tip; and\nthen along North Stradbroke Island’s eastern and northern shores to the island’s north-western tip.\n- (a) from North Stradbroke Island’s south-eastern tip; and\n- (b) then along North Stradbroke Island’s eastern and northern shores to the island’s north-western tip.","sortOrder":775},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.1-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":"Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 4)","content":"## Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 4)","sortOrder":776},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.10","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 4)","content":"### sch.4-sec.10 Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 4)\n\nThe net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 4) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 25 in the fishery area, as provided under division 9 .","sortOrder":777},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.11","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.4-sec.11 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘K4’.","sortOrder":778},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.12","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.4-sec.12 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters within 400m of a line from the southern tip of Moreton Island along the island’s eastern and northern shores to Comboyuro Point.","sortOrder":779},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.1-div.5","sectionType":"division","heading":"Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 5)","content":"## Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 5)","sortOrder":780},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.13","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 5)","content":"### sch.4-sec.13 Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 5)\n\nThe net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 5) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 25 in the fishery area, as provided under division 9 .","sortOrder":781},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.14","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.4-sec.14 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘K5’.","sortOrder":782},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.15","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.4-sec.15 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters within 400m of a line—\nfrom the F↑B sign at the southern end of South Esplanade, Bongaree, Bribie Island; and\nthen along Bribie Island’s western, southern and eastern shores to latitude 26º49.5' south where it intersects the eastern shore of Bribie Island.\n- (a) from the F↑B sign at the southern end of South Esplanade, Bongaree, Bribie Island; and\n- (b) then along Bribie Island’s western, southern and eastern shores to latitude 26º49.5' south where it intersects the eastern shore of Bribie Island.","sortOrder":783},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.1-div.6","sectionType":"division","heading":"Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 6)","content":"## Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 6)","sortOrder":784},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.16","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 6)","content":"### sch.4-sec.16 Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 6)\n\nThe net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 6) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 25 in the fishery area, as provided under division 9 .","sortOrder":785},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.17","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.4-sec.17 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘K6’.","sortOrder":786},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.18","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.4-sec.18 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters within 400m of a line—\nfrom latitude 26º48.38' south, longitude 153º08.36' east (the groyne at the southern end of Kings Beach); and\nthen along the shore to the eastern tip of Point Cartwright.\n- (a) from latitude 26º48.38' south, longitude 153º08.36' east (the groyne at the southern end of Kings Beach); and\n- (b) then along the shore to the eastern tip of Point Cartwright.","sortOrder":787},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.1-div.7","sectionType":"division","heading":"Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 7)","content":"## Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 7)","sortOrder":788},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.19","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 7)","content":"### sch.4-sec.19 Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 7)\n\nThe net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 7) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 25 in the fishery area, as provided under division 9 .","sortOrder":789},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.20","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.4-sec.20 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘K7’.","sortOrder":790},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.21","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.4-sec.21 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters within 400m of a line from the eastern tip of Point Cartwright along the shore to the eastern tip of Noosa Heads.","sortOrder":791},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.1-div.8","sectionType":"division","heading":"Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 8)","content":"## Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 8)","sortOrder":792},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.22","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 8)","content":"### sch.4-sec.22 Net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 8)\n\nThe net fishery (general netting and ocean beach—area 8) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 25 in the fishery area, as provided under division 9 .","sortOrder":793},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.23","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.4-sec.23 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘K8’.","sortOrder":794},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.24","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.4-sec.24 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters within 400m of—\na line—\nfrom the eastern tip of Noosa Heads along the shore to the eastern tip of Inskip Point; and\nthen to the southern tip of Fraser Island; and\nthen along Fraser Island’s eastern shore to the island’s northern tip; and\nthe shore of Breaksea Spit.\n- (a) a line— (i) from the eastern tip of Noosa Heads along the shore to the eastern tip of Inskip Point; and (ii) then to the southern tip of Fraser Island; and (iii) then along Fraser Island’s eastern shore to the island’s northern tip; and\n- (i) from the eastern tip of Noosa Heads along the shore to the eastern tip of Inskip Point; and\n- (ii) then to the southern tip of Fraser Island; and\n- (iii) then along Fraser Island’s eastern shore to the island’s northern tip; and\n- (b) the shore of Breaksea Spit.\n- (i) from the eastern tip of Noosa Heads along the shore to the eastern tip of Inskip Point; and\n- (ii) then to the southern tip of Fraser Island; and\n- (iii) then along Fraser Island’s eastern shore to the island’s northern tip; and","sortOrder":795},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.1-div.9","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":796},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.25","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.25 What fish may be taken\n\nAny fish, other than crabs, regulated coral reef fin fish and snapper, may be taken under the licence.\nsch 4 s 25 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 160 (1) ; 2023 SL No. 194 s 11","sortOrder":797},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.26","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.26 Way fish may be taken\n\nFish may be taken only by using seine nets.","sortOrder":798},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.27","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of seine nets","content":"### sch.4-sec.27 Use of seine nets\n\nA seine net may be used only if the net—\nis no longer than 500m; and\nhas—\na mesh size of at least 12mm but no more than 70mm; and\na drop of at least 150 meshes for at least half of its length.\n- (a) is no longer than 500m; and\n- (b) has— (i) a mesh size of at least 12mm but no more than 70mm; and (ii) a drop of at least 150 meshes for at least half of its length.\n- (i) a mesh size of at least 12mm but no more than 70mm; and\n- (ii) a drop of at least 150 meshes for at least half of its length.\n- (i) a mesh size of at least 12mm but no more than 70mm; and\n- (ii) a drop of at least 150 meshes for at least half of its length.","sortOrder":799},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.28","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may take fish","content":"### sch.4-sec.28 Who may take fish\n\nSubject to subsections (2) and (3) , fish may be taken only by—\na commercial fisher; and\nat least 2, but no more than 4, assistant fishers.\nSubsection (3) applies, if—\nfish are taken by 2 or more commercial fishers jointly using 1 or more primary boats and seine nets; and\neach of the primary boats may be used in the fishery under a primary commercial fishing licence.\nThe maximum number of assistant fishers is 4 for each commercial fisher.\nsch 4 s 28 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 124 sch 2\n(sch.4-sec.28-ssec.1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3) , fish may be taken only by— a commercial fisher; and at least 2, but no more than 4, assistant fishers.\n(sch.4-sec.28-ssec.2) Subsection (3) applies, if— fish are taken by 2 or more commercial fishers jointly using 1 or more primary boats and seine nets; and each of the primary boats may be used in the fishery under a primary commercial fishing licence.\n(sch.4-sec.28-ssec.3) The maximum number of assistant fishers is 4 for each commercial fisher.\n- (a) a commercial fisher; and\n- (b) at least 2, but no more than 4, assistant fishers.\n- (a) fish are taken by 2 or more commercial fishers jointly using 1 or more primary boats and seine nets; and\n- (b) each of the primary boats may be used in the fishery under a primary commercial fishing licence.","sortOrder":800},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.29","sectionType":"section","heading":"Prescribed ENL-ITQ fish may be taken only with unused entitlements","content":"### sch.4-sec.29 Prescribed ENL-ITQ fish may be taken only with unused entitlements\n\nPrescribed ENL-ITQ fish may be taken in a prescribed ENL management region in an ENL-ITQ year only if the fish are taken under ENL-ITQ units with unused entitlements for the ENL-ITQ year.\nsch 4 s 29 prev sch 4 s 29 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 99\npres sch 4 s 29 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 160 (2)","sortOrder":801},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.30","sectionType":"section","heading":"When fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.30 When fish may be taken\n\nFish may be taken only from 1 April to 31 August.","sortOrder":802},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.31","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.31\n\nsch 4 s 31 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 21 (2)","sortOrder":803},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.32","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.32\n\nsch 4 s 32 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 21 (2)","sortOrder":804},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.33","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.33\n\nsch 4 s 33 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 21 (2)","sortOrder":805},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":806},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.2-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":807},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.34","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.34\n\nsch 4 s 34 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":808},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.35","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.35\n\nsch 4 s 35 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":809},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.36","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.36\n\nsch 4 s 36 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":810},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.2-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":811},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.37","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.37\n\nsch 4 s 37 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 161 (1)\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":812},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.38","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.38\n\nsch 4 s 38 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":813},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.39","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.39\n\nsch 4 s 39 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 100","sortOrder":814},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.40","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.40\n\nsch 4 s 40 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":815},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.41","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.41\n\nsch 4 s 41 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":816},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.42","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.42\n\nsch 4 s 42 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":817},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.43","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.43\n\nsch 4 s 43 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 161 (2) – (3) (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 32 ); 2022 SL No. 174 s 3\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":818},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.44","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.44\n\nsch 4 s 44 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":819},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.45","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.45\n\nsch 4 s 45 amd 2020 SL No. 236 ss 22(1), 161(4)–(5) (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 32); 2022 SL No. 174 s 3\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":820},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.46","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.46\n\nsch 4 s 46 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 22 (2)","sortOrder":821},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.47","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.47\n\nsch 4 s 47 amd 2020 SL No. 236 ss 22(3)–(5), 161(6) (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 32 )\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":822},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.48","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.48\n\nsch 4 s 48 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 161 (7) (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 32 ); 2022 SL No. 174 s 3\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":823},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.49","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.49\n\nsch 4 s 49 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":824},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.50","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.50\n\nsch 4 s 50 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 161 (8) (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 32 )\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":825},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.51","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.51\n\nsch 4 s 51 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 161 (9) (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 32 )\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":826},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.52","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.52\n\nsch 4 s 52 amd 2020 SL No. 236 ss 22(5), 161(10) (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 32 )\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":827},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.53","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.53\n\nsch 4 s 53 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 22 (6)\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":828},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.2-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":829},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.54","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.54\n\nsch 4 s 54 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 82 sch 1\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":830},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.55","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.55\n\nsch 4 s 55 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 22 (7)","sortOrder":831},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.56","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.56\n\nsch 4 s 56 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 22 (7)","sortOrder":832},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.57","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.57\n\nsch 4 s 57 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 22 (8) – (11)\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":833},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":834},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.3-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":835},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.58","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.58\n\nsch 4 s 58 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":836},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.59","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.59\n\nsch 4 s 59 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":837},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.60","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.60\n\nsch 4 s 60 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":838},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.3-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":839},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.61","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.61\n\nsch 4 s 61 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 162 (1)\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":840},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.62","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.62\n\nsch 4 s 62 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":841},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.63","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.63\n\nsch 4 s 63 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 162 (2) – (3) (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 33 (1) ); 2022 SL No. 174 s 4\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":842},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.64","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.64\n\nsch 4 s 64 amd 2020 SL No. 236 ss 23 (1), 162(4) (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 33 (1) ); 2022 SL No. 174 s 4\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":843},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.65","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.65\n\nsch 4 s 65 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 23 (1)\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":844},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.66","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.66\n\nsch 4 s 66 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 23 (2)\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":845},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.67","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.67\n\nsch 4 s 67 amd 2020 SL No. 236 ss 23(2), 162(7) (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 33 (1) ); 2022 SL No. 174 s 4\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":846},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.68","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.68\n\nsch 4 s 68 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 101","sortOrder":847},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.3-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":848},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.69","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.69\n\nsch 4 s 69 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 82 sch 1\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":849},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.70","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.70\n\nsch 4 s 70 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 23 (3)","sortOrder":850},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.71","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.71\n\nsch 4 s 71 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 23 (3)","sortOrder":851},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.72","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.72\n\nsch 4 s 72 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 23 (4) – (6)\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":852},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.4","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":853},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.4-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":854},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.73","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.73\n\nsch 4 s 73 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":855},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.74","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.74\n\nsch 4 s 74 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":856},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.75","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.75\n\nsch 4 s 75 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":857},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.4-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":858},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.76","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.76\n\nsch 4 s 76 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 163 (1)\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":859},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.77","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.77\n\nsch 4 s 77 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 163 (2) (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 34 )\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":860},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.78","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.78\n\nsch 4 s 78 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":861},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.79","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.79\n\nsch 4 s 79 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 24 (1)\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":862},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.80","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.80\n\nsch 4 s 80 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":863},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.81","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.81\n\nsch 4 s 81 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 24 (1)\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":864},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.82","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.82\n\nsch 4 s 82 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 102","sortOrder":865},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.4-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":866},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.83","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.83\n\nsch 4 s 83 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 82 sch 1\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":867},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.84","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.84\n\nsch 4 s 84 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 24 (2)","sortOrder":868},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.85","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.85\n\nsch 4 s 85 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 24 (2)","sortOrder":869},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.86","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.86\n\nsch 4 s 86 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 24 (3) – (7)\nom 2023 SL No. 194 s 12","sortOrder":870},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.5","sectionType":"part","heading":"Net fishery (east coast no. 4)","content":"# Net fishery (east coast no. 4)","sortOrder":871},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.5-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":872},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.87","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net fishery (east coast no. 4)","content":"### sch.4-sec.87 Net fishery (east coast no. 4)\n\nThe net fishery (east coast no. 4) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 90 in the fishery area, as provided under this part.","sortOrder":873},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.88","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.4-sec.88 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘N10’.","sortOrder":874},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.89","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.4-sec.89 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of foreshore waters, other than foreshore waters of a river or creek, in the area of the following—\nforeshores of Moreton Bay on the mainland between \nF↑B signs at each of the following places—\nLittle Rocky Point and about 800m south of Point Talburpin;\nabout 800m either side of Moogurrapum Creek, Redland Bay;\nPoint Halloran and about 700m south of Oyster Point;\nabout 800m south of the southern bank of Hilliards Creek and about 1km south of Wellington Point;\nthe eastern shore of Fisherman Island and about 800m north of Wynnum Creek (including the Boat Passage foreshore but not the Brisbane River foreshore);\nthe western end of Sunnyside Road, Scarborough and about 100m south of the seaward end of Seaview Parade, Deception Bay;\nthe boat ramp at the department’s Fisheries Research Laboratory at Deception Bay and the southern bank of the Caboolture River;\nwithin the boundary—\nfrom latitude 27º22'37'' south, longitude 153º9'35'' east; and\nalong the mainland shore to latitude 27º21'38'' south, longitude 153º8'35'' east; and\nto latitude 27º21'32'' south, longitude 153º8'38'' east; and\nto latitude 27º21'26'' south, longitude 153º8'59'' east; and\nto latitude 27º21'13'' south, longitude 153º9'10'' east; and\nto latitude 27º21'37'' south, longitude 153º10'15'' east; and\nto latitude 27º22'37'' south, longitude 153º9'35'' east;\nforeshores of Moreton Bay islands, other than the western foreshore of Cassim Island and the southern foreshore of King Island, north of the following lines—\nfrom Little Rocky Point;\nto the southern tip of Russell Island;\nto the nearest point on the western shore of North Stradbroke Island;\nTin Can Inlet, Pelican Bay and Tin Can Bay between the following lines—\na line from the northern bank of Snapper Creek to the southern bank of Carlo Creek;\na line from the southern bank of Kauri Creek to Inskip Point;\nGreat Sandy Strait and Wide Bay Harbour between the following lines—\na line from the northern bank of Kauri Creek to Hook Point;\na line from the northern bank of Pulgul Creek (also known as Arangarandin Creek) to the southern tip of Big Woody Island, and then to McKenzie’s Jetty, Fraser Island.\n- (a) foreshores of Moreton Bay on the mainland between \nF↑B signs at each of the following places— (i) Little Rocky Point and about 800m south of Point Talburpin; (ii) about 800m either side of Moogurrapum Creek, Redland Bay; (iii) Point Halloran and about 700m south of Oyster Point; (iv) about 800m south of the southern bank of Hilliards Creek and about 1km south of Wellington Point; (v) the eastern shore of Fisherman Island and about 800m north of Wynnum Creek (including the Boat Passage foreshore but not the Brisbane River foreshore); (vi) the western end of Sunnyside Road, Scarborough and about 100m south of the seaward end of Seaview Parade, Deception Bay; (vii) the boat ramp at the department’s Fisheries Research Laboratory at Deception Bay and the southern bank of the Caboolture River;\n- (i) Little Rocky Point and about 800m south of Point Talburpin;\n- (ii) about 800m either side of Moogurrapum Creek, Redland Bay;\n- (iii) Point Halloran and about 700m south of Oyster Point;\n- (iv) about 800m south of the southern bank of Hilliards Creek and about 1km south of Wellington Point;\n- (v) the eastern shore of Fisherman Island and about 800m north of Wynnum Creek (including the Boat Passage foreshore but not the Brisbane River foreshore);\n- (vi) the western end of Sunnyside Road, Scarborough and about 100m south of the seaward end of Seaview Parade, Deception Bay;\n- (vii) the boat ramp at the department’s Fisheries Research Laboratory at Deception Bay and the southern bank of the Caboolture River;\n- (b) within the boundary— (i) from latitude 27º22'37'' south, longitude 153º9'35'' east; and (ii) along the mainland shore to latitude 27º21'38'' south, longitude 153º8'35'' east; and (iii) to latitude 27º21'32'' south, longitude 153º8'38'' east; and (iv) to latitude 27º21'26'' south, longitude 153º8'59'' east; and (v) to latitude 27º21'13'' south, longitude 153º9'10'' east; and (vi) to latitude 27º21'37'' south, longitude 153º10'15'' east; and (vii) to latitude 27º22'37'' south, longitude 153º9'35'' east;\n- (i) from latitude 27º22'37'' south, longitude 153º9'35'' east; and\n- (ii) along the mainland shore to latitude 27º21'38'' south, longitude 153º8'35'' east; and\n- (iii) to latitude 27º21'32'' south, longitude 153º8'38'' east; and\n- (iv) to latitude 27º21'26'' south, longitude 153º8'59'' east; and\n- (v) to latitude 27º21'13'' south, longitude 153º9'10'' east; and\n- (vi) to latitude 27º21'37'' south, longitude 153º10'15'' east; and\n- (vii) to latitude 27º22'37'' south, longitude 153º9'35'' east;\n- (c) foreshores of Moreton Bay islands, other than the western foreshore of Cassim Island and the southern foreshore of King Island, north of the following lines— (i) from Little Rocky Point; (ii) to the southern tip of Russell Island; (iii) to the nearest point on the western shore of North Stradbroke Island;\n- (i) from Little Rocky Point;\n- (ii) to the southern tip of Russell Island;\n- (iii) to the nearest point on the western shore of North Stradbroke Island;\n- (d) Tin Can Inlet, Pelican Bay and Tin Can Bay between the following lines— (i) a line from the northern bank of Snapper Creek to the southern bank of Carlo Creek; (ii) a line from the southern bank of Kauri Creek to Inskip Point;\n- (i) a line from the northern bank of Snapper Creek to the southern bank of Carlo Creek;\n- (ii) a line from the southern bank of Kauri Creek to Inskip Point;\n- (e) Great Sandy Strait and Wide Bay Harbour between the following lines— (i) a line from the northern bank of Kauri Creek to Hook Point; (ii) a line from the northern bank of Pulgul Creek (also known as Arangarandin Creek) to the southern tip of Big Woody Island, and then to McKenzie’s Jetty, Fraser Island.\n- (i) a line from the northern bank of Kauri Creek to Hook Point;\n- (ii) a line from the northern bank of Pulgul Creek (also known as Arangarandin Creek) to the southern tip of Big Woody Island, and then to McKenzie’s Jetty, Fraser Island.\n- (i) Little Rocky Point and about 800m south of Point Talburpin;\n- (ii) about 800m either side of Moogurrapum Creek, Redland Bay;\n- (iii) Point Halloran and about 700m south of Oyster Point;\n- (iv) about 800m south of the southern bank of Hilliards Creek and about 1km south of Wellington Point;\n- (v) the eastern shore of Fisherman Island and about 800m north of Wynnum Creek (including the Boat Passage foreshore but not the Brisbane River foreshore);\n- (vi) the western end of Sunnyside Road, Scarborough and about 100m south of the seaward end of Seaview Parade, Deception Bay;\n- (vii) the boat ramp at the department’s Fisheries Research Laboratory at Deception Bay and the southern bank of the Caboolture River;\n- (i) from latitude 27º22'37'' south, longitude 153º9'35'' east; and\n- (ii) along the mainland shore to latitude 27º21'38'' south, longitude 153º8'35'' east; and\n- (iii) to latitude 27º21'32'' south, longitude 153º8'38'' east; and\n- (iv) to latitude 27º21'26'' south, longitude 153º8'59'' east; and\n- (v) to latitude 27º21'13'' south, longitude 153º9'10'' east; and\n- (vi) to latitude 27º21'37'' south, longitude 153º10'15'' east; and\n- (vii) to latitude 27º22'37'' south, longitude 153º9'35'' east;\n- (i) from Little Rocky Point;\n- (ii) to the southern tip of Russell Island;\n- (iii) to the nearest point on the western shore of North Stradbroke Island;\n- (i) a line from the northern bank of Snapper Creek to the southern bank of Carlo Creek;\n- (ii) a line from the southern bank of Kauri Creek to Inskip Point;\n- (i) a line from the northern bank of Kauri Creek to Hook Point;\n- (ii) a line from the northern bank of Pulgul Creek (also known as Arangarandin Creek) to the southern tip of Big Woody Island, and then to McKenzie’s Jetty, Fraser Island.","sortOrder":875},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.5-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":876},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.90","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.90 What fish may be taken\n\nAny fish, other than crabs, regulated coral reef fin fish or snapper, may be taken under the licence.\nsch 4 s 90 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 164 (1) ; 2023 SL No. 194 s 13","sortOrder":877},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.91","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.91 Way fish may be taken\n\nFish may be taken only by using a tunnel net.\nA commercial fisher and at least 1 other fisher must be within 100m of the net while it is in use.\n(sch.4-sec.91-ssec.1) Fish may be taken only by using a tunnel net.\n(sch.4-sec.91-ssec.2) A commercial fisher and at least 1 other fisher must be within 100m of the net while it is in use.","sortOrder":878},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.92","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of tunnel nets","content":"### sch.4-sec.92 Use of tunnel nets\n\nA tunnel net must be no longer than 1,700m, excluding its tunnel length.\nA tunnel net must have—\na tunnel length of no more than 200m; and\na tunnel entrance width of between 1.5m and 4m; and\na mesh size of—\nfor the tunnel—no more than 50mm; and\nfor the part of the net within 400m adjacent to each side of the tunnel—at least 25mm; and\nfor the rest of the net—at least 44mm.\nThe tunnel of a tunnel net must—\nextend out to sea beyond low water for at least 30m in water at least 30cm deep; and\nbe in place before the rest of the net is deployed.\nA bycatch reduction grid must be installed at the mouth of a tunnel net.\nIn this section—\nbycatch reduction grid means a grid that—\nis constructed as a single solid unit without any hinged or collapsible components; and\nis constructed of rigid material; and\nhas vertical bars, spaced no more than 200mm apart, extending from the top to the bottom of the net on which it is installed.\nsch 4 s 92 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 164 (2)\n(sch.4-sec.92-ssec.1) A tunnel net must be no longer than 1,700m, excluding its tunnel length.\n(sch.4-sec.92-ssec.2) A tunnel net must have— a tunnel length of no more than 200m; and a tunnel entrance width of between 1.5m and 4m; and a mesh size of— for the tunnel—no more than 50mm; and for the part of the net within 400m adjacent to each side of the tunnel—at least 25mm; and for the rest of the net—at least 44mm.\n(sch.4-sec.92-ssec.3) The tunnel of a tunnel net must— extend out to sea beyond low water for at least 30m in water at least 30cm deep; and be in place before the rest of the net is deployed.\n(sch.4-sec.92-ssec.4) A bycatch reduction grid must be installed at the mouth of a tunnel net.\n(sch.4-sec.92-ssec.5) In this section— bycatch reduction grid means a grid that— is constructed as a single solid unit without any hinged or collapsible components; and is constructed of rigid material; and has vertical bars, spaced no more than 200mm apart, extending from the top to the bottom of the net on which it is installed.\n- (a) a tunnel length of no more than 200m; and\n- (b) a tunnel entrance width of between 1.5m and 4m; and\n- (c) a mesh size of— (i) for the tunnel—no more than 50mm; and (ii) for the part of the net within 400m adjacent to each side of the tunnel—at least 25mm; and (iii) for the rest of the net—at least 44mm.\n- (i) for the tunnel—no more than 50mm; and\n- (ii) for the part of the net within 400m adjacent to each side of the tunnel—at least 25mm; and\n- (iii) for the rest of the net—at least 44mm.\n- (i) for the tunnel—no more than 50mm; and\n- (ii) for the part of the net within 400m adjacent to each side of the tunnel—at least 25mm; and\n- (iii) for the rest of the net—at least 44mm.\n- (a) extend out to sea beyond low water for at least 30m in water at least 30cm deep; and\n- (b) be in place before the rest of the net is deployed.\n- (a) is constructed as a single solid unit without any hinged or collapsible components; and\n- (b) is constructed of rigid material; and\n- (c) has vertical bars, spaced no more than 200mm apart, extending from the top to the bottom of the net on which it is installed.","sortOrder":879},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.93","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.93\n\nsch 4 s 93 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 103","sortOrder":880},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.5-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Condition","content":"## Condition","sortOrder":881},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.94","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sch.4-sec.94 Purpose of division\n\nThis division prescribes a condition for the licence.\nsch 4 s 94 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 82 sch 1","sortOrder":882},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.95","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.95\n\nsch 4 s 95 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 25","sortOrder":883},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.96","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.96\n\nsch 4 s 96 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 25","sortOrder":884},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.97","sectionType":"section","heading":"Marking nets","content":"### sch.4-sec.97 Marking nets\n\nA tunnel net set at night must be marked by a white light—\nat both ends of the net and at the end of the tunnel farthest from the shore; and\nvisible at least 400m in all directions from the light.\n- (a) at both ends of the net and at the end of the tunnel farthest from the shore; and\n- (b) visible at least 400m in all directions from the light.","sortOrder":885},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.6","sectionType":"part","heading":"Net fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria no. 1)","content":"# Net fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria no. 1)","sortOrder":886},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.6-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":887},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.98","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria no. 1)","content":"### sch.4-sec.98 Net fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria no. 1)\n\nThe net fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria no. 1) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 101 in the fishery area, as provided under this part.","sortOrder":888},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.99","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.4-sec.99 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘N3’.","sortOrder":889},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.100","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.4-sec.100 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of the tidal waters—\nin the Gulf of Carpentaria west of longitude 142º31'49'' east that are within 7n miles of—\nthe mainland shore; or\nthe shore of an island; and\nof waterways that join the waters mentioned in paragraph (a) .\n- (a) in the Gulf of Carpentaria west of longitude 142º31'49'' east that are within 7n miles of— (i) the mainland shore; or (ii) the shore of an island; and\n- (i) the mainland shore; or\n- (ii) the shore of an island; and\n- (b) of waterways that join the waters mentioned in paragraph (a) .\n- (i) the mainland shore; or\n- (ii) the shore of an island; and","sortOrder":890},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.6-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":891},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.101","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.101 What fish may be taken\n\nThe following fish may be taken under the licence—\nbarramundi;\nbarred javelin;\nblack jewfish;\nblue threadfin;\nking threadfin;\nqueenfish;\nscaly jewfish;\nother fin fish, excluding regulated coral reef fin fish, if the fish are taken while taking fish mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (g).\n- (a) barramundi;\n- (b) barred javelin;\n- (c) black jewfish;\n- (d) blue threadfin;\n- (e) king threadfin;\n- (f) queenfish;\n- (g) scaly jewfish;\n- (h) other fin fish, excluding regulated coral reef fin fish, if the fish are taken while taking fish mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (g).","sortOrder":892},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.102","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.102 Way fish may be taken\n\nFish may be taken only by using a set mesh net.","sortOrder":893},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.103","sectionType":"section","heading":"Prohibition on use of bottom set nets in offshore waters","content":"### sch.4-sec.103 Prohibition on use of bottom set nets in offshore waters\n\nA bottom set net must not be used in offshore waters.","sortOrder":894},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.104","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of set mesh nets","content":"### sch.4-sec.104 Use of set mesh nets\n\nA set mesh net must not be used—\nin a marked navigation channel; or\nwithin 400m of a jetty or wharf; or\nacross a waterway or navigation channel so that—\nits ropes make the waterway or navigation channel impassable to a boat; or\nthe net extends to more than one-half of the width of the waterway or navigation channel where the net is used.\nA reference in subsection (1) to using a set mesh net across a waterway or navigation channel includes using more than 1 set mesh net in a line across the waterway or navigation channel, regardless of the distance between the nets.\nA set mesh net must not be used within 100m of any other net that is in use.\nDespite subsection (3) , a person using more than 1 set mesh net other than in a river or creek may set the nets within 100m of each other.\nIf a set mesh net is used in a river or creek, no other net may be used at the same time other than in a river or creek.\n(sch.4-sec.104-ssec.1) A set mesh net must not be used— in a marked navigation channel; or within 400m of a jetty or wharf; or across a waterway or navigation channel so that— its ropes make the waterway or navigation channel impassable to a boat; or the net extends to more than one-half of the width of the waterway or navigation channel where the net is used.\n(sch.4-sec.104-ssec.2) A reference in subsection (1) to using a set mesh net across a waterway or navigation channel includes using more than 1 set mesh net in a line across the waterway or navigation channel, regardless of the distance between the nets.\n(sch.4-sec.104-ssec.3) A set mesh net must not be used within 100m of any other net that is in use.\n(sch.4-sec.104-ssec.4) Despite subsection (3) , a person using more than 1 set mesh net other than in a river or creek may set the nets within 100m of each other.\n(sch.4-sec.104-ssec.5) If a set mesh net is used in a river or creek, no other net may be used at the same time other than in a river or creek.\n- (a) in a marked navigation channel; or\n- (b) within 400m of a jetty or wharf; or\n- (c) across a waterway or navigation channel so that— (i) its ropes make the waterway or navigation channel impassable to a boat; or (ii) the net extends to more than one-half of the width of the waterway or navigation channel where the net is used.\n- (i) its ropes make the waterway or navigation channel impassable to a boat; or\n- (ii) the net extends to more than one-half of the width of the waterway or navigation channel where the net is used.\n- (i) its ropes make the waterway or navigation channel impassable to a boat; or\n- (ii) the net extends to more than one-half of the width of the waterway or navigation channel where the net is used.","sortOrder":895},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.105","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of set mesh nets in rivers and creeks","content":"### sch.4-sec.105 Use of set mesh nets in rivers and creeks\n\nA set mesh net may be used in a river or creek only if the set mesh net—\nis no longer than 120m; and\nhas a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 215mm; and\nhas a drop of no more than 50 meshes.\nNo more than 6 nets may be set in the river or creek, regardless of the number of fishery symbols ‘N3’ written on the licence.\nThe nets may be set if—\ntheir combined length is no longer than 360m; and\nthe distance between the first and last net is no longer than 5n miles.\nA person using a net must be no more than 5n miles from any net the person is using.\nIf a power assisted device is on a boat, no more than 360m of the net may be attached to the device.\nIf a power assisted device is used, all nets on the boat, other than the net on the device, must be stowed and secured.\n(sch.4-sec.105-ssec.1) A set mesh net may be used in a river or creek only if the set mesh net— is no longer than 120m; and has a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 215mm; and has a drop of no more than 50 meshes.\n(sch.4-sec.105-ssec.2) No more than 6 nets may be set in the river or creek, regardless of the number of fishery symbols ‘N3’ written on the licence.\n(sch.4-sec.105-ssec.3) The nets may be set if— their combined length is no longer than 360m; and the distance between the first and last net is no longer than 5n miles.\n(sch.4-sec.105-ssec.4) A person using a net must be no more than 5n miles from any net the person is using.\n(sch.4-sec.105-ssec.5) If a power assisted device is on a boat, no more than 360m of the net may be attached to the device.\n(sch.4-sec.105-ssec.6) If a power assisted device is used, all nets on the boat, other than the net on the device, must be stowed and secured.\n- (a) is no longer than 120m; and\n- (b) has a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 215mm; and\n- (c) has a drop of no more than 50 meshes.\n- (a) their combined length is no longer than 360m; and\n- (b) the distance between the first and last net is no longer than 5n miles.","sortOrder":896},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.106","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of set mesh nets in nearshore waters","content":"### sch.4-sec.106 Use of set mesh nets in nearshore waters\n\nA set mesh net may be used in nearshore waters only if the set mesh net—\nis no longer than 600m; and\nhas a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 215mm.\nNo more than 6 nets may be set in nearshore waters, regardless of the number of fishery symbols ‘N3’ written on the licence.\nThe nets may be set if—\ntheir combined length is no longer than 600m; and\nthe distance between the first and last net is no longer than 6n miles.\nA person using a net must be no more than 6n miles from any net the person is using.\nIf a power assisted device is on a boat, no more than 600m of the net may be attached to the device.\nIf a power assisted device is used, all nets on the boat, other than the net on the device, must be stowed and secured.\n(sch.4-sec.106-ssec.1) A set mesh net may be used in nearshore waters only if the set mesh net— is no longer than 600m; and has a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 215mm.\n(sch.4-sec.106-ssec.2) No more than 6 nets may be set in nearshore waters, regardless of the number of fishery symbols ‘N3’ written on the licence.\n(sch.4-sec.106-ssec.3) The nets may be set if— their combined length is no longer than 600m; and the distance between the first and last net is no longer than 6n miles.\n(sch.4-sec.106-ssec.4) A person using a net must be no more than 6n miles from any net the person is using.\n(sch.4-sec.106-ssec.5) If a power assisted device is on a boat, no more than 600m of the net may be attached to the device.\n(sch.4-sec.106-ssec.6) If a power assisted device is used, all nets on the boat, other than the net on the device, must be stowed and secured.\n- (a) is no longer than 600m; and\n- (b) has a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 215mm.\n- (a) their combined length is no longer than 600m; and\n- (b) the distance between the first and last net is no longer than 6n miles.","sortOrder":897},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.107","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of set mesh nets in offshore waters if ‘N3’ written on licence only once","content":"### sch.4-sec.107 Use of set mesh nets in offshore waters if ‘N3’ written on licence only once\n\nThis section applies if the licence has the fishery symbol ‘N3’ written on it only once.\nA set mesh net may be used in offshore waters only if—\nthe net is no longer than 300m, whether or not a power assisted device is used; and\nthe net has a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 165mm; and\nthe net’s drop is not more than 50 meshes; and\nthere are no other nets on the boat; and\nthe person using the net remains on a boat floating on the water and within 100m of the net while the net is being used; and\nthe net is not used as a bottom set net.\n(sch.4-sec.107-ssec.1) This section applies if the licence has the fishery symbol ‘N3’ written on it only once.\n(sch.4-sec.107-ssec.2) A set mesh net may be used in offshore waters only if— the net is no longer than 300m, whether or not a power assisted device is used; and the net has a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 165mm; and the net’s drop is not more than 50 meshes; and there are no other nets on the boat; and the person using the net remains on a boat floating on the water and within 100m of the net while the net is being used; and the net is not used as a bottom set net.\n- (a) the net is no longer than 300m, whether or not a power assisted device is used; and\n- (b) the net has a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 165mm; and\n- (c) the net’s drop is not more than 50 meshes; and\n- (d) there are no other nets on the boat; and\n- (e) the person using the net remains on a boat floating on the water and within 100m of the net while the net is being used; and\n- (f) the net is not used as a bottom set net.","sortOrder":898},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.108","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of set mesh nets in offshore waters if ‘N3’ written on licence more than once","content":"### sch.4-sec.108 Use of set mesh nets in offshore waters if ‘N3’ written on licence more than once\n\nThis section applies if the licence has the fishery symbol ‘N3’ written on it more than once.\nA set mesh net may be used in offshore waters only if—\nthe net is no longer than 600m, whether or not a power assisted device is used; and\nthe net has a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 165mm; and\nthe net’s drop is not more than 50 meshes; and\nall other nets on the boat are stowed and secured; and\nthe person using the net remains on a boat floating on the water and within 100m of the net while the net is being used; and\nthe net is not used as a bottom set net.\n(sch.4-sec.108-ssec.1) This section applies if the licence has the fishery symbol ‘N3’ written on it more than once.\n(sch.4-sec.108-ssec.2) A set mesh net may be used in offshore waters only if— the net is no longer than 600m, whether or not a power assisted device is used; and the net has a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 165mm; and the net’s drop is not more than 50 meshes; and all other nets on the boat are stowed and secured; and the person using the net remains on a boat floating on the water and within 100m of the net while the net is being used; and the net is not used as a bottom set net.\n- (a) the net is no longer than 600m, whether or not a power assisted device is used; and\n- (b) the net has a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 165mm; and\n- (c) the net’s drop is not more than 50 meshes; and\n- (d) all other nets on the boat are stowed and secured; and\n- (e) the person using the net remains on a boat floating on the water and within 100m of the net while the net is being used; and\n- (f) the net is not used as a bottom set net.","sortOrder":899},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.109","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.109\n\nsch 4 s 109 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 104","sortOrder":900},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.110","sectionType":"section","heading":"When fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.110 When fish may be taken\n\nA set mesh net must not be used in the period from 7 October to 31 January.\nsch 4 s 110 amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 7","sortOrder":901},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.6-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Conditions","content":"## Conditions","sortOrder":902},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.111","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sch.4-sec.111 Purpose of division\n\nThis division prescribes conditions for the licence.","sortOrder":903},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.112","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of primary boats","content":"### sch.4-sec.112 Use of primary boats\n\nA primary boat longer than 14m must not be used.","sortOrder":904},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.113","sectionType":"section","heading":"Marking nets","content":"### sch.4-sec.113 Marking nets\n\nA set mesh net being used during the day must be marked by—\nsolid, light coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and\na solid, white float—\nno less than 15cm in any dimension; and\nwith the primary boat mark for the net written on it at the end of the net that is the farthest from the primary boat; and\nwith a radar reflector attached to it.\nAlso, if a set mesh net is used at night, the net must be marked by—\nif the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is no more than 50m—\na white light, visible at least 400m in all directions, at its end farthest from the shore; and\na solid, reflectorised float, no less than 15cm in any dimension, at its end nearest the shore; or\nif the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is more than 50m—a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions, at both ends of the net.\nAlso, if the net is being used in offshore waters, it must be marked by—\n6 solid floats along its length, each not less than 15cm in any dimension; and\na pole with an orange flag on it at least 2m above the water attached to its end farthest from the shore.\nsch 4 s 113 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 26\n(sch.4-sec.113-ssec.1) A set mesh net being used during the day must be marked by— solid, light coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and a solid, white float— no less than 15cm in any dimension; and with the primary boat mark for the net written on it at the end of the net that is the farthest from the primary boat; and with a radar reflector attached to it.\n(sch.4-sec.113-ssec.2) Also, if a set mesh net is used at night, the net must be marked by— if the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is no more than 50m— a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions, at its end farthest from the shore; and a solid, reflectorised float, no less than 15cm in any dimension, at its end nearest the shore; or if the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is more than 50m—a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions, at both ends of the net.\n(sch.4-sec.113-ssec.3) Also, if the net is being used in offshore waters, it must be marked by— 6 solid floats along its length, each not less than 15cm in any dimension; and a pole with an orange flag on it at least 2m above the water attached to its end farthest from the shore.\n- (a) solid, light coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and\n- (b) a solid, white float— (i) no less than 15cm in any dimension; and (ii) with the primary boat mark for the net written on it at the end of the net that is the farthest from the primary boat; and (iii) with a radar reflector attached to it.\n- (i) no less than 15cm in any dimension; and\n- (ii) with the primary boat mark for the net written on it at the end of the net that is the farthest from the primary boat; and\n- (iii) with a radar reflector attached to it.\n- (i) no less than 15cm in any dimension; and\n- (ii) with the primary boat mark for the net written on it at the end of the net that is the farthest from the primary boat; and\n- (iii) with a radar reflector attached to it.\n- (a) if the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is no more than 50m— (i) a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions, at its end farthest from the shore; and (ii) a solid, reflectorised float, no less than 15cm in any dimension, at its end nearest the shore; or\n- (i) a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions, at its end farthest from the shore; and\n- (ii) a solid, reflectorised float, no less than 15cm in any dimension, at its end nearest the shore; or\n- (b) if the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is more than 50m—a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions, at both ends of the net.\n- (i) a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions, at its end farthest from the shore; and\n- (ii) a solid, reflectorised float, no less than 15cm in any dimension, at its end nearest the shore; or\n- (a) 6 solid floats along its length, each not less than 15cm in any dimension; and\n- (b) a pole with an orange flag on it at least 2m above the water attached to its end farthest from the shore.","sortOrder":905},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.7","sectionType":"part","heading":"Net fishery (no. 11)","content":"# Net fishery (no. 11)","sortOrder":906},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.7-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":907},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.114","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net fishery (no. 11)","content":"### sch.4-sec.114 Net fishery (no. 11)\n\nThe net fishery (no. 11) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 117 in the fishery area, as provided under this part.","sortOrder":908},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.115","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.4-sec.115 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘N11’.","sortOrder":909},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.116","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.4-sec.116 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of the eastern N11 area and the Gulf N11 area.\nThe eastern N11 area is the area of the tidal waters east of longitude 142º31'49'' east.\nThe Gulf N11 area is the area of the tidal waters—\nin the Gulf of Carpentaria west of longitude 142º31'49'' east between—\nthe 25n mile line; and\nthe mainland shore or the shore of an island; and\nof waterways that join the waters mentioned in paragraph (a) .\n(sch.4-sec.116-ssec.1) The fishery area consists of the area of the eastern N11 area and the Gulf N11 area.\n(sch.4-sec.116-ssec.2) The eastern N11 area is the area of the tidal waters east of longitude 142º31'49'' east.\n(sch.4-sec.116-ssec.3) The Gulf N11 area is the area of the tidal waters— in the Gulf of Carpentaria west of longitude 142º31'49'' east between— the 25n mile line; and the mainland shore or the shore of an island; and of waterways that join the waters mentioned in paragraph (a) .\n- (a) in the Gulf of Carpentaria west of longitude 142º31'49'' east between— (i) the 25n mile line; and (ii) the mainland shore or the shore of an island; and\n- (i) the 25n mile line; and\n- (ii) the mainland shore or the shore of an island; and\n- (b) of waterways that join the waters mentioned in paragraph (a) .\n- (i) the 25n mile line; and\n- (ii) the mainland shore or the shore of an island; and","sortOrder":910},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.7-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":911},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.117","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.117 What fish may be taken\n\nAny fin fish, other than the following fish, may be taken in the eastern N11 area—\nbarramundi;\nblack jewfish;\ndusky flathead;\ngrey mackerel;\nking threadfin;\nregulated coral reef fin fish;\nschool mackerel;\nsnapper;\nspanish mackerel;\nspotted mackerel;\ntailor;\nyellowfin bream.\nThe following fish may be taken in the Gulf N11 area—\ngarfish;\nmullet;\nother fin fish, excluding barramundi, regulated coral reef fin fish and snapper, but only if the fish are taken while taking garfish or mullet.\nsch 4 s 117 amd 2023 SL No. 194 s 14\n(sch.4-sec.117-ssec.1) Any fin fish, other than the following fish, may be taken in the eastern N11 area— barramundi; black jewfish; dusky flathead; grey mackerel; king threadfin; regulated coral reef fin fish; school mackerel; snapper; spanish mackerel; spotted mackerel; tailor; yellowfin bream.\n(sch.4-sec.117-ssec.2) The following fish may be taken in the Gulf N11 area— garfish; mullet; other fin fish, excluding barramundi, regulated coral reef fin fish and snapper, but only if the fish are taken while taking garfish or mullet.\n- (a) barramundi;\n- (b) black jewfish;\n- (c) dusky flathead;\n- (d) grey mackerel;\n- (e) king threadfin;\n- (f) regulated coral reef fin fish;\n- (g) school mackerel;\n- (h) snapper;\n- (i) spanish mackerel;\n- (j) spotted mackerel;\n- (k) tailor;\n- (l) yellowfin bream.\n- (a) garfish;\n- (b) mullet;\n- (c) other fin fish, excluding barramundi, regulated coral reef fin fish and snapper, but only if the fish are taken while taking garfish or mullet.","sortOrder":912},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.118","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.118 Way fish may be taken\n\nFish may be taken only—\nin the eastern N11 area—by using cast nets, mesh nets or scoop nets; or\nin the Gulf N11 area—by using cast nets, mesh nets, scoop nets or seine nets.\nHowever, a power assisted device must not be used with a net.\nA person using a net must be within 100m of it.\nOnly 1 end of a net may be fixed while the net is in use.\nHowever, for taking fish in the eastern N11 area, both ends of a net may be fixed for no more than 2 hours if each end is in nearshore waters.\nsch 4 s 118 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 27 (1) – (2)\n(sch.4-sec.118-ssec.1) Fish may be taken only— in the eastern N11 area—by using cast nets, mesh nets or scoop nets; or in the Gulf N11 area—by using cast nets, mesh nets, scoop nets or seine nets.\n(sch.4-sec.118-ssec.2) However, a power assisted device must not be used with a net.\n(sch.4-sec.118-ssec.3) A person using a net must be within 100m of it.\n(sch.4-sec.118-ssec.4) Only 1 end of a net may be fixed while the net is in use.\n(sch.4-sec.118-ssec.5) However, for taking fish in the eastern N11 area, both ends of a net may be fixed for no more than 2 hours if each end is in nearshore waters.\n- (a) in the eastern N11 area—by using cast nets, mesh nets or scoop nets; or\n- (b) in the Gulf N11 area—by using cast nets, mesh nets, scoop nets or seine nets.","sortOrder":913},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.119","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of cast nets","content":"### sch.4-sec.119 Use of cast nets\n\nA cast net may be used only if the net—\nis no longer than 3.7m; and\nhas a mesh size of no more than 28mm.\n- (a) is no longer than 3.7m; and\n- (b) has a mesh size of no more than 28mm.","sortOrder":914},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.120","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of scoop nets","content":"### sch.4-sec.120 Use of scoop nets\n\nA scoop net may be used only if the net—\nis no more than 2m in any dimension; and\nhas a mesh size of at least 25mm.\nsch 4 s 120 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 27 (3)\n- (a) is no more than 2m in any dimension; and\n- (b) has a mesh size of at least 25mm.","sortOrder":915},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.121","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of mesh nets in particular offshore and nearshore waters in eastern N11 area","content":"### sch.4-sec.121 Use of mesh nets in particular offshore and nearshore waters in eastern N11 area\n\nA mesh net may be used in the following offshore and nearshore waters in the eastern N11 area only if the net is no longer than 400m and has a mesh size of at least 12mm but no more than 45mm—\nwaters east of longitude 142º31'49'' east and north of the northern bank of Baffle Creek;\nMoreton Bay (whole) waters;\nthe waters of Hervey Bay, Great Sandy Strait, Wide Bay Harbour, Pelican Bay, Tin Can Bay and Tin Can Inlet between the following lines—\na line from the southern bank of Theodolite Creek to Arch Cliff, Fraser Island;\na line from the eastern tip of Inskip Point to Hook Point, Fraser Island.\nA back net may be used with a mesh net in nearshore waters south of the northern bank of Baffle Creek.\n(sch.4-sec.121-ssec.1) A mesh net may be used in the following offshore and nearshore waters in the eastern N11 area only if the net is no longer than 400m and has a mesh size of at least 12mm but no more than 45mm— waters east of longitude 142º31'49'' east and north of the northern bank of Baffle Creek; Moreton Bay (whole) waters; the waters of Hervey Bay, Great Sandy Strait, Wide Bay Harbour, Pelican Bay, Tin Can Bay and Tin Can Inlet between the following lines— a line from the southern bank of Theodolite Creek to Arch Cliff, Fraser Island; a line from the eastern tip of Inskip Point to Hook Point, Fraser Island.\n(sch.4-sec.121-ssec.2) A back net may be used with a mesh net in nearshore waters south of the northern bank of Baffle Creek.\n- (a) waters east of longitude 142º31'49'' east and north of the northern bank of Baffle Creek;\n- (b) Moreton Bay (whole) waters;\n- (c) the waters of Hervey Bay, Great Sandy Strait, Wide Bay Harbour, Pelican Bay, Tin Can Bay and Tin Can Inlet between the following lines— (i) a line from the southern bank of Theodolite Creek to Arch Cliff, Fraser Island; (ii) a line from the eastern tip of Inskip Point to Hook Point, Fraser Island.\n- (i) a line from the southern bank of Theodolite Creek to Arch Cliff, Fraser Island;\n- (ii) a line from the eastern tip of Inskip Point to Hook Point, Fraser Island.\n- (i) a line from the southern bank of Theodolite Creek to Arch Cliff, Fraser Island;\n- (ii) a line from the eastern tip of Inskip Point to Hook Point, Fraser Island.","sortOrder":916},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.122","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of mesh nets in other offshore and nearshore waters in eastern N11 area","content":"### sch.4-sec.122 Use of mesh nets in other offshore and nearshore waters in eastern N11 area\n\nThis section applies for using a mesh net in offshore and nearshore waters in the eastern N11 area south of the northern bank of Baffle Creek, other than the waters mentioned in section 121 (1) (b) or (c) .\nThe net may be used in the waters only if the net—\nis no longer than 600m; and\nhas a mesh size of at least 12mm but no more than 45mm.\nA mesh net may be used in the fishery area of a fishery under part 1 from 1 April to 31 August only if the net—\nis no longer than 200m; and\nhas a mesh size of at least 12mm but no more than 25mm.\nA back net may be used with a mesh net in nearshore waters.\n(sch.4-sec.122-ssec.1) This section applies for using a mesh net in offshore and nearshore waters in the eastern N11 area south of the northern bank of Baffle Creek, other than the waters mentioned in section 121 (1) (b) or (c) .\n(sch.4-sec.122-ssec.2) The net may be used in the waters only if the net— is no longer than 600m; and has a mesh size of at least 12mm but no more than 45mm.\n(sch.4-sec.122-ssec.3) A mesh net may be used in the fishery area of a fishery under part 1 from 1 April to 31 August only if the net— is no longer than 200m; and has a mesh size of at least 12mm but no more than 25mm.\n(sch.4-sec.122-ssec.4) A back net may be used with a mesh net in nearshore waters.\n- (a) is no longer than 600m; and\n- (b) has a mesh size of at least 12mm but no more than 45mm.\n- (a) is no longer than 200m; and\n- (b) has a mesh size of at least 12mm but no more than 25mm.","sortOrder":917},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.123","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of mesh nets in offshore and nearshore waters in Gulf N11 area","content":"### sch.4-sec.123 Use of mesh nets in offshore and nearshore waters in Gulf N11 area\n\nThis section applies to using a mesh net in the Gulf N11 area.\nA mesh net may be used—\nin offshore waters, only if the net—\nis no longer than 400m; and\nhas a mesh size of at least 25mm but no more than 45mm; and\nin nearshore waters, only if the net—\nis no longer than 200m; and\nhas a mesh size of at least 25mm but no more than 45mm.\n(sch.4-sec.123-ssec.1) This section applies to using a mesh net in the Gulf N11 area.\n(sch.4-sec.123-ssec.2) A mesh net may be used— in offshore waters, only if the net— is no longer than 400m; and has a mesh size of at least 25mm but no more than 45mm; and in nearshore waters, only if the net— is no longer than 200m; and has a mesh size of at least 25mm but no more than 45mm.\n- (a) in offshore waters, only if the net— (i) is no longer than 400m; and (ii) has a mesh size of at least 25mm but no more than 45mm; and\n- (i) is no longer than 400m; and\n- (ii) has a mesh size of at least 25mm but no more than 45mm; and\n- (b) in nearshore waters, only if the net— (i) is no longer than 200m; and (ii) has a mesh size of at least 25mm but no more than 45mm.\n- (i) is no longer than 200m; and\n- (ii) has a mesh size of at least 25mm but no more than 45mm.\n- (i) is no longer than 400m; and\n- (ii) has a mesh size of at least 25mm but no more than 45mm; and\n- (i) is no longer than 200m; and\n- (ii) has a mesh size of at least 25mm but no more than 45mm.","sortOrder":918},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.124","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of mesh nets in rivers and creeks","content":"### sch.4-sec.124 Use of mesh nets in rivers and creeks\n\nA mesh net may be used in a river or creek only if the net—\nis no longer than 200m; and\nhas a mesh size of at least 25mm but no more than 45mm.\n- (a) is no longer than 200m; and\n- (b) has a mesh size of at least 25mm but no more than 45mm.","sortOrder":919},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.125","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.125\n\nsch 4 s 125 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 105","sortOrder":920},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.7-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Conditions","content":"## Conditions","sortOrder":921},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.126","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sch.4-sec.126 Purpose of division\n\nThis division prescribes conditions for the licence.","sortOrder":922},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.127","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of primary boats","content":"### sch.4-sec.127 Use of primary boats\n\nA primary boat longer than 20m must not be used.","sortOrder":923},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.128","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.128\n\nsch 4 s 128 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 27 (4)","sortOrder":924},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.129","sectionType":"section","heading":"Marking nets","content":"### sch.4-sec.129 Marking nets\n\nA mesh net must be marked by—\nsolid, light coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and\na solid, white float—\nno less than 15cm in any dimension, at one end of the net or if the net is used in nearshore waters, the end of the float farthest from the shore; and\nwith either the commercial fisher’s name or the primary boat mark for the net written on it.\nAlso, a mesh net used at night must be marked by—\nif the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is no more than 50m—\na white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at one end of the net or if the net is used in nearshore waters, the end of the net farthest from the shore; and\na solid, reflectorised float, no less than 15cm in any dimension, at one end of the net or if the net is used in nearshore waters, the end of the net farthest from the shore; or\nif the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is more than 50m—a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at both ends of the net.\nsch 4 s 129 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 27 (5) – (8)\n(sch.4-sec.129-ssec.1) A mesh net must be marked by— solid, light coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and a solid, white float— no less than 15cm in any dimension, at one end of the net or if the net is used in nearshore waters, the end of the float farthest from the shore; and with either the commercial fisher’s name or the primary boat mark for the net written on it.\n(sch.4-sec.129-ssec.2) Also, a mesh net used at night must be marked by— if the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is no more than 50m— a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at one end of the net or if the net is used in nearshore waters, the end of the net farthest from the shore; and a solid, reflectorised float, no less than 15cm in any dimension, at one end of the net or if the net is used in nearshore waters, the end of the net farthest from the shore; or if the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is more than 50m—a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at both ends of the net.\n- (a) solid, light coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and\n- (b) a solid, white float— (i) no less than 15cm in any dimension, at one end of the net or if the net is used in nearshore waters, the end of the float farthest from the shore; and (ii) with either the commercial fisher’s name or the primary boat mark for the net written on it.\n- (i) no less than 15cm in any dimension, at one end of the net or if the net is used in nearshore waters, the end of the float farthest from the shore; and\n- (ii) with either the commercial fisher’s name or the primary boat mark for the net written on it.\n- (i) no less than 15cm in any dimension, at one end of the net or if the net is used in nearshore waters, the end of the float farthest from the shore; and\n- (ii) with either the commercial fisher’s name or the primary boat mark for the net written on it.\n- (a) if the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is no more than 50m— (i) a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at one end of the net or if the net is used in nearshore waters, the end of the net farthest from the shore; and (ii) a solid, reflectorised float, no less than 15cm in any dimension, at one end of the net or if the net is used in nearshore waters, the end of the net farthest from the shore; or\n- (i) a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at one end of the net or if the net is used in nearshore waters, the end of the net farthest from the shore; and\n- (ii) a solid, reflectorised float, no less than 15cm in any dimension, at one end of the net or if the net is used in nearshore waters, the end of the net farthest from the shore; or\n- (b) if the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is more than 50m—a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at both ends of the net.\n- (i) a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at one end of the net or if the net is used in nearshore waters, the end of the net farthest from the shore; and\n- (ii) a solid, reflectorised float, no less than 15cm in any dimension, at one end of the net or if the net is used in nearshore waters, the end of the net farthest from the shore; or","sortOrder":925},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.8","sectionType":"part","heading":"Net fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria no. 3)","content":"# Net fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria no. 3)","sortOrder":926},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.8-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":927},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.130","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria no. 3)","content":"### sch.4-sec.130 Net fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria no. 3)\n\nThe net fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria no. 3) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 133 in the fishery area, as provided under this part.","sortOrder":928},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.131","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.4-sec.131 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘N12’.","sortOrder":929},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.132","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.4-sec.132 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters in the Gulf of Carpentaria west of longitude 142º31'49'' east that are beyond the 7n mile line and within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 16º23.6' south, longitude 138º4.56' east to latitude 16º12.17' south, longitude 138º16.03' east;\nto latitude 16º12.18' south, longitude 138º16.04' east;\nto latitude 16º8.09' south, longitude 138º19.36' east;\nto latitude 16º7.45' south, longitude 138º19.89' east;\nto latitude 15º54.91' south, longitude 138º30.07' east;\nto latitude 15º52.26' south, longitude 138º30.07' east;\nto latitude 14º29.91' south, longitude 138º30.07' east;\nto latitude 14º29.91' south, longitude 139º15.07' east;\nto latitude 13º34.33' south, longitude 139º15.07' east;\nto latitude 10º59.91' south, longitude 139º15.07' east;\nto latitude 10º50.91' south, longitude 139º12.57' east;\nto latitude 10º49.91' south, longitude 139º12.07' east;\nto latitude 11º8.91' south, longitude 139º23.07' east;\nto latitude 10º58.91' south, longitude 140º0.07' east;\nto latitude 10º58.41' south, longitude 140º0.89' east;\nto latitude 10º10.24' south, longitude 141º20.07' east;\nto latitude 10º27.91' south, longitude 141º20.07' east;\nto latitude 10º27.91' south, longitude 141º51' east.\nHowever, the fishery area does not include the area of tidal waters within the area mentioned in subsection (1) that are within 7n miles of an island.\n(sch.4-sec.132-ssec.1) The fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters in the Gulf of Carpentaria west of longitude 142º31'49'' east that are beyond the 7n mile line and within the following boundary— from latitude 16º23.6' south, longitude 138º4.56' east to latitude 16º12.17' south, longitude 138º16.03' east; to latitude 16º12.18' south, longitude 138º16.04' east; to latitude 16º8.09' south, longitude 138º19.36' east; to latitude 16º7.45' south, longitude 138º19.89' east; to latitude 15º54.91' south, longitude 138º30.07' east; to latitude 15º52.26' south, longitude 138º30.07' east; to latitude 14º29.91' south, longitude 138º30.07' east; to latitude 14º29.91' south, longitude 139º15.07' east; to latitude 13º34.33' south, longitude 139º15.07' east; to latitude 10º59.91' south, longitude 139º15.07' east; to latitude 10º50.91' south, longitude 139º12.57' east; to latitude 10º49.91' south, longitude 139º12.07' east; to latitude 11º8.91' south, longitude 139º23.07' east; to latitude 10º58.91' south, longitude 140º0.07' east; to latitude 10º58.41' south, longitude 140º0.89' east; to latitude 10º10.24' south, longitude 141º20.07' east; to latitude 10º27.91' south, longitude 141º20.07' east; to latitude 10º27.91' south, longitude 141º51' east.\n(sch.4-sec.132-ssec.2) However, the fishery area does not include the area of tidal waters within the area mentioned in subsection (1) that are within 7n miles of an island.\n- (a) from latitude 16º23.6' south, longitude 138º4.56' east to latitude 16º12.17' south, longitude 138º16.03' east;\n- (b) to latitude 16º12.18' south, longitude 138º16.04' east;\n- (c) to latitude 16º8.09' south, longitude 138º19.36' east;\n- (d) to latitude 16º7.45' south, longitude 138º19.89' east;\n- (e) to latitude 15º54.91' south, longitude 138º30.07' east;\n- (f) to latitude 15º52.26' south, longitude 138º30.07' east;\n- (g) to latitude 14º29.91' south, longitude 138º30.07' east;\n- (h) to latitude 14º29.91' south, longitude 139º15.07' east;\n- (i) to latitude 13º34.33' south, longitude 139º15.07' east;\n- (j) to latitude 10º59.91' south, longitude 139º15.07' east;\n- (k) to latitude 10º50.91' south, longitude 139º12.57' east;\n- (l) to latitude 10º49.91' south, longitude 139º12.07' east;\n- (m) to latitude 11º8.91' south, longitude 139º23.07' east;\n- (n) to latitude 10º58.91' south, longitude 140º0.07' east;\n- (o) to latitude 10º58.41' south, longitude 140º0.89' east;\n- (p) to latitude 10º10.24' south, longitude 141º20.07' east;\n- (q) to latitude 10º27.91' south, longitude 141º20.07' east;\n- (r) to latitude 10º27.91' south, longitude 141º51' east.","sortOrder":930},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.8-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":931},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.133","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.133 What fish may be taken\n\nThe following fish may be taken under the licence—\nbarred javelin;\nblack jewfish;\nblue threadfin;\ngrey mackerel;\nking threadfin;\nqueenfish;\nscaly jewfish;\nshark, other than hammerhead shark, sandtiger shark, speartooth shark or white shark;\nother fin fish, excluding barramundi and regulated coral reef fin fish, if the fish are taken while taking fish mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (h).\nsch 4 s 133 amd 2023 SL No. 194 s 15\n- (a) barred javelin;\n- (b) black jewfish;\n- (c) blue threadfin;\n- (d) grey mackerel;\n- (e) king threadfin;\n- (f) queenfish;\n- (g) scaly jewfish;\n- (h) shark, other than hammerhead shark, sandtiger shark, speartooth shark or white shark;\n- (i) other fin fish, excluding barramundi and regulated coral reef fin fish, if the fish are taken while taking fish mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (h).","sortOrder":932},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.134","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.134 Way fish may be taken\n\nFish may be taken only by using a set mesh net.\nA power assisted device may be used with a set mesh net only if—\nthe net is no longer than 1,800m; and\nall other nets on board the boat from which the net is being used are stowed and secured.\n(sch.4-sec.134-ssec.1) Fish may be taken only by using a set mesh net.\n(sch.4-sec.134-ssec.2) A power assisted device may be used with a set mesh net only if— the net is no longer than 1,800m; and all other nets on board the boat from which the net is being used are stowed and secured.\n- (a) the net is no longer than 1,800m; and\n- (b) all other nets on board the boat from which the net is being used are stowed and secured.","sortOrder":933},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.135","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of nets","content":"### sch.4-sec.135 Use of nets\n\nA net may be used only if—\nthe net is no longer than 1,800m; and\nthe net has a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 165mm; and\nthe net’s drop is no more than 85 meshes; and\none end of the net is anchored or fixed to a place; and\nthe other end of the net is fixed to a boat; and\nthe net is not used as a bottom set net; and\nthe line thickness of the net is at least 0.9mm.\nA person using a net must be within 100m of it.\n(sch.4-sec.135-ssec.1) A net may be used only if— the net is no longer than 1,800m; and the net has a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 165mm; and the net’s drop is no more than 85 meshes; and one end of the net is anchored or fixed to a place; and the other end of the net is fixed to a boat; and the net is not used as a bottom set net; and the line thickness of the net is at least 0.9mm.\n(sch.4-sec.135-ssec.2) A person using a net must be within 100m of it.\n- (a) the net is no longer than 1,800m; and\n- (b) the net has a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 165mm; and\n- (c) the net’s drop is no more than 85 meshes; and\n- (d) one end of the net is anchored or fixed to a place; and\n- (e) the other end of the net is fixed to a boat; and\n- (f) the net is not used as a bottom set net; and\n- (g) the line thickness of the net is at least 0.9mm.","sortOrder":934},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.136","sectionType":"section","heading":"When fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.136 When fish may be taken\n\nA net must not be used in the period from 7 October to 31 January.\nsch 4 s 136 amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 7","sortOrder":935},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.137","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.137\n\nsch 4 s 137 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 106","sortOrder":936},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.8-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Condition","content":"## Condition","sortOrder":937},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.138","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sch.4-sec.138 Purpose of division\n\nThis division prescribes a condition for the licence.\nsch 4 s 138 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 82 sch 1","sortOrder":938},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.139","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.139\n\nsch 4 s 139 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 28 (1)","sortOrder":939},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.140","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.140\n\nsch 4 s 140 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 28 (1)","sortOrder":940},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.141","sectionType":"section","heading":"Marking nets","content":"### sch.4-sec.141 Marking nets\n\nA net must be marked by—\nsolid, light coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and\na solid, white float with the primary boat mark for the net written on it at the end of the net farthest from the primary boat.\nThe white float must—\nbe no less than 15cm in any dimension; and\nhave a radar reflector attached to it.\nsch 4 s 141 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 28 (2) – (4)\n(sch.4-sec.141-ssec.1) A net must be marked by— solid, light coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and a solid, white float with the primary boat mark for the net written on it at the end of the net farthest from the primary boat.\n(sch.4-sec.141-ssec.2) The white float must— be no less than 15cm in any dimension; and have a radar reflector attached to it.\n- (a) solid, light coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and\n- (b) a solid, white float with the primary boat mark for the net written on it at the end of the net farthest from the primary boat.\n- (a) be no less than 15cm in any dimension; and\n- (b) have a radar reflector attached to it.","sortOrder":941},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.9","sectionType":"part","heading":"Net fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria no. 4)","content":"# Net fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria no. 4)","sortOrder":942},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.9-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":943},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.142","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria no. 4)","content":"### sch.4-sec.142 Net fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria no. 4)\n\nThe net fishery (Gulf of Carpentaria no. 4) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 145 in the fishery area, as provided under this part.","sortOrder":944},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.143","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.4-sec.143 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘N13’.","sortOrder":945},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.144","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.4-sec.144 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of the tidal waters in the Gulf of Carpentaria west of longitude 142º31'49'' east that are beyond the 25n mile line and within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 16º12.18' south, longitude 138º16.04' east to latitude 16º8.09' south, longitude 138º19.36' east;\nto latitude 16º7.45' south, longitude 138º19.89' east;\nto latitude 15º54.91' south, longitude 138º30.07' east;\nto latitude 15º52.26' south, longitude 138º30.07' east;\nto latitude 14º29.91' south, longitude 138º30.07' east;\nto latitude 14º29.91' south, longitude 139º15.07' east;\nto latitude 13º34.33' south, longitude 139º15.07' east;\nto latitude 10º59.91' south, longitude 139º15.07' east;\nto latitude 10º50.91' south, longitude 139º12.57' east;\nto latitude 10º49.91' south, longitude 139º12.07' east;\nto latitude 11º8.91' south, longitude 139º23.07' east;\nto latitude 10º58.91' south, longitude 140º0.07' east;\nto latitude 10º58.41' south, longitude 140º0.89' east;\nto latitude 10º10.24' south, longitude 141º20.07' east;\nto latitude 10º27.91' south, longitude 141º20.07' east;\nto latitude 10º27.91' south, longitude 141º30.85' east.\nHowever, the fishery area does not include the area of tidal waters within the area mentioned in subsection (1) that are within 25n miles of an island.\n(sch.4-sec.144-ssec.1) The fishery area consists of the area of the tidal waters in the Gulf of Carpentaria west of longitude 142º31'49'' east that are beyond the 25n mile line and within the following boundary— from latitude 16º12.18' south, longitude 138º16.04' east to latitude 16º8.09' south, longitude 138º19.36' east; to latitude 16º7.45' south, longitude 138º19.89' east; to latitude 15º54.91' south, longitude 138º30.07' east; to latitude 15º52.26' south, longitude 138º30.07' east; to latitude 14º29.91' south, longitude 138º30.07' east; to latitude 14º29.91' south, longitude 139º15.07' east; to latitude 13º34.33' south, longitude 139º15.07' east; to latitude 10º59.91' south, longitude 139º15.07' east; to latitude 10º50.91' south, longitude 139º12.57' east; to latitude 10º49.91' south, longitude 139º12.07' east; to latitude 11º8.91' south, longitude 139º23.07' east; to latitude 10º58.91' south, longitude 140º0.07' east; to latitude 10º58.41' south, longitude 140º0.89' east; to latitude 10º10.24' south, longitude 141º20.07' east; to latitude 10º27.91' south, longitude 141º20.07' east; to latitude 10º27.91' south, longitude 141º30.85' east.\n(sch.4-sec.144-ssec.2) However, the fishery area does not include the area of tidal waters within the area mentioned in subsection (1) that are within 25n miles of an island.\n- (a) from latitude 16º12.18' south, longitude 138º16.04' east to latitude 16º8.09' south, longitude 138º19.36' east;\n- (b) to latitude 16º7.45' south, longitude 138º19.89' east;\n- (c) to latitude 15º54.91' south, longitude 138º30.07' east;\n- (d) to latitude 15º52.26' south, longitude 138º30.07' east;\n- (e) to latitude 14º29.91' south, longitude 138º30.07' east;\n- (f) to latitude 14º29.91' south, longitude 139º15.07' east;\n- (g) to latitude 13º34.33' south, longitude 139º15.07' east;\n- (h) to latitude 10º59.91' south, longitude 139º15.07' east;\n- (i) to latitude 10º50.91' south, longitude 139º12.57' east;\n- (j) to latitude 10º49.91' south, longitude 139º12.07' east;\n- (k) to latitude 11º8.91' south, longitude 139º23.07' east;\n- (l) to latitude 10º58.91' south, longitude 140º0.07' east;\n- (m) to latitude 10º58.41' south, longitude 140º0.89' east;\n- (n) to latitude 10º10.24' south, longitude 141º20.07' east;\n- (o) to latitude 10º27.91' south, longitude 141º20.07' east;\n- (p) to latitude 10º27.91' south, longitude 141º30.85' east.","sortOrder":946},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.9-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":947},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.145","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.145 What fish may be taken\n\nThe following fish may be taken under the licence—\nbarred javelin;\nblack jewfish;\nblue threadfin;\ngrey mackerel;\nking threadfin;\nqueenfish;\nscaly jewfish;\nshark, other than hammerhead shark, sandtiger shark, speartooth shark or white shark;\nother fin fish, excluding barramundi and regulated coral reef fin fish, if the fish are taken while taking fish mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (h).\nsch 4 s 145 amd 2023 SL No. 194 s 16\n- (a) barred javelin;\n- (b) black jewfish;\n- (c) blue threadfin;\n- (d) grey mackerel;\n- (e) king threadfin;\n- (f) queenfish;\n- (g) scaly jewfish;\n- (h) shark, other than hammerhead shark, sandtiger shark, speartooth shark or white shark;\n- (i) other fin fish, excluding barramundi and regulated coral reef fin fish, if the fish are taken while taking fish mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (h).","sortOrder":948},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.146","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.146 Way fish may be taken\n\nFish may be taken only by using a set mesh net.\nA power assisted device may be used with the net only if—\nthe net is no longer than 1,800m; and\nall other nets on board the boat from which the net is being used are stowed and secured.\n(sch.4-sec.146-ssec.1) Fish may be taken only by using a set mesh net.\n(sch.4-sec.146-ssec.2) A power assisted device may be used with the net only if— the net is no longer than 1,800m; and all other nets on board the boat from which the net is being used are stowed and secured.\n- (a) the net is no longer than 1,800m; and\n- (b) all other nets on board the boat from which the net is being used are stowed and secured.","sortOrder":949},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.147","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of nets","content":"### sch.4-sec.147 Use of nets\n\nA net may be used only if—\nthe net is no longer than 1,800m; and\nthe net has a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 165mm; and\nthe net’s drop is no more than 85 meshes; and\none end of the net is anchored or fixed to a place; and\nthe other end of the net is fixed to a boat; and\nit is not used as a bottom set net.\nThe line thickness of a net must be at least 0.9mm.\nA person using a net must be within 100m of it.\n(sch.4-sec.147-ssec.1) A net may be used only if— the net is no longer than 1,800m; and the net has a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 165mm; and the net’s drop is no more than 85 meshes; and one end of the net is anchored or fixed to a place; and the other end of the net is fixed to a boat; and it is not used as a bottom set net.\n(sch.4-sec.147-ssec.2) The line thickness of a net must be at least 0.9mm.\n(sch.4-sec.147-ssec.3) A person using a net must be within 100m of it.\n- (a) the net is no longer than 1,800m; and\n- (b) the net has a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 165mm; and\n- (c) the net’s drop is no more than 85 meshes; and\n- (d) one end of the net is anchored or fixed to a place; and\n- (e) the other end of the net is fixed to a boat; and\n- (f) it is not used as a bottom set net.","sortOrder":950},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.148","sectionType":"section","heading":"When fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.148 When fish may be taken\n\nA net must not be used in the period from 7 October to 31 January.\nsch 4 s 148 amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 7","sortOrder":951},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.149","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.149\n\nsch 4 s 149 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 107","sortOrder":952},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.9-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Condition","content":"## Condition","sortOrder":953},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.150","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sch.4-sec.150 Purpose of division\n\nThis division prescribes a condition for the licence.\nsch 4 s 150 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 82 sch 1","sortOrder":954},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.151","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.151\n\nsch 4 s 151 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 29 (1)","sortOrder":955},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.152","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.4-sec.152\n\nsch 4 s 152 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 29 (1)","sortOrder":956},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153","sectionType":"section","heading":"Marking nets","content":"### sch.4-sec.153 Marking nets\n\nA net must be marked by—\nsolid, light coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and\na solid, white float with the primary boat mark for the net written on it at the end of the net farthest from the primary boat.\nThe white float must—\nbe no less than 15cm in any dimension; and\nhave a radar reflector attached to it.\nsch 4 s 153 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 29 (2) – (4)\n(sch.4-sec.153-ssec.1) A net must be marked by— solid, light coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and a solid, white float with the primary boat mark for the net written on it at the end of the net farthest from the primary boat.\n(sch.4-sec.153-ssec.2) The white float must— be no less than 15cm in any dimension; and have a radar reflector attached to it.\n- (a) solid, light coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and\n- (b) a solid, white float with the primary boat mark for the net written on it at the end of the net farthest from the primary boat.\n- (a) be no less than 15cm in any dimension; and\n- (b) have a radar reflector attached to it.","sortOrder":957},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.9A","sectionType":"part","heading":"Net fishery (no. 15)","content":"# Net fishery (no. 15)","sortOrder":958},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.9A-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":959},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net fishery (no. 15)","content":"### sch.4-sec.153A Net fishery (no. 15)\n\nThe net fishery (no. 15) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 153D in the fishery area, as provided under this part.\nsch 4 s 153A ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17","sortOrder":960},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbols","content":"### sch.4-sec.153B Fishery symbols\n\nThe fishery symbols for the fishery are ‘K1’, ‘K2’, ‘K3’, ‘K4’, ‘K5’, ‘K6’, ‘K7’, ‘K8’, ‘N10’ and ‘N15’.\nsch 4 s 153B ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17","sortOrder":961},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153C","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.4-sec.153C Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area is the east coast inshore management region 5.\nsch 4 s 153C ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17","sortOrder":962},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.9A-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":963},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153D","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.153D What fish may be taken\n\nAny fish, other than crabs, regulated coral reef fin fish and snapper, may be taken under the licence.\nsch 4 s 153D ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17","sortOrder":964},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153E","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.153E Way fish may be taken\n\nFish may be taken only by using—\nmesh nets in the way stated in subdivision 2 ; or\nset pocket nets in the way stated in subdivision 3 .\nUnless otherwise stated in this part, a mesh net that is neither fixed nor hauled must not be used—\nin a marked navigation channel; or\nwithin—\n400m of a jetty or wharf; or\n100m of another net that is being used.\nOnly 1 mesh net may be used at the same time to take fish.\nDespite subsection (3) , a single mesh net may be split into 2 or more pieces after the fish are taken, to remove the fish from the mesh net.\nOnly 1 part of a general purpose mesh net may be fixed while it is being used in offshore waters.\nOne end of a mesh net may be fixed temporarily while shooting or hauling the net.\nUnless otherwise stated in this part, a person using a mesh net must remain on a boat floating on the water within 100m of the net unless the person is setting or retrieving the net.\nsch 4 s 153E ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17\n(sch.4-sec.153E-ssec.1) Fish may be taken only by using— mesh nets in the way stated in subdivision 2 ; or set pocket nets in the way stated in subdivision 3 .\n(sch.4-sec.153E-ssec.2) Unless otherwise stated in this part, a mesh net that is neither fixed nor hauled must not be used— in a marked navigation channel; or within— 400m of a jetty or wharf; or 100m of another net that is being used.\n(sch.4-sec.153E-ssec.3) Only 1 mesh net may be used at the same time to take fish.\n(sch.4-sec.153E-ssec.4) Despite subsection (3) , a single mesh net may be split into 2 or more pieces after the fish are taken, to remove the fish from the mesh net.\n(sch.4-sec.153E-ssec.5) Only 1 part of a general purpose mesh net may be fixed while it is being used in offshore waters.\n(sch.4-sec.153E-ssec.6) One end of a mesh net may be fixed temporarily while shooting or hauling the net.\n(sch.4-sec.153E-ssec.7) Unless otherwise stated in this part, a person using a mesh net must remain on a boat floating on the water within 100m of the net unless the person is setting or retrieving the net.\n- (a) mesh nets in the way stated in subdivision 2 ; or\n- (b) set pocket nets in the way stated in subdivision 3 .\n- (a) in a marked navigation channel; or\n- (b) within— (i) 400m of a jetty or wharf; or (ii) 100m of another net that is being used.\n- (i) 400m of a jetty or wharf; or\n- (ii) 100m of another net that is being used.\n- (i) 400m of a jetty or wharf; or\n- (ii) 100m of another net that is being used.","sortOrder":965},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153F","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of seine nets to take prawns in Lake Weyba","content":"### sch.4-sec.153F Use of seine nets to take prawns in Lake Weyba\n\nA seine net may be used in Lake Weyba only if it is no longer than 25m and has a mesh size of at least 25mm.\nHowever, a seine net may be used to take only prawns in the lake.\nsch 4 s 153F ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17\n(sch.4-sec.153F-ssec.1) A seine net may be used in Lake Weyba only if it is no longer than 25m and has a mesh size of at least 25mm.\n(sch.4-sec.153F-ssec.2) However, a seine net may be used to take only prawns in the lake.","sortOrder":966},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153G","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of mesh nets in Lakes Cootharaba, Cooroibah and Weyba","content":"### sch.4-sec.153G Use of mesh nets in Lakes Cootharaba, Cooroibah and Weyba\n\nA mesh net may be used in Lake Cootharaba, Lake Cooroibah or Lake Weyba only if it is no longer than 1,500m and has a mesh size of at least 50mm but no more than 175mm.\nsch 4 s 153G ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17","sortOrder":967},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153H","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of seine nets to take prawns north of the Mary River","content":"### sch.4-sec.153H Use of seine nets to take prawns north of the Mary River\n\nA seine net may be used in waters north of the northern bank of the Mary River only if the net—\nis no longer than 100m; and\nhas a pocket extending over no more than one-quarter of the length of the net; and\nhas a mesh size of at least 31mm in the pocket and at least 45mm in the rest of the net.\nHowever, a seine net may be used to take only prawns in the waters.\nsch 4 s 153H ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17\n(sch.4-sec.153H-ssec.1) A seine net may be used in waters north of the northern bank of the Mary River only if the net— is no longer than 100m; and has a pocket extending over no more than one-quarter of the length of the net; and has a mesh size of at least 31mm in the pocket and at least 45mm in the rest of the net.\n(sch.4-sec.153H-ssec.2) However, a seine net may be used to take only prawns in the waters.\n- (a) is no longer than 100m; and\n- (b) has a pocket extending over no more than one-quarter of the length of the net; and\n- (c) has a mesh size of at least 31mm in the pocket and at least 45mm in the rest of the net.","sortOrder":968},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153I","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of general purpose mesh nets south of Baffle Creek","content":"### sch.4-sec.153I Use of general purpose mesh nets south of Baffle Creek\n\nThis section applies for using a general purpose mesh net in waters, other than waters in a river or creek, south of the northern bank of Baffle Creek.\nA general purpose mesh net may be used in the waters only if the net—\nis no longer than 800m; and\nhas a mesh size of at least 50mm (other than in a back net), but no more than 165mm; and\nis made of monofilament that is no more than 1.85mm in diameter.\nA back net may be used with a general purpose mesh net if the back net—\nhas a mesh size of at least 25mm but no more than 50mm; and\nis made of monofilament that is no more than 1.85mm in diameter.\nHowever, a general purpose mesh net must not be used in the fishery area of a fishery under part 1 from 1 April to 31 August.\nsch 4 s 153I ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17\n(sch.4-sec.153I-ssec.1) This section applies for using a general purpose mesh net in waters, other than waters in a river or creek, south of the northern bank of Baffle Creek.\n(sch.4-sec.153I-ssec.2) A general purpose mesh net may be used in the waters only if the net— is no longer than 800m; and has a mesh size of at least 50mm (other than in a back net), but no more than 165mm; and is made of monofilament that is no more than 1.85mm in diameter.\n(sch.4-sec.153I-ssec.3) A back net may be used with a general purpose mesh net if the back net— has a mesh size of at least 25mm but no more than 50mm; and is made of monofilament that is no more than 1.85mm in diameter.\n(sch.4-sec.153I-ssec.4) However, a general purpose mesh net must not be used in the fishery area of a fishery under part 1 from 1 April to 31 August.\n- (a) is no longer than 800m; and\n- (b) has a mesh size of at least 50mm (other than in a back net), but no more than 165mm; and\n- (c) is made of monofilament that is no more than 1.85mm in diameter.\n- (a) has a mesh size of at least 25mm but no more than 50mm; and\n- (b) is made of monofilament that is no more than 1.85mm in diameter.","sortOrder":969},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153J","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of mesh nets and seine nets south of Baffle Creek","content":"### sch.4-sec.153J Use of mesh nets and seine nets south of Baffle Creek\n\nA mesh net may be used in a river or creek south of the northern bank of Baffle Creek only if—\nfor a seine net, the net—\nis no longer than 200m; and\nhas a mesh size of at least 50mm (other than in a back net), but no more than 165mm; or\nfor another mesh net, the net—\nis no longer than 400m; and\nhas a mesh size of at least 50mm (other than in a back net), but no more than 165mm.\nHowever, a mesh net must not be used in a river or creek in the fishery area of a fishery under part 1 from 1 April to 31 August.\nsch 4 s 153J ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17\n(sch.4-sec.153J-ssec.1) A mesh net may be used in a river or creek south of the northern bank of Baffle Creek only if— for a seine net, the net— is no longer than 200m; and has a mesh size of at least 50mm (other than in a back net), but no more than 165mm; or for another mesh net, the net— is no longer than 400m; and has a mesh size of at least 50mm (other than in a back net), but no more than 165mm.\n(sch.4-sec.153J-ssec.2) However, a mesh net must not be used in a river or creek in the fishery area of a fishery under part 1 from 1 April to 31 August.\n- (a) for a seine net, the net— (i) is no longer than 200m; and (ii) has a mesh size of at least 50mm (other than in a back net), but no more than 165mm; or\n- (i) is no longer than 200m; and\n- (ii) has a mesh size of at least 50mm (other than in a back net), but no more than 165mm; or\n- (b) for another mesh net, the net— (i) is no longer than 400m; and (ii) has a mesh size of at least 50mm (other than in a back net), but no more than 165mm.\n- (i) is no longer than 400m; and\n- (ii) has a mesh size of at least 50mm (other than in a back net), but no more than 165mm.\n- (i) is no longer than 200m; and\n- (ii) has a mesh size of at least 50mm (other than in a back net), but no more than 165mm; or\n- (i) is no longer than 400m; and\n- (ii) has a mesh size of at least 50mm (other than in a back net), but no more than 165mm.","sortOrder":970},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153K","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of nets that are neither fixed nor hauled in offshore waters","content":"### sch.4-sec.153K Use of nets that are neither fixed nor hauled in offshore waters\n\nThis section applies for using a mesh net that is neither fixed nor hauled in offshore waters.\nIf all of the mesh net is used within the waters, the net must—\nbe no longer than 600m; and\nhave a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 165mm; and\nbe made of monofilament that is no more than 1.25mm in diameter.\nHowever, a mesh net must not be used in the fishery area of a fishery under part 1 from 1 April to 31 August.\nsch 4 s 153K ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17\n(sch.4-sec.153K-ssec.1) This section applies for using a mesh net that is neither fixed nor hauled in offshore waters.\n(sch.4-sec.153K-ssec.2) If all of the mesh net is used within the waters, the net must— be no longer than 600m; and have a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 165mm; and be made of monofilament that is no more than 1.25mm in diameter.\n(sch.4-sec.153K-ssec.3) However, a mesh net must not be used in the fishery area of a fishery under part 1 from 1 April to 31 August.\n- (a) be no longer than 600m; and\n- (b) have a mesh size of at least 160mm but no more than 165mm; and\n- (c) be made of monofilament that is no more than 1.25mm in diameter.","sortOrder":971},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153L","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of general purpose mesh nets in nearshore waters","content":"### sch.4-sec.153L Use of general purpose mesh nets in nearshore waters\n\nBoth ends of a general purpose mesh net may be fixed for no more than 2 hours if—\nthe net—\nhas a mesh size of at least 50mm but no more than 115mm; and\nis made of monofilament that is no more than 1.85mm in diameter; and\neach end of the net remains in nearshore waters or on a foreshore while the net is being used; and\nthe commercial fisher using the net remains on a boat floating on the water and within 100m of the net while the net is being used.\nsch 4 s 153L ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17\n- (a) the net— (i) has a mesh size of at least 50mm but no more than 115mm; and (ii) is made of monofilament that is no more than 1.85mm in diameter; and\n- (i) has a mesh size of at least 50mm but no more than 115mm; and\n- (ii) is made of monofilament that is no more than 1.85mm in diameter; and\n- (b) each end of the net remains in nearshore waters or on a foreshore while the net is being used; and\n- (c) the commercial fisher using the net remains on a boat floating on the water and within 100m of the net while the net is being used.\n- (i) has a mesh size of at least 50mm but no more than 115mm; and\n- (ii) is made of monofilament that is no more than 1.85mm in diameter; and","sortOrder":972},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153M","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of set mesh nets in rivers and creeks between Kauri and Baffle Creeks","content":"### sch.4-sec.153M Use of set mesh nets in rivers and creeks between Kauri and Baffle Creeks\n\nA set mesh net may be used in a river or creek between the northern bank of Baffle Creek and the southern bank of Kauri Creek, upstream of the shortest line between its banks, only if the net—\nis no longer than 120m; and\nhas a mesh size of at least 100mm but no more than 165mm; and\nhas a drop of no more than 50 meshes.\nNo more than 3 set mesh nets may be used in the river or creek.\nThe set mesh nets may be used in the river or creek only if—\nthe combined length of the nets is no more than 360m; and\nthe distance between the first and last net is no more than 1n mile.\nsch 4 s 153M ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17\n(sch.4-sec.153M-ssec.1) A set mesh net may be used in a river or creek between the northern bank of Baffle Creek and the southern bank of Kauri Creek, upstream of the shortest line between its banks, only if the net— is no longer than 120m; and has a mesh size of at least 100mm but no more than 165mm; and has a drop of no more than 50 meshes.\n(sch.4-sec.153M-ssec.2) No more than 3 set mesh nets may be used in the river or creek.\n(sch.4-sec.153M-ssec.3) The set mesh nets may be used in the river or creek only if— the combined length of the nets is no more than 360m; and the distance between the first and last net is no more than 1n mile.\n- (a) is no longer than 120m; and\n- (b) has a mesh size of at least 100mm but no more than 165mm; and\n- (c) has a drop of no more than 50 meshes.\n- (a) the combined length of the nets is no more than 360m; and\n- (b) the distance between the first and last net is no more than 1n mile.","sortOrder":973},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153N","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of set mesh nets in offshore waters south of Baffle Creek","content":"### sch.4-sec.153N Use of set mesh nets in offshore waters south of Baffle Creek\n\nA set mesh net may be used in offshore waters south of the northern bank of Baffle Creek only if—\nthe net—\nis no longer than 600m; and\nhas a mesh size of at least 100mm but no more than 165mm; and\nis made of monofilament that is no more than 1.25mm in diameter; and\nthe commercial fisher using the net remains on a boat floating on the water and within 200m of the net while the net is being used.\nHowever, a set mesh net must not be used in the fishery area of a fishery under part 1 from 1 April to 31 August.\nsch 4 s 153N ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17\n(sch.4-sec.153N-ssec.1) A set mesh net may be used in offshore waters south of the northern bank of Baffle Creek only if— the net— is no longer than 600m; and has a mesh size of at least 100mm but no more than 165mm; and is made of monofilament that is no more than 1.25mm in diameter; and the commercial fisher using the net remains on a boat floating on the water and within 200m of the net while the net is being used.\n(sch.4-sec.153N-ssec.2) However, a set mesh net must not be used in the fishery area of a fishery under part 1 from 1 April to 31 August.\n- (a) the net— (i) is no longer than 600m; and (ii) has a mesh size of at least 100mm but no more than 165mm; and (iii) is made of monofilament that is no more than 1.25mm in diameter; and\n- (i) is no longer than 600m; and\n- (ii) has a mesh size of at least 100mm but no more than 165mm; and\n- (iii) is made of monofilament that is no more than 1.25mm in diameter; and\n- (b) the commercial fisher using the net remains on a boat floating on the water and within 200m of the net while the net is being used.\n- (i) is no longer than 600m; and\n- (ii) has a mesh size of at least 100mm but no more than 165mm; and\n- (iii) is made of monofilament that is no more than 1.25mm in diameter; and","sortOrder":974},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153O","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of set pocket nets in rivers","content":"### sch.4-sec.153O Use of set pocket nets in rivers\n\nThis section applies to the following waters—\nthe Kolan River, Burnett River, Albert River and Logan River;\nthe waters of the Mary River between longitude 152º46.22' east and the Old Bruce Highway Bridge;\nthe waters of the Mary River between the lines between the following places marked by F↑B signs—\nlongitude 152º46.67' east on the northern bank and longitude 152º46.83' east on the southern bank;\nlongitude 152º51.74' east on the northern bank (near ‘Tandora’) and longitude 152º51.71' east on the shore of Crab Island (Meteor Point);\nlongitude 152º51.62' east on the shore of Crab Island and longitude 152º51.95' east on the southern bank.\nA set pocket net may be used only if the net is no longer than 10m and has a mesh size of at least 25mm.\nHowever, a set pocket net may be used only to take prawns in the waters.\nA set pocket net must not be set within 20m of a jetty or wharf or 100m of another net that is in use.\nMore than 1 set pocket net may be attached to a head rope if the combined length of the nets is no more than 10m.\nThe closed end of the pocket of a set pocket net must be marked on the surface of the water by a solid, yellow-coloured float that is no less than 8cm in any dimension.\nAnything used to set a set pocket net must be removed from the water after the net is taken from the water.\nHowever, subsection (7) does not apply for using a set pocket net in the waters mentioned in subsection (1) (b) .\nIn this section—\nhead rope means that part of a set pocket net from which the meshes of the net are suspended.\nsch 4 s 153O ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17\n(sch.4-sec.153O-ssec.1) This section applies to the following waters— the Kolan River, Burnett River, Albert River and Logan River; the waters of the Mary River between longitude 152º46.22' east and the Old Bruce Highway Bridge; the waters of the Mary River between the lines between the following places marked by F↑B signs— longitude 152º46.67' east on the northern bank and longitude 152º46.83' east on the southern bank; longitude 152º51.74' east on the northern bank (near ‘Tandora’) and longitude 152º51.71' east on the shore of Crab Island (Meteor Point); longitude 152º51.62' east on the shore of Crab Island and longitude 152º51.95' east on the southern bank.\n(sch.4-sec.153O-ssec.2) A set pocket net may be used only if the net is no longer than 10m and has a mesh size of at least 25mm.\n(sch.4-sec.153O-ssec.3) However, a set pocket net may be used only to take prawns in the waters.\n(sch.4-sec.153O-ssec.4) A set pocket net must not be set within 20m of a jetty or wharf or 100m of another net that is in use.\n(sch.4-sec.153O-ssec.5) More than 1 set pocket net may be attached to a head rope if the combined length of the nets is no more than 10m.\n(sch.4-sec.153O-ssec.6) The closed end of the pocket of a set pocket net must be marked on the surface of the water by a solid, yellow-coloured float that is no less than 8cm in any dimension.\n(sch.4-sec.153O-ssec.7) Anything used to set a set pocket net must be removed from the water after the net is taken from the water.\n(sch.4-sec.153O-ssec.8) However, subsection (7) does not apply for using a set pocket net in the waters mentioned in subsection (1) (b) .\n(sch.4-sec.153O-ssec.9) In this section— head rope means that part of a set pocket net from which the meshes of the net are suspended.\n- (a) the Kolan River, Burnett River, Albert River and Logan River;\n- (b) the waters of the Mary River between longitude 152º46.22' east and the Old Bruce Highway Bridge;\n- (c) the waters of the Mary River between the lines between the following places marked by F↑B signs— (i) longitude 152º46.67' east on the northern bank and longitude 152º46.83' east on the southern bank; (ii) longitude 152º51.74' east on the northern bank (near ‘Tandora’) and longitude 152º51.71' east on the shore of Crab Island (Meteor Point); (iii) longitude 152º51.62' east on the shore of Crab Island and longitude 152º51.95' east on the southern bank.\n- (i) longitude 152º46.67' east on the northern bank and longitude 152º46.83' east on the southern bank;\n- (ii) longitude 152º51.74' east on the northern bank (near ‘Tandora’) and longitude 152º51.71' east on the shore of Crab Island (Meteor Point);\n- (iii) longitude 152º51.62' east on the shore of Crab Island and longitude 152º51.95' east on the southern bank.\n- (i) longitude 152º46.67' east on the northern bank and longitude 152º46.83' east on the southern bank;\n- (ii) longitude 152º51.74' east on the northern bank (near ‘Tandora’) and longitude 152º51.71' east on the shore of Crab Island (Meteor Point);\n- (iii) longitude 152º51.62' east on the shore of Crab Island and longitude 152º51.95' east on the southern bank.","sortOrder":975},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.9A-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Condition","content":"## Condition","sortOrder":976},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153P","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sch.4-sec.153P Purpose of division\n\nThis division prescribes a condition for the licence.\nsch 4 s 153P ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17","sortOrder":977},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153Q","sectionType":"section","heading":"Marking nets","content":"### sch.4-sec.153Q Marking nets\n\nA mesh net must be marked by—\nlight-coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and\na solid, white float—\nno less than 15cm in any dimension; and\nwith either the commercial fisher’s name or the primary boat mark for the net written on it at one end of the net.\nA set mesh net or a net that is neither fixed nor hauled used in offshore waters must also be marked by—\na pole, with an orange flag on it at least 2m above the water, attached to one end of the net; and\nsolid, light-coloured floats, no less than 15cm in any dimension, no more than 100m apart along the length of the net.\nDespite subsections (1) (a) and (2) (b) , floats are not required along the length of a set mesh net used in offshore waters deeper than its drop if no part of the net is on the surface at any time.\nAlso, if a set mesh net or a net that is neither fixed nor hauled is used at night, the net must be marked by—\nif the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is no more than 50m—\na white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at one end of the net; and\na solid, reflectorised float, no less than 15cm in any dimension, at the other end of the net; or\nif the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is more than 50m—a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at both ends of the net.\nsch 4 s 153Q ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17\n(sch.4-sec.153Q-ssec.1) A mesh net must be marked by— light-coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and a solid, white float— no less than 15cm in any dimension; and with either the commercial fisher’s name or the primary boat mark for the net written on it at one end of the net.\n(sch.4-sec.153Q-ssec.2) A set mesh net or a net that is neither fixed nor hauled used in offshore waters must also be marked by— a pole, with an orange flag on it at least 2m above the water, attached to one end of the net; and solid, light-coloured floats, no less than 15cm in any dimension, no more than 100m apart along the length of the net.\n(sch.4-sec.153Q-ssec.3) Despite subsections (1) (a) and (2) (b) , floats are not required along the length of a set mesh net used in offshore waters deeper than its drop if no part of the net is on the surface at any time.\n(sch.4-sec.153Q-ssec.4) Also, if a set mesh net or a net that is neither fixed nor hauled is used at night, the net must be marked by— if the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is no more than 50m— a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at one end of the net; and a solid, reflectorised float, no less than 15cm in any dimension, at the other end of the net; or if the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is more than 50m—a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at both ends of the net.\n- (a) light-coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and\n- (b) a solid, white float— (i) no less than 15cm in any dimension; and (ii) with either the commercial fisher’s name or the primary boat mark for the net written on it at one end of the net.\n- (i) no less than 15cm in any dimension; and\n- (ii) with either the commercial fisher’s name or the primary boat mark for the net written on it at one end of the net.\n- (i) no less than 15cm in any dimension; and\n- (ii) with either the commercial fisher’s name or the primary boat mark for the net written on it at one end of the net.\n- (a) a pole, with an orange flag on it at least 2m above the water, attached to one end of the net; and\n- (b) solid, light-coloured floats, no less than 15cm in any dimension, no more than 100m apart along the length of the net.\n- (a) if the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is no more than 50m— (i) a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at one end of the net; and (ii) a solid, reflectorised float, no less than 15cm in any dimension, at the other end of the net; or\n- (i) a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at one end of the net; and\n- (ii) a solid, reflectorised float, no less than 15cm in any dimension, at the other end of the net; or\n- (b) if the combined length of the net and equipment used to set it is more than 50m—a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at both ends of the net.\n- (i) a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at one end of the net; and\n- (ii) a solid, reflectorised float, no less than 15cm in any dimension, at the other end of the net; or","sortOrder":978},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.9B","sectionType":"part","heading":"Net fishery (no. NX)","content":"# Net fishery (no. NX)","sortOrder":979},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.9B-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Application of part","content":"## Application of part","sortOrder":980},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153R","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of part","content":"### sch.4-sec.153R Application of part\n\nThis part stops having effect on 30 June 2027 at the end of the day.\nSee section 180 .\nsch 4 s 153R ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17","sortOrder":981},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.9B-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbols and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbols and fishery area","sortOrder":982},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153S","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net fishery (no. NX)","content":"### sch.4-sec.153S Net fishery (no. NX)\n\nThe net fishery (no. NX) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 153V in the fishery area, as provided under this part.\nsch 4 s 153S ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17","sortOrder":983},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153T","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.4-sec.153T Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘NX’.\nsch 4 s 153T ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17","sortOrder":984},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153U","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.4-sec.153U Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of—\nthe east coast inshore management region 2; and\nthe east coast inshore management region 3; and\nthe east coast inshore management region 4.\nsch 4 s 153U ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17\n- (a) the east coast inshore management region 2; and\n- (b) the east coast inshore management region 3; and\n- (c) the east coast inshore management region 4.","sortOrder":985},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.9B-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":986},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153V","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.153V What fish may be taken\n\nAny fish, other than crabs, regulated coral reef fin fish and snapper, may be taken under the licence.\nsch 4 s 153V ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17","sortOrder":987},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153W","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.4-sec.153W Way fish may be taken\n\nFish may be taken only by using mesh nets and tunnel nets.\nsch 4 s 153W ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17","sortOrder":988},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.9B-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":"Condition","content":"## Condition","sortOrder":989},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153X","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sch.4-sec.153X Purpose of division\n\nThis division prescribes a condition for the licence.\nsch 4 s 153X ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17","sortOrder":990},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.153Y","sectionType":"section","heading":"Marking nets","content":"### sch.4-sec.153Y Marking nets\n\nA set mesh net used during the day must be marked by—\nlight-coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and\na solid, white float—\nno less than 15cm in any dimension; and\nwith either the commercial fisher’s name or the primary boat mark for the net written on both ends of the net.\nA set mesh net used at night must be marked by a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at both ends of the net.\nA mesh net that is neither fixed nor hauled used in offshore waters during the day must be marked by—\na pole, with an orange flag on it at least 2m above the water, attached to one end of the net; and\nsolid, light-coloured floats, no less than 15cm in any dimension, no more than 100m apart along the length of the net.\nA mesh net that is neither fixed nor hauled used in offshore waters at night must be marked by a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at both ends of the net.\nsch 4 s 153Y ins 2023 SL No. 194 s 17\n(sch.4-sec.153Y-ssec.1) A set mesh net used during the day must be marked by— light-coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and a solid, white float— no less than 15cm in any dimension; and with either the commercial fisher’s name or the primary boat mark for the net written on both ends of the net.\n(sch.4-sec.153Y-ssec.2) A set mesh net used at night must be marked by a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at both ends of the net.\n(sch.4-sec.153Y-ssec.3) A mesh net that is neither fixed nor hauled used in offshore waters during the day must be marked by— a pole, with an orange flag on it at least 2m above the water, attached to one end of the net; and solid, light-coloured floats, no less than 15cm in any dimension, no more than 100m apart along the length of the net.\n(sch.4-sec.153Y-ssec.4) A mesh net that is neither fixed nor hauled used in offshore waters at night must be marked by a white light, visible at least 400m in all directions from the light, at both ends of the net.\n- (a) light-coloured floats no more than 20m apart along its length; and\n- (b) a solid, white float— (i) no less than 15cm in any dimension; and (ii) with either the commercial fisher’s name or the primary boat mark for the net written on both ends of the net.\n- (i) no less than 15cm in any dimension; and\n- (ii) with either the commercial fisher’s name or the primary boat mark for the net written on both ends of the net.\n- (i) no less than 15cm in any dimension; and\n- (ii) with either the commercial fisher’s name or the primary boat mark for the net written on both ends of the net.\n- (a) a pole, with an orange flag on it at least 2m above the water, attached to one end of the net; and\n- (b) solid, light-coloured floats, no less than 15cm in any dimension, no more than 100m apart along the length of the net.","sortOrder":991},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-pt.10","sectionType":"part","heading":"Management regions","content":"# Management regions","sortOrder":992},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.154","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of part","content":"### sch.4-sec.154 Purpose of part\n\nThis part describes management regions for—\nENL-ITQ units; and\nother quotas for taking particular fish applying to a commercial fishery mentioned in this schedule.\nsch 4 s 154 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 165\n- (a) ENL-ITQ units; and\n- (b) other quotas for taking particular fish applying to a commercial fishery mentioned in this schedule.","sortOrder":993},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.155","sectionType":"section","heading":"East coast inshore management region 1","content":"### sch.4-sec.155 East coast inshore management region 1\n\nThe east coast inshore management region 1 consists of tidal waters in the fishery area between the top of the fishery area (just north of Cape York) and latitude 15º13.56' south (at Cape Bedford).\nsch 4 s 155 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 165\namd 2023 SL No. 194 s 18","sortOrder":994},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.156","sectionType":"section","heading":"East coast inshore management region 2","content":"### sch.4-sec.156 East coast inshore management region 2\n\nThe east coast inshore management region 2 consists of tidal waters in the fishery area between latitude 15º13.56' south (at Cape Bedford) and latitude 19º00' south (near Balgal Beach).\nsch 4 s 155 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 165\namd 2023 SL No. 194 s 18","sortOrder":995},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.157","sectionType":"section","heading":"East coast inshore management region 3","content":"### sch.4-sec.157 East coast inshore management region 3\n\nThe east coast inshore management region 3 consists of tidal waters in the fishery area between latitude 19º00' south (near Balgal Beach) and latitude 22º00' south (near Clairview).\nsch 4 s 157 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 165","sortOrder":996},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.158","sectionType":"section","heading":"East coast inshore management region 4","content":"### sch.4-sec.158 East coast inshore management region 4\n\nThe east coast inshore management region 4 consists of tidal waters in the fishery area between latitude 22º00' south (near Clairview) and latitude 24º30' south (Baffle Creek).\nsch 4 s 158 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 165","sortOrder":997},{"sectionNumber":"sch.4-sec.159","sectionType":"section","heading":"East coast inshore management region 5","content":"### sch.4-sec.159 East coast inshore management region 5\n\nThe east coast inshore management region 5 consists of tidal waters in the fishery area between latitude 24º30' south (Baffle Creek) and the bottom of the fishery area (Queensland–New South Wales border).\nsch 4 s 159 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 165","sortOrder":998},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":"Interpretation","content":"# Interpretation","sortOrder":999},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.1","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definition for schedule","content":"### sch.5-sec.1 Definition for schedule\n\nIn this schedule—\nrelevant line fishery means—\nfor an SM licence on which is written the fishery symbol ‘L1’—the line fishery (other than Great Barrier Reef region) under schedule 3 , part 1 ; or\nfor an SM licence on which is written the fishery symbol ‘L2’ or ‘L3’—the line fishery (reef) under schedule 3 , part 2 ; or\nfor an SM licence on which is written the fishery symbol ‘L8’—the line fishery (multiple hook—east coast) under schedule 3 , part 4 .\n- (a) for an SM licence on which is written the fishery symbol ‘L1’—the line fishery (other than Great Barrier Reef region) under schedule 3 , part 1 ; or\n- (b) for an SM licence on which is written the fishery symbol ‘L2’ or ‘L3’—the line fishery (reef) under schedule 3 , part 2 ; or\n- (c) for an SM licence on which is written the fishery symbol ‘L8’—the line fishery (multiple hook—east coast) under schedule 3 , part 4 .","sortOrder":1000},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"# Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1001},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.2","sectionType":"section","heading":"Spanish mackerel commercial fishery","content":"### sch.5-sec.2 Spanish mackerel commercial fishery\n\nThe spanish mackerel commercial fishery is the activity of fishing for spanish mackerel in the fishery area, as provided under this schedule.","sortOrder":1002},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.3","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.5-sec.3 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘SM’.","sortOrder":1003},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.4","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.5-sec.4 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the fishery areas of the relevant line fisheries.","sortOrder":1004},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":"Authorisation","content":"# Authorisation","sortOrder":1005},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.5","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where fish may be taken","content":"### sch.5-sec.5 Where fish may be taken\n\nSpanish mackerel may be taken only in the fishery area of the relevant line fishery for the licence.","sortOrder":1006},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.6","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.5-sec.6 What fish may be taken\n\nSpanish mackerel may be taken under the licence.","sortOrder":1007},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.7","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.5-sec.7 Way fish may be taken\n\nSpanish mackerel may be taken only in the way fish may be taken in the relevant line fishery for the licence.","sortOrder":1008},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.8","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fish may be taken only with unused entitlements","content":"### sch.5-sec.8 Fish may be taken only with unused entitlements\n\nSpanish mackerel may be taken in an SM year only if the spanish mackerel is taken under SM units with unused entitlements for the SM year.\nsch 5 s 8 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 166 (1)","sortOrder":1009},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.9","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.9\n\nsch 5 s 9 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 108","sortOrder":1010},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-pt.4","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1011},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.10","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.10\n\nsch 5 s 10 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 30","sortOrder":1012},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.11","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.11\n\nsch 5 s 11 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 30","sortOrder":1013},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.12","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.12\n\nsch 5 s 12 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 30","sortOrder":1014},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-pt.5","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1015},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-pt.5-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1016},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.13","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.13\n\nsch 5 s 13 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 166 (2)","sortOrder":1017},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.14","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.14\n\nsch 5 s 14 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 166 (2)","sortOrder":1018},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.15","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.15\n\nsch 5 s 15 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 166 (2)","sortOrder":1019},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-pt.5-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1020},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.16","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.16\n\nsch 5 s 16 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 166 (2)","sortOrder":1021},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.17","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.17\n\nsch 5 s 17 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 166 (2)","sortOrder":1022},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.18","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.18\n\nsch 5 s 18 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 166 (2)","sortOrder":1023},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.19","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.19\n\nsch 5 s 19 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 166 (2)","sortOrder":1024},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-pt.5-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1025},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.20","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.20\n\nsch 5 s 20 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 166 (2)","sortOrder":1026},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.21","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.21\n\nsch 5 s 21 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 166 (2)","sortOrder":1027},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.22","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.22\n\nsch 5 s 22 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 166 (2)","sortOrder":1028},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.23","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.23\n\nsch 5 s 23 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 166 (2)","sortOrder":1029},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-pt.5-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1030},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.24","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.24\n\nsch 5 s 24 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 166 (2)","sortOrder":1031},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.25","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.25\n\nsch 5 s 25 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 166 (2)","sortOrder":1032},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.26","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.26\n\nsch 5 s 26 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 166 (2)","sortOrder":1033},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.27","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.27\n\nsch 5 s 27 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 166 (2)","sortOrder":1034},{"sectionNumber":"sch.5-sec.28","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.5-sec.28\n\nsch 5 s 28 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 166 (2)","sortOrder":1035},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":"Interpretation","content":"# Interpretation","sortOrder":1036},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.1","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definition for schedule","content":"### sch.6-sec.1 Definition for schedule\n\nIn this schedule—\nrelevant line fishery means—\nfor an RQ licence on which is written the fishery symbol ‘L1’—the line fishery (other than Great Barrier Reef region) under schedule 3 , part 1 ; or\nfor an RQ licence on which is written the fishery symbol ‘L2’ or ‘L3’—the line fishery (reef) under schedule 3 , part 2 ; or\nfor an RQ licence on which is written the fishery symbol ‘L8’—the line fishery (multiple hook—east coast) under schedule 3 , part 4 .\n- (a) for an RQ licence on which is written the fishery symbol ‘L1’—the line fishery (other than Great Barrier Reef region) under schedule 3 , part 1 ; or\n- (b) for an RQ licence on which is written the fishery symbol ‘L2’ or ‘L3’—the line fishery (reef) under schedule 3 , part 2 ; or\n- (c) for an RQ licence on which is written the fishery symbol ‘L8’—the line fishery (multiple hook—east coast) under schedule 3 , part 4 .","sortOrder":1037},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"# Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1038},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.2","sectionType":"section","heading":"Reef line commercial fishery","content":"### sch.6-sec.2 Reef line commercial fishery\n\nThe reef line commercial fishery is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 5 in the fishery area, as provided under this schedule.","sortOrder":1039},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.3","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol for fishery","content":"### sch.6-sec.3 Fishery symbol for fishery\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘RQ’.","sortOrder":1040},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.4","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.6-sec.4 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the fishery areas of the relevant line fisheries.","sortOrder":1041},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":"Authorisation","content":"# Authorisation","sortOrder":1042},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.5","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.6-sec.5 What fish may be taken\n\nThe following fish may be taken—\nfor an RQ licence on which is written the fishery symbol ‘L8’—any regulated coral reef fin fish other than regulated coral trout and red emperor; and\nfor an RQ licence on which is written the fishery symbol ‘L1’, ‘L2’ or ‘L3’—any regulated coral reef fin fish.\n- (a) for an RQ licence on which is written the fishery symbol ‘L8’—any regulated coral reef fin fish other than regulated coral trout and red emperor; and\n- (b) for an RQ licence on which is written the fishery symbol ‘L1’, ‘L2’ or ‘L3’—any regulated coral reef fin fish.","sortOrder":1043},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.6","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.6-sec.6 Way fish may be taken\n\nRegulated coral reef fin fish may be take only in the way fish may be taken in the relevant line fishery for the licence.","sortOrder":1044},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.7","sectionType":"section","heading":"Prescribed regulated coral reef fin fish may be taken only with unused entitlements","content":"### sch.6-sec.7 Prescribed regulated coral reef fin fish may be taken only with unused entitlements\n\nPrescribed regulated coral reef fin fish may be taken in a line year only if the fish is taken under line units with unused entitlements for the line year.\nsch 6 s 7 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 167 (1)","sortOrder":1045},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.8","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.8\n\nsch 6 s 8 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 109","sortOrder":1046},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-pt.4","sectionType":"part","heading":"Condition","content":"# Condition","sortOrder":1047},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.9","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of part","content":"### sch.6-sec.9 Purpose of part\n\nThis part prescribes a condition for the licence.\nsch 6 s 9 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 82 sch 1","sortOrder":1048},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.10","sectionType":"section","heading":"Identification requirement to allow identification or counting of regulated coral reef fin fish","content":"### sch.6-sec.10 Identification requirement to allow identification or counting of regulated coral reef fin fish\n\nThis section applies if—\nregulated coral reef fin fish are on board a commercial fishing boat; and\nany fish on board the boat are stored in a sealed container.\nThe person in control of the boat must ensure the container has attached to it a label stating legibly, visibly and in English—\nif the container contains regulated coral trout—the words ‘coral trout’ and the number of regulated coral trout inside the container; or\nif the container contains redthroat emperor—the words ‘redthroat emperor’ and the number of redthroat emperor inside the container; or\nif the container contains other regulated coral reef fin fish—the words ‘other coral reef fin fish’ and the number of other regulated coral reef fin fish inside the container; or\nif the container contains fish other than regulated coral reef fin fish—the words ‘other species of fish’ and the number of fish inside the container.\n(sch.6-sec.10-ssec.1) This section applies if— regulated coral reef fin fish are on board a commercial fishing boat; and any fish on board the boat are stored in a sealed container.\n(sch.6-sec.10-ssec.2) The person in control of the boat must ensure the container has attached to it a label stating legibly, visibly and in English— if the container contains regulated coral trout—the words ‘coral trout’ and the number of regulated coral trout inside the container; or if the container contains redthroat emperor—the words ‘redthroat emperor’ and the number of redthroat emperor inside the container; or if the container contains other regulated coral reef fin fish—the words ‘other coral reef fin fish’ and the number of other regulated coral reef fin fish inside the container; or if the container contains fish other than regulated coral reef fin fish—the words ‘other species of fish’ and the number of fish inside the container.\n- (a) regulated coral reef fin fish are on board a commercial fishing boat; and\n- (b) any fish on board the boat are stored in a sealed container.\n- (a) if the container contains regulated coral trout—the words ‘coral trout’ and the number of regulated coral trout inside the container; or\n- (b) if the container contains redthroat emperor—the words ‘redthroat emperor’ and the number of redthroat emperor inside the container; or\n- (c) if the container contains other regulated coral reef fin fish—the words ‘other coral reef fin fish’ and the number of other regulated coral reef fin fish inside the container; or\n- (d) if the container contains fish other than regulated coral reef fin fish—the words ‘other species of fish’ and the number of fish inside the container.","sortOrder":1049},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.11","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.11\n\nsch 6 s 11 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 31","sortOrder":1050},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.12","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.12\n\nsch 6 s 12 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 31","sortOrder":1051},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.13","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.13\n\nsch 6 s 13 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 31","sortOrder":1052},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-pt.5","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1053},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-pt.5-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1054},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.14","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.14\n\nsch 6 s 14 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 167 (2)","sortOrder":1055},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.15","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.15\n\nsch 6 s 15 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 167 (2)","sortOrder":1056},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.16","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.16\n\nsch 6 s 16 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 167 (2)","sortOrder":1057},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-pt.5-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1058},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.17","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.17\n\nsch 6 s 17 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 167 (2)","sortOrder":1059},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.18","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.18\n\nsch 6 s 18 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 167 (2)","sortOrder":1060},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.19","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.19\n\nsch 6 s 19 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 167 (2)","sortOrder":1061},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.20","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.20\n\nsch 6 s 20 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 167 (2)","sortOrder":1062},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-pt.5-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1063},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.21","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.21\n\nsch 6 s 21 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 167 (2)","sortOrder":1064},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.22","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.22\n\nsch 6 s 22 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 167 (2)","sortOrder":1065},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.23","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.23\n\nsch 6 s 23 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 167 (2)","sortOrder":1066},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.24","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.24\n\nsch 6 s 24 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 167 (2)","sortOrder":1067},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-pt.5-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1068},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.25","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.25\n\nsch 6 s 25 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 167 (2)","sortOrder":1069},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.26","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.26\n\nsch 6 s 26 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 167 (2)","sortOrder":1070},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.27","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.27\n\nsch 6 s 27 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 167 (2)","sortOrder":1071},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.28","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.28\n\nsch 6 s 28 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 167 (2)","sortOrder":1072},{"sectionNumber":"sch.6-sec.29","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.6-sec.29\n\nsch 6 s 29 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 167 (2)","sortOrder":1073},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":"Commercial crab fishery","content":"# Commercial crab fishery","sortOrder":1074},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-pt.1-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1075},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.1","sectionType":"section","heading":"Commercial crab fishery","content":"### sch.7-sec.1 Commercial crab fishery\n\nThe commercial crab fishery is the activity of fishing for the crabs mentioned in section 4 in the fishery area, as provided under this part.","sortOrder":1076},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.2","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.7-sec.2 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘C1’.","sortOrder":1077},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.3","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7-sec.3 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters in the following areas—\neast of longitude 142º31'49\" east;\nnorth of latitude 10º48' south and between longitude 141º20' east and longitude 142º31'49\" east;\nin the Gulf of Carpentaria between the 25n mile line and the shore, south of latitude 10º48' south.\n- (a) east of longitude 142º31'49\" east;\n- (b) north of latitude 10º48' south and between longitude 141º20' east and longitude 142º31'49\" east;\n- (c) in the Gulf of Carpentaria between the 25n mile line and the shore, south of latitude 10º48' south.","sortOrder":1078},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-pt.1-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1079},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.4","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7-sec.4 What fish may be taken\n\nCrabs, other than spanner crabs, may be taken under the licence.","sortOrder":1080},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.5","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7-sec.5 Way fish may be taken\n\nCrabs may be taken only by using a crab pot, collapsible trap or dilly (each of which is an item of crab apparatus ).\nAn item of crab apparatus used to take mud crabs must—\nhave positioned on the bottom edge of the apparatus—\n1 large rectangular escape vent; or\n2 small rectangular escape vents; or\n1 round escape vent; and\nbe constructed in a way so that an escape vent mentioned in paragraph (a) —\ncan not collapse; and\nis not impeded by another part of the item of crab apparatus.\nIn this section—\nlarge rectangular escape vent means a rectangular opening in an item of crab apparatus that is at least 120mm long and 50mm wide.\nround escape vent means a round opening in an item of crab apparatus that has a diameter of at least 105mm.\nsmall rectangular escape vent means a rectangular opening in an item of crab apparatus that is at least 75mm long and 60mm wide.\nsch 7 s 5 amd 2020 SL No. 236 ss 32(1), 168(1) (amd 2021 SL No. 29 s 35 )\n(sch.7-sec.5-ssec.1) Crabs may be taken only by using a crab pot, collapsible trap or dilly (each of which is an item of crab apparatus ).\n(sch.7-sec.5-ssec.2) An item of crab apparatus used to take mud crabs must— have positioned on the bottom edge of the apparatus— 1 large rectangular escape vent; or 2 small rectangular escape vents; or 1 round escape vent; and be constructed in a way so that an escape vent mentioned in paragraph (a) — can not collapse; and is not impeded by another part of the item of crab apparatus.\n(sch.7-sec.5-ssec.3) In this section— large rectangular escape vent means a rectangular opening in an item of crab apparatus that is at least 120mm long and 50mm wide. round escape vent means a round opening in an item of crab apparatus that has a diameter of at least 105mm. small rectangular escape vent means a rectangular opening in an item of crab apparatus that is at least 75mm long and 60mm wide.\n- (a) have positioned on the bottom edge of the apparatus— (i) 1 large rectangular escape vent; or (ii) 2 small rectangular escape vents; or (iii) 1 round escape vent; and\n- (i) 1 large rectangular escape vent; or\n- (ii) 2 small rectangular escape vents; or\n- (iii) 1 round escape vent; and\n- (b) be constructed in a way so that an escape vent mentioned in paragraph (a) — (i) can not collapse; and (ii) is not impeded by another part of the item of crab apparatus.\n- (i) can not collapse; and\n- (ii) is not impeded by another part of the item of crab apparatus.\n- (i) 1 large rectangular escape vent; or\n- (ii) 2 small rectangular escape vents; or\n- (iii) 1 round escape vent; and\n- (i) can not collapse; and\n- (ii) is not impeded by another part of the item of crab apparatus.","sortOrder":1081},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.6","sectionType":"section","heading":"Number of items of crab apparatus authorised to be used","content":"### sch.7-sec.6 Number of items of crab apparatus authorised to be used\n\nNo more than the following number of items of crab apparatus, including any combination of items of crab apparatus, may be used under the licence at the same time—\nif the licence has only 1 fishery symbol ‘C1’ written on it—50;\nif the licence has only 2 fishery symbols ‘C1’ written on it—100;\nif the licence has 3 or more fishery symbols ‘C1’ written on it—150.\nHowever, no more than 100 items of crab apparatus may be used at the same time to take crabs in the Hervey Bay crab area or Moreton Bay crab area.\nAlso, more than 100 (but not more than 150) items of crab apparatus may be used under the licence at the same time in an area other than the Hervey Bay crab area or Moreton Bay crab area for taking only the following fish—\nblue swimmer crabs;\ncoral crabs;\nthree spot crabs.\nIn this section—\nHervey Bay crab area means tidal waters in the fishery area that are—\nsouth of the line between—\nlatitude 25°9.16' south, longitude 152° 38.01' east (Burrum Point); and\nlatitude 25°13.83' south, longitude 152°59.56' east (Moon Point); and\nwest of the line between—\nlatitude 25°48.76' south, longitude 153°4.18' east (Inskip Point); and\nlatitude 25°47.54' south, longitude 153°4.66' east (Hook Point).\nMoreton Bay crab area means tidal waters in the fishery area that are within the Moreton Bay (whole) waters.\nsch 7 s 6 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 32 (2)\namd 2020 SL No. 29 s 8\n(sch.7-sec.6-ssec.1) No more than the following number of items of crab apparatus, including any combination of items of crab apparatus, may be used under the licence at the same time— if the licence has only 1 fishery symbol ‘C1’ written on it—50; if the licence has only 2 fishery symbols ‘C1’ written on it—100; if the licence has 3 or more fishery symbols ‘C1’ written on it—150.\n(sch.7-sec.6-ssec.2) However, no more than 100 items of crab apparatus may be used at the same time to take crabs in the Hervey Bay crab area or Moreton Bay crab area.\n(sch.7-sec.6-ssec.3) Also, more than 100 (but not more than 150) items of crab apparatus may be used under the licence at the same time in an area other than the Hervey Bay crab area or Moreton Bay crab area for taking only the following fish— blue swimmer crabs; coral crabs; three spot crabs.\n(sch.7-sec.6-ssec.4) In this section— Hervey Bay crab area means tidal waters in the fishery area that are— south of the line between— latitude 25°9.16' south, longitude 152° 38.01' east (Burrum Point); and latitude 25°13.83' south, longitude 152°59.56' east (Moon Point); and west of the line between— latitude 25°48.76' south, longitude 153°4.18' east (Inskip Point); and latitude 25°47.54' south, longitude 153°4.66' east (Hook Point). Moreton Bay crab area means tidal waters in the fishery area that are within the Moreton Bay (whole) waters.\n- (a) if the licence has only 1 fishery symbol ‘C1’ written on it—50;\n- (b) if the licence has only 2 fishery symbols ‘C1’ written on it—100;\n- (c) if the licence has 3 or more fishery symbols ‘C1’ written on it—150.\n- (a) blue swimmer crabs;\n- (b) coral crabs;\n- (c) three spot crabs.\n- (a) south of the line between— (i) latitude 25°9.16' south, longitude 152° 38.01' east (Burrum Point); and (ii) latitude 25°13.83' south, longitude 152°59.56' east (Moon Point); and\n- (i) latitude 25°9.16' south, longitude 152° 38.01' east (Burrum Point); and\n- (ii) latitude 25°13.83' south, longitude 152°59.56' east (Moon Point); and\n- (b) west of the line between— (i) latitude 25°48.76' south, longitude 153°4.18' east (Inskip Point); and (ii) latitude 25°47.54' south, longitude 153°4.66' east (Hook Point).\n- (i) latitude 25°48.76' south, longitude 153°4.18' east (Inskip Point); and\n- (ii) latitude 25°47.54' south, longitude 153°4.66' east (Hook Point).\n- (i) latitude 25°9.16' south, longitude 152° 38.01' east (Burrum Point); and\n- (ii) latitude 25°13.83' south, longitude 152°59.56' east (Moon Point); and\n- (i) latitude 25°48.76' south, longitude 153°4.18' east (Inskip Point); and\n- (ii) latitude 25°47.54' south, longitude 153°4.66' east (Hook Point).","sortOrder":1082},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.7","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of crab apparatus in single line or in sequence","content":"### sch.7-sec.7 Use of crab apparatus in single line or in sequence\n\nNo more than 10 items of crab apparatus may be fixed to a single line or attached to each other in sequence.\nTwo or more items of crab apparatus that are fixed to a single line, or attached to each other in sequence, must not be used in the following waters—\nMoreton Bay (whole) waters south of latitude 27º18.430' south;\nthe waters of Great Sandy Strait south of a line between Point Vernon on the mainland and Moon Point on Fraser Island.\nsch 7 s 7 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 32 (2)\n(sch.7-sec.7-ssec.1) No more than 10 items of crab apparatus may be fixed to a single line or attached to each other in sequence.\n(sch.7-sec.7-ssec.2) Two or more items of crab apparatus that are fixed to a single line, or attached to each other in sequence, must not be used in the following waters— Moreton Bay (whole) waters south of latitude 27º18.430' south; the waters of Great Sandy Strait south of a line between Point Vernon on the mainland and Moon Point on Fraser Island.\n- (a) Moreton Bay (whole) waters south of latitude 27º18.430' south;\n- (b) the waters of Great Sandy Strait south of a line between Point Vernon on the mainland and Moon Point on Fraser Island.","sortOrder":1083},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.7A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Possession of crab apparatus","content":"### sch.7-sec.7A Possession of crab apparatus\n\nA person must not possess on a boat in a part of the fishery area more than the number of items of crab apparatus, including any combination of items of crab apparatus, the person is authorised to use in the part under section 6 .\nsch 7 s 7A ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 32 (2)","sortOrder":1084},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.8","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fish may be taken only with unused entitlements","content":"### sch.7-sec.8 Fish may be taken only with unused entitlements\n\nA person may take mud crabs in the mud crab east coast management region in a C1-ITQ year only if the person holds, or is acting under, EC1-ITQ units with an entitlement of at least 1.2t of mud crabs.\nA person may take mud crabs in the mud crab Gulf of Carpentaria management region in a C1-ITQ year only if the person holds, or is acting under, GC1-ITQ units with an entitlement of at least 1.2t of mud crabs.\nPrescribed crabs may be taken in a prescribed crab management region in a C1-ITQ year only if the crabs are taken under C1-ITQ units with unused entitlements for the C1-ITQ year.\nsch 7 s 8 prev sch 7 s 8 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 110\npres sch 7 s 8 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 168 (2)\n(sch.7-sec.8-ssec.1) A person may take mud crabs in the mud crab east coast management region in a C1-ITQ year only if the person holds, or is acting under, EC1-ITQ units with an entitlement of at least 1.2t of mud crabs.\n(sch.7-sec.8-ssec.2) A person may take mud crabs in the mud crab Gulf of Carpentaria management region in a C1-ITQ year only if the person holds, or is acting under, GC1-ITQ units with an entitlement of at least 1.2t of mud crabs.\n(sch.7-sec.8-ssec.3) Prescribed crabs may be taken in a prescribed crab management region in a C1-ITQ year only if the crabs are taken under C1-ITQ units with unused entitlements for the C1-ITQ year.","sortOrder":1085},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-pt.1-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Conditions","content":"## Conditions","sortOrder":1086},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.9","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sch.7-sec.9 Purpose of division\n\nThis division prescribes conditions for the licence.","sortOrder":1087},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.10","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.7-sec.10\n\nsch 7 s 10 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 32 (3)","sortOrder":1088},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.11","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.7-sec.11\n\nsch 7 s 11 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 32 (3)","sortOrder":1089},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.12","sectionType":"section","heading":"Marking of fishing apparatus","content":"### sch.7-sec.12 Marking of fishing apparatus\n\nAn item of crab apparatus must—\nhave attached to it a tag on which is written the name of the owner of the apparatus; or\nbe marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\nAlso, the item of crab apparatus must be attached by a rope to either—\na compliant float that is no less than 15cm in any dimension; or\na fixed object above the high water mark, including, for example, a jetty or tree.\nIf an item of crab apparatus is attached to a fixed object under subsection (2) (b) , a tag, on which is written the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence, must be attached to the part of the rope above the high water mark.\nIf 2 items of crab apparatus are fixed to a line, one end of the line must have attached to it 2 compliant floats that are no less than 15cm in any dimension.\nIf 3 or more items of crab apparatus are fixed to a line—\none end of the line must have attached to it a compliant float that is no less than 25cm in any dimension; and\nthe other end of the line must have attached to it a flag that is at least 2m above the water; and\na tag must be attached to the line near the float or flag stating the number of items of crab apparatus that are attached to the line.\nIn this section—\ncompliant float , for using crab apparatus, means a float that—\nis solid, light coloured and clearly visible on the surface of the water; and\nis marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\nsch 7 s 12 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 32 (4) – (5)\n(sch.7-sec.12-ssec.1) An item of crab apparatus must— have attached to it a tag on which is written the name of the owner of the apparatus; or be marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\n(sch.7-sec.12-ssec.2) Also, the item of crab apparatus must be attached by a rope to either— a compliant float that is no less than 15cm in any dimension; or a fixed object above the high water mark, including, for example, a jetty or tree.\n(sch.7-sec.12-ssec.3) If an item of crab apparatus is attached to a fixed object under subsection (2) (b) , a tag, on which is written the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence, must be attached to the part of the rope above the high water mark.\n(sch.7-sec.12-ssec.4) If 2 items of crab apparatus are fixed to a line, one end of the line must have attached to it 2 compliant floats that are no less than 15cm in any dimension.\n(sch.7-sec.12-ssec.5) If 3 or more items of crab apparatus are fixed to a line— one end of the line must have attached to it a compliant float that is no less than 25cm in any dimension; and the other end of the line must have attached to it a flag that is at least 2m above the water; and a tag must be attached to the line near the float or flag stating the number of items of crab apparatus that are attached to the line.\n(sch.7-sec.12-ssec.6) In this section— compliant float , for using crab apparatus, means a float that— is solid, light coloured and clearly visible on the surface of the water; and is marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\n- (a) have attached to it a tag on which is written the name of the owner of the apparatus; or\n- (b) be marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\n- (a) a compliant float that is no less than 15cm in any dimension; or\n- (b) a fixed object above the high water mark, including, for example, a jetty or tree.\n- (a) one end of the line must have attached to it a compliant float that is no less than 25cm in any dimension; and\n- (b) the other end of the line must have attached to it a flag that is at least 2m above the water; and\n- (c) a tag must be attached to the line near the float or flag stating the number of items of crab apparatus that are attached to the line.\n- (a) is solid, light coloured and clearly visible on the surface of the water; and\n- (b) is marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.","sortOrder":1090},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.12A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Checking crab apparatus","content":"### sch.7-sec.12A Checking crab apparatus\n\nCrab apparatus that is in use must be checked at least every 7 days after being set.\nsch 7 s 12A ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 32 (6)","sortOrder":1091},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-pt.1-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":"Management regions","content":"## Management regions","sortOrder":1092},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.12B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sch.7-sec.12B Purpose of division\n\nThis part describes management regions for C1-ITQ units.\nsch 7 s 12B ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 168 (3)","sortOrder":1093},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.12C","sectionType":"section","heading":"Mud crab Gulf of Carpentaria management region","content":"### sch.7-sec.12C Mud crab Gulf of Carpentaria management region\n\nThe mud crab Gulf of Carpentaria management region consists of all tidal waters in the fishery area west of longitude 142º31.49' east.\nsch 7 s 12C ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 168 (3)","sortOrder":1094},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.12D","sectionType":"section","heading":"Mud crab east coast management region","content":"### sch.7-sec.12D Mud crab east coast management region\n\nThe mud crab east coast management region consists of all tidal waters in the fishery area east of longitude 142º31.49' east.\nsch 7 s 12D ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 168 (3)","sortOrder":1095},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.12E","sectionType":"section","heading":"Blue swimmer crab management region","content":"### sch.7-sec.12E Blue swimmer crab management region\n\nThe blue swimmer crab management region consists of all tidal waters in the fishery area.\nsch 7 s 12E ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 168 (3)","sortOrder":1096},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":"Commercial spanner crab fishery (managed area A)","content":"# Commercial spanner crab fishery (managed area A)","sortOrder":1097},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-pt.2-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1098},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.13","sectionType":"section","heading":"Commercial spanner crab fishery (managed area A)","content":"### sch.7-sec.13 Commercial spanner crab fishery (managed area A)\n\nThe commercial spanner crab fishery (managed area A) is the activity of fishing for spanner crabs in the fishery area, as provided under this part.","sortOrder":1099},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.14","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.7-sec.14 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘C2’.","sortOrder":1100},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.15","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7-sec.15 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of tidal waters south of latitude 23º south and east of longitude 151º45' east.","sortOrder":1101},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-pt.2-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1102},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.16","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7-sec.16 What fish may be taken\n\nSpanner crabs may be taken under the licence.","sortOrder":1103},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.17","sectionType":"section","heading":"Taking spanner crabs in more than 1 spanner crab fishery","content":"### sch.7-sec.17 Taking spanner crabs in more than 1 spanner crab fishery\n\nThis section applies if a person is authorised to take spanner crabs under a primary commercial fishing licence on which is written the fishery symbols ‘C2’ and ‘C3’.\nIf the person has taken a spanner crab (the first crab ) under the fishery symbol ‘C3’ under part 3 , the person must not take a crab under the fishery symbol ‘C2’ under this part until the first crab has been brought ashore on the mainland.\nsch 7 s 17 amd 2020 SL No. 236 ss 82 sch 1 , 124 sch 2\n(sch.7-sec.17-ssec.1) This section applies if a person is authorised to take spanner crabs under a primary commercial fishing licence on which is written the fishery symbols ‘C2’ and ‘C3’.\n(sch.7-sec.17-ssec.2) If the person has taken a spanner crab (the first crab ) under the fishery symbol ‘C3’ under part 3 , the person must not take a crab under the fishery symbol ‘C2’ under this part until the first crab has been brought ashore on the mainland.","sortOrder":1104},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.18","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7-sec.18 Way fish may be taken\n\nA spanner crab may be taken only by using a dilly.\nA person may use a dilly only if the dilly complies with subdivision 2 .\nNo more than the following number of dillies may be used at the same time to take spanner crabs—\nif there is only 1 person acting under the licence—45 dillies;\nif there are 2 or more persons acting under the licence—75 dillies.\nNo more than 25 dillies may be set on a single line.\nsch 7 s 18 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 33 (2) – (5)\n(sch.7-sec.18-ssec.1) A spanner crab may be taken only by using a dilly.\n(sch.7-sec.18-ssec.2) A person may use a dilly only if the dilly complies with subdivision 2 .\n(sch.7-sec.18-ssec.3) No more than the following number of dillies may be used at the same time to take spanner crabs— if there is only 1 person acting under the licence—45 dillies; if there are 2 or more persons acting under the licence—75 dillies.\n(sch.7-sec.18-ssec.4) No more than 25 dillies may be set on a single line.\n- (a) if there is only 1 person acting under the licence—45 dillies;\n- (b) if there are 2 or more persons acting under the licence—75 dillies.","sortOrder":1105},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.18A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fish may be taken only with unused entitlements","content":"### sch.7-sec.18A Fish may be taken only with unused entitlements\n\nSpanner crabs may be taken in a C2-ITQ year only if the crabs are taken under C2-ITQ units with unused entitlements for the C2-ITQ year.\nsch 7 s 18A ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 33 (6)","sortOrder":1106},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.18B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Possession of dillies","content":"### sch.7-sec.18B Possession of dillies\n\nNo more than the following number of dillies may be possessed by a commercial fisher, or jointly possessed by 2 or more commercial fishers, on a boat in the fishery area—\nif there is only 1 person acting under the licence—55 dillies;\nif there are 2 or more persons acting under the licence—85 dillies.\nsch 7 s 18B ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 33 (6)\n- (a) if there is only 1 person acting under the licence—55 dillies;\n- (b) if there are 2 or more persons acting under the licence—85 dillies.","sortOrder":1107},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.19","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.7-sec.19\n\nsch 7 s 19 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 111","sortOrder":1108},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.20","sectionType":"section","heading":"Frame area","content":"### sch.7-sec.20 Frame area\n\nA dilly must have—\nan area within its frame of no more than 1m 2 ; and\na net drop below its frame of no more than 10cm.\n- (a) an area within its frame of no more than 1m 2 ; and\n- (b) a net drop below its frame of no more than 10cm.","sortOrder":1109},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.21","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net","content":"### sch.7-sec.21 Net\n\nA dilly’s net must have only 1 layer of mesh and each mesh in the layer must be square or rectangular.\nThe mesh size of the net must be at least 25mm.\n(sch.7-sec.21-ssec.1) A dilly’s net must have only 1 layer of mesh and each mesh in the layer must be square or rectangular.\n(sch.7-sec.21-ssec.2) The mesh size of the net must be at least 25mm.","sortOrder":1110},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-pt.2-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Condition","content":"## Condition","sortOrder":1111},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.22","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sch.7-sec.22 Purpose of division\n\nThis division prescribes a condition for the licence.\nsch 7 s 22 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 82 sch 1","sortOrder":1112},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.23","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.7-sec.23\n\nsch 7 s 23 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 33 (8)","sortOrder":1113},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.24","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.7-sec.24\n\nsch 7 s 24 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 33 (8)","sortOrder":1114},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.25","sectionType":"section","heading":"Marking dillies","content":"### sch.7-sec.25 Marking dillies\n\nA dilly must—\nhave a compliant float attached to it; and\neither—\nhave attached to it a tag on which is written the name of the owner of the dilly; or\nbe marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\nAlso, if 2 or more dillies are fixed to a line—\none end of the line must be attached to a compliant float; and\nthe float must be attached to a flag that is at least 2m above the water.\nIn this section—\ncompliant float , for using a dilly, means a float that is—\nsolid, light coloured and clearly visible on the surface of the water; and\nno less than 15cm in any dimension; and\nmarked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\nsch 7 s 25 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 33 (9) – (10)\n(sch.7-sec.25-ssec.1) A dilly must— have a compliant float attached to it; and either— have attached to it a tag on which is written the name of the owner of the dilly; or be marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\n(sch.7-sec.25-ssec.2) Also, if 2 or more dillies are fixed to a line— one end of the line must be attached to a compliant float; and the float must be attached to a flag that is at least 2m above the water.\n(sch.7-sec.25-ssec.3) In this section— compliant float , for using a dilly, means a float that is— solid, light coloured and clearly visible on the surface of the water; and no less than 15cm in any dimension; and marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\n- (a) have a compliant float attached to it; and\n- (b) either— (i) have attached to it a tag on which is written the name of the owner of the dilly; or (ii) be marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\n- (i) have attached to it a tag on which is written the name of the owner of the dilly; or\n- (ii) be marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\n- (i) have attached to it a tag on which is written the name of the owner of the dilly; or\n- (ii) be marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\n- (a) one end of the line must be attached to a compliant float; and\n- (b) the float must be attached to a flag that is at least 2m above the water.\n- (a) solid, light coloured and clearly visible on the surface of the water; and\n- (b) no less than 15cm in any dimension; and\n- (c) marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.","sortOrder":1115},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-pt.2-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1116},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":"Commercial spanner crab fishery (managed area B)","content":"# Commercial spanner crab fishery (managed area B)","sortOrder":1117},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-pt.3-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1118},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.26","sectionType":"section","heading":"Commercial spanner crab fishery (managed area B)","content":"### sch.7-sec.26 Commercial spanner crab fishery (managed area B)\n\nThe commercial spanner crab fishery (managed area B) is the activity of fishing for spanner crabs in the fishery area, as provided under this part.","sortOrder":1119},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.27","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.7-sec.27 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘C3’.","sortOrder":1120},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.28","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7-sec.28 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of the following tidal waters—\nwaters north of the commercial spanner crab fishery (managed area A) and east of longitude 142º31'49\" east;\nwaters north of latitude 10º48' south and between longitude 141º20' east and longitude 142º31'49\" east;\nwaters in the Gulf of Carpentaria between the 25n mile line and the shore of the mainland, south of latitude 10º48' south.\n- (a) waters north of the commercial spanner crab fishery (managed area A) and east of longitude 142º31'49\" east;\n- (b) waters north of latitude 10º48' south and between longitude 141º20' east and longitude 142º31'49\" east;\n- (c) waters in the Gulf of Carpentaria between the 25n mile line and the shore of the mainland, south of latitude 10º48' south.","sortOrder":1121},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-pt.3-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1122},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.29","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7-sec.29 What fish may be taken\n\nSpanner crabs may be taken under the licence.","sortOrder":1123},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.30","sectionType":"section","heading":"Taking spanner crabs in more than 1 spanner crab fishery","content":"### sch.7-sec.30 Taking spanner crabs in more than 1 spanner crab fishery\n\nThis section applies if a person is authorised to take spanner crabs under a primary commercial fishing licence on which is written the fishery symbols ‘C2’ and ‘C3’.\nIf the person has taken a spanner crab (the first crab ) under the fishery symbol ‘C2’ under part 2 , the person must not take a crab under the fishery symbol ‘C3’ under this part until the first crab has been brought ashore on the mainland.\nsch 7 s 30 amd 2020 SL No. 236 ss 82 sch 1 , 124 sch 2\n(sch.7-sec.30-ssec.1) This section applies if a person is authorised to take spanner crabs under a primary commercial fishing licence on which is written the fishery symbols ‘C2’ and ‘C3’.\n(sch.7-sec.30-ssec.2) If the person has taken a spanner crab (the first crab ) under the fishery symbol ‘C2’ under part 2 , the person must not take a crab under the fishery symbol ‘C3’ under this part until the first crab has been brought ashore on the mainland.","sortOrder":1124},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.31","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7-sec.31 Way fish may be taken\n\nA spanner crab may be taken only by using a dilly.\nA person may use a dilly only if the dilly complies with subdivision 2 .\nA person acting under the licence must not—\nuse more than 30 dillies at the same time; or\nset more than 10 dillies on a single line.\nsch 7 s 31 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 34 (2) – (4)\n(sch.7-sec.31-ssec.1) A spanner crab may be taken only by using a dilly.\n(sch.7-sec.31-ssec.2) A person may use a dilly only if the dilly complies with subdivision 2 .\n(sch.7-sec.31-ssec.3) A person acting under the licence must not— use more than 30 dillies at the same time; or set more than 10 dillies on a single line.\n- (a) use more than 30 dillies at the same time; or\n- (b) set more than 10 dillies on a single line.","sortOrder":1125},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.32","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.7-sec.32\n\nsch 7 s 32 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 34 (5)","sortOrder":1126},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.33","sectionType":"section","heading":"Daily quota entitlement","content":"### sch.7-sec.33 Daily quota entitlement\n\nThe quota of spanner crabs that may be taken or possessed each day under the licence is 16 containers of spanner crabs.\nFor subsection (1) —\na container must be counted as 2 containers if—\nit has a whole spanner crab protruding above its top; or\nit can not have another container stacked on top of it so that the other container’s bottom touches the top of the container on all sides; and\nif the spanner crabs are not held in a container—the number of containers is worked out by dividing the number of crabs taken or possessed by 30.\nIn this section—\ncontainer , of spanner crabs, means a container with a capacity of no more than 66.4L.\nAn empty container that has internal dimensions of 571mm x 381mm x 305mm has a capacity of approximately 66L. Containers used to hold spanner crabs are commonly called ‘baskets’.\n(sch.7-sec.33-ssec.1) The quota of spanner crabs that may be taken or possessed each day under the licence is 16 containers of spanner crabs.\n(sch.7-sec.33-ssec.2) For subsection (1) — a container must be counted as 2 containers if— it has a whole spanner crab protruding above its top; or it can not have another container stacked on top of it so that the other container’s bottom touches the top of the container on all sides; and if the spanner crabs are not held in a container—the number of containers is worked out by dividing the number of crabs taken or possessed by 30.\n(sch.7-sec.33-ssec.3) In this section— container , of spanner crabs, means a container with a capacity of no more than 66.4L. An empty container that has internal dimensions of 571mm x 381mm x 305mm has a capacity of approximately 66L. Containers used to hold spanner crabs are commonly called ‘baskets’.\n- (a) a container must be counted as 2 containers if— (i) it has a whole spanner crab protruding above its top; or (ii) it can not have another container stacked on top of it so that the other container’s bottom touches the top of the container on all sides; and\n- (i) it has a whole spanner crab protruding above its top; or\n- (ii) it can not have another container stacked on top of it so that the other container’s bottom touches the top of the container on all sides; and\n- (b) if the spanner crabs are not held in a container—the number of containers is worked out by dividing the number of crabs taken or possessed by 30.\n- (i) it has a whole spanner crab protruding above its top; or\n- (ii) it can not have another container stacked on top of it so that the other container’s bottom touches the top of the container on all sides; and","sortOrder":1127},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.33A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Possession of dillies","content":"### sch.7-sec.33A Possession of dillies\n\nA commercial fisher must not possess more than a total of 35 dillies on a boat in the fishery area.\nsch 7 s 33A ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 34 (6)","sortOrder":1128},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.34","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.7-sec.34\n\nsch 7 s 34 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 112","sortOrder":1129},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.35","sectionType":"section","heading":"Frame area","content":"### sch.7-sec.35 Frame area\n\nA dilly must have—\nan area within its frame of no more than 1m 2 ; and\na net drop below its frame of no more than 10cm.\n- (a) an area within its frame of no more than 1m 2 ; and\n- (b) a net drop below its frame of no more than 10cm.","sortOrder":1130},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.36","sectionType":"section","heading":"Net","content":"### sch.7-sec.36 Net\n\nA dilly’s net must have only 1 layer of mesh and each mesh in the layer must be square or rectangular.\nThe mesh size of the net must be at least 25mm.\n(sch.7-sec.36-ssec.1) A dilly’s net must have only 1 layer of mesh and each mesh in the layer must be square or rectangular.\n(sch.7-sec.36-ssec.2) The mesh size of the net must be at least 25mm.","sortOrder":1131},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-pt.3-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Conditions","content":"## Conditions","sortOrder":1132},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.37","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sch.7-sec.37 Purpose of division\n\nThis division prescribes conditions for the licence.","sortOrder":1133},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.38","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.7-sec.38\n\nsch 7 s 38 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 34 (9)","sortOrder":1134},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.39","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.7-sec.39\n\nsch 7 s 39 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 34 (9)","sortOrder":1135},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.40","sectionType":"section","heading":"Marking dillies","content":"### sch.7-sec.40 Marking dillies\n\nA dilly must—\nhave a compliant float attached to it; and\neither—\nhave attached to it a tag on which is written the name of the owner of the dilly; or\nbe marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\nAlso, if 2 or more dillies are fixed to a line—\none end of the line must be attached to a compliant float; and\nthe float must be attached to a flag that is at least 2m above the water.\nIn this section—\ncompliant float , for using a dilly, means a float that is—\nsolid, light coloured and clearly visible on the surface of the water; and\nno less than 15cm in any dimension; and\nmarked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\nsch 7 s 40 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 34 (10) – (11)\n(sch.7-sec.40-ssec.1) A dilly must— have a compliant float attached to it; and either— have attached to it a tag on which is written the name of the owner of the dilly; or be marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\n(sch.7-sec.40-ssec.2) Also, if 2 or more dillies are fixed to a line— one end of the line must be attached to a compliant float; and the float must be attached to a flag that is at least 2m above the water.\n(sch.7-sec.40-ssec.3) In this section— compliant float , for using a dilly, means a float that is— solid, light coloured and clearly visible on the surface of the water; and no less than 15cm in any dimension; and marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\n- (a) have a compliant float attached to it; and\n- (b) either— (i) have attached to it a tag on which is written the name of the owner of the dilly; or (ii) be marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\n- (i) have attached to it a tag on which is written the name of the owner of the dilly; or\n- (ii) be marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\n- (i) have attached to it a tag on which is written the name of the owner of the dilly; or\n- (ii) be marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.\n- (a) one end of the line must be attached to a compliant float; and\n- (b) the float must be attached to a flag that is at least 2m above the water.\n- (a) solid, light coloured and clearly visible on the surface of the water; and\n- (b) no less than 15cm in any dimension; and\n- (c) marked with the boat mark for the primary boat identified in the licence.","sortOrder":1136},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7-sec.41","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where spanner crabs may be brought ashore","content":"### sch.7-sec.41 Where spanner crabs may be brought ashore\n\nA spanner crab taken under the licence may be brought ashore only on the mainland west of longitude 151º45' east.\nsch 7 s 41 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 34 (12)","sortOrder":1137},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":"Aquarium fish fishery","content":"# Aquarium fish fishery","sortOrder":1138},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.1-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbols and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbols and fishery area","sortOrder":1139},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.1","sectionType":"section","heading":"Aquarium fish fishery","content":"### sch.7A-sec.1 Aquarium fish fishery\n\nThe aquarium fish fishery is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 5 in the fishery area, as provided under this part.\nsch 7A s 1 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1140},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.2","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbols","content":"### sch.7A-sec.2 Fishery symbols\n\nThe fishery symbols for the fishery are ‘A1’ and ‘A2’.\nsch 7A s 2 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1141},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.3","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7A-sec.3 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of the following waters—\ntidal waters within the Moreton Bay Marine Park;\ntidal waters north of Cape Moreton and south of latitude 26º18' south, other than waters within the Moreton Bay Marine Park;\ntidal waters west of longitude 151º08' east and between latitude 23º15' south and latitude 23º south;\ntidal waters within the area described as area 1 in the Whitsundays Plan of Management, schedule 1 ;\ntidal waters within the following boundary—\nfrom the intersection of latitude 17º08' south with the mainland shore to latitude 17º08' south, longitude 146º12' east\nto latitude 16º51' south, longitude 146º28' east\nto latitude 15º55' south, longitude 145º51' east\nalong latitude 15º55' south to the mainland shore\nalong the mainland shore to latitude 17º08' south;\ntidal waters south of latitude 10º41' south and east of longitude 142º31'49\" east, other than the waters mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (e).\nIn this section—\nMoreton Bay Marine Park means the marine park described in the Marine Parks (Declaration) Regulation 2006 , schedule 1 .\nWhitsundays Plan of Management means the Whitsundays Plan of Management 1998 (Cwlth) prepared under the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 (Cwlth) , section 39ZD .\nsch 7A s 3 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.3-ssec.1) The fishery area consists of the area of the following waters— tidal waters within the Moreton Bay Marine Park; tidal waters north of Cape Moreton and south of latitude 26º18' south, other than waters within the Moreton Bay Marine Park; tidal waters west of longitude 151º08' east and between latitude 23º15' south and latitude 23º south; tidal waters within the area described as area 1 in the Whitsundays Plan of Management, schedule 1 ; tidal waters within the following boundary— from the intersection of latitude 17º08' south with the mainland shore to latitude 17º08' south, longitude 146º12' east to latitude 16º51' south, longitude 146º28' east to latitude 15º55' south, longitude 145º51' east along latitude 15º55' south to the mainland shore along the mainland shore to latitude 17º08' south; tidal waters south of latitude 10º41' south and east of longitude 142º31'49\" east, other than the waters mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (e).\n(sch.7A-sec.3-ssec.2) In this section— Moreton Bay Marine Park means the marine park described in the Marine Parks (Declaration) Regulation 2006 , schedule 1 . Whitsundays Plan of Management means the Whitsundays Plan of Management 1998 (Cwlth) prepared under the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 (Cwlth) , section 39ZD .\n- (a) tidal waters within the Moreton Bay Marine Park;\n- (b) tidal waters north of Cape Moreton and south of latitude 26º18' south, other than waters within the Moreton Bay Marine Park;\n- (c) tidal waters west of longitude 151º08' east and between latitude 23º15' south and latitude 23º south;\n- (d) tidal waters within the area described as area 1 in the Whitsundays Plan of Management, schedule 1 ;\n- (e) tidal waters within the following boundary— • from the intersection of latitude 17º08' south with the mainland shore to latitude 17º08' south, longitude 146º12' east • to latitude 16º51' south, longitude 146º28' east • to latitude 15º55' south, longitude 145º51' east • along latitude 15º55' south to the mainland shore • along the mainland shore to latitude 17º08' south;\n- • from the intersection of latitude 17º08' south with the mainland shore to latitude 17º08' south, longitude 146º12' east\n- • to latitude 16º51' south, longitude 146º28' east\n- • to latitude 15º55' south, longitude 145º51' east\n- • along latitude 15º55' south to the mainland shore\n- • along the mainland shore to latitude 17º08' south;\n- (f) tidal waters south of latitude 10º41' south and east of longitude 142º31'49\" east, other than the waters mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (e).\n- • from the intersection of latitude 17º08' south with the mainland shore to latitude 17º08' south, longitude 146º12' east\n- • to latitude 16º51' south, longitude 146º28' east\n- • to latitude 15º55' south, longitude 145º51' east\n- • along latitude 15º55' south to the mainland shore\n- • along the mainland shore to latitude 17º08' south;","sortOrder":1142},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.1-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1143},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.4","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.4 Where fish may be taken\n\nFish may be taken—\nfrom the waters mentioned in section 3 (1) (a) to (e) if the waters are stated on the licence; or\nfrom the waters mentioned in section 3 (1) (f) .\nsch 7A s 4 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n- (a) from the waters mentioned in section 3 (1) (a) to (e) if the waters are stated on the licence; or\n- (b) from the waters mentioned in section 3 (1) (f) .","sortOrder":1144},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.5","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.5 What fish may be taken\n\nFish other than the following fish may be taken under the licence—\nbarramundi;\nsea cucumber;\nshell grit;\nstar sand;\nany species of coral, oyster, pearl oyster or trochus.\nIn this section—\nsea cucumber does not include fish of the following species—\nBohadschia graeffei ;\nCalachrius crassus ;\nCucmaria miniata ;\nEuapta godeffroyi ;\nHolothuria edulis ;\nHolothuria hilla ;\nOpheodesoma spp.;\nPentacta anceps ;\nPentacta lutea ;\nPseudocolchirus violaceus ;\nStichopus noctivagus ;\nSynapta maculata .\nsch 7A s 5 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.5-ssec.1) Fish other than the following fish may be taken under the licence— barramundi; sea cucumber; shell grit; star sand; any species of coral, oyster, pearl oyster or trochus.\n(sch.7A-sec.5-ssec.2) In this section— sea cucumber does not include fish of the following species— Bohadschia graeffei ; Calachrius crassus ; Cucmaria miniata ; Euapta godeffroyi ; Holothuria edulis ; Holothuria hilla ; Opheodesoma spp.; Pentacta anceps ; Pentacta lutea ; Pseudocolchirus violaceus ; Stichopus noctivagus ; Synapta maculata .\n- (a) barramundi;\n- (b) sea cucumber;\n- (c) shell grit;\n- (d) star sand;\n- (e) any species of coral, oyster, pearl oyster or trochus.\n- (a) Bohadschia graeffei ;\n- (b) Calachrius crassus ;\n- (c) Cucmaria miniata ;\n- (d) Euapta godeffroyi ;\n- (e) Holothuria edulis ;\n- (f) Holothuria hilla ;\n- (g) Opheodesoma spp.;\n- (h) Pentacta anceps ;\n- (i) Pentacta lutea ;\n- (j) Pseudocolchirus violaceus ;\n- (k) Stichopus noctivagus ;\n- (l) Synapta maculata .","sortOrder":1145},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.6","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.6 Way fish may be taken\n\nFish may be taken only by—\nhand; or\nusing fishing lines, or cast, scoop or mesh nets under this division.\nUnderwater breathing apparatus or a herding device, including, for example, a rod, may also be used when taking fish.\nsch 7A s 6 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.6-ssec.1) Fish may be taken only by— hand; or using fishing lines, or cast, scoop or mesh nets under this division.\n(sch.7A-sec.6-ssec.2) Underwater breathing apparatus or a herding device, including, for example, a rod, may also be used when taking fish.\n- (a) hand; or\n- (b) using fishing lines, or cast, scoop or mesh nets under this division.","sortOrder":1146},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.7","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may take fish","content":"### sch.7A-sec.7 Who may take fish\n\nA commercial fisher and assistant fishers may take fish under the licence.\nHowever, no more than 3 persons may take fish under the licence at the same time.\nA person taking fish under an A2 licence must not take or possess—\nmore than 10 fish; or\nmore than 2 fish of the same species.\nsch 7A s 7 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.7-ssec.1) A commercial fisher and assistant fishers may take fish under the licence.\n(sch.7A-sec.7-ssec.2) However, no more than 3 persons may take fish under the licence at the same time.\n(sch.7A-sec.7-ssec.3) A person taking fish under an A2 licence must not take or possess— more than 10 fish; or more than 2 fish of the same species.\n- (a) more than 10 fish; or\n- (b) more than 2 fish of the same species.","sortOrder":1147},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.8","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of fishing lines","content":"### sch.7A-sec.8 Use of fishing lines\n\nA fishing line may be used only if it is has a single barbless hook.\nsch 7A s 8 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1148},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.9","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of cast nets","content":"### sch.7A-sec.9 Use of cast nets\n\nA cast net may be used only if the net—\nis no longer than 3.7m; and\nhas a mesh size of no more than 28mm.\nsch 7A s 9 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n- (a) is no longer than 3.7m; and\n- (b) has a mesh size of no more than 28mm.","sortOrder":1149},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.10","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of scoop nets","content":"### sch.7A-sec.10 Use of scoop nets\n\nA scoop net may be used only if the net—\nis no more than 2m in any dimension; and\nhas—\na mesh size of no more than 25mm; and\na handle or shaft no longer than 2.5m.\nsch 7A s 10 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n- (a) is no more than 2m in any dimension; and\n- (b) has— (i) a mesh size of no more than 25mm; and (ii) a handle or shaft no longer than 2.5m.\n- (i) a mesh size of no more than 25mm; and\n- (ii) a handle or shaft no longer than 2.5m.\n- (i) a mesh size of no more than 25mm; and\n- (ii) a handle or shaft no longer than 2.5m.","sortOrder":1150},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.11","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of mesh nets","content":"### sch.7A-sec.11 Use of mesh nets\n\nA mesh net may be used only if the net—\nis no longer than 16m; and\nhas—\na mesh size of no more than 28mm; and\na drop of no more than 3m.\nA person using the net must be within 100m of it.\nsch 7A s 11 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.11-ssec.1) A mesh net may be used only if the net— is no longer than 16m; and has— a mesh size of no more than 28mm; and a drop of no more than 3m.\n(sch.7A-sec.11-ssec.2) A person using the net must be within 100m of it.\n- (a) is no longer than 16m; and\n- (b) has— (i) a mesh size of no more than 28mm; and (ii) a drop of no more than 3m.\n- (i) a mesh size of no more than 28mm; and\n- (ii) a drop of no more than 3m.\n- (i) a mesh size of no more than 28mm; and\n- (ii) a drop of no more than 3m.","sortOrder":1151},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.12","sectionType":"section","heading":"Selling fish","content":"### sch.7A-sec.12 Selling fish\n\nFish taken under the licence may be sold only if the fish is to be used for—\ndisplay as aquarium fish; or\nbroodstock; or\na purpose related to a purpose mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) .\nsch 7A s 12 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n- (a) display as aquarium fish; or\n- (b) broodstock; or\n- (c) a purpose related to a purpose mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) .","sortOrder":1152},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.1-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Condition","content":"## Condition","sortOrder":1153},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.13","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fish must not be taken for human consumption","content":"### sch.7A-sec.13 Fish must not be taken for human consumption\n\nThis section prescribes a condition for the licence.\nFish must not be taken for human consumption.\nsch 7A s 13 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.13-ssec.1) This section prescribes a condition for the licence.\n(sch.7A-sec.13-ssec.2) Fish must not be taken for human consumption.","sortOrder":1154},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":"Sea cucumber fishery (east coast)","content":"# Sea cucumber fishery (east coast)","sortOrder":1155},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.2-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1156},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.14","sectionType":"section","heading":"Sea cucumber fishery (east coast)","content":"### sch.7A-sec.14 Sea cucumber fishery (east coast)\n\nThe sea cucumber fishery (east coast) is the activity of fishing for sea cucumber in the fishery area, as provided under this part.\nsch 7A s 14 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1157},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.15","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.7A-sec.15 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘B1’.\nsch 7A s 15 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1158},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.16","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7A-sec.16 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of—\nthe area of all tidal waters east of longitude 142º31'49\" east between latitude 10º41' south and latitude 26º south; and\nthe Ashmore and Boot Reefs area.\nThe Ashmore and Boot Reefs area is the area of tidal waters within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 10º41' south, longitude 144º10' east\nto latitude 10º28' south, longitude 144º10' east\nto latitude 10º15' south, longitude 144º12' east\nto latitude 9º54' south, longitude 144º28' east\nto the intersection between longitude 144º28' east and the outer limit of the Australian fishing zone\nto the intersection between the outer limit of the Australian fishing zone and longitude 145º east\nto latitude 10º41' south, longitude 145º east\nto latitude 10º41' south, longitude 144º10' east.\nIn this section—\nAustralian fishing zone has the meaning given by the Commonwealth Fisheries Act .\nsch 7A s 16 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.16-ssec.1) The fishery area consists of— the area of all tidal waters east of longitude 142º31'49\" east between latitude 10º41' south and latitude 26º south; and the Ashmore and Boot Reefs area.\n(sch.7A-sec.16-ssec.2) The Ashmore and Boot Reefs area is the area of tidal waters within the following boundary— from latitude 10º41' south, longitude 144º10' east to latitude 10º28' south, longitude 144º10' east to latitude 10º15' south, longitude 144º12' east to latitude 9º54' south, longitude 144º28' east to the intersection between longitude 144º28' east and the outer limit of the Australian fishing zone to the intersection between the outer limit of the Australian fishing zone and longitude 145º east to latitude 10º41' south, longitude 145º east to latitude 10º41' south, longitude 144º10' east.\n(sch.7A-sec.16-ssec.3) In this section— Australian fishing zone has the meaning given by the Commonwealth Fisheries Act .\n- (a) the area of all tidal waters east of longitude 142º31'49\" east between latitude 10º41' south and latitude 26º south; and\n- (b) the Ashmore and Boot Reefs area.\n- • from latitude 10º41' south, longitude 144º10' east\n- • to latitude 10º28' south, longitude 144º10' east\n- • to latitude 10º15' south, longitude 144º12' east\n- • to latitude 9º54' south, longitude 144º28' east\n- • to the intersection between longitude 144º28' east and the outer limit of the Australian fishing zone\n- • to the intersection between the outer limit of the Australian fishing zone and longitude 145º east\n- • to latitude 10º41' south, longitude 145º east\n- • to latitude 10º41' south, longitude 144º10' east.","sortOrder":1159},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.2-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1160},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.17","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.17 What fish may be taken\n\nSea cucumber may be taken under the licence.\nsch 7A s 17 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1161},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.18","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.18 Way fish may be taken\n\nSea cucumber may be taken only by hand.\nUnderwater breathing apparatus may also be used when taking sea cucumber.\nsch 7A s 18 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.18-ssec.1) Sea cucumber may be taken only by hand.\n(sch.7A-sec.18-ssec.2) Underwater breathing apparatus may also be used when taking sea cucumber.","sortOrder":1162},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.19","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may take fish","content":"### sch.7A-sec.19 Who may take fish\n\nA commercial fisher and assistant fishers may take sea cucumber under the licence.\nHowever, no more than 6 persons may take sea cucumber under the licence at the same time.\nsch 7A s 19 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.19-ssec.1) A commercial fisher and assistant fishers may take sea cucumber under the licence.\n(sch.7A-sec.19-ssec.2) However, no more than 6 persons may take sea cucumber under the licence at the same time.","sortOrder":1163},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.20","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fish may be taken only with unused entitlements","content":"### sch.7A-sec.20 Fish may be taken only with unused entitlements\n\nSea cucumber may be taken in a hand-harvest ITQ year only if the sea cucumber is taken under the following hand-harvest ITQ units with unused entitlements for the hand-harvest ITQ year—\nfor black teatfish—B1B-ITQ units;\nfor white teatfish—B1W-ITQ units;\nfor other sea cucumber—B1O-ITQ units.\nsch 7A s 20 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n- (a) for black teatfish—B1B-ITQ units;\n- (b) for white teatfish—B1W-ITQ units;\n- (c) for other sea cucumber—B1O-ITQ units.","sortOrder":1164},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":"Coral fishery","content":"# Coral fishery","sortOrder":1165},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.3-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1166},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.21","sectionType":"section","heading":"Coral fishery","content":"### sch.7A-sec.21 Coral fishery\n\nThe coral fishery is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 25 in the fishery area, as provided under this part.\nsch 7A s 21 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1167},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.22","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.7A-sec.22 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘D’.\nsch 7A s 22 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1168},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.23","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7A-sec.23 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters and foreshores south of latitude 10º41' south and east of longitude 142º31'49\" east.\nsch 7A s 23 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1169},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.3-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1170},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.24","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.24 Where fish may be taken\n\nFish may be taken only from the area, within the fishery area, stated on the licence.\nsch 7A s 24 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1171},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.25","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.25 What fish may be taken\n\nThe following fish may be taken under the licence—\ncoral of the class Anthozoa or Hydrozoa, including its uncompacted skeletons;\nany marine organism living in or on coral mentioned in paragraph (a) , other than a marine organism that is a regulated fish;\ncoral sand consisting of fine remnants of coral.\nsch 7A s 25 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n- (a) coral of the class Anthozoa or Hydrozoa, including its uncompacted skeletons;\n- (b) any marine organism living in or on coral mentioned in paragraph (a) , other than a marine organism that is a regulated fish;\n- (c) coral sand consisting of fine remnants of coral.","sortOrder":1172},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.26","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.26 Way fish may be taken\n\nFish may be taken only by—\nhand; or\nusing hand-held non-mechanical implements.\nUnderwater breathing apparatus may also be used when taking fish.\nsch 7A s 26 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.26-ssec.1) Fish may be taken only by— hand; or using hand-held non-mechanical implements.\n(sch.7A-sec.26-ssec.2) Underwater breathing apparatus may also be used when taking fish.\n- (a) hand; or\n- (b) using hand-held non-mechanical implements.","sortOrder":1173},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.27","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may take fish","content":"### sch.7A-sec.27 Who may take fish\n\nA commercial fisher and assistant fishers may take fish under the licence.\nHowever, no more than 3 persons may take fish under the licence at the same time.\nsch 7A s 27 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.27-ssec.1) A commercial fisher and assistant fishers may take fish under the licence.\n(sch.7A-sec.27-ssec.2) However, no more than 3 persons may take fish under the licence at the same time.","sortOrder":1174},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.28","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fish may be taken only with unused entitlements","content":"### sch.7A-sec.28 Fish may be taken only with unused entitlements\n\nSpecialty coral or other coral may be taken in a hand-harvest ITQ year only if the coral is taken under the following hand-harvest ITQ units with unused entitlements for the hand-harvest ITQ year—\nfor specialty coral—DS-ITQ units;\nfor other coral—DO-ITQ units.\nSelect coral of the following species may be taken in a select coral ITQ year only if the coral is taken under the select coral ITQ units stated for the species with unused entitlements for the select coral ITQ year—\nAcanthophyllia deshayesiana —DS36-ITQ units;\nCycloseris cyclolites —DS28-ITQ units;\nEuphyllia glabrescens —DS22-ITQ units;\nFimbriaphyllia ancora —DS23-ITQ units;\nHomophyllia cf. australis —DS39-ITQ units;\nMicromussa lordhowensis —DS48-ITQ units;\nTrachyphyllia geoffroyi —DS74-ITQ units.\nsch 7A s 28 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\namd 2023 SL No. 44 s 10\n(sch.7A-sec.28-ssec.1) Specialty coral or other coral may be taken in a hand-harvest ITQ year only if the coral is taken under the following hand-harvest ITQ units with unused entitlements for the hand-harvest ITQ year— for specialty coral—DS-ITQ units; for other coral—DO-ITQ units.\n(sch.7A-sec.28-ssec.2) Select coral of the following species may be taken in a select coral ITQ year only if the coral is taken under the select coral ITQ units stated for the species with unused entitlements for the select coral ITQ year— Acanthophyllia deshayesiana —DS36-ITQ units; Cycloseris cyclolites —DS28-ITQ units; Euphyllia glabrescens —DS22-ITQ units; Fimbriaphyllia ancora —DS23-ITQ units; Homophyllia cf. australis —DS39-ITQ units; Micromussa lordhowensis —DS48-ITQ units; Trachyphyllia geoffroyi —DS74-ITQ units.\n- (a) for specialty coral—DS-ITQ units;\n- (b) for other coral—DO-ITQ units.\n- (a) Acanthophyllia deshayesiana —DS36-ITQ units;\n- (b) Cycloseris cyclolites —DS28-ITQ units;\n- (c) Euphyllia glabrescens —DS22-ITQ units;\n- (d) Fimbriaphyllia ancora —DS23-ITQ units;\n- (e) Homophyllia cf. australis —DS39-ITQ units;\n- (f) Micromussa lordhowensis —DS48-ITQ units;\n- (g) Trachyphyllia geoffroyi —DS74-ITQ units.","sortOrder":1175},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.29","sectionType":"section","heading":"Maximum amount of coral sand that may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.29 Maximum amount of coral sand that may be taken\n\nNo more than 5L of coral sand may be taken during a fishing operation.\nsch 7A s 29 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1176},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.3-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Conditions","content":"## Conditions","sortOrder":1177},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.30","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sch.7A-sec.30 Purpose of division\n\nThis division prescribes conditions for the licence.\nsch 7A s 30 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1178},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.31","sectionType":"section","heading":"Coral must not be trimmed","content":"### sch.7A-sec.31 Coral must not be trimmed\n\nA person must not trim coral taken under the licence before the coral is unloaded.\nIn this section—\ntrim , for coral, means take any action to remove, or cause the removal of, a part of the substrate that is attached to the coral when the coral is taken.\nsch 7A s 31 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.31-ssec.1) A person must not trim coral taken under the licence before the coral is unloaded.\n(sch.7A-sec.31-ssec.2) In this section— trim , for coral, means take any action to remove, or cause the removal of, a part of the substrate that is attached to the coral when the coral is taken.","sortOrder":1179},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.32","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fish must not be released","content":"### sch.7A-sec.32 Fish must not be released\n\nA person must not release fish taken under the licence into Queensland waters.\nSubsection (1) does not apply to the release of fish before it is removed from the water.\nsch 7A s 32 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.32-ssec.1) A person must not release fish taken under the licence into Queensland waters.\n(sch.7A-sec.32-ssec.2) Subsection (1) does not apply to the release of fish before it is removed from the water.","sortOrder":1180},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.4","sectionType":"part","heading":"Eel fishery","content":"# Eel fishery","sortOrder":1181},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.4-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1182},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.33","sectionType":"section","heading":"Eel fishery","content":"### sch.7A-sec.33 Eel fishery\n\nThe eel fishery is the activity of fishing for the eels mentioned in section 36 in the fishery area, as provided under this part.\nsch 7A s 33 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1183},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.34","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.7A-sec.34 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘E’.\nsch 7A s 34 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1184},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.35","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7A-sec.35 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the following—\nwaters in an impoundment formed by a dam stated on the licence;\nwaters in a privately owned artificially created impoundment within a river basin stated on the licence.\nsch 7A s 35 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n- (a) waters in an impoundment formed by a dam stated on the licence;\n- (b) waters in a privately owned artificially created impoundment within a river basin stated on the licence.","sortOrder":1185},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.4-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1186},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.36","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.36 What fish may be taken\n\nLongfin eels and Southern shortfin eels may be taken under the licence.\nsch 7A s 36 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1187},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.37","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.37 Way fish may be taken\n\nA person may take eels only by using an eel trap or a round eel trap.\nA person may use an eel trap or round eel trap to take eels only if—\nthe trap complies with subdivision 2 ; and\nthe use of the trap complies with subdivision 3 .\nsch 7A s 37 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.37-ssec.1) A person may take eels only by using an eel trap or a round eel trap.\n(sch.7A-sec.37-ssec.2) A person may use an eel trap or round eel trap to take eels only if— the trap complies with subdivision 2 ; and the use of the trap complies with subdivision 3 .\n- (a) the trap complies with subdivision 2 ; and\n- (b) the use of the trap complies with subdivision 3 .","sortOrder":1188},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.38","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may take eels","content":"### sch.7A-sec.38 Who may take eels\n\nOnly a commercial fisher may take eels under the licence.\nsch 7A s 38 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1189},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.39","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of subdivision","content":"### sch.7A-sec.39 Application of subdivision\n\nThis subdivision applies to an eel trap or a round eel trap.\nsch 7A s 39 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1190},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.40","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trap entrance and trap pocket entrance","content":"### sch.7A-sec.40 Trap entrance and trap pocket entrance\n\nThe trap must have only—\n1 entrance into the trap itself (the trap entrance ); and\n1 entrance from the trap into its pocket (the trap pocket entrance ).\nThe trap entrance must not be extended by attaching wings.\nThe aperture of the trap pocket entrance must be no less than 20cm in any dimension.\nsch 7A s 40 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.40-ssec.1) The trap must have only— 1 entrance into the trap itself (the trap entrance ); and 1 entrance from the trap into its pocket (the trap pocket entrance ).\n(sch.7A-sec.40-ssec.2) The trap entrance must not be extended by attaching wings.\n(sch.7A-sec.40-ssec.3) The aperture of the trap pocket entrance must be no less than 20cm in any dimension.\n- (a) 1 entrance into the trap itself (the trap entrance ); and\n- (b) 1 entrance from the trap into its pocket (the trap pocket entrance ).","sortOrder":1191},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.41","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trap mesh size","content":"### sch.7A-sec.41 Trap mesh size\n\nThe trap, other than its pocket, must have a mesh size of at least 25mm.\nHowever, any meshes on the trap that are made of rigid material must be no less than 22mm in any dimension.\nsch 7A s 41 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.41-ssec.1) The trap, other than its pocket, must have a mesh size of at least 25mm.\n(sch.7A-sec.41-ssec.2) However, any meshes on the trap that are made of rigid material must be no less than 22mm in any dimension.","sortOrder":1192},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.42","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trap frame","content":"### sch.7A-sec.42 Trap frame\n\nThe trap when set must have a frame made of rigid material.\nsch 7A s 42 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1193},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.43","sectionType":"section","heading":"Dimensions","content":"### sch.7A-sec.43 Dimensions\n\nThe trap when set must have the following dimensions—\nfor an eel trap, a frame that is—\nno longer than 2m; and\nno wider than 0.6m; and\nno deeper than 0.6m;\nfor a round eel trap—\na diameter no more than 1m; and\na height of no more than 0.6m.\nsch 7A s 43 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n- (a) for an eel trap, a frame that is— (i) no longer than 2m; and (ii) no wider than 0.6m; and (iii) no deeper than 0.6m;\n- (i) no longer than 2m; and\n- (ii) no wider than 0.6m; and\n- (iii) no deeper than 0.6m;\n- (b) for a round eel trap— (i) a diameter no more than 1m; and (ii) a height of no more than 0.6m.\n- (i) a diameter no more than 1m; and\n- (ii) a height of no more than 0.6m.\n- (i) no longer than 2m; and\n- (ii) no wider than 0.6m; and\n- (iii) no deeper than 0.6m;\n- (i) a diameter no more than 1m; and\n- (ii) a height of no more than 0.6m.","sortOrder":1194},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.44","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trap pocket","content":"### sch.7A-sec.44 Trap pocket\n\nThe pocket of the trap must—\nbe long enough and attached to a float in a way so that an air-breathing animal trapped in the trap or the pocket can access the surface of the water to breathe; and\nhave rings that are—\nmade of rigid material; and\nno more than 1m apart; and\nno less than 20cm in any dimension.\nThe ring nearest the trap pocket entrance must be no more than 1m from the trap pocket entrance.\nThe ring nearest the closed end of the pocket must be no more than 0.5m from the closed end.\nIn this section—\ntrap pocket entrance see section 40 (1) (b) .\nsch 7A s 44 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.44-ssec.1) The pocket of the trap must— be long enough and attached to a float in a way so that an air-breathing animal trapped in the trap or the pocket can access the surface of the water to breathe; and have rings that are— made of rigid material; and no more than 1m apart; and no less than 20cm in any dimension.\n(sch.7A-sec.44-ssec.2) The ring nearest the trap pocket entrance must be no more than 1m from the trap pocket entrance.\n(sch.7A-sec.44-ssec.3) The ring nearest the closed end of the pocket must be no more than 0.5m from the closed end.\n(sch.7A-sec.44-ssec.4) In this section— trap pocket entrance see section 40 (1) (b) .\n- (a) be long enough and attached to a float in a way so that an air-breathing animal trapped in the trap or the pocket can access the surface of the water to breathe; and\n- (b) have rings that are— (i) made of rigid material; and (ii) no more than 1m apart; and (iii) no less than 20cm in any dimension.\n- (i) made of rigid material; and\n- (ii) no more than 1m apart; and\n- (iii) no less than 20cm in any dimension.\n- (i) made of rigid material; and\n- (ii) no more than 1m apart; and\n- (iii) no less than 20cm in any dimension.","sortOrder":1195},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.45","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trap float","content":"### sch.7A-sec.45 Trap float\n\nThe trap must have attached to it a float that is—\nsolid, light-coloured and clearly visible on the surface of the water; and\nno less than 15cm in any dimension; and\nmarked with—\nthe number of the licence under which the trap is being used; and\nthe first name and surname of the holder of the licence.\nsch 7A s 45 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n- (a) solid, light-coloured and clearly visible on the surface of the water; and\n- (b) no less than 15cm in any dimension; and\n- (c) marked with— (i) the number of the licence under which the trap is being used; and (ii) the first name and surname of the holder of the licence.\n- (i) the number of the licence under which the trap is being used; and\n- (ii) the first name and surname of the holder of the licence.\n- (i) the number of the licence under which the trap is being used; and\n- (ii) the first name and surname of the holder of the licence.","sortOrder":1196},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.46","sectionType":"section","heading":"Restriction on trapping times","content":"### sch.7A-sec.46 Restriction on trapping times\n\nThis section applies to an eel trap or a round eel trap in waters in the fishery area, other than waters—\nin a privately owned impoundment; or\nto which the public does not have access.\nwaters in a balancing storage, including, for example, the Bullyard Creek Balancing Storage\nThe trap must not be used on—\nan ordinary weekend from 9a.m. on Saturday to 4p.m. on Sunday; or\na long weekend from 9a.m. on the first day of the long weekend to 4p.m. on the last day of the long weekend.\nHowever, the trap may remain in the water if it is not baited and its pocket is open.\nIn this section—\nlong weekend means any period of 3 or 4 days, including, for example, Easter, made up of a weekend and 1 or 2 public holidays immediately before or immediately after the weekend.\nordinary weekend means a weekend other than a long weekend.\nsch 7A s 46 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.46-ssec.1) This section applies to an eel trap or a round eel trap in waters in the fishery area, other than waters— in a privately owned impoundment; or to which the public does not have access. waters in a balancing storage, including, for example, the Bullyard Creek Balancing Storage\n(sch.7A-sec.46-ssec.2) The trap must not be used on— an ordinary weekend from 9a.m. on Saturday to 4p.m. on Sunday; or a long weekend from 9a.m. on the first day of the long weekend to 4p.m. on the last day of the long weekend.\n(sch.7A-sec.46-ssec.3) However, the trap may remain in the water if it is not baited and its pocket is open.\n(sch.7A-sec.46-ssec.4) In this section— long weekend means any period of 3 or 4 days, including, for example, Easter, made up of a weekend and 1 or 2 public holidays immediately before or immediately after the weekend. ordinary weekend means a weekend other than a long weekend.\n- (a) in a privately owned impoundment; or\n- (b) to which the public does not have access. Example for paragraph (b) — waters in a balancing storage, including, for example, the Bullyard Creek Balancing Storage\n- (a) an ordinary weekend from 9a.m. on Saturday to 4p.m. on Sunday; or\n- (b) a long weekend from 9a.m. on the first day of the long weekend to 4p.m. on the last day of the long weekend.","sortOrder":1197},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.47","sectionType":"section","heading":"Number of traps that may be used","content":"### sch.7A-sec.47 Number of traps that may be used\n\nNo more than 50 eel traps or round eel traps may be used in an impoundment at the same time.\nsch 7A s 47 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1198},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.4-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Condition","content":"## Condition","sortOrder":1199},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.48","sectionType":"section","heading":"Checking traps","content":"### sch.7A-sec.48 Checking traps\n\nThis section prescribes a condition for the licence.\nAn eel trap or a round eel trap that is in use must be checked every 24 hours after being set.\nsch 7A s 48 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.48-ssec.1) This section prescribes a condition for the licence.\n(sch.7A-sec.48-ssec.2) An eel trap or a round eel trap that is in use must be checked every 24 hours after being set.","sortOrder":1200},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.5","sectionType":"part","heading":"Shell fishery","content":"# Shell fishery","sortOrder":1201},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.5-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1202},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.49","sectionType":"section","heading":"Shell fishery","content":"### sch.7A-sec.49 Shell fishery\n\nThe shell fishery is the activity of fishing for the molluscs mentioned in section 52 in the fishery area, as provided under this part.\nsch 7A s 49 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1203},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.50","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.7A-sec.50 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘F’.\nsch 7A s 50 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1204},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.51","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7A-sec.51 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters and foreshores.\nsch 7A s 51 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1205},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.5-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1206},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.52","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.52 What fish may be taken\n\nMolluscs, other than green snails, oysters, pearl oysters, trochus or scallops, may be taken under the licence.\nsch 7A s 52 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1207},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.53","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.53 Way fish may be taken\n\nBroken remnants of molluscs may be taken only by—\nhand; or\nusing hand-held non-mechanical implements; or\nif stated on the licence, using mechanical equipment.\nMolluscs, other than broken remnants, may be taken only by—\nhand, without using digging or sieving implements; or\nif stated on the licence, using shell dredges.\nsch 7A s 53 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.53-ssec.1) Broken remnants of molluscs may be taken only by— hand; or using hand-held non-mechanical implements; or if stated on the licence, using mechanical equipment.\n(sch.7A-sec.53-ssec.2) Molluscs, other than broken remnants, may be taken only by— hand, without using digging or sieving implements; or if stated on the licence, using shell dredges.\n- (a) hand; or\n- (b) using hand-held non-mechanical implements; or\n- (c) if stated on the licence, using mechanical equipment.\n- (a) hand, without using digging or sieving implements; or\n- (b) if stated on the licence, using shell dredges.","sortOrder":1208},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.54","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of shell dredges","content":"### sch.7A-sec.54 Use of shell dredges\n\nA shell dredge used for taking molluscs must not have a mouth wider than 1.2m or teeth or prongs longer than 75mm.\nsch 7A s 54 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1209},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.55","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may take fish","content":"### sch.7A-sec.55 Who may take fish\n\nA commercial fisher and assistant fishers may take molluscs under the licence.\nHowever, no more than 2 persons may take molluscs under the licence at the same time.\nsch 7A s 55 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.55-ssec.1) A commercial fisher and assistant fishers may take molluscs under the licence.\n(sch.7A-sec.55-ssec.2) However, no more than 2 persons may take molluscs under the licence at the same time.","sortOrder":1210},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.6","sectionType":"part","heading":"Shell grit fishery","content":"# Shell grit fishery","sortOrder":1211},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.6-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1212},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.56","sectionType":"section","heading":"Shell grit fishery","content":"### sch.7A-sec.56 Shell grit fishery\n\nThe shell grit fishery is the activity of fishing for shell grit in the fishery area, as provided under this part.\nsch 7A s 56 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1213},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.57","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.7A-sec.57 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘G’.\nsch 7A s 57 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1214},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.58","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7A-sec.58 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters and foreshores south of latitude 10º41' south and east of longitude 142º31'49\" east.\nsch 7A s 58 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1215},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.6-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1216},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.59","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.59 Where fish may be taken\n\nShell grit may be taken only in an area, within the fishery area, stated on the licence.\nsch 7A s 59 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1217},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.60","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.60 What fish may be taken\n\nShell grit may be taken under the licence.\nsch 7A s 60 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1218},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.61","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.61 Way fish may be taken\n\nShell grit may be taken only by—\nhand; or\nusing hand-held non-mechanical implements.\nA person may take shell grit only in a way that ensures the total volume of shell grit taken is replaced with an equal volume of sand that has been lawfully obtained.\nsch 7A s 61 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.61-ssec.1) Shell grit may be taken only by— hand; or using hand-held non-mechanical implements.\n(sch.7A-sec.61-ssec.2) A person may take shell grit only in a way that ensures the total volume of shell grit taken is replaced with an equal volume of sand that has been lawfully obtained.\n- (a) hand; or\n- (b) using hand-held non-mechanical implements.","sortOrder":1219},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.62","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may take fish","content":"### sch.7A-sec.62 Who may take fish\n\nOnly a commercial fisher may take shell grit under the licence.\nsch 7A s 62 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1220},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.63","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fish may be taken only with unused entitlements","content":"### sch.7A-sec.63 Fish may be taken only with unused entitlements\n\nShell grit may be taken in a hand-harvest ITQ year only if the shell grit is taken under G-ITQ units with unused entitlements for the hand-harvest ITQ year.\nsch 7A s 63 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1221},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.7","sectionType":"part","heading":"Star sand fishery","content":"# Star sand fishery","sortOrder":1222},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.7-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1223},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.64","sectionType":"section","heading":"Star sand fishery","content":"### sch.7A-sec.64 Star sand fishery\n\nThe star sand fishery is the activity of fishing for star sand in the fishery area, as provided under this part.\nsch 7A s 64 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1224},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.65","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.7A-sec.65 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘H’.\nsch 7A s 65 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1225},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.66","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7A-sec.66 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters and foreshores south of latitude 10º41' south and east of longitude 142º31'49\" east.\nsch 7A s 66 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1226},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.7-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1227},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.67","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.67 Where fish may be taken\n\nStar sand may be taken only in an area, within the fishery area, stated on the licence.\nsch 7A s 67 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1228},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.68","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.68 What fish may be taken\n\nStar sand composed of the calcareous skeletons of unicellular animals known as Foraminifera may be taken under the licence.\nsch 7A s 68 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1229},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.69","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.69 Way fish may be taken\n\nStar sand may be taken only by—\nhand; or\nusing hand-held non-mechanical implements.\nsch 7A s 69 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n- (a) hand; or\n- (b) using hand-held non-mechanical implements.","sortOrder":1230},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.70","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may take fish","content":"### sch.7A-sec.70 Who may take fish\n\nOnly a commercial fisher may take star sand under the licence.\nsch 7A s 70 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1231},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.8","sectionType":"part","heading":"Trochus fishery (east coast)","content":"# Trochus fishery (east coast)","sortOrder":1232},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.8-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1233},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.71","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trochus fishery (east coast)","content":"### sch.7A-sec.71 Trochus fishery (east coast)\n\nThe trochus fishery (east coast) is the activity of fishing for trochus in the fishery area, as provided under this part.\nsch 7A s 71 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1234},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.72","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.7A-sec.72 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘J1’.\nsch 7A s 72 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1235},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.73","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7A-sec.73 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters south of latitude 10º41' south and east of longitude 142º31'49\" east.\nsch 7A s 73 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1236},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.8-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1237},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.74","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.74 What fish may be taken\n\nTrochus may be taken under the licence.\nsch 7A s 74 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1238},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.75","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.75 Way fish may be taken\n\nTrochus may be taken only by—\nhand; or\nusing hand-held non-mechanical implements.\nUnderwater breathing apparatus may also be used when taking trochus.\nsch 7A s 75 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.75-ssec.1) Trochus may be taken only by— hand; or using hand-held non-mechanical implements.\n(sch.7A-sec.75-ssec.2) Underwater breathing apparatus may also be used when taking trochus.\n- (a) hand; or\n- (b) using hand-held non-mechanical implements.","sortOrder":1239},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.76","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may take fish","content":"### sch.7A-sec.76 Who may take fish\n\nA commercial fisher and assistant fishers may take trochus under the licence.\nHowever, no more than 10 persons may take trochus under the licence at the same time.\nsch 7A s 76 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.76-ssec.1) A commercial fisher and assistant fishers may take trochus under the licence.\n(sch.7A-sec.76-ssec.2) However, no more than 10 persons may take trochus under the licence at the same time.","sortOrder":1240},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.77","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fish may be taken only with unused entitlements","content":"### sch.7A-sec.77 Fish may be taken only with unused entitlements\n\nTrochus may be taken in a hand-harvest ITQ year only if the trochus is taken under J1-ITQ units with unused entitlements for the hand-harvest ITQ year.\nsch 7A s 77 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1241},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.9","sectionType":"part","heading":"Juvenile eel fishery","content":"# Juvenile eel fishery","sortOrder":1242},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.9-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1243},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.78","sectionType":"section","heading":"Juvenile eel fishery","content":"### sch.7A-sec.78 Juvenile eel fishery\n\nThe juvenile eel fishery is the activity of fishing for the juvenile eels mentioned in section 82 in the fishery area, as provided under this part.\nsch 7A s 78 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1244},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.79","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.7A-sec.79 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘JE’.\nsch 7A s 79 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1245},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.80","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7A-sec.80 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of Queensland waters.\nsch 7A s 80 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1246},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.9-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1247},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.81","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.81 Where fish may be taken\n\nElver and glass eels may be taken only in the area, within the fishery area, stated on the licence.\nJuvenile eels may be taken in a tributary only—\ndownstream of—\nthe most downstream weir of the tributary; or\nif the tributary does not have a weir—the point that is 1km upstream from the mouth of the river into which the tributary flows; and\nup to 200m of either side of the mouth of the river into which the tributary flows.\nsch 7A s 81 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.81-ssec.1) Elver and glass eels may be taken only in the area, within the fishery area, stated on the licence.\n(sch.7A-sec.81-ssec.2) Juvenile eels may be taken in a tributary only— downstream of— the most downstream weir of the tributary; or if the tributary does not have a weir—the point that is 1km upstream from the mouth of the river into which the tributary flows; and up to 200m of either side of the mouth of the river into which the tributary flows.\n- (a) downstream of— (i) the most downstream weir of the tributary; or (ii) if the tributary does not have a weir—the point that is 1km upstream from the mouth of the river into which the tributary flows; and\n- (i) the most downstream weir of the tributary; or\n- (ii) if the tributary does not have a weir—the point that is 1km upstream from the mouth of the river into which the tributary flows; and\n- (b) up to 200m of either side of the mouth of the river into which the tributary flows.\n- (i) the most downstream weir of the tributary; or\n- (ii) if the tributary does not have a weir—the point that is 1km upstream from the mouth of the river into which the tributary flows; and","sortOrder":1248},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.82","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.82 What fish may be taken\n\nJuvenile eels of the genus Anguilla may be taken under the licence.\nsch 7A s 82 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1249},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.83","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.83 Way fish may be taken\n\nJuvenile eels may be taken only by—\nusing an eel trap or round eel trap—\nthat complies with subdivision 2 ; and\nin a way that complies with subdivision 3 ; or\nusing up to 3 scoop nets in a way that complies with subdivision 4 ; or\nusing up to 3 flow traps approved by the chief executive.\nsch 7A s 83 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n- (a) using an eel trap or round eel trap— (i) that complies with subdivision 2 ; and (ii) in a way that complies with subdivision 3 ; or\n- (i) that complies with subdivision 2 ; and\n- (ii) in a way that complies with subdivision 3 ; or\n- (b) using up to 3 scoop nets in a way that complies with subdivision 4 ; or\n- (c) using up to 3 flow traps approved by the chief executive.\n- (i) that complies with subdivision 2 ; and\n- (ii) in a way that complies with subdivision 3 ; or","sortOrder":1250},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.84","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may take fish","content":"### sch.7A-sec.84 Who may take fish\n\nA commercial fisher and assistant fishers may take juvenile eels under the licence.\nHowever, no more than 3 persons may take juvenile eels under the licence at the same time.\nsch 7A s 84 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.84-ssec.1) A commercial fisher and assistant fishers may take juvenile eels under the licence.\n(sch.7A-sec.84-ssec.2) However, no more than 3 persons may take juvenile eels under the licence at the same time.","sortOrder":1251},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.85","sectionType":"section","heading":"Selling fish","content":"### sch.7A-sec.85 Selling fish\n\nA person who takes juvenile eels under the licence may sell the eels only for aquaculture in an approved aquaculture facility.\nIn this section—\napproved aquaculture facility means a facility—\nused for aquaculture in accordance with a material change of use of premises for aquaculture that is or was—\naccepted development under the Planning Act ; or\nthe subject of a development approval; or\nused for aquaculture in another State under the laws of the other State.\nsch 7A s 85 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\namd 2021 SL No. 29 s 36 (1)\n(sch.7A-sec.85-ssec.1) A person who takes juvenile eels under the licence may sell the eels only for aquaculture in an approved aquaculture facility.\n(sch.7A-sec.85-ssec.2) In this section— approved aquaculture facility means a facility— used for aquaculture in accordance with a material change of use of premises for aquaculture that is or was— accepted development under the Planning Act ; or the subject of a development approval; or used for aquaculture in another State under the laws of the other State.\n- (a) used for aquaculture in accordance with a material change of use of premises for aquaculture that is or was— (i) accepted development under the Planning Act ; or (ii) the subject of a development approval; or\n- (i) accepted development under the Planning Act ; or\n- (ii) the subject of a development approval; or\n- (b) used for aquaculture in another State under the laws of the other State.\n- (i) accepted development under the Planning Act ; or\n- (ii) the subject of a development approval; or","sortOrder":1252},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.86","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of subdivision","content":"### sch.7A-sec.86 Application of subdivision\n\nThis subdivision applies to an eel trap or a round eel trap.\nsch 7A s 86 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1253},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.87","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trap entrance and trap pocket entrance","content":"### sch.7A-sec.87 Trap entrance and trap pocket entrance\n\nThe trap must have only—\n1 entrance into the trap itself (the trap entrance ); and\n1 entrance from the trap into its pocket (the trap pocket entrance ).\nThe trap entrance must not be extended by attaching wings.\nThe aperture of the trap pocket entrance must be no less than 20cm in any dimension.\nsch 7A s 87 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.87-ssec.1) The trap must have only— 1 entrance into the trap itself (the trap entrance ); and 1 entrance from the trap into its pocket (the trap pocket entrance ).\n(sch.7A-sec.87-ssec.2) The trap entrance must not be extended by attaching wings.\n(sch.7A-sec.87-ssec.3) The aperture of the trap pocket entrance must be no less than 20cm in any dimension.\n- (a) 1 entrance into the trap itself (the trap entrance ); and\n- (b) 1 entrance from the trap into its pocket (the trap pocket entrance ).","sortOrder":1254},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.88","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trap mesh size","content":"### sch.7A-sec.88 Trap mesh size\n\nThe trap, other than its pocket, must have a mesh size of at least 25mm.\nHowever, any meshes on the trap that are made of rigid material must be no less than 22mm in any dimension.\nsch 7A s 88 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.88-ssec.1) The trap, other than its pocket, must have a mesh size of at least 25mm.\n(sch.7A-sec.88-ssec.2) However, any meshes on the trap that are made of rigid material must be no less than 22mm in any dimension.","sortOrder":1255},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.89","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trap frame","content":"### sch.7A-sec.89 Trap frame\n\nThe trap when set must have a frame made of rigid material.\nsch 7A s 89 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1256},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.90","sectionType":"section","heading":"Dimensions","content":"### sch.7A-sec.90 Dimensions\n\nThe trap when set must have the following dimensions—\nfor an eel trap, a frame that is—\nno longer than 2m; and\nno wider than 0.6m; and\nno deeper than 0.6m;\nfor a round eel trap—\na diameter of no more than 1m; and\na height of no more than 0.6m.\nsch 7A s 90 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n- (a) for an eel trap, a frame that is— (i) no longer than 2m; and (ii) no wider than 0.6m; and (iii) no deeper than 0.6m;\n- (i) no longer than 2m; and\n- (ii) no wider than 0.6m; and\n- (iii) no deeper than 0.6m;\n- (b) for a round eel trap— (i) a diameter of no more than 1m; and (ii) a height of no more than 0.6m.\n- (i) a diameter of no more than 1m; and\n- (ii) a height of no more than 0.6m.\n- (i) no longer than 2m; and\n- (ii) no wider than 0.6m; and\n- (iii) no deeper than 0.6m;\n- (i) a diameter of no more than 1m; and\n- (ii) a height of no more than 0.6m.","sortOrder":1257},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.91","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trap pocket","content":"### sch.7A-sec.91 Trap pocket\n\nThe pocket of the trap must—\nbe long enough and attached to a float in a way so that an air-breathing animal trapped in the trap or the pocket can access the surface of the water to breathe; and\nhave rings that are—\nmade of rigid material; and\nno more than 1m apart; and\nno less than 20cm in any dimension.\nThe ring nearest the trap pocket entrance must be no more than 1m from the trap pocket entrance.\nThe ring nearest the closed end of the pocket must be no more than 0.5m from the closed end.\nIn this section—\ntrap pocket entrance see section 87 (1) (b) .\nsch 7A s 91 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.91-ssec.1) The pocket of the trap must— be long enough and attached to a float in a way so that an air-breathing animal trapped in the trap or the pocket can access the surface of the water to breathe; and have rings that are— made of rigid material; and no more than 1m apart; and no less than 20cm in any dimension.\n(sch.7A-sec.91-ssec.2) The ring nearest the trap pocket entrance must be no more than 1m from the trap pocket entrance.\n(sch.7A-sec.91-ssec.3) The ring nearest the closed end of the pocket must be no more than 0.5m from the closed end.\n(sch.7A-sec.91-ssec.4) In this section— trap pocket entrance see section 87 (1) (b) .\n- (a) be long enough and attached to a float in a way so that an air-breathing animal trapped in the trap or the pocket can access the surface of the water to breathe; and\n- (b) have rings that are— (i) made of rigid material; and (ii) no more than 1m apart; and (iii) no less than 20cm in any dimension.\n- (i) made of rigid material; and\n- (ii) no more than 1m apart; and\n- (iii) no less than 20cm in any dimension.\n- (i) made of rigid material; and\n- (ii) no more than 1m apart; and\n- (iii) no less than 20cm in any dimension.","sortOrder":1258},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.92","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trap float","content":"### sch.7A-sec.92 Trap float\n\nThe trap must have attached to it a float that is—\nsolid, light-coloured and clearly visible on the surface of the water; and\nno less than 15cm in any dimension; and\nmarked with—\nthe number of the licence under which the trap is being used; and\nthe first name and surname of the holder of the licence.\nsch 7A s 92 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n- (a) solid, light-coloured and clearly visible on the surface of the water; and\n- (b) no less than 15cm in any dimension; and\n- (c) marked with— (i) the number of the licence under which the trap is being used; and (ii) the first name and surname of the holder of the licence.\n- (i) the number of the licence under which the trap is being used; and\n- (ii) the first name and surname of the holder of the licence.\n- (i) the number of the licence under which the trap is being used; and\n- (ii) the first name and surname of the holder of the licence.","sortOrder":1259},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.93","sectionType":"section","heading":"Restriction on trapping times","content":"### sch.7A-sec.93 Restriction on trapping times\n\nThis section applies to an eel trap or a round eel trap in waters in the fishery area, other than waters—\nin a privately owned impoundment; or\nto which the public does not have access.\nwaters in a balancing storage, including, for example, the Bullyard Creek Balancing Storage\nThe trap must not be used on—\nan ordinary weekend from 9a.m. on Saturday to 4p.m. on Sunday; or\na long weekend from 9a.m. on the first day of the long weekend to 4p.m. on the last day of the long weekend.\nHowever, the trap may remain in the water if it is not baited and its pocket is open.\nIn this section—\nlong weekend means any period of 3 or 4 days, including, for example, Easter, made up of a weekend and 1 or 2 public holidays immediately before or immediately after the weekend.\nordinary weekend means a weekend other than a long weekend.\nsch 7A s 93 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.93-ssec.1) This section applies to an eel trap or a round eel trap in waters in the fishery area, other than waters— in a privately owned impoundment; or to which the public does not have access. waters in a balancing storage, including, for example, the Bullyard Creek Balancing Storage\n(sch.7A-sec.93-ssec.2) The trap must not be used on— an ordinary weekend from 9a.m. on Saturday to 4p.m. on Sunday; or a long weekend from 9a.m. on the first day of the long weekend to 4p.m. on the last day of the long weekend.\n(sch.7A-sec.93-ssec.3) However, the trap may remain in the water if it is not baited and its pocket is open.\n(sch.7A-sec.93-ssec.4) In this section— long weekend means any period of 3 or 4 days, including, for example, Easter, made up of a weekend and 1 or 2 public holidays immediately before or immediately after the weekend. ordinary weekend means a weekend other than a long weekend.\n- (a) in a privately owned impoundment; or\n- (b) to which the public does not have access. Example for paragraph (b) — waters in a balancing storage, including, for example, the Bullyard Creek Balancing Storage\n- (a) an ordinary weekend from 9a.m. on Saturday to 4p.m. on Sunday; or\n- (b) a long weekend from 9a.m. on the first day of the long weekend to 4p.m. on the last day of the long weekend.","sortOrder":1260},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.94","sectionType":"section","heading":"Number of traps that may be used","content":"### sch.7A-sec.94 Number of traps that may be used\n\nOnly 1 eel trap or round eel trap may be used to take juvenile eels under the licence in an impoundment at any time.\nsch 7A s 94 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1261},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.95","sectionType":"section","heading":"Other requirements","content":"### sch.7A-sec.95 Other requirements\n\nAn eel trap or round eel trap must not be used to take juvenile eels within 20m of another eel trap or round eel trap being used by someone else to take juvenile eels.\nAn eel trap or round eel trap must not be used to take juvenile eels within 10m of the opening to a waterway that has a weir.\nAn eel trap or round eel trap may be used to take juvenile eels at night only if a fixed white light is displayed on the boat being used to take the eels.\nsch 7A s 95 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.95-ssec.1) An eel trap or round eel trap must not be used to take juvenile eels within 20m of another eel trap or round eel trap being used by someone else to take juvenile eels.\n(sch.7A-sec.95-ssec.2) An eel trap or round eel trap must not be used to take juvenile eels within 10m of the opening to a waterway that has a weir.\n(sch.7A-sec.95-ssec.3) An eel trap or round eel trap may be used to take juvenile eels at night only if a fixed white light is displayed on the boat being used to take the eels.","sortOrder":1262},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.96","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of scoop nets","content":"### sch.7A-sec.96 Use of scoop nets\n\nA scoop net must not be used to take juvenile eels within 10m of the opening to a waterway that has a weir.\nsch 7A s 96 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1263},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.9-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Condition","content":"## Condition","sortOrder":1264},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.97","sectionType":"section","heading":"Checking trap or net","content":"### sch.7A-sec.97 Checking trap or net\n\nThis section prescribes a condition for the licence.\nAn eel trap, round eel trap or scoop net that is in use must be checked every 24 hours after being set.\nsch 7A s 97 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.97-ssec.1) This section prescribes a condition for the licence.\n(sch.7A-sec.97-ssec.2) An eel trap, round eel trap or scoop net that is in use must be checked every 24 hours after being set.","sortOrder":1265},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.10","sectionType":"part","heading":"Oyster fishery","content":"# Oyster fishery","sortOrder":1266},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.10-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1267},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.98","sectionType":"section","heading":"Oyster fishery","content":"### sch.7A-sec.98 Oyster fishery\n\nThe oyster fishery is the activity of fishing for oysters mentioned in section 102 , in the fishery area, as provided under this part.\nsch 7A s 98 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1268},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.99","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.7A-sec.99 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘O’.\nsch 7A s 99 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1269},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.100","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7A-sec.100 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all foreshores between low water and high water.\nsch 7A s 100 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1270},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.10-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1271},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.101","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.101 Where fish may be taken\n\nOysters may be taken only in the area, within the fishery area, stated on the licence.\nsch 7A s 101 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1272},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.102","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.102 What fish may be taken\n\nThe following oysters may be taken under the licence—\nblacklip oysters;\nmilky oysters.\nsch 7A s 102 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n- (a) blacklip oysters;\n- (b) milky oysters.","sortOrder":1273},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.103","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.103 Way fish may be taken\n\nOysters may be taken only by—\nhand; or\nusing hand-held non-mechanical implements.\nsch 7A s 103 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n- (a) hand; or\n- (b) using hand-held non-mechanical implements.","sortOrder":1274},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.104","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may take fish","content":"### sch.7A-sec.104 Who may take fish\n\nA commercial fisher and assistant fishers may take oysters under the licence.\nHowever, no more than 2 persons may take oysters under the licence at the same time.\nsch 7A s 104 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.104-ssec.1) A commercial fisher and assistant fishers may take oysters under the licence.\n(sch.7A-sec.104-ssec.2) However, no more than 2 persons may take oysters under the licence at the same time.","sortOrder":1275},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.10-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Conditions","content":"## Conditions","sortOrder":1276},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.105","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sch.7A-sec.105 Purpose of division\n\nThis division prescribes conditions for the licence.\nsch 7A s 105 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1277},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.106","sectionType":"section","heading":"Markers","content":"### sch.7A-sec.106 Markers\n\nA person taking oysters under the licence must keep a marker at the high water mark at each corner of the area within which oysters are being taken.\nThe marker must—\nstate—\nthe licence number of the commercial fisher licence under which the person is taking oysters; and\nthe name of the fishery; and\nhave a diameter of no less than 500mm; and\nbe made of retroflective material; and\nbe kept no less than 2m above the surface of the land.\nThe marker must be kept in good condition at all times.\nsch 7A s 106 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.106-ssec.1) A person taking oysters under the licence must keep a marker at the high water mark at each corner of the area within which oysters are being taken.\n(sch.7A-sec.106-ssec.2) The marker must— state— the licence number of the commercial fisher licence under which the person is taking oysters; and the name of the fishery; and have a diameter of no less than 500mm; and be made of retroflective material; and be kept no less than 2m above the surface of the land.\n(sch.7A-sec.106-ssec.3) The marker must be kept in good condition at all times.\n- (a) state— (i) the licence number of the commercial fisher licence under which the person is taking oysters; and (ii) the name of the fishery; and\n- (i) the licence number of the commercial fisher licence under which the person is taking oysters; and\n- (ii) the name of the fishery; and\n- (b) have a diameter of no less than 500mm; and\n- (c) be made of retroflective material; and\n- (d) be kept no less than 2m above the surface of the land.\n- (i) the licence number of the commercial fisher licence under which the person is taking oysters; and\n- (ii) the name of the fishery; and","sortOrder":1278},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.11","sectionType":"part","heading":"Pearl fishery","content":"# Pearl fishery","sortOrder":1279},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.11-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1280},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.107","sectionType":"section","heading":"Pearl fishery","content":"### sch.7A-sec.107 Pearl fishery\n\nThe pearl fishery is the activity of fishing for live pearl oysters in the fishery area, as provided under this part.\nsch 7A s 107 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1281},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.108","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.7A-sec.108 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘P’.\nsch 7A s 108 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1282},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.109","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7A-sec.109 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of tidal waters south of latitude 10º41' south and east of longitude 142º31'49\" east.\nsch 7A s 109 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1283},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.11-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1284},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.110","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.110 What fish may be taken\n\nLive pearl oysters may be taken under the licence.\nsch 7A s 110 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1285},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.111","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.111 Way fish may be taken\n\nLive pearl oysters may be taken only by—\nhand; or\nusing hand-held implements.\nUnderwater breathing apparatus may also be used when taking live pearl oysters.\nsch 7A s 111 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.111-ssec.1) Live pearl oysters may be taken only by— hand; or using hand-held implements.\n(sch.7A-sec.111-ssec.2) Underwater breathing apparatus may also be used when taking live pearl oysters.\n- (a) hand; or\n- (b) using hand-held implements.","sortOrder":1286},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.112","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may take fish","content":"### sch.7A-sec.112 Who may take fish\n\nA commercial fisher and assistant fishers may take live pearl oysters under the licence.\nHowever, no more than 3 persons may take live pearl oysters under the licence at the same time.\nsch 7A s 112 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.112-ssec.1) A commercial fisher and assistant fishers may take live pearl oysters under the licence.\n(sch.7A-sec.112-ssec.2) However, no more than 3 persons may take live pearl oysters under the licence at the same time.","sortOrder":1287},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.11-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Condition","content":"## Condition","sortOrder":1288},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.113","sectionType":"section","heading":"Selling fish","content":"### sch.7A-sec.113 Selling fish\n\nThis section prescribes a condition for the licence.\nLive pearl oysters taken under the licence may be sold only to a person acting under a development approval for prescribed aquaculture development.\nsch 7A s 113 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.113-ssec.1) This section prescribes a condition for the licence.\n(sch.7A-sec.113-ssec.2) Live pearl oysters taken under the licence may be sold only to a person acting under a development approval for prescribed aquaculture development.","sortOrder":1289},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.12","sectionType":"part","heading":"Commercial crayfish and rocklobster fishery","content":"# Commercial crayfish and rocklobster fishery","sortOrder":1290},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.12-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1291},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.114","sectionType":"section","heading":"Commercial crayfish and rocklobster fishery","content":"### sch.7A-sec.114 Commercial crayfish and rocklobster fishery\n\nThe commercial crayfish and rocklobster fishery is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 117 in the fishery area, as provided under this part.\nsch 7A s 114 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1292},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.115","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.7A-sec.115 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘R’.\nsch 7A s 115 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1293},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.116","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7A-sec.116 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of the following tidal waters—\nwaters east of longitude 142º31'49\" east, and north of latitude 14º south;\nthe waters in the Gulf of Carpentaria—\nbetween the 25n mile line and the shore; and\nsouth of latitude 10º48' south;\nwaterways that join the waters mentioned in paragraph (b) .\nsch 7A s 116 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n- (a) waters east of longitude 142º31'49\" east, and north of latitude 14º south;\n- (b) the waters in the Gulf of Carpentaria— (i) between the 25n mile line and the shore; and (ii) south of latitude 10º48' south;\n- (i) between the 25n mile line and the shore; and\n- (ii) south of latitude 10º48' south;\n- (c) waterways that join the waters mentioned in paragraph (b) .\n- (i) between the 25n mile line and the shore; and\n- (ii) south of latitude 10º48' south;","sortOrder":1294},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.12-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1295},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.117","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.117 What fish may be taken\n\nRed champagne lobster and tropical rocklobster may be taken under the licence.\nsch 7A s 117 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1296},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.118","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.118 Way fish may be taken\n\nFish may be taken only by—\nhand; or\nusing hand-held non-mechanical implements; or\nusing spears or spear guns.\nUnderwater breathing apparatus may also be used when taking fish.\nsch 7A s 118 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.118-ssec.1) Fish may be taken only by— hand; or using hand-held non-mechanical implements; or using spears or spear guns.\n(sch.7A-sec.118-ssec.2) Underwater breathing apparatus may also be used when taking fish.\n- (a) hand; or\n- (b) using hand-held non-mechanical implements; or\n- (c) using spears or spear guns.","sortOrder":1297},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.119","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may take fish","content":"### sch.7A-sec.119 Who may take fish\n\nA commercial fisher or assistant fisher may take fish under the licence.\nHowever, only 1 person may take fish from each boat authorised to be used under the licence at the same time.\nsch 7A s 119 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.119-ssec.1) A commercial fisher or assistant fisher may take fish under the licence.\n(sch.7A-sec.119-ssec.2) However, only 1 person may take fish from each boat authorised to be used under the licence at the same time.","sortOrder":1298},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.120","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fish may be taken only with unused entitlements","content":"### sch.7A-sec.120 Fish may be taken only with unused entitlements\n\nFish may be taken in a hand-harvest ITQ year only if the fish are taken under R-ITQ units with unused entitlements for the hand-harvest ITQ year.\nsch 7A s 120 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1299},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.13","sectionType":"part","heading":"Beachworm fishery","content":"# Beachworm fishery","sortOrder":1300},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.13-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1301},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.121","sectionType":"section","heading":"Beachworm fishery","content":"### sch.7A-sec.121 Beachworm fishery\n\nThe beachworm fishery is the activity of fishing for beachworms in the fishery area, as provided under this part.\nsch 7A s 121 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1302},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.122","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.7A-sec.122 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘W1’.\nsch 7A s 122 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1303},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.123","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7A-sec.123 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all foreshores south of latitude 10º41' south and east of longitude 142º31'49\" east.\nsch 7A s 123 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1304},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.13-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1305},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.124","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.124 Where fish may be taken\n\nBeachworms may be taken only in the area, within the fishery area, stated on the licence.\nsch 7A s 124 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1306},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.125","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.125 What fish may be taken\n\nBeachworms may be taken under the licence.\nsch 7A s 125 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1307},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.126","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.126 Way fish may be taken\n\nBeachworms may be taken only by hand.\nsch 7A s 126 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1308},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.127","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may take fish","content":"### sch.7A-sec.127 Who may take fish\n\nOnly a commercial fisher may take beachworms under the licence.\nsch 7A s 127 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\nsub 2021 SL No. 29 s 36 (2)","sortOrder":1309},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.14","sectionType":"part","heading":"Bloodworm fishery","content":"# Bloodworm fishery","sortOrder":1310},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.14-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1311},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.128","sectionType":"section","heading":"Bloodworm fishery","content":"### sch.7A-sec.128 Bloodworm fishery\n\nThe bloodworm fishery is the activity of fishing for bloodworms in the fishery area, as provided under this part.\nsch 7A s 128 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1312},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.129","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.7A-sec.129 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘W2’.\nsch 7A s 129 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1313},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.130","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7A-sec.130 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all foreshores south of latitude 10º41' south and east of longitude 142º31'49\" east.\nsch 7A s 130 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1314},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.14-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1315},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.131","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.131 What fish may be taken\n\nBloodworms may be taken under the licence.\nsch 7A s 131 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1316},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.132","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.132 Way fish may be taken\n\nBloodworms may be taken only by hand or by using hand-held forks.\nBloodworms may be taken by digging up an area only if, immediately after the worms are taken, the person taking the worms puts any seagrass disturbed or removed by the digging in an upright position in the same location from which the seagrass was disturbed or removed.\nsch 7A s 132 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n(sch.7A-sec.132-ssec.1) Bloodworms may be taken only by hand or by using hand-held forks.\n(sch.7A-sec.132-ssec.2) Bloodworms may be taken by digging up an area only if, immediately after the worms are taken, the person taking the worms puts any seagrass disturbed or removed by the digging in an upright position in the same location from which the seagrass was disturbed or removed.","sortOrder":1317},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.133","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may take fish","content":"### sch.7A-sec.133 Who may take fish\n\nOnly a commercial fisher may take bloodworms under the licence.\nsch 7A s 133 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\nsub 2021 SL No. 29 s 36 (3)","sortOrder":1318},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.15","sectionType":"part","heading":"Marine yabby fishery","content":"# Marine yabby fishery","sortOrder":1319},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.15-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1320},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.134","sectionType":"section","heading":"Marine yabby fishery","content":"### sch.7A-sec.134 Marine yabby fishery\n\nThe marine yabby fishery is the activity of fishing for marine yabbies in the fishery area, as provided under this part.\nsch 7A s 134 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1321},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.135","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.7A-sec.135 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘Y’.\nsch 7A s 135 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1322},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.136","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.7A-sec.136 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all foreshores south of latitude 10º41' south and east of longitude 142º31'49\" east.\nsch 7A s 136 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1323},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-pt.15-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1324},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.137","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.137 Where fish may be taken\n\nMarine yabbies may be taken only in the area, within the fishery area, stated on the licence.\nsch 7A s 137 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1325},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.138","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.138 What fish may be taken\n\nMarine yabbies may be taken under the licence.\nsch 7A s 138 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169","sortOrder":1326},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.139","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.7A-sec.139 Way fish may be taken\n\nMarine yabbies may be taken only by using—\nhand pumps; or\nif stated on the licence, mechanical pumps.\nsch 7A s 139 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\n- (a) hand pumps; or\n- (b) if stated on the licence, mechanical pumps.","sortOrder":1327},{"sectionNumber":"sch.7A-sec.140","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may take fish","content":"### sch.7A-sec.140 Who may take fish\n\nOnly a commercial fisher may take marine yabbies under the licence.\nsch 7A s 140 ins 2020 SL No. 236 s 169\nsub 2021 SL No. 29 s 36 (4)","sortOrder":1328},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1329},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-pt.1-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1330},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.1","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.1\n\nsch 8 s 1 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 170","sortOrder":1331},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.2","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.2\n\nsch 8 s 2 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 170","sortOrder":1332},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.3","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.3\n\nsch 8 s 3 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 170","sortOrder":1333},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-pt.1-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1334},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.4","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.4\n\nsch 8 s 4 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 170","sortOrder":1335},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.5","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.5\n\nsch 8 s 5 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 170","sortOrder":1336},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.6","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.6\n\nsch 8 s 6 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 170","sortOrder":1337},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.7","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.7\n\nsch 8 s 7 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 113","sortOrder":1338},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-pt.1-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1339},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.8","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.8\n\nsch 8 s 8 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 35","sortOrder":1340},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.9","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.9\n\nsch 8 s 9 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 35","sortOrder":1341},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.10","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.10\n\nsch 8 s 10 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 35","sortOrder":1342},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1343},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-pt.2-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1344},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.11","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.11\n\nsch 8 s 11 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 19","sortOrder":1345},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-pt.2-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1346},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.12","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.12\n\nsch 8 s 12 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 19","sortOrder":1347},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.13","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.13\n\nsch 8 s 13 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 19","sortOrder":1348},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.14","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.14\n\nsch 8 s 14 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 19","sortOrder":1349},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-pt.2-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1350},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.15","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.15\n\nsch 8 s 15 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 19","sortOrder":1351},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.16","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.16\n\nsch 8 s 16 om 2023 SL No. 194 s 19","sortOrder":1352},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":"Commercial trawl fishery (fin fish)","content":"# Commercial trawl fishery (fin fish)","sortOrder":1353},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-pt.3-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","content":"## Fishery, fishery symbol and fishery area","sortOrder":1354},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.17","sectionType":"section","heading":"Commercial trawl fishery (fin fish)","content":"### sch.8-sec.17 Commercial trawl fishery (fin fish)\n\nThe commercial trawl fishery (fin fish) is the activity of fishing for the fish mentioned in section 21 in the fishery area, as provided under this part.","sortOrder":1355},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.18","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery symbol","content":"### sch.8-sec.18 Fishery symbol\n\nThe fishery symbol for the fishery is ‘T4’.","sortOrder":1356},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.19","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fishery area","content":"### sch.8-sec.19 Fishery area\n\nThe fishery area consists of the area of all tidal waters within the following boundary—\nfrom latitude 24°42.05' south, longitude 153°28.11' east\nto latitude 24°57.87' south, longitude 153°34.78' east\nto latitude 26°12.84' south, longitude 153°48.83' east\nto latitude 26°24.88' south, longitude 153°36.05' east\nto latitude 26°44.98' south, longitude 153°30.38' east\nto latitude 27°05.68' south, longitude 153°34.36' east\nto latitude 27°58.78' south, longitude 153°46.38' east\nto latitude 28°06.32' south, longitude 153°44.90' east\nto latitude 28°09.66' south, longitude 153°46.68' east\nto latitude 28°09.17' south, longitude 153°34.30' east\nto latitude 28°06.85' south, longitude 153°31.74' east\nto latitude 28°01.10' south, longitude 153°29.43' east\nto latitude 27°51.23' south, longitude 153°28.34' east\nto latitude 27°45.62' south, longitude 153°30.19' east\nto latitude 27°38.84' south, longitude 153°30.33' east\nto latitude 27°31.28' south, longitude 153°33.34' east\nto latitude 27°31.78' south, longitude 153°34.50' east\nto latitude 27°30.08' south, longitude 153°36.02' east\nto latitude 27°24.64' south, longitude 153°33.58' east\nto latitude 27°22.79' south, longitude 153°34.20' east\nto latitude 27°20.139' south, longitude 153°29.81' east\nto latitude 27°14.96' south, longitude 153°28.31' east\nto latitude 26°56.55' south, longitude 153°29.61' east\nto latitude 26°54.48' south, longitude 153°28.00' east\nto latitude 26°56.62' south, longitude 153°21.80' east\nto latitude 26°54.01' south, longitude 153°17.06' east\nto latitude 26°50.58' south, longitude 153°15.07' east\nto latitude 26°47.17' south, longitude 153°16.84' east\nto latitude 26°36.92' south, longitude 153°13.30' east\nto latitude 26°13.70' south, longitude 153°08.79' east\nto latitude 26°4.76' south, longitude 153° 9.26' east\nto latitude 25°58.54' south, longitude 153°11.33' east\nto latitude 25°57.67' south, longitude 153°12.71' east\nto latitude 25°54.02' south, longitude 153°12.55' east\nto latitude 25°51.54' south, longitude 153°09.00' east\nto latitude 25°47.31' south, longitude 153°10.43' east\nto latitude 25°41.98' south, longitude 153°07.84' east\nto latitude 25°34.67' south, longitude 153°11.28' east\nto latitude 25°31.67' south, longitude 153°11.01' east\nto latitude 25°21.42' south, longitude 153°16.96' east\nto latitude 25°12.89' south, longitude 153°21.92' east\nto latitude 25°12.92' south, longitude 153°24.72' east\nto latitude 25°11.82' south, longitude 153°26.65' east\nto latitude 25°02.88' south, longitude 153°23.79' east\nto latitude 24°58.38' south, longitude 153°29.22' east\nto latitude 24°54.25' south, longitude 153°24.20' east\nto latitude 24°41.85' south, longitude 153°23.00' east\nto latitude 24°42.05' south, longitude 153°28.11' east.\nsch 8 s 19 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 36\n- • from latitude 24°42.05' south, longitude 153°28.11' east\n- • to latitude 24°57.87' south, longitude 153°34.78' east\n- • to latitude 26°12.84' south, longitude 153°48.83' east\n- • to latitude 26°24.88' south, longitude 153°36.05' east\n- • to latitude 26°44.98' south, longitude 153°30.38' east\n- • to latitude 27°05.68' south, longitude 153°34.36' east\n- • to latitude 27°58.78' south, longitude 153°46.38' east\n- • to latitude 28°06.32' south, longitude 153°44.90' east\n- • to latitude 28°09.66' south, longitude 153°46.68' east\n- • to latitude 28°09.17' south, longitude 153°34.30' east\n- • to latitude 28°06.85' south, longitude 153°31.74' east\n- • to latitude 28°01.10' south, longitude 153°29.43' east\n- • to latitude 27°51.23' south, longitude 153°28.34' east\n- • to latitude 27°45.62' south, longitude 153°30.19' east\n- • to latitude 27°38.84' south, longitude 153°30.33' east\n- • to latitude 27°31.28' south, longitude 153°33.34' east\n- • to latitude 27°31.78' south, longitude 153°34.50' east\n- • to latitude 27°30.08' south, longitude 153°36.02' east\n- • to latitude 27°24.64' south, longitude 153°33.58' east\n- • to latitude 27°22.79' south, longitude 153°34.20' east\n- • to latitude 27°20.139' south, longitude 153°29.81' east\n- • to latitude 27°14.96' south, longitude 153°28.31' east\n- • to latitude 26°56.55' south, longitude 153°29.61' east\n- • to latitude 26°54.48' south, longitude 153°28.00' east\n- • to latitude 26°56.62' south, longitude 153°21.80' east\n- • to latitude 26°54.01' south, longitude 153°17.06' east\n- • to latitude 26°50.58' south, longitude 153°15.07' east\n- • to latitude 26°47.17' south, longitude 153°16.84' east\n- • to latitude 26°36.92' south, longitude 153°13.30' east\n- • to latitude 26°13.70' south, longitude 153°08.79' east\n- • to latitude 26°4.76' south, longitude 153° 9.26' east\n- • to latitude 25°58.54' south, longitude 153°11.33' east\n- • to latitude 25°57.67' south, longitude 153°12.71' east\n- • to latitude 25°54.02' south, longitude 153°12.55' east\n- • to latitude 25°51.54' south, longitude 153°09.00' east\n- • to latitude 25°47.31' south, longitude 153°10.43' east\n- • to latitude 25°41.98' south, longitude 153°07.84' east\n- • to latitude 25°34.67' south, longitude 153°11.28' east\n- • to latitude 25°31.67' south, longitude 153°11.01' east\n- • to latitude 25°21.42' south, longitude 153°16.96' east\n- • to latitude 25°12.89' south, longitude 153°21.92' east\n- • to latitude 25°12.92' south, longitude 153°24.72' east\n- • to latitude 25°11.82' south, longitude 153°26.65' east\n- • to latitude 25°02.88' south, longitude 153°23.79' east\n- • to latitude 24°58.38' south, longitude 153°29.22' east\n- • to latitude 24°54.25' south, longitude 153°24.20' east\n- • to latitude 24°41.85' south, longitude 153°23.00' east\n- • to latitude 24°42.05' south, longitude 153°28.11' east.","sortOrder":1357},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-pt.3-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authorisation","content":"## Authorisation","sortOrder":1358},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.20","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of prescribed whiting and reference","content":"### sch.8-sec.20 Meaning of prescribed whiting and reference\n\nGenerally, prescribed whiting means red spot whiting or stout whiting.\nA reference to a quantity of prescribed whiting (however expressed) is a reference to a quantity of fish consisting of either or both of the following—\nred spot whiting;\nstout whiting.\n(sch.8-sec.20-ssec.1) Generally, prescribed whiting means red spot whiting or stout whiting.\n(sch.8-sec.20-ssec.2) A reference to a quantity of prescribed whiting (however expressed) is a reference to a quantity of fish consisting of either or both of the following— red spot whiting; stout whiting.\n- (a) red spot whiting;\n- (b) stout whiting.","sortOrder":1359},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.21","sectionType":"section","heading":"What fish may be taken","content":"### sch.8-sec.21 What fish may be taken\n\nThe following fish (each the permitted fish ) may be taken under the licence—\nprescribed whiting;\nany of the following fish, if the fish are taken while taking prescribed whiting—\nBalmain bug;\ncuttlefish;\ngoatfish;\nMoreton Bay bug;\noctopus;\nsquid;\nthreadfin bream;\nyellowtail scad.\n- (a) prescribed whiting;\n- (b) any of the following fish, if the fish are taken while taking prescribed whiting— (i) Balmain bug; (ii) cuttlefish; (iii) goatfish; (iv) Moreton Bay bug; (v) octopus; (vi) squid; (vii) threadfin bream; (viii) yellowtail scad.\n- (i) Balmain bug;\n- (ii) cuttlefish;\n- (iii) goatfish;\n- (iv) Moreton Bay bug;\n- (v) octopus;\n- (vi) squid;\n- (vii) threadfin bream;\n- (viii) yellowtail scad.\n- (i) Balmain bug;\n- (ii) cuttlefish;\n- (iii) goatfish;\n- (iv) Moreton Bay bug;\n- (v) octopus;\n- (vi) squid;\n- (vii) threadfin bream;\n- (viii) yellowtail scad.","sortOrder":1360},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.22","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way fish may be taken","content":"### sch.8-sec.22 Way fish may be taken\n\nPermitted fish may be taken only by using an otter trawl net or seine net that complies with this section.\nThe net must not be longer than 88m and must have a mesh size of at least 38mm.\nFor subsection (2) , the length of the net must be worked out from the combined length of the following ropes when taut—\nthe head and bottom ropes;\nthe rope fixing the net’s opening size;\nthe ropes to which the net’s mesh is attached;\nthe part of another rope, other than a lazy line or log rope, to which a wing net is attached.\nFor an otter trawl net—\neach of its sweeps must not be longer than 128m; and\nthe net must not be used from a boat longer than 20m; and\nthe net must be used with a TED that complies with schedule 2 , part 2 , division 11 .\nFor subsection (4) (a) , an otter trawl net’s sweeps includes a chain, rope, shackle, wire or other fitting used to attach otter boards or sleds to the net.\nHowever, if 2 or more fittings mentioned in subsection (5) are joined to make a single fitting, the single fitting is 1 sweep.\nFor a seine net—\neach of the 2 haul ropes attached to the net must not be longer than 2,500m; and\nthe end of the haul rope that is first deployed when the net is deployed must be marked with a floating buoy that is clearly visible on the surface of the water; and\nthe net must not be used from a boat longer than 25m.\nA seine net described in subsection (7) is commonly known as a Danish seine net.\nsch 8 s 22 amd 2020 SL No. 236 s 198 sch 3\n(sch.8-sec.22-ssec.1) Permitted fish may be taken only by using an otter trawl net or seine net that complies with this section.\n(sch.8-sec.22-ssec.2) The net must not be longer than 88m and must have a mesh size of at least 38mm.\n(sch.8-sec.22-ssec.3) For subsection (2) , the length of the net must be worked out from the combined length of the following ropes when taut— the head and bottom ropes; the rope fixing the net’s opening size; the ropes to which the net’s mesh is attached; the part of another rope, other than a lazy line or log rope, to which a wing net is attached.\n(sch.8-sec.22-ssec.4) For an otter trawl net— each of its sweeps must not be longer than 128m; and the net must not be used from a boat longer than 20m; and the net must be used with a TED that complies with schedule 2 , part 2 , division 11 .\n(sch.8-sec.22-ssec.5) For subsection (4) (a) , an otter trawl net’s sweeps includes a chain, rope, shackle, wire or other fitting used to attach otter boards or sleds to the net.\n(sch.8-sec.22-ssec.6) However, if 2 or more fittings mentioned in subsection (5) are joined to make a single fitting, the single fitting is 1 sweep.\n(sch.8-sec.22-ssec.7) For a seine net— each of the 2 haul ropes attached to the net must not be longer than 2,500m; and the end of the haul rope that is first deployed when the net is deployed must be marked with a floating buoy that is clearly visible on the surface of the water; and the net must not be used from a boat longer than 25m. A seine net described in subsection (7) is commonly known as a Danish seine net.\n- (a) the head and bottom ropes;\n- (b) the rope fixing the net’s opening size;\n- (c) the ropes to which the net’s mesh is attached;\n- (d) the part of another rope, other than a lazy line or log rope, to which a wing net is attached.\n- (a) each of its sweeps must not be longer than 128m; and\n- (b) the net must not be used from a boat longer than 20m; and\n- (c) the net must be used with a TED that complies with schedule 2 , part 2 , division 11 .\n- (a) each of the 2 haul ropes attached to the net must not be longer than 2,500m; and\n- (b) the end of the haul rope that is first deployed when the net is deployed must be marked with a floating buoy that is clearly visible on the surface of the water; and\n- (c) the net must not be used from a boat longer than 25m.","sortOrder":1361},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.23","sectionType":"section","heading":"Prescribed whiting may be taken only with unused entitlements","content":"### sch.8-sec.23 Prescribed whiting may be taken only with unused entitlements\n\nPrescribed whiting may be taken in a T4-ITQ year only if the whiting is taken under T4-ITQ units with unused entitlements for the T4-ITQ year.\nsch 8 s 23 sub 2020 SL No. 236 s 171 (1)","sortOrder":1362},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.24","sectionType":"section","heading":"Annual quota entitlement for goatfish and yellowtail scad","content":"### sch.8-sec.24 Annual quota entitlement for goatfish and yellowtail scad\n\nThis section applies to the following fish—\ngoatfish;\nyellowtail scad.\nThe annual quota of each of the fish that may be taken under the licence in a T4-ITQ year is the amount worked out using the following formula—\nAQ = DAQ/L x N\nwhere—\nAQ is the annual quota of the fish, in kilograms, that may be taken under the licence in the year.\nDAQ is the total quota entitlement for the fish, expressed in kilograms, stated in the quota declaration for the commercial trawl fishery (fin fish) for the year (the relevant declaration ).\nL is the total number of T4 licences that are in force when the relevant declaration is made.\nN is the number of fishery symbols ‘T4’ written on the licence.\n(sch.8-sec.24-ssec.1) This section applies to the following fish— goatfish; yellowtail scad.\n(sch.8-sec.24-ssec.2) The annual quota of each of the fish that may be taken under the licence in a T4-ITQ year is the amount worked out using the following formula— AQ = DAQ/L x N where— AQ is the annual quota of the fish, in kilograms, that may be taken under the licence in the year. DAQ is the total quota entitlement for the fish, expressed in kilograms, stated in the quota declaration for the commercial trawl fishery (fin fish) for the year (the relevant declaration ). L is the total number of T4 licences that are in force when the relevant declaration is made. N is the number of fishery symbols ‘T4’ written on the licence.\n- (a) goatfish;\n- (b) yellowtail scad.","sortOrder":1363},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-pt.3-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":1364},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.25","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.25\n\nsch 8 s 25 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 171 (2)","sortOrder":1365},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.26","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.26\n\nsch 8 s 26 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 171 (2)","sortOrder":1366},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.27","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.27\n\nsch 8 s 27 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 171 (2)","sortOrder":1367},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.28","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.28\n\nsch 8 s 28 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 171 (2)","sortOrder":1368},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.29","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.29\n\nsch 8 s 29 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 171 (2)","sortOrder":1369},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.30","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.30\n\nsch 8 s 30 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 171 (2)","sortOrder":1370},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.31","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.31\n\nsch 8 s 31 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 171 (2)","sortOrder":1371},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.32","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.32\n\nsch 8 s 32 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 171 (2)","sortOrder":1372},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.33","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.33\n\nsch 8 s 33 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 171 (2)","sortOrder":1373},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.34","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.34\n\nsch 8 s 34 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 171 (2)","sortOrder":1374},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.35","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.35\n\nsch 8 s 35 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 171 (2)","sortOrder":1375},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.36","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.36\n\nsch 8 s 36 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 171 (2)","sortOrder":1376},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.37","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.37\n\nsch 8 s 37 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 171 (2)","sortOrder":1377},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.38","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.38\n\nsch 8 s 38 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 171 (2)","sortOrder":1378},{"sectionNumber":"sch.8-sec.39","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sch.8-sec.39\n\nsch 8 s 39 om 2020 SL No. 236 s 171 (2)","sortOrder":1379},{"sectionNumber":"sch.9-pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":"Line units","content":"# Line units","sortOrder":1380},{"sectionNumber":"sch.9-pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":"ENL-ITQ units","content":"# ENL-ITQ units","sortOrder":1381},{"sectionNumber":"sch.9-pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":"C1-ITQ units","content":"# C1-ITQ units","sortOrder":1382},{"sectionNumber":"sch.9-pt.4","sectionType":"part","heading":"Hand-harvest ITQ units","content":"# Hand-harvest ITQ units","sortOrder":1383},{"sectionNumber":"sch.9-pt.5","sectionType":"part","heading":"Select coral ITQ units","content":"# Select coral ITQ units","sortOrder":1384}],"analysis":{"issue_detection":{"absurdities":[],"contradictions":[]},"summary":{"complexity_score":8,"scope_assessment":{"changed":false,"description":"The regulation appears consistent with its original intent: to establish a detailed licensing and management framework for Queensland commercial fisheries. Amendments (notably 2020 SL No. 236 and 2023 SL No. 194) refined and expanded specific provisions — such as adding restrictions on retaining and transhipping fish (ss 15A, 15B) and updating trawl fishery rules — but these represent elaborations within the same regulatory framework rather than a departure from the original purpose."},"complexity_factors":["Multiple interlocking licence types (primary commercial fishing licence, commercial fisher licence, effort units, quota authorities) that must be understood together","Extensive use of fishery symbols (alphanumeric codes like 'C1', 'SM', 'T1', 'N10', etc.) that require cross-referencing with schedules not fully reproduced here","Numerous exceptions to general rules (e.g., the 'one fishery at a time' rule has at least four carve-outs involving specific symbol combinations)","Technical fishing industry terminology (transhipping, tender boats, hull units, effort unit conversion factors, steaming days) requiring specialised knowledge","Mathematical formula for calculating effort unit usage based on hull units and conversion factors","Precise geometric definitions (ocean beach net area boundaries defined by perpendicular lines and distances)","Multiple cross-references to a companion regulation (Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019) making it impossible to understand fully in isolation","Highly specific boat marking requirements with different size standards based on boat length categories","Time-limited provisions (e.g., 'NX' symbol expires 30 June 2027, 'N15' restrictions lifted 1 July 2024)","Layered restriction system where fishery-specific provisions in schedules can override or narrow the general rules in the body of the regulation"],"plain_english_summary":"This regulation is the rulebook for commercial fishing in Queensland: who may fish, where and how they may do it, what gear and catch they can carry, and the conditions for selling or transferring fish. It affects commercial fishers, their assistants, licence holders and commercial vessels.\n\nIt divides waters into fisheries, requires both vessel and fisher licences, prescribes gear/quantity limits, boat marking, beach-priority flags, trawl effort quotas, and strict rules for transferring fishing rights."},"kimi_summary":{"_metrics":{"completionTokens":713},"content_quality":"ok","complexity_score":9,"scope_assessment":{"changed":true,"description":"The regulation has expanded significantly from basic commercial fishing rules to encompass: (1) nine distinct quota/unit systems for different species and regions; (2) comprehensive electronic reporting via AIVR system; (3) TEP animal interaction logging; (4) detailed boat modification restrictions for trawl fisheries; (5) complex pre-trip and landing notification requirements; and (6) transitional provisions for multiple regulatory reforms. The original scope of 'commercial fisheries regulation' has grown into a sophisticated multi-species, multi-region resource management framework."},"complexity_factors":["Multiple overlapping quota systems (effort units, SM units, line units, C2-ITQ, T4-ITQ, ENL-ITQ, C1-ITQ, hand-harvest ITQ, select coral ITQ) with different calculation methods and year periods","Extensive cross-referencing to other regulations (Fisheries Act, Fisheries (General) Regulation 2019, Fisheries Declaration 2019, Fisheries Quota Declaration 2019)","Nested conditional logic for licence restrictions — symbols 'N3', 'N12', 'N13' cannot coexist; 'M1', 'M2', 'T1', 'T2' have complex mutual exclusion rules","Detailed technical specifications for fishing apparatus — mesh sizes, net lengths, chain diameters varying by area and target species","Multiple evidentiary and reporting systems (AIVR, vessel tracking, manual reporting, logbooks, weight notices, catch disposal records)","Geographic boundary definitions using precise latitude/longitude coordinates","Transitional provisions with staggered commencement dates and grandfathering clauses","Formula-based weight calculations for processed fish with species-specific conversion factors"],"plain_english_summary":"This is a **Queensland** (not Commonwealth) regulation governing commercial fishing operations. It establishes detailed rules for:\n\n**Who it affects:**\n- Commercial fishers and assistant fishers operating under primary commercial fishing licences\n- Licence holders, boat operators, and anyone involved in taking, possessing, selling or processing fish for trade\n\n**What it does:**\n- **Defines commercial fisheries** through scheduled descriptions and fishery symbols (like 'M1', 'T1', 'C1') written on licences\n- **Sets authorisation rules** — where, what, and how fish may be taken; restrictions on fishing apparatus; conditions for possessing, selling and processing fish\n- **Establishes quota systems** for different species through various \"units\" (effort units, SM units for Spanish mackerel, line units for coral reef fish, ITQ units for crabs, whiting, and hand-harvest species)\n- **Creates priority rules** for net fishing, including \"ocean beach fishery flags\" to mark fishing areas\n- **Mandates boat identification** — boat marks must be displayed with specific colours, sizes and placements\n- **Requires extensive record-keeping** — logbooks for fishing operations and TEP (threatened, endangered, protected) animal interactions, pre-trip notices, weight notices, catch disposal records\n- **Restricts licence transfers** and symbol movements between licences\n- **Sets transitional provisions** for various fisheries reforms\n\n**Why it matters:**\nThis regulation manages sustainable fishing by controlling catch volumes through quotas, protecting vulnerable species, ensuring accurate reporting for stock assessment, and preventing illegal fishing through strict licensing and identification requirements."}},"importantCases":[],"_links":{"self":"/api/acts/fisheries-commercial-fisheries-regulation-2019","history":"/api/acts/fisheries-commercial-fisheries-regulation-2019/history","analysis":"/api/acts/fisheries-commercial-fisheries-regulation-2019/analysis","conflicts":"/api/acts/fisheries-commercial-fisheries-regulation-2019/conflicts","importantCases":"/api/acts/fisheries-commercial-fisheries-regulation-2019/important-cases","documents":"/api/acts/fisheries-commercial-fisheries-regulation-2019/documents"}}